Wentcrecy
er
brah re
eter! a : Z Sag g cs
Me weer ~~
Mwilegee ore re Sev
fate
re erent
we:
cwew
verre
Aretnine he - t pe hPb eb: bo ne saree e _ "eres “ : : ;
Coogccr ee oN aL ate a's x -* ‘ ‘ = ‘ rebar rar ey
Sagan eens ee
rea
= == ——
— —< =
1°25
breeze
» 19} 67°8 | 54:5 17 7°5 | Continuous sunshine; fresh 7 2:26
breeze
», 20) 69:5 | 56 5 2 sy ,, light breeze An 2°50
5 SUNG) 48s5 5 4 Intermittent sunshine; fresh a: w25
| breeze
» 2271 | 49:5 3°2 | 3°5 | Continuous sunshine ; very light mn 0°93
breeze
July 8|72 | 51 35 | 4 55 », light breeze 5 1°37
Be) LOMO! b2s5 i545) 3 Intermittent sunshine; fresh 5 1°83
breeze
Av. | Av. | Total | Total Average rate per hour Average
11 days | 69°0 49-4 85°2) | 57 *2 1°5 mm. 15 pr. hr.
Il.—Mekong Valley.
June 23 | Temp. 76° 4 2 | After sunset (7 p-m.-9 p.m.) ;|23°7 | 7,300} 2:0
—— strong breeze
July 4 wm SUF 3 15 | Sun down (5.30 p.m.-7 p.m.) ; = 2:0
——’ | strong breeze
[yy 4-ollcce [07h O25 102!) | During might) ((/pims—ors0la.ms) S| eee +s 1:02]
pon oll) Lemp. 83m 3 1:25 | Sunshine (1 p.m.-2.15 p.m.) ; |'24:0 Ms 2°4
,——’ very strong wind
Avy. Temp.| Total | Total Average rate per hour Average
3 days 79°6 10 4:7 2°] mm. 2:1 pr.hr.
1 Not included in the average. i
III.—Doker-la Camp (Mekong-Salween Divide).
June 80| 66°5| 42 | 1 2 |Intermittent sunshine; fresh | 19°96} 12,700} 05
breeze
July 1} 63 43 4 10 | Cloudy ; frequent showers 19°96 5 0-4
AMR 43 1 3 | Cloudy; drizzling 19°85 _ 0°3
| Ka‘-gur-pw Camp(IM.-S. Divide).
July 19 37 10 | 10 Continuous sunshine; light |18°7 | 15,136} 1:0
breeze ;
», 20] 69 39 4 8 | Almost continuous sunshine ; “A 05
| no wind
5, 22) 64 40 |Notap-| 3 | Cloudy; no wind Pe 0-0
preciable |
I Ay. Av | Total | Total’ Average rate per hour Average
65:1 | 40°6 26 36 0*5 mm. 0°5 pr.hr.
Mekong valley Average hourly rate of evaporation=2'1
Atuntsu : , ; Ss 2 x 15 } Ratio 10:71: 2°4
Mekong-Salween divide 0°5
be)
3) 3:9
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 9
the instrument gives no indication of the rate of transpira-
tion of any plant; it only measures the humidity or dry-
ness of the atmosphere, thus corresponding more to a
hygrometer. |
On examining the tables it will be seen that wind is of
more importance than high temperature or sunshine in
accelerating evaporation. For example, in Table I the
average rate of evaporation for six days, recorded as “light
breeze” is 1:63 mm. per hour, and that for four days
recorded as “fresh breeze” is 1:64 mm. per hour, though
in the former case sunshine is recorded as “ continuous” for
all six days; in the latter case it is recorded as “intermittent ”
on three out of the four days. Similarly the average
maximum temperature for the six days was 68°7° F., as
against only 67°5° for the four days. Again in Table II,
July 4-5, the rate of evaporation during the night is
significant, as is the rate on June 23 after sunset.
At Doker-la, on the Mekong-Salween divide, the humidity
of the atmosphere, owing to the perpetual drizzle, greatly
retarded evaporation. The weak points in the tables are
of course the small number of observations recorded, the
fewness of the stations (though the main ones are dealt
with), and the fact that the evaporimeter was not exposed
between the same hours each day, nor for the same number
of hours. However, the final figures, 10: 7:1 : 2-4, probably
give a fairly correct idea of the comparative rates of
evaporation (and hence condition of the atmosphere) at
these three places, from which we may infer that wind
and rainfall are the most important factors in determining
the dominant formation, soil and situation being auxilary
factors, helping to control the incidental formations and
select the flora.
We come now to a detailed consideration of the com-
position of the various formations and plant associations
mentioned, and first let us take the temperate rain forest,
the dominant formation of the Mekong-Salween divide.
The conifers are Cunninghamia(?), Taxus, Picea, of
great size (one I measured was 19 feet in girth, 5 feet
from the ground), Abies, Pinus (2 species), and one I could
not identify.
Amongst the deciduous-leaved trees are species of Pyrus,
10 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Szss. Lxxx
maple, Tilia, oak, alder, holly, birch, walnut, and many
climbers such as Clematis and honeysuckles, Akebia, Acti-
nidia, Aristolochia, shrubs like Ribes, Rubus, and rhodo-
dendron, ete. The undergrowth of this rain forest has
already been mentioned, as also the next formation, alpine
meadow. Within the limits of the alpine meadow come
numerous smaller plant associations dependent on soil,
situation, and physical conditions generally, and above
the tree limit we come to alpine turf, with dwarf rhodo-
dendron. Lastly comes open scree, where a few plants
struggle up almost to the snow-line, gradually growing
fewer and ultimately disappearing altogether.
Starting then from the Mekong valley, we have in the
valley itself a xerophilous flora, then the forest belt,
dominant because it is dependent on the climate of this
region, hot, wet summers and cold winters with some rain
at all seasons; hence it covers the greater part of the
range, being absent only where the general climate is subor-
dinated to local climatic conditions, the result of extremes,
eg. in the bottom of the Mekong valley, and above
14,000 or 15,000 feet. After the forest belt comes the
meadow, incidental because it occurs only to a limited
extent in the valleys, dependent on special local conditions,
and within the limits of the forest belt; forest is often
mixed up with it, and outstrips it. Lastly comes the
alpine belt, including scree associations, turf, dwarf
rhododendron, and precipice plants, above the limit of
trees. Hereabouts the conditions are more diverse than
down below, and near the tree limit the plant associa-
tions change more rapidly than elsewhere with any change
of conditions.
On the Mekong-Yangtze divide we also find three main
belts, but the differences, as already pointed out, are
striking. The first and dominant formation is the shrub
belt, which is a continuation of the xerophilous flora found
in the valley. Secondly comes the narrow forest belt,
which corresponds more or less to the meadow belt on the
Mekong-Salween divide, being confined chiefly to the
valleys and having the shrub belt mixed up with it.
Alpine meadow, which is dependent on an almost con-
tinuous rainfall throughout the vegetative, season, and
1915-16, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 11
does not, like the forest, mind wind, is wanting altogether ;
and the third belt, that of the alpine associations, 1s much
the same as on the Mekong-Salween divide, though not
so rich in genera. The differences recorded are not, of
course, entirely due to the smaller rainfall on the Mekong-
Yangtze divide, considerable modifications having been
introduced by the retreat of the glaciers and elevation of
the snow-line, as already pointed out. Again, the Mekong-
Salween divide is the extreme eastern boundary of the
monsoon region, and its climate approaches that of the
Burmese hinterland, which has undoubtedly contributed
to its flora, while the Mekong-Yangtze divide is cut off
from this source of supply by the whole length of the
dry Mekong valley; if the latter range ever supported any
monsoon plants, they would probably have disappeared
before now. Here, however, | am dealing with the forma-
tions and plant associations, not with the flora and its
origin, which is another matter. While, however, the
climatic differences on the two ranges have differentiated
the formations and to a considerable extent the flora, this
does not obscure the still more remarkable similarity noted,
nor conceal the fact that a common origin alone will
explain this.’
The following lists, of course far from complete, contain
the names of certain characteristic plants of each associa-
tion in the alpine region. Those marked with an asterisk
are common to both divides (though it cannot be said for
certain that others too are not common), and it is worth
noting that the alpine flora of the two divides has a much
larger proportion of species in common than the forest
or meadow belt, very few species of the latter association
being found on the Mekong-Yangtze divide, though many
species of both the alpine and meadow belts, of the Me-
kong-Salween divide, extend southwards and westwards
into the Burmese hinterland.
Alpine Turf.
*Primula bella, Franch.
*Primula brevifolia, G. Forrest.
1 North of latitude 28° 30’ the formations and flora on the two divides
are identical.
12 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, LXxx
Yeconopsis rudis, Prain (Mekong- Yangtze).
Meconopsis Delavayi, Franch. (Mekong-Salween).
Primula albiflos, Ward (Mekong-Salween).
* Primula pulchella, Franch.
*Phlomis rotata, Benth.
Liliwm lophophorum, Franch. (Mekong- Yangtze).
Saxifraga nigroglandulosa, Engl. et Irmscher. (Mekong-
Yangtze).
Primula vernicosa, Ward (Mekong-Salween).
Precipices and Rocks.
*Tsopyrum grandiflorum, Fisch.
*Potentilla pedwneularis, D. Don.
*Diapensia himalaica, Hook. f. et Thoms.
*Androsace Chamaeasme, Host.
Gentiana sino-ornata, Balf. f. (Mekong-Yangtze).
Primula dryadifolia, Franch. (Mekong- Yangtze).
Cassiope palpebrata, W. W. Sm. (Mekong-Salween).
Rhododendron, scarlet species (Mekong-Salween).
Meconopsis integrifolia, Franch. (Mekong- Yangtze).
Heath.
Rhododendron sp., “ black ” Greet [| Rho-
dodendron campylogynum, Franch. ?]
* Rhododendron sp.
*Cassiope fastigiata, D. Don.
*Pinguicula alpina, Linn.
*Lloydia tibetica, Franch., var. purpurascens, Franch.
Potentilla fruticosa, Linn. (Mekong- Yangtze).
Juniperus sp. (Mekong- Yangtze).
Rubus sp. (Mekong-Salween).
Primula nivalis, Pallas (Mekong-Yangtze).
*Gentiana, sp.
Screes and Boulders. i
* Meconopsis speciosa, Prain.
*Saxifraga Delavayi, Franch.
Sausswurea quercifolia, W. W. Sm. (Mekong- Yangtze).
Fentiana Georgii, Diels (Mekong- Yangtze).
* Polygonum Forrestii, Diels.
*Aconitum Hookeri, Stapf.
1915-6, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 15
Cremanthodium comptum, W. W. Sm. (Mekong-
Yangtze).
Lychnis nigrescens, Edgew. (Mekong- Yangtze).
*Arenaria Delavayi, Franch.
Cardamine granulifera, Diels (Mekong-Yangtze).
*Gentiana heptaphylla, Balf. f. et G. Forrest.
Crepis rosularis, Diels (Mekong-Yangtze).
Lactuca Souliei, Franch. (Mekong- Yangtze).
On THE SINO-HimaLayaN Fiora. By F. KInGpon
Warp, B.A., F.R.GS.
(Read February 10, 1916.)
This is an attempt to explain in some measure the un-
doubted and long-recognised relationship existing between
the flora—at least the alpine flora—of the Himalayas and
that of Western China, a country which is one vast com-
plicated series of mountain ranges, not indeed comparable
to the giants of the Himalayas in height, but nevertheless
of commanding altitude and even more extensive.
It might be urged that there is nothing remarkable in
this similarity of floras, both of them alpine; we would,
for example, expect dissimilarity between the alpine floras
of the Andes and Ruwenzori, or between those of the
New Zealand Alps and Kinabalu, but the Himalayas end,
geographically speaking, close to Western China and are
doubtless connected more or less closely with the Chinese
mountains. But the problem of distribution is not so
simple as it appears, and moreover there are other inti-
mately related problems which are scarcely explicable on
the assumption that the relationship between the Hima-
layan and Chinese floras is the natural result of present
physiographical conditions. It might be, if these mountain
systems were actually in contact to-day; but they are not,
as a glance at the map of S.E. Asia will show, being
breached along the China-Tibet and China-Burma frontier
by a number of parallel ranges cutting right across the
main axis of the great Asiatic divide. Even so it is less
the interpolation of the mountain ranges than the deep
arid valleys between them that prove such a stumbling-
14 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. Lxxx
block to the student of distribution, and it is evident that
we should not find plants common to the Salween-Irrawaddy,
Mekong-Salween, and Mekong-Yangtze divides if the pre-
sent physical features obtained when the distribution took
place. Hence, rather than argue that because the mountain
systems are connected (which they are not) therefore the
floras are similar, we must recognise that because the floras
are related, therefore the mountain systems must once have
been in closer connection than they are at present.
So much for the main problem. Once we have unravelled
this previous continuity of mountain systems, few direct
traces of which are left, we may find other difficulties
cleared up also.
A question which many English horticulturists who—
thanks largely to the public spirit of Messrs. Veitch of
Chelsea, and Bees, Ltd., of Liverpool, and to the French
Catholic priests before them—have gained some insight into
the almost limitless wealth of flora in Western China, are
asking themselves is: Whence comes this unparalleled
wealth, which (as the acute Sir Joseph Hooker long ago
prophesied it would—a prophecy amply borne out during
the last two decades by a dozen collectors) more than rivals
that of Sikkim ?
A critic of mine in the Gardeners’ Chronicle, reviewing
a book! I wrote, in which attention was drawn to the sub-
ject, answered this question apparently to his own satis-
faction. I must say I thought the explanation rather
lame, and moreover the writer was wrong in his facts.
But the real inadequacy of it lay in the fact that he
altogether ignored the effects of plant migration and mix-
ing, and it is on this fact that I am myself inclined to lay
great stress. Briefly, if we can find a satisfactory ex-
planation for the close relationship existing between the
Himalayan and Chinese floras, I believe we shall have gone
a long way towards explaining the wealth of the Chinese
flora, to account for which secondary factors, such as
abundant rainfall and richness of soil, are quite insufficient.
Closely connected with the above is the special question,
to which I shall revert later, Why does the genus Primula
1 The Land of the Blue Poppy : Travels of a Naturalist in Eastern
Tibet, by F. Kingdon Ward, B.A. (Cambridge University Press, 1913).
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 15
(and perhaps others, ¢.g. Rhododendron) receive as it were
a special impetus in Western China and appear there in its
greatest variety, though showing at the same time in many
cases a close relationship with the species of the next most
prolific area, namely the Himalayas? This is of course a
special case of the general problem to which attention is
drawn above.
Finally we may ask, How is it that though China has a
flora peculiar to itself characterised by a number of endemic
species, and India has quite a different flora characterised
by other endemic species, the whole mountainous country
from the Himalayas to China shows an unmistakable unity
in its flora, and a dissimilarity to the floras of the sur-
rounding regions in the midst of which it hes, though, as
we have seen, the mountain area is not really continuous so
far as the emigration of plants is concerned? It might
appear, from a glance at the map, as though the Andes and
the Rocky Mountains should show relationship in their
floras, and, the reverse being the case, we suspect that the
isthmus joining the Northern and Southern Continents was
recently under water, a suspicion confirmed by geologists.
Similarly while the Rockies support a flora intimately
related to that of the Continent, the Andine flora has
nothing to do with that of South America, being more
closely associated with the New Zealand alpine flora, from
which it is inferred that the Andes have been peopled from
outside after the distribution of the continental flora, and
are therefore a comparatively recent uplift.
The same argument may be applied in the case of the
Himalayas and Western China.
Having interested myself in the problems here pro-
pounded during several years’ travel in Western China, I
set to work to gather any facts which seemed to bear on
the problems of distribution; and finding that the geo-
graphical features of the country can be largely traced to
comparatively recent geological changes, and that changes
of chmate which must have taken place will all afford
valuable evidence, I pondered over these matters too. No
doubt a complete understanding of all such contributory
factors will be necessary for a solution of the problem: on
which I have embarked; and to obtain the necessary
16 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxx
knowledge a vast amount of exploration, some portion of
which I hope may yet fall to my share, is still necessary.
Nevertheless, inadequate as are the facts so far collected,
and though much revision, addition, and correction will be
needed as knowledge increases, it seems to me that some
useful purpose may be served by the following attempted
explanation.
I will begin with a brief description of the frontier!
region and the distribution of plants there according to
climate.
Geography and Climate.
A glance at the map of Asia will show that in the region
of longitude 98°-99° E. and between the 27th and 30th
parallels of latitude several big rivers break through from
Tibet and flow for some distance due south, parallel to one
another and close together, being separated by high, narrow
ranges of mountains. Further east, and again in Upper
Burma, the trend of the mountains is the same, the peaks
growing lower as we go south; however, we need not for
the present concern ourselves with these minor ranges, con-
centrating our attention on the three principal ones: namely,
the Irrawaddy-Salween, Mekong-Salween, and Mekong-
Yangtze divides, the first-named ‘being the most westerly.
Beyond the Salween-Irrawaddy Gade come the mountains
of the Burmese hinterland, the valleys between which are
filled with monsoon jungle, which also clothes the mountains
to at least 8000 feet. The monsoon climate in fact, char-
acterised by hot, wet summers and a dry season of greater
or less extent (which becomes also a cold season in the
north and at high altitudes), extends a little further east,
into the Salween valley itself, where in the gullies, even as
far north as latitude 28°, I have found a monsoon flora
with such plants as Aspleniwm Nidus, Linn., the banana,
Asclepiadaceae, numerous epiphytic ferns and _ orchids,
climbing Aroids, etc. When we reach the Mekong-Salween
divide we find that great range also clothed with luxuriant
forests and meadows, the former lacking many of the
characteristic arborescent monsoon genera, but neverthe-
1 The frontier between Tibet and Yunnan in the north, Burma and
Yunnan in the south, spoken of throughout this paper as ‘the Bes
Yunnan area.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH Vi
less deserving to be called temperate rain forest, but beyond
this the monsoon does not extend. South of latitude 28°
the Mekong valley is very much drier than the (monsoon)
Salween, and even in the gullies supports little monsoon
vegetation, so that the two, separated by a high but narrow
mountain range, are in strong contrast. Still further east
therefore the change, even on the mountains, is pronounced,
and the Mekong-Yangtze divide, instead of being, like the
Mekong-Salween divide, clothed with luxuriant forest, is
covered with thorny scrub below, coniferous forest above,
in which the larch, absent from the Mekong-Salween
divide, is predominant at high altitudes. Beyond this range
again, in the Yangtze valley, also arid, the flora is typically
Chinese, probably without a single Burmese species.
We have then established these facts, namely, that the
monsoon carries as far east as the Salween valley,' of which
the flora (and it may be remarked the fauna also) is closely
related to that of the Burmese hinterland; and secondly,
that the Chinese flora is found as far west as the Yangtze
valley and Mekong-Yangtze divide, so that the two meet
hereabouts, but are sharply divided by the Mekong valley
and Mekong-Salween divide.
Now, it being granted that the Himalayan and Chinese
floras are closely related, we can only suppose either that
they have been or are at present in close touch with one
another, or that both are derived from a common source.
Owing to the east-and-west trend of the main Asiatic
axes of uplift, it is difficult to imagine any common source
of supply which is not at one or other end of the axis, thus
causing the flora to flow from east to west or vice versa,
and pass successively from one region to another. The only
alternative is to suppose one of the parallel northern ranges,
the flora of which was driven southwards by the advance
of the ice, as the common source; in this way only could
the Himalayas and Western China have been peopled simul-
taneously instead of successively from a single source. This
theory assumes that the Himalayas, the north-and-south-
trending ranges already referred to, and the tangled moun-
tains of Western China must once have had practically the
1 Te. south of latitude 28°. North of this point local conditions make
the valley extremely arid. The transition is abrupt and startling.
TRANS. BOT, SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVIII. 2
18 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx
same flora, and consequently that any differences between
them must have arisen since. The differences, however,
are marked and will have to be accounted for somehow, so
that we are no nearer a solution of the other problems, and
the theory will not account for certain peculiarities in the
distribution of the genus Primula.
If then we reject the theory of a simultaneous origin for
these two floras, we must assume that they have mingled,
or successively originated from a common source; and
having satisfied ourselves that, under present conditions,
the Himalayan and Chinese floras are separated by im-
passable barriers, viz. the north-and-south-trending ranges
with deep arid valleys in between—it beinga well-established
fact that similarity of flora and fauna indicates not only
land connection, but in the case of plants the absence of
any great physical barrier such as a desert or high mountain
chain—we are justified in assuming the previous existence
of a continuous range stretching from the north-west frontier
to well within China. This hypothetical range, the real
previous existence of which I shall endeavour to prove, will
in this paper be referred to as the Sino-Himalayan range,
while the flora of the Himalayas and of Western China will
be referred to collectively as the Sino-Himalayan flora. It
will be necessary to inquire in the first instance how this
range came to be so completely severed by the north-and-
south-trending ranges already described.
Retreat of the Ice: Climatic Changes.
Leaving out of account the question as to how mountain
ranges are formed in the first instance, we shall see presently
reason to believe that these north-and-south-trending ranges
were thrust up subsequent to the uplift of the Sino-Hima-
layan range, interrupting its continuity ; and an examina-
tion of the floras of these parallel ranges will give a clue to
their mode of formation as an irruption area severing the
direct continuity of the Sino-Himalayan range.
Comparing the floras of the Mekong-Salween and Mekong-
Yangtze divides, though separated only by the deep and
narrow Mekong valley, we find striking differences, not so
much in the floras themselves—though that too, especially
1915-16, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 19
in the forest belt, is very considerable—but in the plant
formations, showing clearly enough the effects of climate,
especially rainfall. But the Mekong-Salween divide, being
on the edge of the monsoon area, its flora might be supposed
to have originated in the west, while the flora of the Mekong-
Yangtze divide might be supposed to have originated in
China, thus accounting for any differences observed. I
will only remark here that the most typical plants of the
monsoon jungles, west of the ’Nmai-hka (or eastern branch
of the Irrawaddy), e.g. Pandunus, rattans and other palms,
tree ferns, many species of /icws, climbing ferns (Lygodium),
etc., are entirely absent from the Mekong-Salween divide,
and will prove in the sequel that this range and the Mekong-
Yangtze divide, whatever their differences now, must once
have had the same flora; further, that the Mekong-Salween
divide has still—but may not long retain—the same flora
as the Salween-Irrawaddy divide. The obvious inference
is that these three parallel ranges were peopled from a
common source, and that a change of climate, amounting
to a pushing back or limiting of the south-west monsoon,
has been, and probably still is, taking place in this area.
During two seasons spent at Atuntsu I have climbed a
good deal on the Mekong-Yangtze divide between latitudes
27° and 30°, crossing the range by six passes in all, and
one result has been to establish the fact that the glaciers
there have retreated some distance and are still retreating.
This is proved by (1) an examination of existing glaciers on
the range, now little more than shrivelled ice-caps moulded
like myxomycetes to the rocks over which they flow, and
thrusting out blunt icy pseudopodia as it were into the
valley: their bottle snouts and distant terminal moraines,
the material of which is already almost wholly rearranged
by flowing water, complete the picture of exhaustion ; (ii)
an examination of other parts of the range, where the deeply
eroded U-shaped main valley into which open numerous
hanging valleys, the rock basins, mostly occupied by lakes,
but sometimes silted up, roches mowtonnées, occasional
moraines, and peculiar cirques at the valley heads, prove
that glaciers were once present. In the absence of two
familiar indications of past glacial action, namely, striae
and perched or erratic blocks, I pictured as well as I could
20 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx
the appearance of these valleys under ice, and with the
vision fresh in my mind, journeyed across to the Mekong-
Salween divide in order to examine more closely the largest
of its glaciers (flowing to the Mekong) which are so well
seen from the former range. These glaciers, it may be re-
marked, are extremely difficult of access, as they flow in
narrow sheer-sided gorges and over steep beds which at
one point are generally precipitous or nearly so, so that the
glacier comes staggering down in a tumult of fantastic
pillars. This comparison convinced me that the rarity of
lateral moraines and absence of perched blocks followed
naturally in the case of these short! steep glaciers, enclosed
in gorges, and that did these glaciers on the Mekong-Salween
divide disappear, neither perched blocks nor lateral moraines
would be left to prove their previous existence, nor would
easily recognisable terminal moraines be met with. One
important result, however, for which I was not prepared,
was the discovery that these glaciers too have retreated
some distance, and are evidently still retreating, and, as this
is-an important point, it will be as well to go into it in
some detail. Examining the foot of the largest glacier—
the only part of it accessible to any but a party of expert
climbers—I found it to terminate in several tongues, sloping
gradually to the stream-bed. Down in the valley below
were gravel terraces cut out by the stream, and looking up-
stream, the left bank (facing south) was seen to be a line
of sheer cliffs which soon reached a height of several hundred
feet; hanging valleys opened into the main valley on either
side, all the streams from the northern ridge cascading on
to the glacier. From a little above the glacier foot, and
extending for half a mile beyond it down the valley, was
a high and steep bank of earth almost bare of plants for
half its height, but covered at the summit with forest; this
was in fact a very perfect lateral moraine, in which I found
scratched stones. Further, the moraine showed indications
of a step structure, suggesting periodic fluctuations in the
retreat of the ice. The lowest part was quite bare, then
appeared a few small plants struggling to establish them-
selves, while above the highest step (marked A in the
1 The longest glacier was not more than five miles in length, prob-
ably less.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 21
sketch) the moraine was clothed with scrub and forest
growing amongst boulders, the material increasing in size
from below upwards. Across the valley on the side facing
north, the ice lay flat against the sloping valley side a little
above the general glacier level, and above that again came
a smooth bank of bare rock and gravel, with no plants,
evidently left uncovered by the sinking glacier. Fir forests
extend right down to the upper limit of this bare bank.
The last half-mile of the glacier surface was fairly smooth
and not much crevassed, such crevasses as there were
being mostly longitudinal or radial; but looking up the
gorge I perceived that the ice stood well away from the
cliffs on the north (south-facing) side, so that any material
falling from above was, like the streams, instantly engulfed,
leaving no trace of a lateral moraine. The Tibetans told
me that forty or fifty years ago the ice extended further
down the valley, and indeed the boulder-gravel banks and
a certain planed appearance of the rocks suggested that it
had once nearly reached the Mekong, a distance of little
over two miles from the present snout. Finally, at the
point where the ice came pouring over the precipice in a
fantastic procession of séracs, I found just below the narrow
cliff path which winds up the ice of the spur high above
the glacier, the well-preserved remains of yet another lateral
moraine at least 200 feet above the ice and stranded ina
bay of the clifts.
Now is this retreat of the ice apparent or real ?—has the
glacier merely carved out this gorge sinking lower and
lower, and stranding these moraines as it did so, like certain
deceptive “raised” beaches, or has the ice actually decreased
in volume owing to diminished snowfall? Bearing in
mind that we have established the actual retreat of the ice
on the Mekong-Yangtze divide, there is good @ priort
evidence for its retreat in this case also. But we have
definite proof of its actual retreat in the extension of a
lateral moraine not only for three hundred feet above the
glacier (see sketch), but also for half a mile beyond the
present glacier foot. As to how these extraordinary gorges
were produced in the first instance, whether eroded by
water or ice, is not material, though I confess it is a pretty
problem to which I can at present give no answer. ‘The
22 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Srss, uxxx
fact that every valley is broken by a precipice seems to
-suggest faulting at some period, but there is much in the
sculpturing of the region that I do not understand.
I found further evidence of the retreat of the ice on the
Mekong-Salween divide. At Doker-la, for example, a pass
immediately to the south of the snowy range known as
Ka'-gur-pw (an elevated part of the divide), the smoothed
Y -shaped granite valley is broken near its head by a sheer
8
‘i Forest pv
rth y
Sou d we sS North
Forest fy Step A at’ Ancient moraine covered
4 with scrub and forest.
wag
5S
Y Coarse earth,
_ Bare with scratched stones.
4
th tc;
rock or ear Fine earth.
SS
Oo
A is 150 feet above C, the glacier
level; B is 200 feetabove A, so
that the moraineis 350 feet high.
Section from N. to S. across the glacier near its snout (diagrammatic).
South Re y Cliffs North
Crevasse
Ice level
Section a little higher
up the valley, show-
ing cliffs and crevasse
on N. face. No lat-
Va Vd era] moraine.
precipice exactly like that over which the bergs fall in the
case just cited, and beyond this is the remnant of a glacier.
The shape of the valley, its sheer planed walls on which
certain marks like deep grooves are cut, the flat meadows
filled with sand (evidently once rock basins), and some
enormous boulders which may have been transported, are
clear indications of a previous extension of the ice at
Doker-la. Again, further north in a smaller glacier valley
of Ka'-gur-pw, I found a small lateral moraine tucked away
above the ice level, and covered with shrub growth. It is
evident that, where the cliffs are not sheer, small lateral
moraines can be formed, and one valley head was almost
1915-16, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 23
filled with a terminal moraine, above which fragments of
a glacier still lingered.
Having satisfied ourselves that the ice is actually retreat-
ing from the Mekong- Yangtze and Mekong-Sal ween divides,
we must ask another question:—Is this due to an actual
diminution of the monsoon rainfall, or simply to a local
deflection or cutting off of the rain-bearing winds ?
Now the direction of the monsoon, blowing alternately
from the S.W. in summer and the N.E. in winter, is
primarily dependent on the rotation of the earth; and the
actual existence of the monsoon, its intensity, and the
amount of moisture it carries, on the main distribution of
the ocean and continental land masses;! and since it is
almost certain that no appreciable change has taken place
in any of these factors within times so geologically recent
as those during which the events we are recording took
place—say, within Tertiary times—it follows that any
marked decrease in the monsoon rainfall must be ascribed
to local causes, namely, a deflection or cutting off of the
rain-bearing winds. It might, of course, be objected that
the retreat of the ice was due in the first instance to a
general rise of temperature over the whole region, and not
to diminished precipitation at all. But the fact that the
glaciers on the Mekong-Salween divide have been affected
considerably less than those on the Mekong- Yangtze divide
while those on the Salween- Irrawaddy divide have probably
been still less affeeted—even if they have retreated at all,
which may be doubted—points to another cause. If there
has been a general rise of temperature, why should it affect
the glaciers on one range more than those on another ?
The Remnant Flora.
I have said that the retreat of the glaciers is due to a
diminution of rainfall, and thereby tacitly assumed that
the monsoon, or something very like it, was once felt
further east. In that case the Mekong-Yangtze and
Mekong-Salween divides must once have had very similar
floras, whereas it has been pointed out already that their
1 The relative distribution of land and sea along the continental
shelf has, of course, changed appreciably within Tertiary times, but not
their relative proportions, nor their distribution in bulk,
24 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXxx
floras are markedly dissimilar, especially in the forest belt,
where rainfall counts for more than at higher altitudes.
What evidence is there that these floras ever were similar ?
Overwhelming evidence, in my opinion.
I have hitherto spoken of the Mekong-Salween divide
as if it were a single entity as regards its flora; in future
it will be necessary to distinguish between the range south
of Ka'-gur-pw—the elevated snowy portion referred to
above —and that north of it. North of Ka-gur-pw the
appearance and flora of the range are identical with what
we are accustomed to on the Mekong-Yangtze divide, prov-
ing conclusively the common origin of the two floras. This
unexpected but welcome discovery, besides setting at rest
any lingering doubts on the latter point, satisfactorily ex-
plains another curious fact. We have seen that the principal
formation on the Mekong-Salween divide is the temperate
rain-forest, which contains some elements at least of the
monsoon forests further west, though lacking its most
characteristic features, and that this formation is wanting
on the Mekong-Yangtze divide, being represented by scrub
oak and conifer forest; further that there are on the former
range alpine meadows, also represented in the monsoon
country to the west, which have no counterpart on the
Mekong - Yangtze divide. On exploring the Mekong-
Yangtze divide in more detail, however, I came across
plants from time to time which seemed to have no business
there—plants in specialised situations hidden away in pro-
tected gullies, or on an outlier of the divide which captured
more than its share of the rainfall. There was, for instance,
a plant of Ribes mouwpinense, Franch. I found a single
bush of it on a shady mountain slope, outlier of the main
divide, and in the same place were several bushes of a species
of Euonymus, which further research revealed in small
numbers in a favoured gulley on the main divide. Both
are common in the temperate rain forest on the Mekong-
Salween divide. On the outlier above referred to I found
Pinguicula alpina, Linn., a lucky discovery, though some
cliffs on the Mekong-Salween divide were yellow with it;
1 Ka‘-gur-pw is a range of snow peaks, the highest about 19,000 feet,
some thirty miles in length from north to south. To the Tibetans this
range is sacred.
1915-16, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 25
also a species of Pyrola, another lucky find. Less strik-
ing examples were Meconopsis psewdo-integrifolia, Prain,
Primula pseudo-sikkimensis, G. Forrest, and one or two
others which are found scattered on the Mekong-Yangtze
divide in favourable localities, but grow in meadows-full on
the Mekong-Salween divide associated with plants such as
Fritillaria Souliei, Franch., Aconitwm Soulici, Franch.,
found nowhere on the Mekong-Yangtze divide. These
accidentals, as it were, I have called the remnant flora,
as it seems plain they are survivals from a moister climate
which have struggled on in a few localities after the bulk
of them had perished under new conditions. What these
new conditions were I have already indicated—a gradual
desiccation owing to the apparent retreat of the monsoon
westwards—and both lines of argument (namely, the
graduated diminution of precipitation, as indicated by
the progressive retreat of the glaciers from the Salween-
Irrawaddy to the Mekong-Yangtze divide, and the remnant
flora of the last-named divide) point to the same cause.
We can only suppose therefore that rain screens have been
interposed one after the other between the monsoon in the
south-west and the dry regions! east of the Mekong- Yangtze
divide—in other words, that these parallel north-and-south-
trending ranges have been successively pushed up from the
west; that the rise of the Mekong-Salween divide curtailed
the rainfall,and hence impoverished the flora,of the Mekong-
Yangtze divide, just as the rise of the Salween-Irrawaddy
divide is gradually cutting off the rainfall of the Mekong-
Salween divide. Each range acts as a rain screen to the
next range east of it. Also it is evident that north of
Ka‘-gur-pw the Mekong-Salween divide has suffered from
lack of rain for exactly the same reason as has the Mekong-
Yangtze divide further south, namely, the continued inter-
polation and elevation of rain screens to the west. It is
much less difficult to establish the fact of identity between
the floras of the Mekong-Salween and Salween-Irrawaddy
divides than between the Mekong-Salween and Mekong-
Yangtze divides. As already pointed out, desiccation has
not proceeded so far in the former case—the Mekong-
' Baber, Johnstone, Wilson, and others have drawn attention to the
previous extension of the Szechwan glaciers.
26 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx
Salween glaciers have not retreated far, and the floras are
practically the same to this day. At Hpimaw on the
Salween-Irrawaddy divide (latitute 26°) not only was the
general facies of the alpine flora the same as that met with
at Doker-la (Mekong-Salween divide, latitude 28°), but
many of the species were identical: e.g. Polygonum ker-
mesinum, Ward mss., Rhododendron sp. with “black”
(port-wine) flowers; Orchis Chuswa, Don, var. ; Androsace
geraniifolia, Watt ; besides species of Primula (§ Omphalo-
gramma, § Bella), Thalictrum, Cremanthodium, Meconopsis,
Saxifraga. Thus it would seem certain (i) that these three
parallel ranges once had the same flora which, derived from
a single source, travelled down the ranges from the north
and west (whither all three ranges turn later) and became
differentiated at a later date owing partly to (11) the west-
ward retreat of the monsoon which was cut off from the
east by the gradual elevation of the western ranges, and
interpolation of more and more mountains, (i1i) that in this
way two climates, a monsoon climate west of the Salween
and a warm temperate climate east of the Yangtze, became
sharply defined and separated from each other.
Dispersal of Seeds.
Except under accidental circumstances, the several valleys
separating the parallel ranges constitute physical barriers
to the spread of plants east or west from one range to
another, for the Salween valley north of the Ka -gur-pw
uplift and the Mekong valley throughout its length are
extremely arid, and the further one traces them towards
their respective sources the more arid do they become.
However, we have just seen that beyond Ka-gur-pw the
flora on the Mekong-Salween and Mekong- Yangtze divides
is identical, both in the forest and alpine belts, so that we
cannot doubt the common source to which bath ultimately
had access. The only means by which seeds could be trans-
ferred directly from one range to another would be (1) wind,
and (ii) birds. As regards wind, seeds capable of being
carried long distances by wind, e.g. those of Compositae,
Clematis, etc., might be so transferred from range to range,
and there are species of Clematis (e.g. C. montana, Ham.) and
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 27
of Saussurea (e.g.S. obvallata, Wall.) common to both divides.
But seeds only indirectly dispersed by wind (whether they
are small and light, like those of most Saxifrages and
Gentians, or heavier but shaken out of their capsules by
gusts of wind, like those of Meconopsis and Lloydia) could
not perform the journey from range to range without first
establishing themselves in the valley; and, apart from the
question of maintaining their vitality under these conditions,
once in the valley they would be beyond control of the
dominant wind capable of carrying them right across this
area, and under the influence of the strong desiccating up-
valley wind. Seeds which are normally dispersed by birds
are less common, and in this particular case, it must, I think,
be an occurrence so rare as hardly to merit attention. It is
true that Podophyllum Emodi, Wall., occurs both in the
Himalayas and on the Mekong-Yangtze divide, and it may
have been transported thither by birds. But the case seems
exceptional, for most of the plants with edible fruits in the
temperate rain forests of the Mekong-Salween divide, which
might be distributed by birds, e.g. species of Pyrus, Aristo-
lochia, Akebia, ete., are wanting on the Mekong-Yangtze
divide. However, the seeds of the majority of the plants
common to two or more of the divides are neither such as
are transported by birds, nor such as are directly transported
by wind, but only shaken out of their capsules by gusts
of wind and spread over a limited area in the immediate
vicinity: for example, Primula bella, Franch., and An-
drosace geraniifolia, Watt, common to all three divides ;
Polygonum kermesinwm, Ward mss., Rhododendron sp.
aff. Forrestii, Balf. £., Liliwm gigantewm, Wall. and others,
common to the Mekong-Salween and Salween-Ivrawaddy
divides ; Meconopsis pseudo-integrifolia, Prain, M. speciosa,
Prain, Primula lichiangensis, G. Forrest, ete., common to the
Mekong-Salweenand Mekong-Yangtze divides. Conversely,
many plants with seeds whirled freely into the air by wind
(e.g. many Conifers, species of Cremanthodium, Rhododen-
dron, ete.) are peculiar to one or other divide. Thus the
1 Tt is safe to assert that a plant is common to both divides if one has
found it on both. To assert, however, that a plant is confined to one
divide is obviously unsafe until one has explored every inch of the
others. Such statements must therefore be regarded for the present as
only comparatively true.
28 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxx
regular transference of seeds direct from range to range is
not in accordance with the main facts of distribution on the
ranges ; still less will it account for any peculiarities in that
distribution—for instance, the remnant flora, the greater
specific variety on the Mekong- Yangtze divide,and the occur-
rence of species peculiar toonerange (e.g. Primula Francheti,
Pax., Fritillaria Souliei, Franch., Cassiope palpebrata,
W. W. Sm., on the Mekong-Salween divide; Gentiana
sino-ornata, Balf. f., Saxifraga nigroglandulosa, Engl. et
Irmscher, Meconopsis integrifolia, Franch., on the Mekong-
Yangtze divide ; see footnote, p.27). Moreover, if wind and
birds could be relied on to transport seeds from range to
range with some degree of regularity, the floras should be
more similar than they actually are, especially in the alpine
region, where, as we have seen, the actual climates are
not very different. The floras would be adjusted to the
circumstances of distribution much more rapidly than either
could change owing to changes of climate. But the fact is,
even if we assume that a similar flora once clothed all the
divides owing to the dispersal of seeds across them, we are
still unable to dispense with the theory of successive uplift
and formation of rain screens, as this alone would account
for the retreat of the ice and the remnant flora. From this
we are justified in concluding that the flora has not travelled
across from range to range, and therefore that it has
travelled either down or up the ranges (or both), and hence
has been derived from a common source. As it stands,
the theory is sufficient to account for all the facts of dis-
tribution so far as I know, without dragging in the highly
improbable idea that the Mekong valley is not a physical
barrier to plant migration. The gradual desiccation of the
Mekong-Yangtze divide would bring about changes in the
flora, particularly in the forest belt, rain being, as already
pointed out, a greater controlling factor in the case of forest
than it is with a herbaceous flora, and it accounts readily
enough for the remnant flora. It also accounts for a peculi-
arity alluded to above, namely, the greater specific variety
met with amongst many alpine genera on the Mekong-
Yangtze divide, eg. Meconopsis, Gentiana, Saxifraga
Rhododendron, Pedicularis, etc., a variety greater than
anything met with on the Mekong-Salween divide ; for as
1915-16, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 29
the glaciers of the former divide retreated, the flora was
able to occupy new territory, and, in the inevitable struggle
and changed conditions, readapt itself, with the result that
new varieties have arisen. But if continuous and free inter-
change of seeds from range to range took place—and it may
be doubted if, under the most favourable conditions, direct
communication could be established for wind-borne seeds
except in the alpine region—there is no reason why these
alpines should not now be found on both or all three divides.
There is one more significant argument—the alpine and
sub-alpine floras of the Mekong-Salween and Salween-
Irrawaddy divides are more alike than are the same belts
on the Mekong-Salween and Mekong- Yangtze divides, and
the same is, I think, true in an even greater degree in the
case of the respective forest belts. This follows naturally
from the fact that the ice has retreated furthest on the
Mekong- Yangtze divide, little or not at all on the Salween-
Irrawaddy divide. Such differences as exist between the
floras of the Mekong-Salween and Salween-Irrawaddy
divides, in the sub-alpine and forest belts, arise from the
greater proportion of monsoon species met with on the
latter, a subject which will be referred to again. The
Mekong valley is as impassable a barrier south of
Ka'-gur-pw as it is to the north, but not so the Salween
valley which, as already stated, has a more or less monsoon
climate south of latitude 28°, so that direct communication
between the Salween-Irrawaddy and Salween-Mekong
divides is here not improbable. Some of the plants common
to the latter divide and to the Burmese hinterland may
have crossed directly from one divide to the other; but as it
is almost certain that the alpine flora common to both
divides has travelled down them from the north-west, so is
it likely that the southern or monsoon flora, confined chiefly
to the forest belt, has travelled up both divides from a
common source, and not straight across from the west.
The geological history of the western country gives us
good grounds for believing all the flora common to the
Himalayas, the parallel divides, and the monsoon country
to have travelled round the perimeter of a circle, and never
across it—a matter which will be referred to presently.
Let us now briefly consider the geology of the country,
30 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, rxxx
in order to see if that will furnish a clue as to the building
of the parallel divides, and the original connection between
the Himalayas and the backbone of China, by which means
the similarity in flora must have been brought about.
Geology is a subject which permits free speculation, and if
in the following notes I have abused the privilege, it is
because I have seen but a fraction of the country, and have
not gone deeply into the matter. Nevertheless, though it is
useless to attempt a detailed description of the region with
the scanty knowledge at my disposal, still there are certain
prominent and fundamental facts which will go a long way
towards telling us what has happened here.
Evidence of Geology.
As far as I have studied the country from the Mali
valley in North-West Burma to the Yangtze valley in
Yunnan, the mountains all trend from north to south and
are separated by deep valleys, which in the north and east
are gorges; in the west erosion has been greater than else-
where, and the mountains are consequently much dissected
but often parallel to themselves. There is plenty of evi-
dence to show that volcanic activity has, in the past, played
a part in the moulding of the country, though the present
manifestations are such as are associated with waning of
voleanic forces. Hot springs are abundant throughout the
country, and are to be seen issuing from the base of all
the parallel ranges; near Tatsienlu in Western Szechwan is
a crater lake, and there is another in Upper Burma, while
at Tengyueh in Yunnan there is an extinct voleano of very
perfect form, with lava beds still intact; a second extinct
voleano, Mount Popa, is found in Upper Burma. LEarth-
quake shocks are fairly numerous in Western China,
Assam, and Burma, and the whole earthquake area here
seems to narrow southwards and eventually to tail off along
the volcanic line passing down the Malay Peninsula and
through the East Indies. The official annals of Yunnan
contain the records of many earthquakes, but the most
notable in this region are those of 1850 and 1895 in
Western Yunnan, and that of 1897 in Bhotan and Assam.
In the rocks too we find evidence of volcanic activity.
1915-16, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 31
Broadly speaking, this part of Asia is built up chiefly
of granite and slate, with some limestone, occasionally
crystalline. Slates commonly occur in the river beds, and
are generally on edge, but metamorphic rocks are also
found at 15,000 or 16,000 feet on some of the divides, and
perhaps higher still. Similarly granite is usually found
forming the bulk of the ranges (e.g. the Salween-Irrawaddy
divide, at least in the south, and parts of the Mekong-
Salween divide), but it also crops out both in the Yangtze
and Mekong valleys. However, the plain of Hkamti in
Northern Burma, between the eastern and western branches
of the Irrawaddy, and the mountains to the south and west,
are composed of sands, gravels, clays, and conglomerates,
with leaf beds and shells; near Myitkyina slates and
mica-schists appear, the former in the river bed, on edge
as usual, the latter with sands and clays, heaved up in
north-and-south-trending ridges from 3000 to 5000 feet
high. The dip of these rocks is usually south-east, and the
schists give evidence of considerable pressure.
It is quite evident that the whole of this tract, at least
from the Mali-hka westwards to the Assam Hills, was once
a big lake—it is too big for an estuary, the area under
water being about a hundred and fifty miles long by forty
or fifty broad; and we now see how it is that plants have
not migrated due east across the Burmese hinterland from
the Assam side, but must have travelled to the north-east,
and then come down the parallel ranges. At this period
the continuity of the Himalayas with the China axis was
probably complete, and the parallel ranges probably had
no existence, or were only just beginning to appear.
One of the most peculiar features of the country is its
apparent westward tilt, as though it was on an inclined
plane. Thus it is found that while the general level of the
Mali valley is less than a thousand feet above sea-level (the
plain of Hkamtiis about 1200 feet), the “Nmai flows at a
higher level, the Salween higher again, the Mekong about
1500 feet above the Salween, and the Yangtze about
1000 feet above the Mekong: yet the Yangtze is the
biggest river of all, and the Salween a good second, so that
the difference of level cannot be set down to erosion, the
Mali being the smallest as well as the most sluggish of all.
32 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, Lxxx
We have already seen good reason to believe that the
parallel divides have been gradually pushed up from the
west, and if we suppose that the whole area has been
bodily pushed up over older rocks, by a movement from
the west, we might account for the westward tilt. The
highest ranges would thus be found in the east, not only
because they would be pushed furthest up the inclined
plane, but also because they would have been longest
subjected to the pressure. Such a movement might also
account for the river gorges, for on cessation of the pressure
the weight of the anticlines would tend to drag the mass
down the slope again, and the synclines might break. The
objection to this is that, if the synclines broke, faulting
would almost certainly take place, and probably be con-
spicuous. I can only say that I have never seen any trace
of a fault in any of the river beds, the continuity of the
rocks on both sides usually being obvious. On the other
hand, some such external force seems to have played a
part in the moulding of the country, for the rivers flow
quite independently of the strike or dip of the strata, at
one point parallel to and a few hundred yards beyond at
right angles to the strike, so that apart from such con-
siderations as how much spade-work a river is able to
perform under certain conditions, it seems that the valleys
have not been simply eroded. Taken in connection with
the amount of granite we have seen building up some of
the ranges, however, there is another possible explanation
of this valley formation. When we consider the pushing
up of a tremendous range like the Himalayas, it is evident
that a great tension must be set up in the adjacent crust,
and lines of weakness would be lable to appear at right
angles to the axis of the range, running in this case from
north to south. Any subsequent pressure acting from one
side—say, from the west— would then be apt to make itself
felt particularly along these lines of weakness, and in the
case of igneous rocks, with the region in a state of greater
or less voleanic activity, it would be along such lines that
the originally deep-seated granite would be squeezed out.
As it burst through and was further ruckled up by the
pressure, the natural result would be for it to throw aside
the strata, which would thus come to stand vertically, strik-
1915—16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 393
ing more or less north and south. (The general direction
of strike throughout the region is about N.N.E. to 8.8.W.)
The curious fact that the tributary streams of the big
rivers often flow parallel to the latter for most of their
course, before turning abruptly to enter them, thus sub-
dividing the main ridges, and that this tendency is more
marked as one goes westwards towards the supposed source
of the pressure, seems to me strong evidence in favour of
lines of weakness. Thus the parallel ranges come to be
more and more closely packed, though reduced in altitude,
as one goes westwards; a fact, however, partly to be attri-
buted to increased erosion. It is germane to the present
discussion to draw atttention to the tremendous lateral
extent of the Salween-Irrawaddy divide near the sources
of the latter river; and as the Tibetans say it takes seven
or eight days to cross from river to river, the range is
probably double or treble in this region. Five or six
parallel ranges separate the “Nmai-hka from the Mali,
and a still greater number the Mali from the Brahmaputra.
It is significant that the great mountain ranges of Central
and Eastern Asia trend east and west, and that the rivers
which break through this gateway to the south begin by
flowing eastwards. This is particularly true of the Tsangpo
or Brahmaputra, which for hundreds of miles flows due east,
and in a lesser degree of the Yangtze and Salween. The
Tsangpo cuts its way right across the main axis of the
Himalayas, while the other two swing round through the
great gap and flow due south, the Salween maintaining this
course alongside the smaller Mekong, while the Yangtze
presently resumes its journey eastwards. Before doing so,
however, it makes a remarkable loop, not hke the usual
S-bend, but more like the letter N upside down, thus /f.
Strangely enough, the same whimsical course is followed by
three other rivers in this region: the Yalung, a tributary of
the Yangtze further east; the Oui-chu’, a tributary of the
Salween in Eastern Tibet; and the Ngawchang-hka, a
tributary of the ’Nmai-hka in the south.
Now imagine an uplift, simple or of fan structure, its
long axis trending more or less east and west, subjected to
a gradually increasing pressure from one end, the adjacent
country having been, as already pointed out, pulled towards
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVII. 3
34 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, LXXx
the long axis as the result of uplift, and therefore strained
in a direction at right angles to that axis.. The uplift
might then be to some extent compressed and shortened,
and later it might even ruckle slightly ; but eventually if
the pressure were continued and the mass as a whole did
not move, then, unless the direction in which the pressure
acted was coincident with the axis of uplift, one of two
things must happen: (i) overthrusting of parts of the range,
or (ii) bending at right angles to the axis, to be followed by
its slewing and eventual shearing. Thus, if the pressure
were maintained, we should, in the second case, get structures
like the following, as seen in plan, the arrow showing the
direction in which the pressure is supposed to act. (AB
represents the axis of the original uplift.)
eS SS = a ry ss a
fee = een ————— ee
ee ane a Se ee
In (vii) shearing has taken place, and the broken ends C C
of the axis now overlap. In the last three, the pressure is
acting at an angle to the axis.
Imagine these forces (how produced is immaterial, but
I have previously suggested a shifting eastwards of the
Himalayas to account for the ridging along the border
country) at work on a large scale over a wide extent of
country, and the pressure to continue after the shearing of
the main E.W. uplift (not necessarily a simple syncline) as
illustrated. The force is, let it be remembered, acting in a
direction more or less at right angles to the lines of weak-
ness already set up by stress in the adjacent crust, owing
to that uplift. We should then get, in place of the original
lines of weakness, a series of parallel ridges and hollows
(anticlines and synclines) running at right angles to the
long axis of the original uplift, beginning between their
broken ends (C in above diagram), and continuing a longer
or shorter distance to north and south, according to cireum-
1915-16.] BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 35
stances. There might at the same time be a slewing round
of these secondary ridges while they were being pushed up,
or they might from the very first lie rather obliquely to the
primary uplift, owing to the pressure acting obliquely as in
the diagrams (the Himalayas trend not due east, but about
E.S.E.); and they might be pushed up over the broken end
of the primary uplift, thus accounting for that apparent
westward tilt to which I eo drawn attention. Suppos-
ing that the irruption area! now sagged back, owing to the
pressure being released and the ihpesiac weight Rei the
anticlines, the eastern half of the broken uplift might be
isolated; while, owing to the oblique direction in Sails
the force is acting (from the W.N.W.), the parallel ridges
would lie south rather than north of the gap, and would
remain in contact with the western half of the primary
a ae
uplift. These changes are illustrated in the following series
of diagrams, seen in plan.
In (i) we see the effect of continued pressure in the
formation of the ridge CD between the broken ends CC
of the main uplift AB (see diagram (vi) previously). In
(11) the number of parallel ridges has been increased to
three, and they have been pushed up over the broken ends
of the eastern half of the original uplift AB. In (iii) the
new ridges have sagged back, remaining in contact with the
western half of the uplift, and isolating the eastern half.
Now the result illustrated in (iii) seems to me very much
the condition of the country under discussion at the present
day, the Himalayas being represented by AC, the parallel
divides (in the limited sense, that is, the Salween-Irrawaddy,
Mekong-Salween, and Mekong-Yangtze divides) by CD,
and the backbone of China, the great divide stretching
across the country between the Yangtze and Yellow rivers,
’ By this term I mean the whole country of parallel ridges from the
Brahmaputra in the west to beyond the Yangtze in the east.
36 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx
by CB. There are, of course, hundreds of complicating
and modifying factors of which no notice has been taken,
and the tangled nature of the mountain ranges with their
endless spurs and dividing valleys has been entirely
ignored. Nevertheless, I believe that, underlying all the
subsidiary details, this fundamental structure can be traced,
and that it is readily recognisable on a good physical map
of Asia.
Part of the complicated mountain system in Western
China is, of course, easily accounted for by erosion; and the
more irregular the distribution of rainfall, the more tangled
the system. Other irregularities are caused by rivers
cutting their way back and capturing other rivers—thus
the Yangtze, cutting its way westwards, appears to have
captured its present headwaters after the parallel ridges
had begun to be thrown up, and the same might be true
of the Mekong and Salween cutting their way back to the
north. Again, the peculiar courses of the four rivers
already referred to may be due to shearing in two. direc-
tions at right angles, as described above—for it is certain
that there have been two sets of uplift acting at right
angles to one another, probably alternating; at present it
seems that the movement from the west is going on, so
that the parallel divides are increasing in altitude as we go
westwards, and the ice retreating from those to the east.
In these rather academic speculations on the geological
history of the country, I have tried to account for the
fact of the retreating monsoon by the theory of rain screens,
and for the formation of the rain screens by supposing a
pressure acting from the west to have pushed up these
parallel divides, thus breaking the continuity of an original
Sino-Himalayan range, postulated to account for the
common alpine flora from the Himalayas to Western China,
and giving us the present configuration of the region; so
far as I can see, there is no way of accounting for the
Sino-Himalayan flora, except on the supposition of previous
continuity.
We now come to the all-important question, How far
does the theory account for the actual distribution of
plants throughout the region, their mutual relationships,
the great wealth of flora along the Burma-Yunnan frontier,
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 37
and the directions in which the plant streams have
migrated? I must confess that my botanical and geo-
graphical knowledge is far from equal to this task; but,
as already stated, some advance in knowledge may be
made by working with the weapon at my disposal, and
I feel sure that botanists who have gone properly into the
subject will be able to furnish evidence sufficient either to
supplement or to destroy the ideas here put forward.
The Theory Tested.
The best way to set about the task is to ask what might
be expected to result, so far as the distribution of plants
is concerned, from the above suppositions, namely: (i) a
continuous Sino-Himalayan range stretching eastwards into
China; (11) a subsequent breach ‘formed, and a ruckling in
the gap such that the broken halves of the original range
are completely severed, while the western half remains
more or less in communication with the new parallel
ranges at right angles; (i11) immense erosion finally
separating the parallel. ranges from one another, so that
the distribution of species on them is discontinuous. At the
same time new rivers are formed and old ones rejuvenated,
so that, cutting their way back, they are able to capture
rivers belonging to the new system of drainage. A mountain
range of not too great altitude is an ideal route for the
migration of plants, especially above the tree limit. There
is, at least in the earlier days of its uplift, nothing to
prevent a plant furnished with the most elementary
means of seed-dispersal spreading from end to end, as
conditions in the alpine belt at least are likely to be very
uniform throughout the length of the range. Consequently,
there is not much room for variation in the flora on this
account. Even though the rainfall may be considerably
greater on one range than on the next, and on one part
of a range as compared with another part, the atmo-
sphere is often so full of moisture, even when it is not
actually raining, that what with the blankets of cloud
hanging over the vegetation and the dew deposited owing
to radiation from the bare rock, there is little difference
in the alpine flora as the snow-line is approached; melting
38 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sxss. LXXxx
ice and snow too supply a good deal of the deficit. We
are therefore justified in concluding that if the Himalayas
reached out into China, we should find a closely related
flora occupying its entire length; the differences might
be even less conspicuous than those between the N.W.
Himalayan flora and that of Bhotan to-day, as the con-
tinuous uplift of that lofty range has brought about changes
which in the early days of uplift would not yet have been
effected. There is no reason to suppose that any great
fluctuating movement of plants backwards and forwards
ever takes place; on the contrary, all the north temperate
alpine floras at least seem to have invaded their present
homes from certain starting-points and then swept forward
the length of the range as though impelled from behind,
as indeed they often were by the advancing ice cap during
the glacial epoch. Thus it appears that a mountain range
is not occupied by plants in any haphazard fashion from
the surrounding country, but does actually fulfil its apparent
function as a transmitter of plants in one direction.
Now the Himalayas trend about W.N.W. to E.S.E., and
it is probable that they received their present flora from
the N.W. at the time when the northern flora of Europe
was being driven southwards by the ice, for the Himalayan
flora is essentially European and Mediterranean; and that,
owing to the prolongation of the Himalayas eastwards,
this flora, once established, would reach China. By the
time the vanguard had travelled as far east as it could go,
so much time would have elapsed that many changes would
have taken place along the length of the range—the dis-
appearance of some species, the domination of others, and
so on; in the meantime perhaps uplift has been going on,
and the rise of snow-clad portions of the range has cut it
up into watertight compartments, so to speak, separated
from each other by icy bulkheads between which the floras
must henceforth develop independently. :
Now suppose the Sino-Himalayan range cut clean across
in the manner already described by an uplift at right
angles to its axis, as a result of which deep grooves are sub-
sequently trenched between the parallel divides by rivers
flowing between. At once the old Sino-Himalayan flora
is divided into two camps, an eastern and a western,
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 39
between which lies a new line of possible migration south-
wards. Eventually the new ridges might become severed
from both ends of the original range; but, to begin with,
this is hardly possible, and the irruption area will be in
communication with at least one, and possibly with both,
ends of the broken range. At the present time there seems
to be no connection between the irruption area (7.e. the
Mekong- Yangtze, Mekong-Salween, and Salween-Irrawaddy
divides)and the broken ends of the supposed Sino- Himalayan
range (represented by the Himalayas in the west and the
Sin-ling and Pe-ling ranges between the Yangtze and
Yellow rivers in the east); but quite apart from the accept-
ance or rejection of the Sino-Himalayan range, it is
evident that there was once some sort of connection
between the Himalayas and at least the westernmost of
the parallel divides. Consider the first ridge thrown up
at right angles to the axis of the Sino-Himalayan range ;
it would maintain connection with the western half of the
broken range, if formed in the manner I have indicated,
and perhaps with the eastern half also. A second ridge
thrust up to the west of the first would have a twofold
effect. It would, in the first place, be the natural channel
of communication between the Himalayas and the south,
thus taking the place of the first range which in time
would become isolated, being cut off from both ends of the
broken range, and in the second place it would alter the
climate on the latter, and still more the climate further
east. Subsequent ridges pushed up in the west would
tend to emphasise these functions, so that the most
westernly ranges would gradually become the richest in
flora, both on account of being in communication with the
source of supply (the irruption area not having been yet
dissected by rivers) and owing to more favourable climatic
conditions. Thus we see that the flora of the Burma-
Yunnan frontier (Mekong-Salween and Salween-Irrawaddy
divides) would resemble the Himalayan flora more closely
than does the North China flora.
1 By the North China flora I mean that of the eastern half of the
old Sino-Himalayan range, the Sin-ling and Pe-ling ranges between the
Yangtze and Yellow rivers. The Himalayan flora is that of the western
half.
40 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx
The following consideration will show that the flora of
the eastern range will soon lose many of its Himalayan
characteristics. The first hint of an irruption area break-
ing the continuity of the Sino- Himalayan range and trend-
ing from north to south would modify the distribution of
climate along that range east of the break, especially as
regards the monsoon; it might still receive copious rain,
but its seasonable distribution would be different, since the
new ranges would to a large extent deflect the south-west
winds. The result would be a disturbance of the adjust-
ment reached by the eastern flora, with consequent variation
and redistribution till a new adjustment was arrived at,
and the point to which I would draw particular attention
is that, with the irruption area acting as a channel of com-
munication southwards, two different floras will eventually
travel down it from the severed ends of the Sino-Himalayan
range, and, at least in the early stages, before deep dividing
grooves have been cut between the dividing ridges, come
into contact. The result would be, not only a new flora,
richer than either of its component streams, but a new
impetus to variation, partly owing to this mixing of types
and partly owing to the greater range of climate encountered
during a journey southwards from a continental towards
a maritime region—a range still further increased by the
retreat of the ice from the easternmost divide, as explained
at the beginning of this paper.
Finally, with regard to the parallel ridges themselves, the
flora of the most easternly (the Mekong-Yangtze divide?)
would bear less resemblance to the Himalayan flora than
does that of the most westernly (the Salween-Irrawaddy ?
divide), for the reasons stated above; the increased pre-
cipitation falling on the western rain screen as a result of
the new uplift seems to have given rise to the Irrawaddy,
thus draining the lake region and leaving behind the
plain of Hkamti. :
I have already remarked that the Himalayan flora
probably travelled south owing to the fact that the last
formed of the parallel ridges was always in more or less
! There are numerous north-and-south-trending ranges east of the
Yangtze and west of the Irrawaddy, but we are not concerned with
these just now.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 41
direct communication with the Himalayas and is probably
only separated from it to-day by the Brahmaputra valley.
The eastern divides must soon have severed their connec-
tion with the western half of the Sino-Himalayan range
(though, as we have seen, the floras of the Mekong- Yangtze
and Mekong-Salween divides are practically identical in
the north) and were probably never in contact with the
eastern half; for at their northern extremities all the
parallel divides curve round towards the west. Some other
cause must therefore be sought to account for the supposed
movement of the eastern flora southwards. It seems
probable that the real cause in this case was the advance
of the ice during the glacial epoch, driving the flora south-
wards and westwards, by which means not only were the
two separated Sino-Himalayan floras brought once more
into contact under new conditions, but apparently yet
another disturbing element added to further enrich the
growing flora of the parallel ridges.
Baber, Johnstone, Wilson, and others have pointed out
the widespread glacial phenomena in Western China, and
Wilson! shows that the Chinese flora, the richest temperate
flora in the world, is more closely related to that of the
east coast of the United States than to that of the Eurasian
Continent. Thus it is evident that in China there has
actually been a movement of the flora westwards, and I
think it extremely probable that some portion of this
extra-continental flora reached the parallel divides, and,
mingling with the two halves of the old Sino-Himalayan
flora, travelled southwards, giving us the richest alpine and
mountain flora within the richest temperate flora in the
world, along the Burma-Yunnan frontier. For example,
Juglans and Magnolia, two typical genera of the Eastern
United States, are also common on the parallel divides.
Let us now examine a single genus of plants and see
how far its distribution is accounted for on our theory
—namely, an original Sino-Himalayan range stretching
across uninterrupted to China, its continuity subsequently
broken by the pushing up of the parallel divides, thus
dividing the region into three great plant areas show-
1 A Naturalist in Western China, by Ernest Wilson (London,
Methuen).
42 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXxx
ing more or less close relationship: namely, a western,
an eastern, and a southern, to be called respectively the
Himalayan, the North China, and the Burma-Yunnan
floras. For this purpose we will take the genus Primula,
as, Primula-hunting having become a cult, a very large
number of species are known and the genus has been the
subject of classical work. It is an Eurasian genus, and only
one species in either hemisphere extends south of the
Equator. Primula is divided into a number of sections
based chiefly on similarity of habit and foliage, shape and
method of dehiscence of the capsule, type of flower,
inflorescence, and so on.
Taking Professor Balfour’s classification, and looking at
the three plant areas we have mapped out as the result of
breaking the Sino-Himalayan range, we ought to find, if
the genus Primula typically represents the case :—
(i) A Himalayan Primula area with endemic species,
(ii) a North China Primula area with endemic species, and
(iii) a Burma-Yunnan Primula area richer than either of
the others in endemic species, but related to both. Area (i)
should differ widely from area (ii)—more so than it differs
from (iii), the far ends especially being in contrast while
the. two ends at the break might not differ so widely: but
area (ili) should show obvious connecting links with both
(i) and (ii), having derived elements from both, especially
in the north, in the region of the break, though there is
always the possibility of such links being completely wiped
out in such a vortex of change, with two or three different
floras crowding through this narrow gap.
Now what do we actually find to be the case ?
To begin with, Bhotan and Sikkim together form a very
rich Primula area—the richest known till the exploration
of Yunnan was begun by the French Catholic priests
and carried on so successfully by Forrest; the eastern end
of the Himalayas may be regarded as area (i), which, as
Sir George Watt points out, grows poorer (in Primulas)
towards the north-west, while the types attain their fullest
development towards the south-east, that is to say, in area
(iii). Area (ii) comprises Eastern Szechwan, and extends
northwards into Kansu and eastwards through Shensi,
where the Sin-ling range is well defined. Its western
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 45
boundary is not very distinct, but may perhaps be found
somewhere up in the Koko-Nor district. where the Sin-ling
range emerges from the tangle of mountains at the northern
edge of the Tibetan plateau. It may be considered as
extending to the coast (actually the great plains of the
Yellow river and the Yangtze intervene), keeping north of
the Yangtze, and though not a rich Primula area its flora
is in other respects equal to that of any other region of
China. The Burma- Yunnan area comprises for our purpose
the three great parallel divides between the Eastern Irra-
waddy (or Nmai-hka) and the Yangtze; but a good deal of
country to the east, including a large part of the provinces
of Szechwan and Yunnan, must be included in any compre-
hensive survey of the region. Though the mountains to
the west of the “Nmai-hka belong to the same great system
of parallel divides, they, on the other hand, evidently do not
belong to this plant area, as I shall endeavour to show later.
In the following table the Primula sections are arranged
according to their distribution amongst the three areas
named, omitting those from the Tatsienlu area (Western
Szechwan), which, as already pointed out, belongs strictly
speaking to, or rather is a direct continuation of, the Bburma-
Yunnan area. Numbers in brackets refer to the number
of species in the section. It is almost superfluous to remark
that additions and corrections innumerable, some of which
may easily be fatal to these arguments, will probably have
been made in the classification before this paper is finished
—some of my own Primula finds of 19138-1914 are neces-
sarily excluded; but as far as possible I have followed
Professor Balfour’s classification. For the Chinese Primulas
this was comparatively easy, as I have before me Professor
Balfour’s paper read before the Primula Conference of 1913.
Without the knowledge which it contained, and the inspira-
tion it gave, I take this opportunity of saying my paper
would never have been written. But for the Indian
Primulas it is less easy, as I am not altogether certain of
his classification and may have to some extent confused it
with the earlier classification of Sir George Watt, to which
I must also acknowledge my indebtedness. However, I
have done the best I can to be consistent.
44,
North China.
Obconico-Listeri (1).
Mollis (2).
Malvacea ( 1).
Petiolaris (1)
Soldanelloides (2).
Candelabra (1)
Denticulata (1)
Nivalis (1).
Auganthus (1).
Maximowiczii (2).
Filchnerae (1).
Auriculata (4).
Souliei (2).
Farinosa (2).
Macrocarpa (1).
Sertulum (2).
Totals. § 16, sp. 25.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE
Burma- Yunnan.
Obconico-Listeri (1).
Cortusoides (2).
Mollis (1).
Geranioides (2).
Malvacea (4).
Chartacea (1),
Davidi (1).
Sonchifolia (3 ?).
Carolinella (3).
Petiolaris (2).
Malacoides (2).
Suffruticosa (9).
Muscarioides (5),
Soldanelloides (3).
Dryadifolia (2 2).
Candelabra (9).
Amethystina (3).
Sphaerocephala (2).
Denticulata (3).
Glacialis (3).
Tongoilensis (1).
Sikkimensis (8).
Nivalis (6).
Omphalogramma (4).
Bella (1).
Minutissima (1),
Yunnanensis (5).
[Pyenoloba (1 Tat-
sienlu)].
S 27, sp. 87.
[SEss. Lxxx
Himalaya.
Obconico-Listeri (1).
Mollis (1).
Geranioides (2).
(Allied P. Whitei.)
Petiolaris (13 2).
Suffruticosa (2).
Muscarioides (1).
Soldanelloides (5).
Candelabra (3).
Amethystina (1).
Sphaerocephala (6 ?).
Denticulata (1).
Sikkimensis (3).
Nivalis (3).
Omphalogramma (1).
Bella (1).
Minutissima (4).
Yunnanensis (42),
Farinosa (7 2).
Verticillata (1).
$ 19, sp. 60.
A study of the above table brings out the following
interesting points. In the first place, the irruption area is
by far the richest, both in sectional and specific variety.
If we extend the area eastwards to Tatsienlu, where the
main ranges still trend north and south parallel to our
divides, we must increase the number of species to a
hundred; but in order to emphasise the points this table
brings out, I have confined the Burma-Yunnan area to the
divides already described.
In the second place, the Burma-Yunnan area contains
elements from both the other areas, no less than seven
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 45
sections being represented in all three areas; it is note-
worthy that only one section (Malvacea) has representatives
in the North China and Burma-Yunnan areas, but not in
the Himalayas; and only ove section (Farinosa) has repre-
sentatives in the North China and Himalayan areas,
missing the Burma-Yunnan area. But the section Farinosa
is as much American as Himalayan, and may have reached
Asia via the Aleutian [slands or by whatever route the
American flora travelled west—though I think it more
likely that both floras were derived from a common source,
and radiated from the far north, than that an actual
emigration took place.
Thus we see that seven widely distributed sections have
representative species in all three areas, while most of the
others which occur in the Himalayas spread south into the
Burma-Yunnan area, and are represented there by a larger
number of species than in the Himalayas. This is the
case with six out of eight sections confined to these two
regions, but the increase of species is conspicuous in no less
than nine sections, including those with forms in North
China as well. In two groups confined to the Himalayan
and Burma-Yunnan areas (Minutissima and Sphaeroce-
phala) and in one common to all three areas (Soldanelloides)
there is a decrease in passing from the Himalayan to the
Burma-Yunnan area. Finally, two Himalayan sections
(Farinosa and Verticillata) have no representatives in the
Burma-Yunnan area. The former is, as already remarked,
as much American as Asiatic, and had probably spread
over Asia long before the break in the Sino-Himalayan
range was formed; there is no @ priori reason why it
should have travelled south with other forms, though it
may have done so and since disappeared, or forms of this
section may yet come to light in the South. The latter is
a N.W. Himalayan type developed in Afghanistan and
Abyssinia. These exceptions, if they are exceptions, may
all need correction as the exploration of Yunnan and
1 Sir George Watt, of course, more than hints at the same conclusion
when he says: “The forms that spread eastwards from Sikkim to
Assam, Burma, and Manipur are seen to belong to an assemblage that
attains its greatest. development in China, more especially in the
mountains of the province of Yunnan” (Observations on Indian
Primulas).
46 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, Lxxx
the Burma frontier is continued; for while it seems pro-
bable that the Himalayas (except perhaps Bhotan) will
not yield many new Primulas, there are probably a large
number still to be found in the Burma-Yunnan area, the
difficulties in the exploration of which can hardly be
exaggerated.
The richness of the Burma-Yunnan area is shown as
much by the fact that it has nine sections confined to it
as by the increase of Himalayan forms there, while the
isolation of the North China area is shown by the fact that,
in spite of its comparative poverty in Primulas, it also has
seven sections confined to it, several of which are unique
in the genus. This is an argument in favour of the belief
that the North China area has not been recently in com-
munication with the Burma-Yunnan area, or at least not
as recently as has the Himalayan area, which it seems
possible to me may still be in some sort of communication
with it.
A consideration of these facts seems to show then that,
so.far as the broad distribution of the genus is concerned,
they fit in with the theory of a Sino-Himalayan range
which has been breached, the eastern end being isolated
and the western end remaining more or less in communica-
tion with the south, at least till a much later date, via a
series of curved ranges, wherein, partly owing to its sources
of supply and partly owing to physical conditions, changes
of climate, soil, and so on, a new and richer Primula area
has come into existence, still further augmented by the
influx of eastern forms driven backwards and southwards
by the ice. Mr. Farrer says that crosses between Primulas
occur most frequently, if not exclusively, between extreme
species of the same section—in other words, between species
of different subsections within the limits of a single section.
For example, in the section Candelabra, which forms two
colour-groups, we might expect one of the yellow group to
cross with one of the purple group, but not a purple with
a purple or a yellow with a yellow.
Now at a time when the flora of the earth was more
uniform than it is at present—say, in early Tertiary times—
the flora of such a continuous range as the Sino-Himalayan
would show no very great variation, and Primula itself
1915-16, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 47
might show variation only to the extent of subsectional
value, and that only towards the extreme ends of the range.
Consequently with the coming of the break, and the sub-
sequent driving in towards the common centre of the
eastern and western floras, by the means indicated, these
varieties might be brought together at the break, and,
travelling southwards in company, give rise to a host of
new forms.
It need scarcely be said, however, that if the Sino-
Himalayan range theory is to account for the broad
distribution of the Primulas in this part of Asia, it must
also to a large extent account for (i) any peculiarities of
distribution in the genus, both in Asia and elsewhere, since
these three areas now constitute the great Primula area of
the world, accounting for about 80 per cent. of known
Primulas; (ii) for the distribution of other alpines in this
region ; and (iii) for the distribution of plants in the valleys
as well as on the ridges, and for the limits of meeting
floras, e.g., the Chinese and monsoon (Indo-Malayan),.
To take first the detailed distribution of one or two
sections which call for remark. The range of § Candelabra
is as follows. Two yellow-flowered species occur in the
Himalayas, and the section then expands as usual along
the Burma-Yunnan area, where we find three yellow-
flowered species (a fourth is known from Tatsienlu) and a
new colour group (purple) with five species; the group
extends westwards into Burma, where P. helodowa, Balf. f.,
and P. Beesiana, G. Forrest, are found, and southwards
into Java, where a single yellow-flowered species is found.
Now going east across the irruption area we find one
purple-flowered species in Eastern Szechwan—but this
may belong to the Burma-Yunnan area—and two purple-
flowered species from the Far East, one Japanese and one
Formosan. Here it appears that the purple-flowered
species of the east and the yellow-flowered species of the
west have met in the irruption area and travelled south
in company, giving a fresh impetus to development in the
section. :
It may be pointed out here that nearly all the Burmese
Primulas known are really Yunnan Primulas. I myself
found more than a dozen species on the western slopes
48 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXxx
of the Salween divide in 1914, and these include P. obconica,
Hance, P. Beesiana, G. Forrest, P. helodoxa, Balf. £.,
P. bella, Franch. (1 believe), P. sonchifolia, Franch., and
perhaps two more of the § Sonchifolia, one of § Omphalo-
oeramma, and at least three new species not yet assigned to
their proper sections, besides others. Yet I believe very
few Primulas (eg., P. Listeri, King) have been found in
Western Burma, though the mountains on the Burma-
Assam frontier are quite high enough for them; while I
venture to prophesy that, high as are the ranges which
separate the “Nmai-hka from the Mali-hka, very few
Primulas will be found there when those unknown
mountains, so well seen from Laza, come to be explored.
For the same reasons, stated below, I believe that few
Primulas will be found on the high mountains which,
curving round from Assam north-eastwards, form the
northern boundary of Burma, as far as the point where
the "Nmai-hka cuts through. West of the "Nmai-hka the
flora is entirely Indo-Malayan and monsoon. Secrew-pines,
rattans and other palms, tree ferns, and a great variety of
Ficus trees, epiphytic orchids, cimbing Aroids, ete., grow
there in profusion. Crossing the divide (8000 feet) between
the ’Nmai-hka and the Mali-hka in latitude 27°, not only
did I see no sign of any Primulas on any of these parallel
ranges, but no sign of anything other than endless monsoon-
forest; yet many species of Primula grow below 8000 feet,
amongst an assemblage of alpines or subalpines, under very
similar conditions of climate, in the Hpimaw Hills.
P. Forbestvi, Franch., is recorded from the Shan States,
Burma, but Professor Balfour remarks that he doubts the
identification. There would, however, be nothing remark-
able in its appearance on the eastern frontier, as regards
distribution; but when Mr. W. G. Craib remarks! of
P. obconica, Hance, recently said to have been found in
Upper Burma (probably the same plant that I came across),
“his is the first record of its occurrence in India,” he must
be interpreted as referring to a corner of Further India.
For the purposes of distribution, Burma east of the “Nmai-
hka is part of the Yunnan area, while the Assam-Burma
frontier is linked up with the Himalayas.
1 Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc., xxxix (1913), p. 186.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 49
I have already referred to the expansion of the Himalayan
Primulas as the Burma-Yunnan area is reached; in no
sections is this more prominent than in sections Suffruti-
cosa, Muscarioides, Sikkimensis, and Omphalogramma, none
of which have representatives in the North China area; but
it is equally conspicuous in the sections Candelabra and
Nivalis, each of which has a single representative in North
China. The two last named are widely distributed—the
Nivalis section is universal through P. nivalis, Pallas,
itself; however, the first four named seem to have origi-
nated in the Himalayas and thriven in the Yunnan area;
at least they are found nowhere else. One section, Auri-
culata, confined to North China so far as the three areas
under discussion are concerned, is well represented outside
China, and suggests in its distribution that the North
China area may have been peopled from North Central
Asia as well as from the Himalayas, driven thither south-
wards by the ice. But § Auriculata is nearly related to
§ Farinosa, a typical American section with representatives
also in Japan, so that we have here in these two sections
evidence for that westward movement of the flora from
America, via Japan, already referred to; or possibly Auri-
culata came from Europe. Anyone who has followed the
argument so far will now see why it is that the Himalayan
flora is richly represented in Yunnan, but poorly in Western
Burma and North China. As Sir George Watt remarks,
the forms abundant in Sikkim and Bhotan attain their
greatest development in Yunnan; but evidently not across
Assam and Burma from the west, as might seem the most
natural route considering the trend of the Himalayas, a
prolongation of which in the same direction would cross
the richest Primula area in Yunnan. On the contrary, the
alpine flora of N.E. Burma which penetrates southwards
to within a degree or two of the Tropics has travelled right
round in a vast semicircle from the east end of the
Himalayas via the mountains north of the Irrawaddy
sources, and may possibly still be in communication with
the supply. I think there can be no doubt on this point
from what I have said on the flora of the parallel divides,
evidently derived from a common source, and from the
fact that near Hpimaw (lat. 26° N.E. frontier), on the
TRANS. BOT. SOC, EDIN. VOL. XXVII. 4
50 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sxss. Lxxx
Salween-Irrawaddy divide, as previously stated, I found not
only Primulas but Rhododendrons, species of Polygonwm,
Orchis, Thalictrwm, Androsace, and other plants, identical
with those found at Doker-la on the Mekong-Salween divide,
latitude 28°, besides Meconopsis, Suxifraga, Pedicularis,
Cremanthodiwm, Alliwm, and other typical genera of plants.
On this view, such Primulas and alpines as have already
been found on the Assam-Burma frontier, and such as may
yet be found on the mountains of Far Northern Burma—
and I think that the Primulas, at least, west of the ’Nmai
will not be numerous—are mere outliers, stranded and
isolated, having no connection with the source of supply
and failing to find their feet under conditions of climate
which are not typically alpine, using that term in a re-
stricted sense. In the same way, the comparative poverty
of the eastern end of the original Sino-Himalayan range
may be ascribed to the fact that, in spite of the two floras
which have swept across it, one from the west and one from
the east, it is nevertheless a blind alley, isolated from the
present inain line of migration of the Primulas. Personally
[ have never seen a finer alpine hunting-ground than the
limestone mountains of Kansu and Shensi, on the great
backbone of China; unfortunately I climbed there in the
depth of winter when everything was under many feet of
snow. However, it does not seem to be rich in Primulas,
and the flora is more Chinese than Himalayan, and has
probably derived much of its flora from America, which is
poor in Primulas. The fact that the great plain of Northern
Burma must have been a big lake previous to any great
ridging of the Burma-Yunnan frontier took place (for the
lake bottom itself is now included in the system of parallel
ranges), and therefore previous to the breaching of the Sino-
Himalayan range, is sufficient proof that there could have
been no communication directly across the Burmese hinter-
land south of the Irrawaddy headwaters. —.
But if these arguments hold good, and if there is to this
day some line of communication between the Himalayas and
the westernmost of the parallel divides (7.c. the Salween-
Irrawaddy divide) which has not been completely severed,
as the divides seem to have been from each other, there
must be some remnants of this range, which is nothing less.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 51
than a remnant of the old Sino-Himalayan range between
the Himalayas and Kansu, especially as the Salween flows
eastwards to begin with, parallel to the Brahmaputra or
Tsangpo. Undoubtedly such a communication range does
exist. It has recently been shown that the Brahmaputra
cuts across the main axis of the Himalayas, and a
tremendous peak in the N.E. corner of Assam has been
identified as situated on the axis. This is what I should
have expected, and I will go further and say that there
exists a great range of mountains to the south of the
Salween sources, reaching from near the Brahmaputra
(which has cut across it) on the west, to the sources of the
Irrawaddy (Taron) on the east, where it joins on to, or
rather becomes, the Irrawaddy-Salween divide, and that
that range, the real Sino-Himalayan range, the westernmost
peak of which is the snowy giant referred to above, is the
home of the Primula and the Meconopsis, the link between
the Himalayas and Yunnan.
North of this range the Salween sources themselves pro-
bably rise in very dry country, but the southern slopes at
least of the range will receive a copious rainfall, not inferior to
that of the Salween-Irrawaddy divide itself, and should have
an ideal climate for the development of a rich alpine flora.
It may be remarked here that the high peak east of the
Brahmaputra on the main axis of the Himalayas is well
north of the general trend of that range from W.N.W. to
E.S.E.: reference to fig. (vil) on p. 34, and to fig. (11) on
p. 85 suggests the reason for this, and is evidence in favour
of that theory.
Finally, we have to consider the valley floras, and the
meeting of monsoon (Indo-Malayan) and Chinese floras on
that vast meeting-ground, as I have attempted to delineate
it, the Burma-Yunnan frontier.
I have already mentioned that the Mekong-Salween
divide must be considered in two parts, separated by the
snow massif of Ka'-gur-pw. North of that uplift the flora
of the divide is similar to that of the Mekong-Yangtze
divide to the east; south of it, to the flora of the Salween-
Irrawaddy divide to the west. The inference, therefore, is
that the divide has been peopled partly from the north and
partly from the south (7.e. the Indo-Malayan region), though
52 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. Lxxx
the similarity of the Mekong-Salween and Salween-Irra-
waddy floras also extends to the alpine flora, of course
derived from the north. In the valleys we find the same
thing. As far north as latitude 28°, where these rivers,
breaking through from Tibet, flow in narrow arid trenches,
cut off from the rain-bearing winds by the western ranges,
and still further desiccated by the indraught of hot air
rushing through them, we find at least indications of an
Indo-Malayan flora which has spread up from the south.
In the Salween valley this is obvious enough, as there are
palms, giant bamboos, Asplenvum Nidus, Linn., and other
ferns, Aroids, orchids, and other typical Burmese (monsoon)
plants; in the case of the narrow Mekong valley, however,
it is only in the shaded gulhes that these monsoon plants
have a chance of establishing themselves, and there we find
Musa, Asclepradaceae, ferns, Citrus, and other Burmese
plants. The flora of the Yangtze valley is much more
Chinese. Before the parallel divides had reached any great
height, or before the Sino-Himalayan range had been
breached, when the Burmese hinterland was a big lake,
and the monsoon extended eastwards along the southern
slope of the Sino-Himalayan range, all this country would
be covered with monsoon forest, and what now remains is
evidently the remnant after the advance of the Himalayan
and Chinese floras consequent on the rise of the mountains
and cutting off of the monsoon rainfall.
Summary.
I have shown that the distribution of floras on the
Mekong-Yangtze and Mekong-Salween divides is in accord-
ance with the theory that the parallel divides have been
pushed up one by one from the west, the first to appear
being the easternmost; also that these two divides and
the Salween-Irrawaddy divide derived their floras from
a common source which was probably in the west, as shown
by the number of Himalayan Primula sections found on
them. It could not, however, be overlooked that the
similarity of flora extended well into China, and for this
reason I suggested an old Sino-Himalayan range of which
two broken portions now remain, separated by a great gap;
also that the advance of the ice in Western China had driven
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 53
the western, with perhaps some admixture of North American,
forms westwards towards this gap, through which it had
flowed southwards in company with the Himalayan flora ;
and to this mingling of the floras, together with a good
climate, warmth, and rainfall, I chiefly ascribe the great
wealth of flora along the Burma-Yunnan frontier and the
rejuvenescence of Primula life there. There is every reason
to believe that the line of Primula migration was not across
Burma to Yunnan, but across S.E. Tibet, and it is on this
foundation-stone that I have built. Finally, [have suggested
that there is a remnant of the Sino-Himalayan range, now
severed by erosion from the Himalayas, left in the gap, and
that its flora will prove a real link between those of the
Himalayas and Western China. ‘This remnant, which it is
my greatest ambition to explore, I place to the south of the
Salween sources in an unknown part of Tibet.
The foregoing is a rough working hypothesis to account for
such facts as have impressed themselves upon me; but it is
only with the object of furthering the investigation, in how-
ever small a degree, that I have ventured to put such im-
perfect notes in writing. Certainly the first criticism of every
botanist will be something like this: “ Yes, but we would
like you to cite the distribution of, say, one hundred plants
and show how that distribution agrees with the theory ” ; or
perhaps: “Can you cite a reasonable number of Himalayan
plants and show that they are found on the parallel divides,
and a reasonable number which are found in your North
China area, left behind by the ice—for all would not have
been driven back by the ice—and a reasonable number of
American species also driven on to the parallel divides ?
For without this last, what proof is there that the eastern
flora has ever driven back into the gap, by which means
alone could it have travelled southwards ? And if the two,
eastern and western, floras did not travel southwards in
company, does not the whole theory fail ?”
These seem obvious eriticisms, and I must confess to
being unable to cite individual plants which will prove
or disprove the theory for the present. But at least I
beheve the arguments to be not illogical, while they indicate
in which direction further research on the problem of the
Sino-Himalayan flora is likely to be profitable.
54 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. Lxxx
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF THE ORKNEY ISLES.
By ARTHUR BENNETT, A.L.S.
(Read 9th December 1915. )
Mr. Magnus Spence’s Flora Orcadensis has brought
together the numerous papers on this interesting group,
lying as they do between the Shetlands and the mainland
of Scotland. A glance through this Flora suggests the
following notes:
The number of species listed for the Orkneys seems to
hold a middle place between those for Shetland and
Caithness. The Orkneys have about 84 species not found
in Shetland, and 27 not found in Caithness; while Shetland
has 40, and Caithness 118 not found in Orkney.
Compared by area, Orkney has 510 square miles, Shet-
land 325, and Caithness 712.
I have appended a star to plants not included in Mr.
Spence’s list, but there are several species given in the old
lists that cannot be accepted unless refound, a others
are obvious errors.
Ranunculus bulbosus, Linn. is a rare species in Orkney,
but other stations are given by Col. Johnston in the
Scottish Annals.
R. arvensis, Linn.—Given for Orkney in Top. Botany,
15 (1883).
A curious absentee is 7vrollius ewropaeus, Linn., which
occurs both in Caithness and Shetland.
*Fumaria confusa, Jord.—Locally frequent in cornfields
above the N.W. end of Loch Stennis, Mainland. 16th July
1900. Rev. E. 8. Marshall sp. named by Mr. Pugsley.
*F. Bastardi, Bor.—Mainland. E. S. Marshall, No. 2415.
Pugsley, Supp. Journ. Bot., 1913.
*F. capreolata, Linn., var. Babingtonii, Pugsley. —
Birsay, Trail, 1888. “ Nearer speciosa than ~pallidiflora,”
Pugsley, Lc.
F. purpurea, Pugsley.—Cornfields above Loch Stennis,
Mainland. E. S. Marshall, 1900.
*F. densiflora, DC.— Mainland. Trail in Scottish
Naturalist, 1889, 112.
Subularia aquatica, Linn., and Viola canina, Linn., are
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 55
both unrecorded; they occur in Shetland!, Caithness !,
and O. Hebrides!.
*Viola derelicta, Jord—Orkney, Stromness. Marshall,
Suppl. Journ. Bot., 1909, p. 21.
Arenaria trinervia, Linn.—A remarkable absentee.
*Ononis repens, Linn.—Mainland. Trail, 1888.
Hypericum pulchrum, Linn., var. decwmbens, Rostrup.
—Stromness and Sandwick. E. S. Marshall, 1900.
Lupinus nootkatensis, Donn. — Heath, Feavel, Sand-
wick, 1883. Trail. ‘Escaped from a cottage garden
more than twenty years ago.” Found on “brecks,” 2.e.
heath with top spit pared off. H. H. Johnston in Bot.
Exch. Club Rep. for 1886, p. 146 (1887).
Trifolium hybridum, Linn.—Sandy island. A Somer-
ville cat., 1898.
T. agrarvwm, Linn.—Mainland. H. H. Johnston, 1912.
Vicia sepvum, Linn., var. montana, Koch.—The authority
for this is Babington, Man., ed. i, 80, 1843. “ V. angusti-
folia, Koch (1840) = V. montana, Froelich in litt.”
Alchemilla alpina, Linn.—Not found; in Caithness!,
O. Hebrides!, and Shetland !.
A. alpestris, Schmidt.—Sandy island. Somerville eat.,
1898.
A. pratensis, Schmidt.—Salmon in Journ. Bot., 1914, 289.
* Potentilla procumbens, Sibth.—Mainland, 1888. Trail !.
*Geum intermedium, Ehrh.—Gillies herb. Watson, Top.
Bot., 1883, 130.
Callitriche polymorpha, Lonnr.—Mr. Spence tells me
he is afraid “he made a too hasty decision respect-
ing this.”
The record of Sison Amomuwm is a mistake. Col. Johnston
writes: “The plant is Levisticum officinale, Koch. ‘This
may have been introduced by being used in veterinary
practice.”
Epilobium ligulatwm, Baker—Mainland. Trail!, 1888.
KB. hirsutwm, Linn.—Mainland. Trail, 1888.
*Hieracium sarcophyllum, Stenstr., var. expallidiforme,
Dahlst.—Orkney. ‘Trail in Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist., 1906, 97.
*H, Orariwm, Lindeb.—Orkney. Trail, l.c.
*H. anglicum, Fr., var. cerinthiforme, Backh,—Orkney.
Trail, l.c.
56 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. uxxx
H, strictwm, Fr.—Hobbister rocks, Orphir. Syme.
Sedum acre, Linn. —S. Ronaldshay. Sandy island.
A. Somerville cat., 1898.
Pimpinella Saxifraga, Linn.—Picaquoy, 1849. R. Heddle
herb. t. Johnston. Heathy hillside, 320 ft. alt. Hoy, 1912.
H. H. Johnston.
Cirsium arvense, Scop., var. horridum, Koch.—Above
Free Church Manse at Orphir. Syme in Bot. Exch. Club
Rep. 1872-4, 27.
Cardwus arvensis, Robs., var. setosus = Cirsiwm setosum,
M. Bieb.—Birsay, Orkney. Trail sp., August 1888.
*Arctiwm minus, Bernh.—Sandy island. A. Somerville
eat., 1898.
Campanula rotundifolia, Linn.—This is the only county
it is not recorded for in the British Isles.
Arctostaphylos alpina, Spreng—Hoy. Fortescue, Exch.
Club Rep. for 1882, 75 (1884).
Pyrola rotundifolia, Linn—Rousay. Miss G. Gold,
1869. Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist., 1904, 252.
Primula scotica, Hook.—Introduced to N. Bonaldsteg
by Dr Trail. Fortescue in Scot. Nat., 1881-2, 375. -
* Huphrasia latifolia, Pursh—Orkney. Marshall, 1901.
* EF. nemorosa, Mart—Moul Head, Deerness, 1884. W. I.
Fortescue sp. ;
*Rhinanthus rusticulus, Druce—South side of Loch
Stennis, Mainland. Shoolbred and Williams. Marshall,
Journ. Bot., 1903, 295.
Senne ia nodosa, Linn.—Remote glen in Hoy, June
1914. Col. Johnston in htt.
*Atriplex littoralis, Linn. Nene Orkney. Trail,
1888 !.
*Rumex conspersus, Hartm. (R. domesticus x obtusi-
foliws)—Given for Orkney by Syme in Top. Bot., 358.
The Orkney specimens I have seen of R. obtusifolius,
Linn., fall under R. Friesii, Gren. et Godr. z
R. pratensis, M. et K—Swanbister and Gear, Orphir.
Syme.
I have seen no Orkney specimen of the Shetland x A,
propinquus, J. E. Aresch.=R. domesticus x crispus. It
occurs on Fair Isle, between the Orkneys and Shetland.
Straker sp.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 57
R. crispus, Linn, var. granulatus.—Swanbister, 1873.
Syme sp.
*Betula glutinosa, Fr.—Orkney. Syme in Top. Bot., 372.
* Pinus sylvestris, Linn.—Orkney in post-glacial deposits.
Niven in Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1901, 840.
The record of Ceratophyllum demersum, for Loch of
Ayre, Kirbister, is an error of Heddle’s, his plant being
Utricularia vulgaris, as shown by the specimen in Col.
Johnston’s herbarium. U. vulgaris was recorded in Top.
Bot., ed. i., 1874, 319, by Boswell.
* Potamogeton interruptus, Kit.—Loch of Stennis, 1888.
Trail sp., and E. F. Linton sp.
P. pectinatus, Linn.—Kirbister Loch. Syme sp., 1888.
P. marinus, Linn.=P. filiformis, Nolte!—Loch of
Birsay and Burn of Hundland. Syme sp. Swanbister,
"1852. E. F. Bennett sp.
P. pusillus, Linn.—Loch of Kairbister, Orphir, 1878.
W. I. Fortescue sp.
P. heterophyllus, Schreb.—Loch of Harray, Orkney,
1852. W. I. Fortescue sp. A form of the species closely
simulating twenty-one American specimens. Peduncles
6 inches long, upper floating leaves 1 inch x 2 inch.
P. lweens, Linn.—-Muckle Water, Rousay, 1890. W. I.
Fortescue sp. A large-leaved form simulating P. longi-
foliws, Gay, but wanting the strict even-sided leaves of that
plant and the dark colour. Leaves up to 10-11 inches
by 1} inches wide, acute-acuminate, with wavy margins.
The only specimens I have seen to approach it are from
Siberia. Dr, Augustinowicz.
*Zannichellia palustris, Linn.—Kirbister Loch, 1850.
Syme.
Juncus biglwmis, Linn, p. 78.—Must be an error; no
authority given, and I can find no record.
J. triglumis, Linn.—This appears to be an addition to
the Flora. It occurs in Shetland !, but not in the O. Hebrides.
J. compressus, Jacq.—Neill’s record of this would have
little weight. Syme knew the plant, yet said he had only
seen it in Watson’s station in Surrey. J. compressus is
rare in Scotland. Dumfries, Kirkcudbright, Edinburgh, and
Dumbarton are the only counties from which I have seen it.
Luzula pilosa, Willd.—* Not reported for many years,”
58 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. Lxxx
p. 79. It seems strange that so common a species has
been overlooked. Still both in Shetland and Caithness.
L. sylvatica seems to be the commoner species.
Carex limosa, Linn., p. 84.—Another new record for the
Isles in the Flora.
Carex Oederi, var. oedocarpa, And.—Marsh near N. Dam,
Hoy, 1886. Stony loch shore, Loch of Kirbister, 1913.
H. H. Johnston.
*Koeleria cristata, Linn., sub-sq. britannica, Dom.—
Orkneys. E.S. Marshall, Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist., 1906, 32.
Festuca bromoides, Linn.—Shell sand and shingle in Bay
of Skail, Mainland, 1913. H. H. Johnston.
Lastrea dilatata, Presl., var. collina, Moore—Traii in
Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist., 1907, 229.
Equisetum palustre, Linn. var. nudwm, Newn.—Trail,
l.c., 230.
sas & ey lacustris, Linn.—Hill lake, Peerie Water, Rousay,
1901. A. Somerville sp. Reported but not — by
Mr. es
Ophioglossum vulgatum, Linn., var. ambiguum, ‘lear
et Germ.—This was discovered by Mr. W. I. Fortescue,
2nd August 1878, on the west end of the Calf of Flotta.
Black Craig, Stromness. Miss P. Deuche in Exch. Club
Rep., 1877-8, 20 (1879). Veness, Swanbister. Syme.
*Chara fragilis, Desv., var. capillacea, Coss. et Germ.—
Rotten Loch, Brims, Waas, Hoy. Col. Johnston in Trans.
Edin. Bot. Soc., xxvi, 226 (1894).
*Chara aspera, Willd., var. desmacantha, H. et J. Groves.
—Orkney. Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist., 1907, 230.
C. baltica, Fr—This was found by Messrs. Marshall and
Shoolbred, 13th July 1900; and by Mr. Crawford, 31st
August 1900.
At pages 138-9 is a “ Note on a New Primula found in
Orkney by Mr. M. Spence,” by C. E. Moss, D.Se., F.LS.,
ERGS.
Plants grown by Mr. Hunnybun “had capnulee 1°5 to 20
times as ‘long as the calyx; with narrow, less compact,
more spathulate, and more obtuse leaves.’ Then Dr. Moss
finds that Mr. Spence’s plant verges towards P. stricta,
Fries, a Scandinavian species, and perhaps is actwally
that species. There is certainly no climatic reason against
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH og
stricta as a Scottish species; but an examination of fifty-
two specimens of scotica, among them a third from Orkney,
from Mr. Spence, and a specimen of the variety itself,
hardly sustains the idea of stricta.
Twice the length of the calyx is certainly very unusual,
but half as long again occurs in many; and stricta is a
taller, more gracile species, with the leaves “subtus
nudiusculis,’ not “subtus farinosis,’ as in scotica. It
seems to be better to adopt Dr. Moss’s name of var.
orkniensis for the plant.
To the bibliography should be added Low’s list of
Orkney plants in Barry’s History :—
1. A second edition in 1808, by Rev. J. Hendrick.
2. Another in 1813, edited by W. E. Leach.
3. Syme in Bot. Soc. Edin. iv, 47-50 (1850).
4, Col. Johnston in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin., xxvi, 207-226
(1914).
There are still about fifty species reported in various
lists, etc., that have not been confirmed, and are probably
mostly errors.
PERIODICITY IN TRANSPIRATION. By SOPHIE
J. WILKIE, B.Sc. (Two figures.)
(Read 14th October 1915.)
Periodicity in transpiration has been recorded by various
research workers, and the evidences up to 1904 have been
collected by Burgerstein in his monograph Die Transpira-
tion der ane co (Jena, Verlag von Gustav Fischer, 1904).
A daily maximum has been eed and was found to
occur any time between the hours of 9 a.m. and 3 p.m., vary-
ing with the different species of twigs experimented upon.
Unger (Sitzb. d. k. Akad. der Wissensch. Wien, Bd. xliv,
1862, pp. 181-327) was the first to accept this periodicity,
but his experiments were not performed under constant
conditions.
Sachs (Landw. Vers. Stationem, Bd. i, 1859, p- 203)
believed in the rhythm of transpiration on analogy with
growth periodicity.
60 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, LXxx
Sorauer (Forsch. a. d. Gebiet der Agrikultur Physik
von Wollny, Bd. iu, 1880, p. 351) observed a maximum of
transpiration in the late forenoon and early afternoon, and
a minimum before sunset.
Baranetzky (Bot. Zeitung, tom. xxx, 1872, p. 65) denies
the existence of a periodicity, and is of the opinion that
the plants transpire more during the night than in the
daytime, mentioning that the loss of water is steady but
not periodic.
Kberdt contradicts Baranetzky’s views from the results
of his own experimental work.
More recent research on periodicity in transpiration
has been carried out by C. C. Curtis (Bull. Torrey Club,
tom. xxix, 1902, p.363). Curtis took weighings every hour
for a period extending over twelve hours or less, and the
temperature and humidity of the laboratory were kept as
constant as possible. He obtained a maximal value for
transpiration about the middle of the day, and minor
fluctuations independent of the light intensity were also
recorded. Experiments were performed under normal
conditions in constant illumination and in the dark. He
found that the curve in the dark sometimes was in keeping
with that obtained under constant illumination, but it was
more often very erratic. The graphs obtained, by Curtis
for transpiration resembled Sachs’ curve for growth,
Vesque’s curve of absorption, and Detmer’s curve for the
periodicity of exudation of fluids from cut stems and fluid
tensions. The transpiration graphs obtained by Curtis
varied for every plant experimented upon, and for the
same plant no two graphs were ever alike.
In order to have more positive proof of the phenomenon
of periodicity, it was necessary to procure graphs of at
least twenty-four hours’ duration, and for this purpose the
apparatus already described at the June meeting of the
Society, 1915, was used.! ;
The plants experimented upon were
1. Pinus sylvestris.
2. Opuntia occidentalis.
3. Lilium rubrum.
1 See Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin., xxvi (1915), 432.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 61
In every case records continuing over several days were
obtained, and as far as possible they were uninterrupted.
The temperature was kept as constant as possible, the
variation being from 2° to 4°. The percentage humidity
was on an average between 60 and 70.
A. Normal Conditions of Light and Dark.
1. Pinus sylvestris.
(1) 1ith June to 23rd June 1914.
The natural conditions at that time were approximately
sixteen hours’ light to eight hours’ darkness. Transpiration
was found to be more active during the light than during
the darkness period, the ratio being as 1:°32, while the
ratio of light to dark is as 1:°5
An analysis of the hourly graph shows that at this
season there is on an average a maximum of transpiration
at 4 o'clock in the afternoon, a minimum at 3 o clock in the
morning.
(2) 25th November to 18th December 1914.
The conditions as regards the illumination of the plant
at this time were eight hours’ light to sixteen hours’ dark-
ness—just the exact reverse of the state of affairs in June.
In this case the average mean ratio of transpiration in
light to transpiration in the dark is 1: 2-9, while the ratio
of light to dark is as 1: 2.
The hourly graphs show as an average a maximum at
4 o'clock in the morning, a minimum at 5 p.m.
(3) 19th January to 19th February 1915.
In this case the ratio of light to dark is for January
as 1:2, and for February as 1:14. Here again the
figures show transpiration during the period of darkness
to be greater than that of light, although the difference is
not so marked as in the November-December records; the
ratio of transpiration in light to that in dark is as 1: 1:5.
The maximal value of transpiration at this time as seen
from the average graph occurs at 8 o'clock in the morning.
The minimal values are very variable, but approximately
there is a minimum at 1 p.m.
62 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxx
AVERAGE GRAPH OF TRANSPIRATION.
PINUS SYLVESTRIS.
=
L_]
2S
|
oie &
SREB
E
d
2
fam apm 6pm Spm tiem fam Sam Bam iam,
FREER EEE EEE seasoned s SeeRRgrat
Pte BRaDEY BEESEE
He PEEL HH alah. SESERREORDSOReOEos
rH 1REESBER eerie PSCC
foo BERERERD TERRES ae REUS
iereHSsasttseenteitey
&
E
PEE
EEE
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH
fon)
we)
tam. ¢am. Tam. 05
RS RReaees
aaa neoa SOS GaRaGeaas
Bios aice ts pte
QEEGbs2 SSSR RRREReo
|
‘a
‘a
‘g
|
a
p_|
a
‘a
‘a
i |
a
i
D
|
rl
1 |
a
i
A |
a
|
a
64 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxx
2. Opuntia occidentalis.
12th May to 4th June 1914.
The natural conditions were, at this time, sixteen hours’
light to eight hours’ darkness. Opuntia occidentalis tran-
spires considerably during the darkness period—the ratio
of transpiration in light to that in dark being as 1:°37,
while the ratio of light to dark is as 1:°5. The hourly
graphs show on an average a maximum of transpiration
at 8 p.m., a minimum at 4 p.m., with subminimum at 1 a.m.
3. Lilium rubrum.
Ist May to 21st May 1915.
The plant at this period would be subjected to sixteen
hours’ light and eight hours’ darkness. The hourly graphs
show that the maximal values of transpiration occur at
7 oclock in the morning and 2 o'clock in the afternoon,
the minimal values at 9 p.m. and 9 am. The ratio of
transpiration in the light to transpiration in the dark is
on an average as | : ‘22.
B. The Ejfect of Darkness on Transpiration.
The types Pinus sylvestris and Liliwm rubrum were
experimented upon in the dark room, and in both cases
the transpiration was found to be very erratic. In spite
of the absence of light, transpiration was very active, and
there was evidence of a periodicity, although it was very
variable.
SUMMARY.
1. Under normal conditions there is a daily periodicity
in transpiration.
2. This periodicity varies in the three types experi-
mented upon. 5
3. Under all dark conditions transpiration is active but
erratic.
I have to thank Mr. R. A. Robertson for ia kind
assistance in the arranging of these results.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 65
SAXIFRAGES OF THE DIPTERA SECTION, WITH DESCRIPTION
oF New Species. By Professor BaAyLEy Batrour, F.R.S.
(Read 7th October 1914.)
The Diptera Saxifrages—we know something of four-
teen species—form a compact group marked by ‘peculiar
distinctive characters of flower and fruit.
Those of the corolla are the most striking. The petals
are unequal. The anterior petal is always the longest and
from a shortly clawed base elongates to strap-shaped form
and appears like a wing hanging from the front of the
flower’ which is usually placed on the inflorescence with
its axis horizontal. This anterior petal is persistent and
enlarges during fruiting, becoming at the same time some-
what stiff. One of the antero-lateral petals, that towards
the left, is sometimes similarly enlarged, the enlargement
being equal in amount, or perhaps more often slightly less.
The other petals are also unguiculate but are much smaller,
sometimes not a fifth the length of the larger one or ones,
and they fall off early. The petals all have a white ground-
colour—save in S. Henryt, Balf. fil. in which Henry says
the flowers are red—-and the long petals do not show much
blotching ; that is reserved for the smaller petals in several
species where they are yellow and red-spotted. The flowers
in these Saxifrages are then irregular, and it is the presence
of these long petals hanging in front of the flower that
gave Borkhausen his generic name.
In one species, S. cuscutaeformis, Lodd., the petals have
been described and indeed figured as having all the elongated
form characteristic of one or two petals in other species.
In the plants of this species which have flowered at Edin-
burgh this equality of petals occasionally appears; as a
rule the flowers show only slight divergence towards
equality.
The large yellow disk is a marked feature in the Section
and requires further examination in fresh material of several
species. In some—for instance, S. sarmentosa, Linn. fil.,
S. cuscutaeformis, Lodd., 8S. Veitchiana, Balf. fil—the disk
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL, XXVII. 5
66 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXXxx
is unilateral, fillmg the space between the three small petals
and the ovary which it embraces. Its median is therefore
opposite the gap between the two petals which are or may
be enlarged. It increases the irregularity of the flower
and is an evident feature, covered as it is by more or less
prominent tubercles. In all the other species—so far as I
have been able to examine them for the character—the disk
is circular and completely encircles the ovary, at the same
time showing a smooth surface with at times faint evidence
of tuberculation. How far the character of the disk can
be used for specific distinction and grouping, investigation
will show.
The fruit character of the Diptera Saxifrages is one of
much interest to students of adaptations. As the gynaeceum
enlarges the pedicel at a point immediately below the torus
shows curvature and always in direction towards the
posterior side of the flower. The curvature proceeds until
the developing fruit becomes inverted with one septal
surface closely adpressed to the pedicel. This curvature
brings at the same time the large anterior petal, which has
been enlarging and stiffening, from its downwardly directed
position as a hanging flag in the flower into an erect or
nearly erect position on the curved end of the pedicel and
above the upward turned base of the fruit. We get then
a capsule with mouth directed downwards—the mouth being
a transverse slit between the styles, the size of which can
be regulated by the degree of drying of the style-bases—
surmounted by an erect stiff strap-shaped petal one or more
centimeters long. There may be two such petals. The
mechanism may be interpreted in terms of seed-distribution,
and the suggestion is an obvious one that the petal, exposing
a surface to currents of air, is the agent through which
vibration is communicated to the stiff thread-like pedicel
below, and the seeds protected from wet in an inverted
capsule are shaken out easily from the downwardly directed
capsule mouth.
The Diptera Saxifrages are all Japanese or Chinese—
China claiming nine, and Japan five. One of the Japanese
species—S. sarmentosa, Linn. fil.—has been sent in dried
specimen from China, but it is a doubtful native.
1915-16, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 67
SAXIFRAGES OF THE DIPTERA SECTION.
. aculeata, Balf. fil. Sp. nov. China.
. cortusaefolia, Sieb. et Zucc. Fl. Jap. Fam. Nat. in Acad. Muench.,
iv, 11 (1848), 190; Bot. Mag., t. 6680. Japan. Cult. Introd. before
1874, Veitch. Coll. Maries ; or Fortune and Standish.
. cuscutaeformis, Lodd., Bot. Cab., t. 186. China? Cult. Introd.
before 1815. Loddige.
. dumetorum, Balf. fil. Sp. nov. China.
. flabellifolia, Franch. (non R. Brown) in -Morot, Journ. Bot., vili
(1894), 295. China.
. Fortunei, Hook. in Bot. Mag., t. 5377. Japan. Cult. Introd. about
1863, Standish. Coll. Fortune.
. geifolia, Balf. fil. Sp. nov. China.
. Henryi, Balf. fil. Sp. nov. China.
. imparilis, Balf. fil. Sp. nov. China.
. madida (Maxim.), Makino in Tokyo Bot. Mag., vi (1892), 52; Yatabe
Icon. Fl. Jap., i, 11, pl. vii. Japan. Cult.
. rufescens, Balf. fil. Sp. nov. China. Cult. Introd. 1908, Bees.
Coll. Forrest.
. sarmentosa, Linn. fil. Suppl. 240; Bot. Mag.,t.92. Japan. Cult.
Introd. before 1771.
. sendaica, Maxim., Mél. Biol., viii (1872), 601; So Moko Zusetz.,
vill, t. 16. Japan.
. Veitchiana, Balf. fil. Sp.nov. China. Cult. Introd. about 1904,
Veitch. Coll. Wilson.
RMN
RANRnRBRANRRRA RMR RR NM
Of the fourteen, three of the Chinese (S. cuscutaeformis,
Lodd., S. rwfescens, Balf. fil, and S. Veitchiana, Balf. fil.),
and four of the Japanese (S. cortusaefolia, Sieb. et Zucc.,
S. Fortunei, Hook., S. madida, Makino, S. sarmentosa,
Linn. fil.) are in cultivation.
The longest and perhaps the best known species is
S. sarmentosa, Linn. fil.—the so-called Strawberry Saxi-
frage, and bearing also several other names: Wandering
Jew, Aaron’s Beard, Old Man’s Beard, Mother of Thousands,
Sailor Plant,—familiar to everyone in its white-veined
hairy leaves and long runners—the flower with a large
yellow one-sided tubercled disk. Cultivated in the Kast as
in the West, it has probably spread from Japan to China
where it is found in isolated areas always apparently about
large cities. Its variety tricolor is a striking well-known
greenhouse plant.
S. cuscutaeformis, Lodd., is another plant of cultivation.
Its wild habitat is unknown. There is no record of it in
the careful account of their Flora by Japanese botanists
and it is assumed to be a Chinese plant. It may be
regarded as a minute S. sarmentosa, Linn. fil., the leaves
68 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx
very small and not hairy, the flower scapes only a few
inches high. The flowers are pure white.
A few years ago Messrs. Veitch sent out under the name
of S. cortusaefolia one of Wilson’s Chinese plants, and a
delightful one it is, forming long runners and rapidly
making a leaf carpet. It is not S. cortusaefolia, Sieb.
et Zuce. which is apparently only Japanese. I have named
it S. Veitchiana. It has orbicular green leaves and small
flower panicles and can at once be recognised from S. cor-
tusaefolia by its flagella—there are none in SN. cortusaefolia
—and by the unilateral yellow tuberculate disk in the flower
—it is circular and smooth in S. cortusaefolia. From S.
sarmentosa, Linn. fil. its bright green leaves, not white-
veined, and small inflorescences distinguish it. Occasion-
ally the leaves of the young rooting rosettes on the runners
show some white veining.
S. cortusaefolia, Sieb. et Zuce. (S. japonica of old
gardens) is one of the species which do not form runners.
It is widely spread in Japan. ‘Two stories of its intro-
duction are current: one that it came to Britain through
Maries, collector-for Messrs. Veitch, about the middle of
last century; the other that Fortune and Standish mtro-
duced it. It was in cultivation before 1874. The stiff
fleshy leaves and pure white flowers make it an effective
plant, but at Edinburgh not quite satisfactory outside.
It is variable. Makino’s varietal names obtwsocrenata and
partita refer to features of the leaf, and S. madida, Makino,
is a microform with more delicate leaves more deeply cut.
The palm for beauty belongs to the Japanese S. Fortunez,
Hook., discovered by Fortune, and known in our gardens
for some sixty years. Its fringed rich green leaves, the
largest of all in cultivation, with bronzed or bright red
underside and petiole, and its large white flowers, make it
a welcome plant. Like 8S. cortwsaefolia, Sieb. et Zuce. it
does not show its best foliage in the open at Edinburgh and
its flowers come too late for so succulent a plant in the
Edinburgh climate.
S. rufescens, Balf. fil. is the most recent introduction of
the group, and is from China. It has come from Bees, Ltd.
through their collector G. Forrest. It is a plant of the
habit of S. cortwsaefolia, Sieb. et Zuce., but distinguished
1915—16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 69
by the densely red-hairy flower-shoots and the petals flushed
with red. Itis hardy at Edinburgh, and, flowering in July,
escapes the mischanceto which the late-flowering S. Fortunez,
Hook. and S. cortusaefolia, Sieb. et Zuce. are liable.
Of the other known species not yet introduced there
are the Japanese S. sendaica, Maxim., an erect grower,
with palmatifid cuneate-based leaves and without runners ;
this character is shared by the Chinese S. flabellifolia,
Franch. and S. amparilis, Balf. fil., both of which resemble
S. cortusaefolia, Sieb. et Zuce., but differ—the former in its
truncate or cuneate leaf-bases, the latter in its truncately
topped fruit. S. geifolia, Balf. fil. and S. dwmetorwm, Balf.
fil. are trailing Chinese species with flagella and leaves
the shape of which recalls that of our native S. Gewm, Linn.
The former has copiously branched panicles of small flowers,
the latter has inflorescences bearing few branches, and it
also has white blotches on the upper leaf surface.
Not one of the unintroduced species noted above gives
promise of gardening value, unless perhaps S. geifolia,
Balf. fil.
It is otherwise with the plant I have named, S. Henry,
Balf. fil. This, one of Henry’s finds in the neighbourhood
of Szemao, is peculiar in the section, having oblique peltate
leaves like a begonia, and whilst the upper surface is
grey of hue, the under is of a rich purple with darker
purple dots all over it. The margins, too, are somewhat
prickly. Henry says the flowers are red. For the foliage
alone the plant should be worth having—the red flowers
add an attraction. Coming from Szemao its hardiness is
open to suspicion.
From Szemao comes also another of Henry’s finds, S.
aculeata, Balf. fil., a form evidently nearly allied to S.
Henry, Balf. fil. but not showing the brilliant colouring
of the leaves, which are here symmetric and develop upon
their margins a series of more pronounced prickles. The
colour of flowers is not recorded but in the dried plant
these have all the features shown by S. Henryi, Balf. fil.,
and may be red as in that species.
That we are to regard as fixed characters the presence
or absence of the white veining of the leaf appearing in
species of the flagelliferous series is by no means certain.
70 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. LXxx
Thus S. Veitchiana, Balf. til. normally has concolorous
leaves, but occasionally young rosettes on the runners show
a faint white veining. Again, S. sarmentosa, Linn. fil. in
certain conditions may have some of its leaves concolorous
instead of white-veined ; and then there is the var. tricolor
of S. sarmentosa, Linn. fil., with its uncertain blotching.
Some experiments begun a few years ago for the purpose
of obtaining evidence have been interrupted, but the subject
is one deserving investigation. It may show that some of
the species are really growth forms of one.
One may group the species in the following key :—
FLAGELLIFEROUS.
Lamina white-veined above. Toral disk unilateral :
Lamina hairy above. : ‘ : . sarmentosa
Lamina glabrous above : : ; . cuscutaeformis
Lamina white-blotched above. Toral disk circular . dumetorum
Lamina concolorous above
Toral disk unilateral . : 2 : . Veitchiana
Toral disk circular ‘ : : : . gerfolia
: NON-FLAGELLIFEROUS.
Leaves prickly at margin :
Leaves peltate . ! : : ; . Henryr
Leaves not peltate : : 3 : . aculeata
Leaves not prickly at margin :
Leaves palmatifid, lamina cuneate at base : . sendaica
Leaves reniform orbicular :
Lamina cuneate or truncate at base F . flabellifolia
Lamina with basal sinus :
Lamina bronzed beneath . : : . Fortuner
Lamina grey green beneath :
Flower stems densely red hirsute : . rufescens
Flower stems more or less pilose :
Capsule truncate ; : . imparilis
Capsule with semi-erect style :
Leaves thick, fleshy ; , . cortusaefolia
Leaves thin, deeply cut. : . madida
I add here technical descriptions of the new species of
which I have spoken in the preceding pages, namely :—
Saxifraga aculeata, Balf. fil, S. dwmetorum, Balf. fil,
S. geifolia, Balf. fil, S. Henryi, Balf. fil., S. omparilis, Balf.
fil., S. rwfescens, Balf. fil., S. Veitchiana, Balt. fil.
Saxifraga aculeata, Balf fil.
Planta eflagellifera radicibus fibrosis foliis petiolatis.
Folia ad 12 em. longa; lamina ovata aequilateralis coriacea
apice acuta basi cordata sinu clauso, margine cartilaginea
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 71
leviter acute dentato-lobata setis aculeatis ciliata, utrinque
glauca supra glabra infra maculis rotundis stomatalibus
picta: petiolus lamina vix longior setosus basi vaginatus
ibique pilis setiformibus rufidulis dense obtectus. Inflores-
centia brevis ad 16 cm. alta pauciflora, Caulis, et rami
(4-5) graciles sparsim rufo-pilosi; bracteae lineares sub-
membranaceae inferiores 2-3 steriles; pedicelli filiformes.
Florum forma et color forsan ut in S. Henryi, Balf. fil.
Species S. Henryi, Balf. fil. verosimilis sed foliis omnibus
aequilateralibus non peltatis utrinque concoloribus diversa.
Yunnan:—Mengtz. Cliffs,5000 ft. Henry. No. 10,316 B.
Saxifraga dumetorum, Balf. fil.
Herba pilosa saepe rufescens flagellifera, flagellis fili-
formibus plus minusve pubescentibus cataphylla gerentibus.
Folia ad 8 em. longa; lamina cordato-orbicularis vel sub-
reniformis sinu fere clauso ad 2°5 cm. diam. plerumque
minor leviter crenato- vel dentato-lobata, lobis verrucula
hydathodali marginali instructis, margine ecartilaginea
hirsuto-ciliata, utrinque in foliis juvenilibus dense (in adultis
sparsim) setoso-pilosa supra viridis albo-maculata subtus
areolis stomatalibus rubro-maculata; petiolus laminam
longe superans basi vaginatus dense hirsutus. Inflores-
centia ad 20 em. alta; caulis pilis rufis obtectus in triente
supremo ramosus, infra cataphylla sterilia tria linearia
gerens. Rami pauci breves vix 1 em. longi 2-3-flori 5
bracteae breves lineares rufoglandulosae; pedicelli brevis-
simi. Sepala minuta 2 mm. longa ovato-oblonga glanduloso-
pubescentia trinervia nervis sub apice in hydathodum con-
fluentibus. Petala albida inaequalia, majora ligulata acuta
ad 1 em. longa ad 4 mm. lata penninervia venis adscen-
dentibus, minora plerumque quatuor ad 2°5 mm. longa
ovata acuta uninervia. Staminum filamenta subclavata.
Ovarium parvum disco circulari etuberculato cinctum.
Ex affinitate S. Veitchianae, Balf. fil., foliis maculatis
hirsuto-ciliatis, inflorescentia brevissime ramosa notisque
aliis distincta.
Hupeh:—Henry. 1885-88. No. 1129. Herb. Edin.
Yunnan :—Pe-long-tsin. Alt. 9600 ft. On rocks under
brushwood. Stoloniferous, tumescent, leaves blood red
beneath. E. E. Maire. June. No. 11/1914. Herb. Edin.
72 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. LXXx
Saxifraga geifolia, Balf. fil.
Herba eflagellifera radicibus fibrosis et foliis plurimis
basalibus petiolatis. Folia ad 10 cm. longa; lamina
cordato-orbicularis ad 4 em. diam. petiolo multo brevior
carnosula grosse crenato-lobata lobis crenulatis, margine
cartilaginea et hydathodis corneis obscure denticulata hic
et illic ciliata, foliorum juvenilium et adultorum pagina
inferior plerumque purpurea maculis stomatalibus punctata,
superior glabra vel setis paucis conspersa ; petiolus ad 8 em.
longus dense hirsutus basi vix vaginatus. Caulis inflores-
centiae tenuis pilosus ad 30 cm. altus apicem versus copiose
graciliter ramosus, infra bracteis 2-5 sterilibus parvis
linearibus praeditus; rami filiformes 3-6-flori pedicellis
ultimis 1 cm. longis strictis patentibus glanduloso-puberulis.
Sepala oblonga ‘75 mm. longa puberula uninervia hydathodo
terminali. Petala inaequalia anterius ligulatum 1°5 em.
longum, ‘75 mm. latum, acutum uninerve album, caetera
quatuor elliptica minutissime ciliata mucronulata 15 mm.
longa, uninervia basi in unguem attenuata. Staminum
filamenta alba anguste clavata,sepalis duplo longiora. Discus
luteus parvus circularis ovarium cingens. Carpella ad
medium stylorum confluentia; styli albi tenues. Fructus
defiexus brunneus stylis divergentibus basi ampliatus supra
constrictus poro angusto dehiscens.
Species S. Veitehianae, Balf. fil. affinis foliis margine
cartilagineis et floris disco etuberculato ovarium circumam-
biente distincta.
Yunnan:—On ledges of cliffs and humus-covered
boulders; on the mountains in the north-east of the
Yangtze bend. Lat. 27° 45’ N. Plant of 6-12 inches.
Flowers white, foliage succulent. G. Forrest. No. 11,438.
September 1913.
Saxifraga Henry, Balf. fil.
Planta radicibus fibrosis foliis petiolatis. Folia ad 20
em. longa; lamina petiolo brevior peltata inaequilateralis
ovata vel ovato-orbicularis carnosa 9-10-lobata margine
cartilaginea subdentata aculeato-setosa supra glauca
sparsim strigosa subtus purpurea maculis stomatalibus
picta; petiolus validus setosus vagina dense ciliata.
Inflorescentia ad 40 cm. alta. Caulis pilosus.ad medium
1915-16.] BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 73
nudiflorus cataphylla 3 sterilia gerens, supra multiramosus
ramis tenuibus elongatis 3-5-floris bracteis parvis linearibus.
Flores rubri (fid. Henry). Sepala 2 mm. longa ovato-
lanceolata obtusa puberula trinervia nervis sub apice in
hydathodum confluentibus. Petala inaequalia unguiculata,
majora 1 vel 2 inaequalia lanceolato-ligulata nervis tribus
convergentibus conspicuis pluricostata ad 1°5 cm. longa,
minora 4 vel 3. elliptico-oblonga 3 mm. longa acuta
uninervia. Staminum filamenta vix clavata petalis
brevioribus longiora. Ovarium disco leviter corrugato
cinctum ; styli longi.
Species ab omnibus Sectionis Dipterae foliis peltatis
floribusque rubris distincta.
Yunnan :—Mengtz. South-west mountains. 6000 ft.
Flowers red. Henry. No. 9118.
Saxifraga imparilis, Balf. fil.
Herba rhizomate parvo plus minusve pilosa glabrescens.
Folia pauca longe petiolata ad 20 cm. longa; lamina
cordato-orbicularis vel subreniformis basi aperta ad 8 cm.
diam. 7—11-lobata lobis acute dentatis apice verruculosis,
margine eciliata, utrinque glabra, vel supra sparsim
strigoso-pilosa ; petiolus glaber vel pilosus basi vix vagi-
natus. Inflorescentia ad 40 cm. alta a medio caulis laxe
paniculata infra bracteis 1-2 sterilibus nonnunquam
fertilibus trifidis et petiolatis suffulta glabra vel leviter
pilosa; bracteae supremae lineares; rami 4-7 tenues
patentes saepe biramosi 3-7-flori; pedicelli filiformes
stricti pilosi, Sepala 1°55 mm. longa oblonga obtusa
puberula uninervia. Petala inaequalia, majora 1-2 linearia
acuta ad 8 mm. longa uninervia vel obscure trinervia, minora
4-3 ovata lanceolata acuta sepalis duplo longiora uninervia.
Staminum filamenta clavata petala superantia. Discus
laevis ovarium cingens. Ovarium pulvinatum: - styli
breves albi erecti. Fructus deflexus apice latior et sub-
truncatus ore elongato inter stylos horizontaliter patentes
dehiscente.
Species S. cortwsaefoliae, Sieb. et Zuce. persimilis floribus
et fructu bene distincta.
Yunnan:—Mi le district. 6000 ft. on rocks. Henry.
INo39917.
74 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx
Yunnan :—Rocks of Lore-pou. Alt. 9000 ft. Tomentose,
flowers white. E. E. Maire. 15/1914. Herb. Edin.
Saxifraga rufescens, Balf. fil.
S. cortusaefolia, Engler et Irmscher in Notes R.B.G. Edin.,
v (1912), 128.
Rhizoma tuberosum alabastris et vestigiis foliorum
obtectum. Folia petiolata ad 20 cm. longa; lamina
cordato-orbicularis vel reniformis ad 10 cm. diam. petiolo
brevior sinu aperto vel lobis basalibus imbricatis ad tertiam
partem 9-11-lobata lobis inciso-dentatis, margine recurva
ecartilaginea pilis rufidulis ciliata, utringue pilosa vel
hirsuta supra viridis subtus glauca; petiolus carnosulus
validus ruber pilis plus minusve rufis dense hirsutus basi
vaginatus. Inflorescentia ad 45 cm. alta; caulis plus
minusve ruber et glanduloso-hirsutus infra nudus a medio
ramosus; rami rigidi breves plurimi racemose dispositi
ex axillis bractearum linearilum parvarum horizontaliter
patentes ubique dense rufo- et glanduloso-hirsuti 4—6-flori.
Florum alabastra rubra. Sepala 1:5 mm. longa ‘5 mm. lata
oblonga obtusa erubescentia puberula.. Petala albida epunc-
tata sed erubescentia, majora linearia vel anguste lanceolata
acuta trinervia ad 1 em. longa 1-1'5 mm. lata, minora
oblonga obtusa mucronulata 3 mm. longa 15 mm. lata
uninervia. Staminum filamenta clavata alba sepala duplo
superantia, antheris cinnabarinis. Ovarium‘globosum disco
luteo circulari antice subsulcato cinctum ; styli albi breves.
Fructus rubescens inter stylos horizontaliter deflexos
dehiscens.
Species rhizomate tuberoso et inflorescentia pilis rufis
fere nigris glandulosis vestita bene distincta.
Yunnan :—Kastern flank of the Talirange. Lat. 27° 20’N,
Alt. 10,000-11,000 ft. Plant of 6-15 inches. Flowers white,
anthers brick red. On moss-covered rocks and banks in
shady pine and mixed forests. G. Forrest~ No. 2401.
June 1906.
Yunnan :—Eastern flank of the Talirange. Lat. 25° 40’N.
Alt. 11,000-12,000 ft. Plant of 9-14 inches. Flowers white,
anthers brick red. Moist, shady, and rocky situations in
pine and mixed forests. G. Forrest. Nos. 4199, 5059.
August 1906.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 75
Yunnan :—-Eastern flank of the Lichiang range. Lat.
27°40’N. Plant 1-2 ft. Flowers white. Shady situations
in and on the margins of mixed and pine forests. G. Forrest.
No. 6067. July 1910.
Yunnan :—Eastern flank of the Talirange. Lat. 25° 40’ N.
Alt. 10,000-11,000 ft. Plant of 8-16 inches. Flowers
creamy white. Shady banks in mixed forests. G. Forrest.
No. 6952. 1910.
Yunnan :—Mt. Tahai. Rocks. Alt. 9600 ft. Leaves
velvety, ciliate. Flowers white. E. E. Maire.
Saxifraga Vertchiana, Balf. fil.
Flagellifera plus minusve setoso-pilosa. Flagella fili-
formia cataphyllis instructa rubra sparsin pilosa ramosa.
Folia petiolata ad 10 cm. longa; lamina carnosula cordato-
rotundata vel reniformis ad 5 cm. diam. petiolo brevior,
margine sub-revoluta obsolete late crenulata ciliata, in
foliis juvenilibus utrinque setoso-pilosa, in adultis supra
viridis glabra infra substrigosa maculis rubris oblongis
plurimis stomatalibus punctata; petiolus validus carnosus
erubescens setoso-pilosus basi vaginatus. Caulis terminalis
erubescens pilosus fere a basi in inflorescentiam pyramidatam
paniculatam ad 15 em. altam ramosus. Bracteae infimae
semiamplexicaules vix laminatae, supremae lineares. Rami
paniculae 6-8 graciles stricti adscendentes ad 5 em. longi
3-4-flori; pedicelli filiformes rigidi erecti rubro-glanduloso-
pilosi. Sepala ovata obtusa rubro-glandulosa 2 mm. longa
trinervia nervis sub apice in hydathodum confluentibus, in
anthesi reflexa. Petala unguiculata majora | vel 2 anguste
lanceolata acuta ad 8 mm. longa 1 mm. lata penninervia
albida vel macula basali lutea, minora 4 vel 3 ovata acuta
3 mm. longa 1°5 mm. lata maculis basalibus duabus luteis
eaeteroquin rubro-maculata penninervia. Staminum fila-
menta alba anguste clavata petalis minoribus duplo longiora,
antheris roseis. Discus unilateralis inter petala minora et
ovarium quod aequat tuberculatus aurantiacus. Ovarium
pulvinatum ; styli albidi a basi divergentes.
Species S. cortusaefoliae, Sieb. et Zucc. affinis statura
minore, foliis adultis superne glabris non albido-nervosis
distincta.
West Hupeh. Wilson. No. 461. June 1900.
76 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess, LXXx
THE INFLUENCE OF DIFFERENT MEDIA ON THE HISTOLOGY
OF Roots. By Sopuiz J. WILKIE, B.Sc., Carnegie
Scholar, St. Andrews University. (Plate I.)
(Read 14th October 1915.)
The following is a short note on the differences found in
the anatomical structure of the roots of Monstera deliciosa,
Liebm., when grown
(1) In air.
(2) In soil.
(3) In water.
(4) In wet gravel.
(5) In damp soil.
Constantin in a paper published in the Annales des
Sciences Naturelles, sér. 7, tome i, 1885, pp. 135 to 178,
gives an account of the differences found in the structure of
roots when grown in air, soil, and water.
His general conclusions are :—
(1) That aerial roots are characterised by the strong
development of the central cylinder and of the vascular and
stereom tissues.
(2) That soil roots show a reduction in the amount of
pith; sclerenchyma and lignified vessels are of minor
importance, and there is a very broad outer cortex.
(8) Water roots are very similar to soil roots, but they
differ in respect that they possess large intercellular spaces,
and the vascular system is weaker.
In Constantin’s opinion the most important point which
his research brings to light is that lignin is developed with
difficulty in soil and water roots.
Haberlandt (Wollny’s Forsch.—Influence of moisture
on the development of stereom, 1, pp. v. sqq.) showed that
the development of the mechanical tissue is affected by the
humidity of the soil. He found that an increase in the
water content of the soil had a favourable effect on the
development of the mechanical tissue of Cannabis sativa,
Linn.
The material used for the following work on Monstera
deliciosa was fixed in corrosive sublimate, and after wash-
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH aT
ing well with water was taken through the graded
alcohols to 90 per cent. alcohol. Sectioning was done by
hand, and before proceeding to stain the sections were
placed in iodine for a few minutes in order to get rid of
any mercuric chloride. The stains used were iodine green
and picric fuchsine, or Bismarck brown and Ehrlich’s
acid hematoxylin.
The points which were studied in connection with this
piece of research were the absorptive areas and the mechani-
cal and fundamental! tissues ; the material did not permit of
a comparison of the vascular systems.
Structure of the Adult Aerial Root of Monstera deliciosa.
The central conducting portion of the aerial root consists
of alternating strands of xylem and phloem, with the
vessels increasing in size towards the centre. These
vascular strands are divided into groups of one or more
large vessels surrounded by smaller ones. The elements of
the protoxylem are spiral, and of the metaxylem the vessels
are scalariform, while the contiguous vessels are provided
with transverse pitted plates.
The ground tissue of this root is completely sclerosed,
the cell walls being very thick and the markings well
defined. An irregular row of from one to three cells deep
of thick-walled pitted cells divides the outer cortex from
the inner cortex. On the outside border of this layer there
are cells rich in rhombohedral crystals of calcium oxalate.
The cortex is composed of large polyhehrie cells; stellate
crystals of calcium oxalate are scattered throughout, but
they are more numerous towards the periphery. The
fibrous hairs so common in the Aroideae are found in
quantity in the intercellular spaces. Surrounding the
cortex is the thin-walled cambial tissue from which the
suberised layers are developed, and lastly there is the
piliferous layer which persists in the adult roots (cf. Van
Tieghem’s description of the root of Monstera repens in his
paper on “Structure des Aroidées,” Annales des Sciences
Naturelles, sér. 5, tome vi, p. 147).
The adult roots of Monstera deliciosa grown in the other
four media, soil, water, gravel, and damp soil, show the same
general structure as the aerial root, but they differ in the
78 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. LXxx
thickness of the walls of the sclerosed ground tissue and
of the cells of the “multiple endodermis.” The extent of
thickening in both cases is progressively less, as in the
order stated—
(1) Aerial.
(2) Damp soil.
(3) Gravel.
(4) Water es
(5) Solas at a0.
In the cortex of the water-culture roots lacunae are
found. Freidenfelt in “Der anatomische Bau der Wurzel,”
Bibliotheca Bot., 1904, p. 75, shows that an increase in the
water content of the soil decreases the number of hairs
found on the root. The piliferous layers of the roots
cultivated in the different media vary. Aerial, soil, and
gravel roots have practically the same quantity of hairs,
but the respective average lengths are 1:25 mm., 1:15 mm.,
1:08 mm. The hairs of the water roots are more numerous,
but they are short, the average length being ‘47 mm. The
piliferous layer of the damp-soil roots is feebly developed,
and the average length of the hair is ‘5 mm.
SUMMARY.
1. The development of the absorptive layer varies
inversely with the humidity of the medium.
2. The development of the mechanical tissue varies
directly with the humidity of the medium.
3. There is no variation, as one would expect, in the size
of the intercellular spaces of the fundamental tissue,
excepting the presence of lacunae in the cortex of the
water roots.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Monstera deliciosa.
Fic. 1. 7. S. root grown in water.
(a) Multiple endodermis.
(b) Sclerosed ground tissue.
(c) Fibrous hair.
(d) Lacuna.
Fic. 2. T. 8. aerial root.
Letters as in fig. 1.
=e
[Vol. XXVII, Pl. I.
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. |
: iv; aq
; ie sc8
ees
SS
f
»
i .
Beals:
aiNe
Ber:
ft,
ay,
+.
Fig. 2.
Miss 8S. J. WILKIE,
1915-16. ] BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 79
RHODODENDRON TRICHOCLADUM, FRANCH., AND ITS ALLIES.
By Professor BayLEy Ba.rour, F.R.S.
(Read 13th April 1916.)
This is a small group of Western Chinese species char-
acterised by deciduous leaves and small yellow precocious
flowers. We know more or less of four species in the
group—Rh. trichocladwm, Franch., from the Tali Range;
Rh. mekongense, Franch., from Mt. Sila on the Mekong-
Salween divide; Rh. melinanthwm, Balf. f. et Ward, from
Kast Burma close to the Yunnan boundary, near Atuntsu:
and Rh. canthinum, Balf. f. et W. W.Sm., from the Shweli-
Salween divide. Of these Rh. trichocladum, Franch., has
flowered in cultivation from seeds collected by Forrest.
From herbarium specimens I judge that Rh. xanthinum.
Balf. f. et W. W. Sm., is the most desirable of the species
from the horticultural standpoint.
In all the species the young parts are coated with an
indumentum of long, somewhat tawny, hairs intermixed
with the peltate scales of a lepidote surface. As elsewhere
amongst Rhododendrons, the stalks of the scales are sunk
in shallow pits of the laminar surface, but the disk of the
scale is well outside the pit, and this allows its marginal
series of cells to expand as a peripheral fringe. Here the
component cells of the fringe remain in contact one with
the other throughout their extent and do not branch, so
that the fringe is entire. The hairs, which may be stiff and
erect (Rh. trichocladwm, Franch.) or lanate and interwoven
(Rh. canthinum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.), may persist on the
twigs to the second year or longer, or may fall off early,
and similarly the leaf may, except on the petiole and the
base of the midrib above and below, lose entirely the hairs,
but all stages of the shedding are to be met with. The
under surface of the leaf in all the species is less markedly
coated with wax than is the case in the small yellow-
flowered species of the Brachyanthum group; indeed in
Rh. trichocladum, Franch., one can hardly speak of the
surface as having a “bloom.” Correlated with this, the epl-
dermal papillae, which carry the wax, are short and conical.
The general similarity in flower structure that marks the
80 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess, LXXx
group is the presence of few-flowered (3-5) umbels of small
flowers with sulphur-yellow corollas. The corolla is shortly
campanulate, always lepidote outside, and pubescent on
the back of the tube inside. The lobes are large and
apparently patent in full flower. The ten stamens, always
shorter than the corolla, have large ovoid anthers, and the
filaments of the posterior ones are white villous about the
middle just at the top of the ovary, and thus form a pompon
at the mouth of the corolla tube. The other stamens are
shortly pubescent for a short distance from the base up-
wards. The ovary is always lepidote. The style, glabrous
and decurved, expands into a lobulate stigma.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Hispid with long stiff hairs :
Calyx lobes 5 mm. long, long ciliate. Corolla 2 em.
long lepidote outside. Style shorter than or equal-
ling stamens . : , : : . trichocladum
Calyx lobes 4 mm. long, long ciliate. Corolla 1 cm.
long lepidote outside. Style described as shorter
than ovary? . ; . é : . mekongense
Lanate :
Calyx lobes 2 mm. long searcely ciliate. Corolla 2 cm.
long lepidote outside. Style longer than stamens . melinanthum
Calyx lobes 2 mm. long barbate. Corolla 2 cm. long
lepidote and lanate outside. Style shorter than
stamens - : canthinum
Rhododendron trichocladum, Franchet in Bull. Soc. Bot.
Fr., xxxili (1886), 234.1
Undershrub, branchlets of the year hairy with lutescent
rigid setae. Leaves firmly chartaceous obovate, dark green
above with adpressed strigose hairs and with scattered
lutescent squamellae, pale beneath and more densely
lepidote, also hirtellous on the midrib and margin as well
as on the petiole with rigid setae. Flowers 3-4 fasciculate
at the apex of the branchlets, pedicels elongate and patently
1 Rh. trichocladwm.—Fruticulus, ramis hornotinis setis rigidis lutes-
centibus hirtis. Folia firmiter chartacea, obovata, supra atrovirentia,
pilis strigosis adpressis, squamulisque lutescentibus conspersa, subtus
pallida magis dense lepidota et praeterea ad nervum medium, simul ac
ad marginem et petiolum setis rigidis hirtella. Flores 3-4, ad apicem
ramulorum fasciculati, sulphurei, pedunculis elongatis simul et calycibus
patentim villosis ; calyx membranaceus ex viridi lutescens, lobis ovatis
longe fimbriato-ciliatis ; corolla glabra, tubo brevissimo, rotata fere
2 cent. diam.; stamina 10, filamentis brevibus ad medium hirtellis ;
ovarium dense lepidotuin.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 81
villous like the calyx. Calyx membranaceous, greenish
lutescent with ovate long-fimbriate ciliate lobes. Corolla
rotate sulphur-yellow glabrous, almost 2 cm. diam., tube
extremely short. Stamens 10 with short filaments hirtel-
lous at the middle. Ovary densely lepidote.
Yunnan :—On Mount Tsang-Chan. Delavay.
So much Franchet, Le.
I add the following comments :—
The branchlets of the year have, in addition to the setae,
scattered lutescent scales like the leaves. In their second
year the branchlets have lost all or most of the hairs and
are brownish in tint. The older branches are ash-grey.
The foliage buds are ovoid, the bud scales brown leathery,
all the outer ovate to ovate rounded—the outermost slightly
pointed, those within more rounded and mucronulate,
when expanded lepidote on back, and all are more or less
shortly ciliate. The innermost become oblong or obovate
and pass into foliage leaves. The young leaves often have
an abundance of rigid setae on the upper surface. These
always disappear early, and I find that the adpressed
strigose hairs on the upper surface are not apparent else-
where than on and about the midrib. The paleness of the
under leaf-surface is due to the granular wax on the
surface of the epidermal papillae, which here are very short
and conical, but the layer never suffices to give the impres-
sion of waxy bloom such as one sees in Rh. melinanthum,
Balf. f. et Ward, or in Rh. sulfwreum, Franch. The peltate
scales have an entire fringe, and the umbo is slightly
convex and rubiginose. The pedicels are also lepidote.
The flower bud scales are quite like those of the vegetative
buds. The calyx lobes are often oblong, about 5 mm. long
by 2mm. broad. The sulphur-yellow corolla is about 2 em.
long with the lobe about 1 cm. wide or more, and the tube
strongly pubescent inside on the posterior side. Of the
ten stamens four posterior are villous about middle just
above the ovary, the others are slightly pubescent from
near base a short way upwards. ‘The scales of the ovary
have a fringe and are like those of the leaf. The short
glabrous style is decurved. The ovary is ovoid, about
4 mm. long; the style is about 7 mm. long, expanding
into the lobed stigma. The capsule is small ovoid oblong,
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVIJ.
82 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. Lxxx
about 8 mm. long and 3 mm. broad, with vestiges of the
squamules.
The dried specimens I have examined are :—
Yunnan :—Les coteaux de Tchang-chan. Alt. 3000 m.
Delavay. Herb. Paris.
Yunnan :—Mekong-Yangtze divide. Moist open situa-
tions in pine forests on the ascent of the Wei Hsi pass.
Lat. 27° 15’ N. Alt. 10,000 ft. G. Forrest. No. 698.
Sept. 1904. Herb. Edin.
Yunnan:—Eastern flank of the Tali Range. Lat. 25° 40’ N.
Alt. 9000-10,000 ft. Shrub of 2-4 ft. Foliage deciduous,
flowers pale yellow. Open rocky situations in side valleys. -
G. Forrest. No. 4145. May-June 1906. Herb. Edin.
Yunnan :—Kastern flank of the Tali Range. Lat. 25° 40’
N. Alt. 10,000-11,000 ft. Shrub of 2-4 ft. Flowers bright
yellow. In rhododendron and cane scrub. G. Forrest.
No. 6755. June 1910. Herb. Edin.
Yunnan :—Tali Range. Lat. 25°40’ N. Alt. 10,000-
11,000 ft. Shrub of 2-4 feet. Flowers precocious, bright
yellow. Open pasture on the margins of rhododendron
thickets. G. Forrest. No. 11,630. July 1913.. Herb.
Edin.
Yunnan :—Tali Range. Lat. 25° 40° N. Alt. 10,000—
11,000 ft. G. Forrest. No. 12,428. May 1914. Herb. Edin.
I have also seen twigs of plants grown by Mr. Williams
at Werrington, and we have in the Royal Botanic Garden
several plants—some of them flowered in 1915—which were
raised from seed collected by Mr. Forrest and presented to
the Garden by Bees, Ltd. The plant is hardy and an
interesting addition to our small yellow-flowered garden
species. I notice that some of these living plants have not
shed their leaves after the first season.
Mr. Forrest tells me the plant is abundant on the Tali
Range.
Rhododendron mekongense, Franch. in Journ, de Bot. xii
(1898), 263.2
1 Rhododendron mekongense. (Azalea sensu Maxim.)—Rami virgati
ramosi, in vicinitate inflorescentiae simul ac ramuli novelli pilis longis
hispidi ; folia post flores evoluta (adulta non vidi), juvenilia oblongo-
obovata, 15-25 cent. longa, petiolo et ad marginem hirsuta, apice
rotundata cum mucronulo, supra intense viridia, glabra, subtus glauca,
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 83
Branches virgately branched, hispid with long hairs in
the vicinity of the inflorescence and also on the young
branchlets. Leaves (which are not known in the mature
state) expanding after the flowers; young leaves oblong
obovate, 15-25 mm. long, hirsute at the margin and on
the petiole; apex rounded and mucronulate, deep green
glabrous above, glaucous beneath and lepidote. Floral
buds separated from the foliar buds small (4-5 mm.)
glabrous. Flowers terminal, 8-5, loosely fasciculate ;
pedicels 10-12 mm. long lepidote. Calyx 4 mm. long
with lanceolate obtuse lepidote lobes ciliate at the margin
with fuscous hairs. Corolla yellow, 1 em. long, 12 mm.
wide, shortly and widely tubular with obovate cup-shaped
lobes; stamens 8-10 included, filaments lanate below.
Ovary closely lepidote, longer than the glabrous style.
Mt. Sila in the Mekong Valley, between the Mekong and
the Salween. Soulié.
The corolla is like that of Rh. brachyanthum, Franch.,
but the calyx has a different form, and the presence of
hairs upon the branches and upon the leaves and the
precocity of the flowers in Rh. mekongense, Franch.,
distinguish well the two species.
So much Franchet l.c.
I add the following comments :—
This species, imperfectly known, is a difficult one.
Through the kindness of M. Lecomte I have seen a speci-
men of Soulié’s collecting under No. 1004 from the locality
of the type. I have made a careful analysis of this
specimen and find no character by which I can separate it
from Rh. trichocladwm, Franch. Without doubt they are
the same species. In a note to his description of Rh.
mekongense, Franchet compares his species with Rh.
brachyanthum, Franch., and from that species Soulié’s
plant is easily diagnosed on the lines marked out by
Franchet. But it is remarkable that Franchet says
lepidota ; gemmae florales at foliaceis sejunctae, parvae (4-5 mm.),
glabrae ; flores terminales laxe fasciculatae, circiter 3-5, luteae ; pedun-
culi 10-12 mm. lepidoti; calyx 4 mm., lobis lanceolatis, obtusis, lepidotis,
margine pilis fuscis ciliatis ; corolla 1 cent. longa, 12 mm. lata, breviter
et late tubulosa, lobis obovatis, poculiformibus ; stamina 8-10, inclusa,
filamentis inferne lanatis; ovarium crebre lepidotum, stylo glabro
longius.
84 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx
nothing about Rh. trichocladwm, Franch., as an ally of
Rh. mekongense, Franch.
In 1906 I endeavoured to match Forrest’s specimen No.
698—this is the same as Monbeig No. 7 in Kew Herbarium :
so like are they they might have been plucked from the
same bush—with specimens named by Franchet in the
Paris Herbarium, and found the match in a specimen named
Rh. mekongense, Franch., without entering into a critical
investigation of distinction from Lh. trichocladum, Franch.
Now having good material of Rh. trichocladwm, Franch.,
both dried and living specimens of Forrest's and dried ones
of Monbeig’s plants, I am satisfied that they do not differ
from Rh. trichocladwm, Franch. This adds, I think, to the
evidence pointing towards the identity of Rh. mekongense,
Franch., with Rh. trichocladum, Franch.
Turning now to the words of the technical description of
the two species Rh. trichocladum, Franch., and Rh. mekon-
gense, Franch. (the adult leaves of Rh. mekongense, Franch.,
are unknown), the only characters available for distinction
are i—
a. The corolla cup-shaped, 1 em. long in Rh. mekon-
gense, Franch.; rotate and 2 em. long in Rh.
trichocladum, Franch.
b. The ovary longer than the style in Rh. mekongense,
Franch. ; shorter in Rh. trichocladum, Franch.
Short corollas occur, however, in Rh. trichocladum, Franch.,
and its rotateness is often hardly marked—easily merging
into cup-shaped.
As to the relative length of the ovary and style Franchet
writes, “ovarium crebre lepidotum, stylo glabro longius.”
This would be an unusual character in this series of
Rhododendrons—though it is met with in the Lapponicum
group and in the Anthopogon group—and I suspect a
misprint: perhaps we should read, “stylo glabro longis-
simo.” The character named by Franchet does not appear
in Soulié’s specimen No. 1004.
What I have said about its relationship with Rh. tricho-
cladwm, Franch., does not end my difficulty over Rh.
mekongense, Franch. Kingdon Ward collected in the Ka-
gwr-pw glacier valley, which is near Atuntsu, a pretty
1915-16, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 85
yellow-flowered species which now bears the name Rh.
melinanthum, Balf. f. et Ward. The locality is not far
from Mt. Sila, where Soulié obtained Rh. mekongense,
Franch., and I have tried to see in Ward’s plant Franchet’s
species. The characters of Rh. melinanthum, Balf. f. et
Ward, are quite definite, separating it readily from Ah.
trichocladwm, Franch., and its short calyx, longer pedicels
and long projecting style do not fit in with Franchet’s
description of Rh. mekongense, Franch.
Until more material is available we must leave the
question where it stands.
Rhododendron melinanthum, Balf. f. et Ward Sp. nov.
A bushy shrub, 6-8 ft. high, with slender scarcely twiggy
branches and leaves deciduous after one season. Branchlets
of the year are about 1 mm. in diam., clad with long setae
1 Rhododendron melinanthum, Balf. f. et Ward.—Frutex circ. 2-2°5 m.
altus tenuiramosus vix virgatus. Ramulihornotini circ. 1 mm. diam. pilis
setiformibus plus minusve praediti et squamulis peltatis rufis perpaucis
intermixtis obsiti annotini glabri albidi. Alabastra ovoidea parvula
cataphyllis externis ovatis spadiceis circ. 1 mm. longis glabris intermediis
spadiceis oblongis cire. 7 mm. longis acutis vel obtusis vel subtrun-
catulis extus lepidotis internis submembranaceis vel subfoliaceis lepi-
dotis. Folia parva brevissime petiolata ad 45 cm. longa; lamina
anguste obovata vel oblanceolata circ. 4 em. longa 1°5 cm. lata chartacea
apice subrotundo-obtusa minute mucronulata margine plana basi
cuneata supra laete viridis costa media tenui minutissime puberula
venulis primariis delicatis utrinsecus ad 6 ultimisque (siccitate) leviter
elevatis ubique minutissime granulosa subtus glauca papillis epider-
micis ceriferis obtecta lepidota squamulis peltatis inaequalibus integro-
marginatis conspersis epilosa vel margine et pagina inferiore pilis
setiformibus sparsissimis praedita (juventute hirsuta). Inflorescentia
terminalis umbellata plerumque 4-flora. Flores plus minusve praecoces.
Bracteae mox deciduae (non visae). Pedicellicire. 1°5 em. longi tenues
stricti sparse lepidoti nunc etiam pilis longis hirsuti. Calyx parvulus
lobis 5 ovatis vel deltoideis ad 2 mm. longis glaberrimis vel lepidotis
rarissime pilis paucis fimbriatis. Corolla lutea extus sparsim lepidota
epilosa breviter campanulata vel subpoculiformis circ. 2 cm. longa
tubo 1 cm. longo intus puberulo limhi ampliati lobis 5 rotundatis
circ. 1 cm. latis. Stamina 10 inaequalia corolla breviora filamentis
paucis posterioribus fere ad apicem albo-villosis caeteris basin versus
puberulis. Ovarium anguste ovoideum circ, 5 mm. longum dense
lepidotum ; stylus ultra corollam exsertus ad 2 cm. longus glaberrimus ;
stigma lobulatum.
Species burmanica ex affinitate Rh. trichocladi, Franch. et Rh. mekon-
gensis, Franch. ab hoc pilis lanatis non hispidis, pedicellis longioribus,
ovario angustiore, stylo corollam superante, ab illo foliis longioribus
angustioribus pagina superiore haud strigoso-puberula inferiore glauciore
papillis ceriferis longioribus, pedicellis duplo longioribus, calycis lobis
parvis haud hirsutis, corolla haud rotata, stylo duplo longiore longe
exserto.
86 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. nxxx
and a few peltate reddish scales; the whitish one-year-old
branches have neither hairs nor scales. Leaf buds are
small and ovoid, covered by chestnut-brown oblong pointed
or blunt scale-leaves, which are more or less lepidote on
the outside. Leaves small, very shortly stalked, at most
4:5 cm. long; blade narrowly obovate or oblanceolate, at
most 4 cm. long and 1°5 em. broad, thin, papery, blunt, some-
what rounded at the apex, minutely mucronulate with a
flat margin and cuneate base, bright green on the upper
surface without hairs except for a few minute ones over
the midrib (which is slender and slightly prominent, as are
the primary veins, which are about 6 on each side, and also
the ultimate branches of the venation at least in the dried
state), on the under side showing a glaucous wax bloom
not very white and lepidote with discontiguous peltate un-
equal superficial scales which have an entire fringe; the
whole leaf devoid of setae except perhaps for a few on the
margin and under surface, the remains of a dense covering
in youth. Inflorescence a terminal umbel of about 4
flowers, which expand before the leaves. Bracts falling off
early. Pedicels about 1°5 cm. long, stiff, slender, and spar-
ingly lepidote, occasionally setulose also. Calyx small with
5 ovate or deltoid lobes about 2 mm. long, without hairs or
scales or rarely with a few. Corolla yellow, sparingly
lepidote outside but without hairs there, about 2 em. long,
shortly campanulate or somewhat cup-shaped, expanding
into a spreading limb with a tube 1 cm. long, puberulous
inside and 5 rounded lobes each about 1 cm. broad.
Stamens 10 unequal, shorter than the corolla with large
ovoid anthers and the posterior filaments densely girt with
white hairs about the middle and just above the ovary, the
other stamens being shortly puberulous near the base only. —
Ovary ovoid, about 5 mm. long, densely lepidote; style
longer than corolla, about 2 cm. long, quite glabrous and
slightly declinate, stigma lobulate.
E. Upper Burma:—Ka-gwr-pw glacier valley. Abies
forest. Alt. 12,000-14,000 ft. Kingdon Ward. No. 406.
June 1913. Flowers large yellow. Bushy shrub of 6-8 ft.
A bright-flowered species which should be worthy of
cultivation. It is easily distinguished from Rh. tricho-
cladum, Franch., by its larger adult leaves without hairs
1915-16. ] BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 87
on the upper surface, by the more glaucous tint of the
under surface of the leaf where the epidermal papillae are
longer, by the flower pedicels nearly twice as long, by its
small calyx, which is not hirsute, and by the much longer
exserted style. Of its relations to Rh. mekongense, Franch.,
I have written under that species.
Rhododendron xanthinum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.t Sp.
NOV:
Small shrub about 1:5 meters high, with short twisted
branches and leaves deciduous after one season. Branch-
lets of the year clad with twisted long interlocking hairs
and also sparingly lepidote; one-year-old branches grey
and without hairs or scales. Leaf buds small oblong ovoid,
the bud scales all shortly ciliate at the apex and the inner
lepidote on the back. Leaves at most 3 cm. long, appearing
after the flowers; blade thin papery, at most about 2°7 cm.
long and 7 mm. wide, oblong or narrowly obovate obtuse
or somewhat rounded or even acute at the apex with a flat
1 Rhododendron xanthinum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.—Fruticulus ad
15 dm. altus tortuose breviterque ramosus. Ramuli hornotini pilis
lanatis dense vestiti sparsimque lepidoti annotiniglabrigrisei. Alabastra
parva oblongo-ovoidea cataphyllis brunneis exterioribus subrotundatis
apice breviter ciliatis interioribus oblongis obtusis circ. 6 mm. longis
extus plus minusve lepidotis apice ciliatis. Folia post flores evoluta ad
3cm. longa; lamina tenuis chartacea circ. 2°7 cm. longa 7 mm. lata
oblonga vel anguste obovata apice obtusa nunc subrotundata nune
subacuta margine plana basi cuneata supra sordide viridis subtus
pallidior utrinque juventute pilis lanatis fuscis squamulisque super-
ficialibus peltatis integro-fimbriatis lutescentibus discontiguis subtus
densius obtecta maturitate supra pilis squamulisque paucis sparsa nunc
omnino glabra infra semper lepidota sed costa media basi excepta fere
epilosa venarum reticulo purpurascente; petiolus ad 4 mm. longus dense
lanatus et plus minusve lepidotus. Flores in umbellam terminalem
circ, 3-floram dispositi praecoces ; bracteae non visae ; pedicelli circ.
1°3 cm. longi lanati et lepidoti superne in calycem lanato-barbatum
expansi. Calyx pilis lanatis occultus lobis 5 cire. 2 mm. longis.
Corolla lutea circ. 2 cm. longa anguste campanulata extus pilis lanatis
plus minusve obtecta et lepidota, tubo circ. 1 em. longo intus pubescente,
limbi ampliati lobis 5 rotundatis circ. 1 cm. diam. integris patentibus.
Stamina 10 corolla breviora filamentis posterioribus medium versus
albo-villosis os corollinum oppletentibus auterioribus basin versus plus
minusve pubescentibus. Ovarium ovoideum circ. 3 mm. longum
lepidotum et pilis lanatisad apicem praecipue plus minusve obtectum;
stylus circ. 8 mm. longus stamina subaequans declinatus glaber; stigma
lobulatum.
Species yunnanensis Rh, trichoclado, Franch. persimilis ramulis
brevibus subintricatis haud virgatis, foliis angustioribus, calyce lanato
barbato, corolla extus pilis lanatis obtecta differt.
88 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx
margin and cuneate base, dull green above, paler beneath
but without marked glaucous bloom, when young clad on
both sides, but more densely below, with long intricate pale
brownish hairs and also lepidote with pale shining super-
ficial discontiguous scales; older leaves have lost more or
less the hairs and scales from the upper side and are
lepidote below with some hairs on the base of the midrib
and covering the petiole—the midrib and primary veins and
the veinlets tend to become a dark red colour and are not
prominent ; petiole, at most 4 mm. long, is densely coated
with long intricate hairs and more or less lepidote. The
flowers are grouped in terminal umbels. of about 3 flowers
and are precocious. Bracts are soon deciduous. Pedicels
are at most 1°3 em. long with hairs and scales, and expand
into the calyx, which is so densely bearded its surface is
hidden. Calyx lobes 5. Corolla yellow, about 2 em. long,
narrowly campanulate lepidote outside and pilose ; the tube
is about 1 cm. long and is pubescent inside, the ample limb
has 5 rounded spreading entire lobes about 1 cm. in diameter.
The stamens are 10 shorter than the corolla with large
ovoid anthers, and the filaments of the posterior stamens
whitely villous about the middle, fillimg up the mouth of
the corolla above the ovary, the others are puberulous at
the base. The ovoid ovary, about 3.mm. long, is lepidote
and also bears long twisted hairs, especially at the top;
style more or less declinate is about 8 mm. long and quite
glabrous; stigma lobulate.
Yunnan :—Shweli-Salween divide. Lat. 25° 30’ N.
Alt. 10,000 ft. Shrub of 2-4 ft. Flowers precocious,
canary-yellow. Open stony slopes on the margins of
thickets. G. Forrest. No. 12,066. June 1913.
This species is without doubt the representative on the
Shweli-Salween divide of Rh. trichocladum, Franch., which
is spread over the Tali Range. The Shweli-Salween plant
differs from Rh. trichocladum, Franch., in habit. It forms
a somewhat intricately branched small shrub wanting the
stouter virgate twigs of Rh. trichocladum, Franch. Then
the hair indumentum here is always lanate in type, not
hispid. Further, the calyx has a dense beard of hairs
coating it, and the corolla has hairs on the outside in
addition to scales.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 89
New GARDEN DRACOCEPHALUMS FROM CHINA. By
W. W. Smira, M.A., and GEoRGE FORREST.
(Read 18th April 1916.)
During the last two years further botanical material has
been obtained in the rich alpine regions of North-West
Yunnan, and amongst this material (as yet but inadequately
examined) are certain interesting new Dracocephalums
with pinnatifid leaves, some of which are already in culti-
vation and will prove of undoubted horticultural value.
Previous to the discovery of these, only one pinnatifid-
leaved member of this genus was recognised as being
Chinese—D. tanguticwm, Maxim.,—and in the recently
published Key to the Labiatae of China (S. T. Dunn, B.A,,
F.L.S., in Notes R.B.G. Edin., vi, 127) that species is
separated from its Chinese allies by its pinnatifid leaves.
Moreover, all the Kansu, Szechuen, and Yunnan sheets
with such leaves are referred to that species. We have
previously acquiesced in this arrangement, which we saw
no good reason to dispute, supported too as it was by both
Professor Diels and Mr. Dunn, authorities on the Flora of
China of the highest standing. But further experience in
the field and acquaintance with the plants under cultiva-
tion have forced us to the conclusion that D. tanguticum
is an aggregation of very distinct plants which in gardens
would be looked upon as meriting definite specific names.
As regards the Yunnan species of the group, observation
in the field with the discovery of new allies strongly
supports this conclusion. Garden experience of the newer
plants points in the same direction.
It was the discovery of D. Isabellae (described by one of
us in Notes R.B.G. Edin., viii, 211) which first suggested
the possibility of a series of closely allied species of the
D. tanguticum type. This very beautiful species was
found on the Chungtien plateau, and is now in cultivation.
It possesses leaves almost identical with those of D. tan-
guticum, but its magnificent flowers have distinct characters
of their own. ‘Then followed a small-flowered species
which is described below as D. propinquum; in habit and
90 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx
inflorescence it is further removed from the Kansu plant
oi Przewalski (type of D. tanguticwm) than is the Yunnan
plant cultivated in this country under D. tanguticuwm. It
is in cultivation, and its behaviour there is all in favour of
its specific distinctness; in the form of the leaves and in
the structure of the flower its tanguticwm affinity is
undoubted, yet no observer at first sight would imagine
them to be even closely related. This dissimilarity led us
then to doubt the correctness of the view which associated
the Yunnan “D. tanguticwm” with the typical Kansu
plant. The Yunnan plant has a distinct habit which is
definite even in the first year’s growth; its flowers are
twice the size of those of the Kansu plant—worthy of note,
although we would not attach much weight to that char-
acter if it stood alone. The plant ought to have a dis-
tinguishing name, and as on its first appearance in the
Royal Botanic Garden as a cultivated plant it bore for a
while the name D. Forrestii, we propose to restore that
appellation. A diagnosis is given below.
Another plant of the series is found on ie Tali
Range, more closely allied, in our opinion, than any of
the olla to the Kansu D. tanguticwm. It is described
below as D. taliense. Its area of distribution is in the
Mekong basin, separated by a long and very high mountain
range from the habitats of the other Yunnan species.
Of these D. Isabellae and D. propinqwum appear to be
confined to the Chungtien plateau; D. Forrestii, at its
optimum in the Lichiang Range, has outliers on the same
plateau.
In our view then there are five species of this section
with pinnatifid leaves known from China. Two have
very large flowers, D. Isabellae, D. Forrestii ; D.tanguticum,
flowers of moderate size; D. propinquum, D. taliense,
flowers decidedly smaller than those of the other species.
In the Royal Botanic Garden during 1915 three of these
were in flower—D. Forrestii, D. Isabellae, D. propinquum ;
the differences between them are manifest both in the
early and in the late stages of development.
Dracocephalum Forrestii, W. W. Sm. Sp. nov.
Species valde affinis D. tungutico, Maxim. sed habitu,
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 91
inflorescentia vix interrupta potius densissima, verticillastris
paucifloris, calycibus majoribus divergit.
Herba perennis 15-50 cm. alta caulibus gracilibus
simplicibus vel ramosis dense foliatis plus minusve albo-
villosulis imternodis +1 em. longis. Folia 2-3-jugo-
pinnatisecta vel 3-partita segmentis linearibus usque ad
2 cm. longis 1 mm. latis acutiusculis revolutis supra glabris
nitentibus infra praesertim in costam albo-villosulis; folia
in cultura aeque revoluta, nonnunquam subplana. Verti-
cillastri saepius 2—4-flori numerosi 10-30, apice fere ad
basim caulis orientes approximati inflorescentiam densam
spiciformem bracteis magnis et calycibus purpureis ornatam
formantes. Bracteae foliis subsimiles subaequales; brac-
teolae subulatae vel lineares calyce multo breviores;
pedicelli 1-3 mm. longi. Calyx +2 cm. longus anguste
tubulosus dense albo-villosulus purpurascens ; dentes
+7 mm. longi anguste lanceolati subspinescentes superi-
ores paulo majores. Corolla +3 cm. longa saturate
purpureo-coerulea extus densius intus hic illic albo-
villosula; tubus basi 2 mm. latus superne ventricoso-
amphatus 5-6 mm. latus; labium superum obovatum
galeatum 5-6 mm. longum emarginatum; labium inferum
patens +1 cm. longum lobo medio reniformi circ. 5 mm.
lato lobis lateralibus subrotundatis multo minoribus.
Stamina e tubo exserta filamentis longiuscule albo-villosis
antheris glabris. Nuculae circ. 3 mm. longae trigono-
oblongae compressiusculae minute papillosae glabrae nigrae,
Dracocephalum tanguticum, Diels, vix Maxim. in Notes
Roy. Bot. Gard. Edin., vii (1912), pp. 45, 187; Dunn,
ibid., vi (1915), 168.
“Flowers deep blue. On dry grassy banks on the
Chungtien plateau between descent of Niu Chang Pass
and Hsia Chung Tien, Yunnan. Alt. 12,000-13,000 feet.
Sept. 1904.” G. Forrest, No. 605.
“Plant of 12-16 inches. Flowers deep blue. Whole plant
aromatic. Open dry situations amongst scrub on the eastern
flank of the Lichiang Range, N.W. Yunnan. Lat. 27° 25’ N.
Alt. 11,000 ft. Sept. 1906.” G. Forrest, No. 3033.
“Plant of 6-10 inches. Flowers deep purplish-blue.
Stony mountain meadows on the eastern flank of the
92 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxx
Lichiang Range. Lat. 27° 30’ N. Alt. 11,000-12,000 ft.
Aug. 1910.” G. Forrest, No. 6490.
Also Nos. 604, 11,297 from the Chungtien plateau, and
No. 10,978 from the Lichiang Range.
Dracocephalum propinquum, W. W. Sm. Sp. nov.
Species affinis D. tangutico, Maxim. sed habitu ramoso
verticillastris paucifloris floribus multo minoribus inter
alia differt.
Herba perennis 30-45 cm. alta caulibus gracilibus basi
ad apicem ramosis plus minusve albo-villosulis internodis
2-3 em. longis. Folia variabilia, juvenilia saepe simplicia
linearia cire. 1:5 cm. longa, seniora 2—3-jugo-pinnatisecta
vel 3-partita segmentis linearibus 1 mm. latis acutiusculis
revolutis supra glabris nitentibus infra praesertim in
costam albo-villosulis; folia in cultura saepe plana 2 mm.
lata. Verticillastri 1-2-flori, rarius 3-4-flori, in suprema
parte caulis orientes satis remoti inflorescentiam spiciformem
circ. 15 em. longam formantes; rami aeque floribundi.
Bracteae foliis subsimiles minores, simplices lineares vel
tripartitae ; bracteolae subulatae vel lineares calyce multo
breviores; pedicelli +1 mm. longi. Calyx 6-8 mm. longus
anguste tubulosus albo-villosulus purpurascens; dentes
2-3 mm. longi lineari-lanceolati subspinescentes superiores
paulo majores. Corolla 13-14 mm. longa violaceo-purpurea
extus sparse albo-villosula ; tubus basi 1 mm. latus superne
ventricoso-ampliatus 3-4 mm. latus; labium superum
obovatum galeatum 3-4 mm. longum emarginatum ; labium
inferum patens circ. 5 mm. longum lobo medio reniformi
5 mm. lato emarginato lobis lateralibus subrotundatis
multo minoribus. Stamina e tubo exserta filamentis
sparse villosis antheris glabris. Nuculae cire. 3 mm.
longae trigono-oblongae compressiusculae minute papillosae
glabrae nigrae.
“Plant of 12-18 inches. Flowers soft violet purple.
Open stony pasture on the mountains in the N.E. of the
Yangtze bend, Yunnan, West China. Lat. 27° 45’ N.
Alt. 10,000 ft. Sept. 1913.” G. Forrest, No. 11,195.
Also cultivated in Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh,
from seed presented by J. C. Williams, Esq., Caerhays
Castle, Cornwall.
1915-16.] BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 93
Dracocephalum taliense, G. Forrest. Sp. nov.
Species valde affinis D. tangutico, Maxim. a quo habitu
diverso, caulibus supra ramosis paucifloris, verticillastris
1-2-floris regione foliata haud discretis eacumque + inter-
mixtis inter alia recedit.
Herba perennis 45-60 cm. alta caulibus gracilibus infra
simplicibus supra medium ramosis ramulis ascendentibus
bene foliatis paucifloris. Folia 2-3-jugo-pinnatisecta seg-
mentis linearibus usque ad 2°5 cm. longis | mm. latis acutis
revolutis supra glabris subnitentibus infra ad costam
prominentem albo-villosis. Verticillastri saepius 1—2-flori
pauci vulgo 4-5 inflorescentiam laxam spiciformem (termin-
alem sed una cum regione foliata intermixtam) haud con-
spicuam formantes. Bracteae foliis simillimae; pedicelli
fere nulli. Calyx +1:2 em. longus tubulosus mediocriter
albo-villosulus viridis vel supra purpurascens; dentes
3-4 mm. longi triangulari-lanceolati subspinescentes.
Corolla +2 cm. longa saturate purpurea extus dense
intus sparse albo-villosa; tubus supra ventricoso-ampliatus,
labium superum cire. 8 mm. longum emarginatum, inferum
circ. 5 mm. longum lobo medio reniformi. Stamina e
tubo exserta filamentis albo-villosis. Nuculae maturae
desunt.
“Plant of 14-2 ft. Flowers deep soft purple, open dry
situations amongst pine scrub and on ledges of cliffs on the
western flank of the Tali Range, Yunnan. Lat. 25° 40’ N.
Alt. 10,000 ft. Aug. 1913.” G. Forrest, No. 11,524.
This species differs much less from the Kansu plant than
the allied species do.
Notre ON PARASYRINGA, A NEW GENUS OF OLEACEAE.
By W. W. Smitu, M.A.
(Read 10th February 1916.)
In 1886 Franchet described under Syringa sempervirens
a peculiar Yunnan plant and found it necessary to extend
the scope of the genus Syringa for the accommodation of
his new species. This he did by making a new section
94 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXxx
Sarcocarpion, of which Syringa sempervirens, Franch., is
the sole representative. Several characters of the new
species accord ill with Syringa—the evergreen coriaceous
foliage, the more or less fleshy mesocarp of the fruit, and
the single wingless seed. The habit of the plant, moreover,
does not suggest Syringa ; so little is it reminiscent of that
genus that anyone unacquainted with the plant would com-
pare it with Ligustrum and its allies in his first attempt
at identification. These difficulties have already been
noted by Schneider in his Ilustriertes Handbuch der Laub-
holzkunde, vol. u1, p. 771, from which I quote his apt note :—
“Die S. sempervirens, Franchet, in Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris,
i, 613, 1886, aus Yunnan, mit immergriinen B. und stein-
fruchtartiger Fr. mit etwas fleischigem Mesocarp und
ungefliigelten Samen kenne ich nur aus einem BL-
Exemplar, das viel mehr einem Ligustrwm als einer
Syringa gleicht. Franchet begriindete auf diese Art seine
Sekt. Sarcocarpion. Meiner Meinung nach handelt es
sich hier wohl um eine neue Gattung, doch konnte ich die
Fr. noch nicht untersuchen.”
The resemblance to the genus Ligustrum is well illus-
trated by the marked similarity in habit and leaves to
Ligustrum coriacewm, Carr., an excellent figure of which
is given in Bot. Mag., tab. 7519. The native country of
this latter plant is not definitely known—it‘is possibly
Japan; by many good authorities the plant is considered
merely a growth form of L. japonicum, Thunb., which has
arisen in Japanese gardens. However that may be, the
resemblance is so close that Mr. George Forrest (collector of
the sheets quoted below) was at first sight inclined -to
believe that plants of the latter growing in the Royal
Botanie Garden, Edinburgh, were the same as the Yunnan
plant known to him. The fruits, however, of the two plants
are quite distinct, that of L. coriacewm being a globose
berry, the size of a small pea, that of the Yunnan plant
oblong and dehiscing from the apex.
The plant is then somewhat awkwardly placed in Syringa,
although nearly allied; its dehiscent fruit separates it readily
from Ligustrum and other members of the Oleineae. I
suggest as the generic name Parasyringa. Franchet’s
sectional name would be appropriate, but that name, with
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 95
a slightly different suffix, is,as Franchet himself points out,
a synonym of Kadsura.
Parasyringa, W. W.Sm. Genus novum.
Calyx cupuliformis dentibus 4 brevissimis praeditus.
Corolla tubulosa tubo calycem 2-3-plo superante, lobis
4 calyci subaequilongis induplicato-valvatis. Stamina 2
supra medium tubum affixa filamentis antheras aequan-
tibus; antherae oblongae paululo exsertae medio dorso
insertae. Ovarium 2-loculare; stylus ovario subduplo
longior, stigmate breviter bifido; ovula in quoque loculo
2 ab apice loculi pendula. Drupa oblonga subteres meso-
carpio tenui loculis inaequalibus altero casso altero abortu
monospermo, apice dehiscens. Semen solitarium pendulum
haud compressum exalatum; albumen carnosum ; cotyle-
dones planae radicula brevi supera. Fruticulus glaber.
Folia opposita integra coriacea persistentia. Flores in
paniculas terminales densas dispositi. Species unica
yunnanensis.
Parasyringa senvpervirens, W. W. Sm. Comb. nov.
Syringa sempervirens, Franch., in Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris, i
(1886), 613; Hemsl., in Journ. Linn. Soc., xxvi (1889),
84; Diels, in Notes R. B. G. Edin., vii (1912), 116,
149,257 ; Schneider, Handb. Laubholz., ii (1911), 771.
As the original description of the species is not in a
readily accessible publication, I reproduce below Franchet’s
diagnosis :—
Sectio: Sarcocarpion (Sarcocarpon Bl. est Kadsurae
synon.).—Fructus drupaceus, mesocarpio rupto loculicide
dehiscens; loculis valde inaequalibus: altero casso, ovulis
abortientibus; altero rite evoluto, abortu. monospermo :
semen oblongum, vix compressum, exalatum, incurvum.
Frutex sempervirens, foliis coriaceis. Species hucusque
cognita unica, infra descripta.
Syringa (Sarcocarpion) senvpervirens, sp. noy.—Frutex
bimetralis, ex toto glaber, ramosus, ramis, hornotinis
angulatis, lenticellosis; folia breviter petiolata, limbo
(1-14 poli. longo) rigide coriaceo, late ovato vel sub-
orbiculato, integerrimo, margine revoluto; cymae pauci-
florae, secus ramos patentes paniculam terminalem pyramid-
96 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. Lxxx
atam efticientes; pedicelli inaequilongi (2-4 mill.), crassi;
calyx cupuliformis obsolete crenatus ; corolla alba tubulosa,
tubo breviusculo (6-8 mill.) calyce subtriplo longiore, lobis
demum reflexis, crassis, subobtusis; stamina circiter e
medio tubi orta, antheris medio dorso insertis, oblongo-
linearibus, corollam subaequantibus; stylus apice breviter
bifidus; capsula drupacea, sub maturitate caerulescens,
ovata, 12-15 mill. longa, semen unicum fovens.
Yun-nan, in montibus supra Tapintze, alt. 2500 m., legit
Delavay.
The following sheets of the species are in the Herbarium
of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh :—
“Dwarf shrub of 1-2 ft. Flowers creamy-yellow, fra-
grant. Dry shady situations on the margins of pine
forests on the eastern flank of the Lichiang Range,
Yunnan. Lat. 27° 30’ N. Alt. 12,000 ft. July 1910.”
G. Forrest, No. 6197.
“Evergreen shrub of 4-6 ft. Flowers immature, pro-
bably yellowish-white. In open shrub on the descent to
the Yangtze from the eastern boundary of the Lichiang
valley. Lat. 27°15 N. Alt. 9000-10,000 ft. June 1913.”
G. Forrest, No. 10,124.
“ Evergreen shrub of 6-9 ft. Foliage coriaceous. Flowers
pale creamy-yellow, fragrant. Open scrub and in thickets
in the mountains in the N.E. of the Yangtze bend, Yunnan.
Lat. 27° 45’. Alt. 8000-9000 ft. Aug. 1913.” G. Forrest,
No. 10,735.
“Shrub of 3-5 ft. In fruit. Open situations amongst
scrub on the Yung-pe mountains, Yunnan. Lat. 26° 45’ N.
Alt. 9000 ft. Sept. 1913.” G. Forrest, No. 11,042.
I should add that young plants grown from seed (Forrest,
No. 11,042), the gift of J. C. Williams, Esq., Caerhays
Castle, Cornwall, are now in the Royal Botanic Garden.
If, however, the rate of growth corresponds to that of
Ligustrum coriacewm, Carr. (which in habit it so closely
resembles), it will be some considerable time before it
reaches the flowering stage.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 97
RHODODENDRON LACTEUM, Franch. By Professor
BaYLEY Baxrour, F.R.S.
(Read 13th April 1916.)
Within the last few years there has flowered in cultiva-
tion in Europe a beautiful Chinese Rhododendron bearing
the name Rh. lactewm, Franch. It is one of the large-
leaved plants of the genus, is hardy, and produces a big
truss of white flowers blotched with crimson. It was dis-
covered in Yunnan by the Abbé Delavay, and from seeds
sent by him to the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, the plants
now flowering have originated. The first record of its
flowering in Britain was in 1910 in the garden of
Mr. F. D. Godman, South Lodge, Horsham. In France it
first flowered with M. de Vilmorin at Verrieres le Buisson
in 1912, the flowering plant being then twenty-two years
old1 Unfortunately the wrong naine has got attached to
the plant. It is not Rh. lactewm, Franch.? and the aim of
this communication is to put right the nomenclature.
In 1886? Franchet described under the name Rh. lactewm,
Franch. one of the first of many new Rhododendrons found
by the Abbé Delavay on the Alps of Yunnan. The de-
scription runs :—
“Arbor. Folia crasse coriacea, ovato-elliptica, basi dis-
tincte cordata, supra intense viridia glabra, subtus pube
pallide rufescente obducta, quasi tomentella, nervis utrin-
secus 10-12. Flores 12-20 dense congesti, lactei, pedunculo
elongato breviter rufo-lanuginoso; calyx minimus, dentibus
obsoletis, late triangulis; corolla pollicaris, e basi late
campanulata, extus glaberrima, lobis 6; stamina 12, fila-
mentis basi scabridis; ovarium breviter et dense rufo-
tomentellum, stylo ex toto glaberrimo.
“ Yunnan, in monte Koua-la-po silvas efficiens. (Delavay,
No. 164.) ”
The full story on Delavay’s ticket is:—“ No. 164. Arbre
1 See Mottet in Rev. Hort. (1912), 275 ; id. in Gard. Chron., Nov. 27,
1915. In the Botanical Magazine (1911), t. 8372, there is an error in
the statement that it flowered with M. de Vilmorin in 1908.
* A short note stating this has appeared in the Gardeners’ Chronicle
of March 25, 1916.
3 Franchet in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, xxxili (1886), 231.
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVII.
~I
98 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. rxxx
de 10 metres. Fleurs blanc de lait. Forét des hautes
montagnes; forme presque a lui seul des foréts au sommet
de Koua-la-po (Hokin). 21 Mai 1884. Leg. ipse Delavay.”
In 18871! Franchet described under the name Rh.
lacteum, Franch. var. macrophyllum another of Delavay’s
Rhododendrons in the following terms :—
“Folia ovato-oblonga, longe cuneiformia, usque ad 9
poll. longe subtus dense rufo-lanuginosa, flores usque 20-25
glomerato-corymkosi, corolla 4-5 cent. longa, lactea cum
maculis fuscis.
“Yunnan ad collem Yen-tze-hay. Alt. 3200 m. ubi silvas
efformat; fl. 23 maj. (Delav. No. 2214).”
The full story on Delavay’s ticket is:—‘No. 2214.
Fleurs blanches avec une légere teinte lactée. Arbre de 8
a 10 metres. Les foréts au col de Yen-tze-hay (Lankong)
a 3200 m. d’alt. 31 Mai 1886. Legit Delavay.”
I am under special obligation to M. Lecomte, Director of
the Botanical Department in the Jardin des Plantes, Paris,
for having given me the privilege of examining Franchet’s
type specimens (Delavay’s Nos. 164 and 2214) preserved at
Paris, and from them I have transcribed above Delavay’s
original tickets. In addition to these type specimens M.
Lecomte has been so good as to send me a third sheet of
specimens collected by Delavay and named Rh. lactewm,
Franch. on the sheet by Franchet. Delavay’s ticket on
this specimen reads:—* Rhododendron No. 2794. Fleur
jaune soufre. Arbrisseau de 2 metres parmi les broussailles
sur le Tsong-chan au-dessus de Tali a 4000 m. dalt. Le
27 Juin 1887. Legit ipse J. M. Delavay.” This plant is
certainly of the same species as Rh. lactewm, Franch.,
Delavay No. 164.
In addition to these Paris specimens I have had for
examination the collections made by Mr. Forrest in Yunnan
during his several years of exploration and presented to
the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, by Mr. A. K. Bulley
and by Mr. J. C. Williams. Amongst these I find the
following, which correspond with Delavay’s Nos. 214 and
2794 and are Rh. lactewm, Franch. :—
Yunnan. In and on the margins of pine forests on the
eastern flank of the Tali Range. Lat. 25° 40’ N. Alt.
1 Franchet in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, xxxiv (1887), 280.
1915-16. BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 99
12,000 ft. Shrub of 15-25 ft. Flowers pale yellow.
Forrest No. 4160. Aug. 1906.
~ Yunnan. Rhododendron forest. Eastern flank of the Tali
Range. Lat. 25° 40’ N. Alt. 12,000 ft. Tree of 20-80 ft.
Flowers pale yellow, fragrant. Forrest No. 6778. Aug.
110:
Yunnan. Rhododendron forests. Western flank of the
Tali Range. Lat. 25° 40’N. A shrub of 15-25 ft. Alt.
12,000 ft. Flowers pure canary yellow. Forrest No.
od. osune LOLS:
And then there are the following specimens, which are
certainly the same as Delavay’s No. 2214 and are therefore
Rh. lactewm, var. macrophyllum, Franch. :—
Yunnan. Above the pine belt on the Sung Kwei—Lang
Kung divide. Lat. 26° N. Alt. 18,000-14,000 ft. Forrest
No. 501. Dec. 1904.
Yunnan. Open situations in pine forests on the descent
from the Sung Kwei pass to the Sung Kwei valley. Lat.
26° 15’ N. Alt. 10,000-11,000 ft. Tree of 20-30 ft.
Flowers white fleshy with a blotch of rich crimson at base
of corolla. Forrest No. 2159. April 1906.
Careful examination of this material shows to me that
the differences separating Rh. lacteum, var. macrophyllum,
Franch. from Rh. lactewm, Franch. are more than varietal
and that we have before us here two quite distinct species.
Apart from many minor differences there are two
characters by which Rh. lactewm, Franch. and Rh. lactewm,
var. macrophyllum, Franch. can be readily distinguished
one from the other. These are:
a. The indumentum of the under surface of the leaf :—
Genuine student as he was of Rhododendrons, Franchet
came to recognise the importance of the indumentum as a
diagnostic mark within the genus, and as bearing upon the
immediate subject of discussion here [ quote from one of
the pregnant notes which he usually attached to his
diagnoses of species after the earlier ones. Writing of
Rh, sanguinewm, Franch. he says :—“ La couche crustacée
qu’on observe a la face inférieure des feuilles de quelques
Rhododendron n’est souvent que la strate inférieure d’un
veritable tomentum; mais dans le Rh. sanguinewm ainsi
que dans le Rh. lactewm et quelques autres, lindument
100 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. Lxxx
laineux fait réellement défaut.” This states a critical
difference recognisable at sight betwixt Rh. lactewm,
Franch. and Rh. lactewm, var. macrophyllum, Franch.
The indumentum of Rh. lactewm, Franch. forms a uniform
smooth velvety dull fawn-coloured covering to the leat
under surface and when looked at closely shows prismatic
scintillate points all over. It is composed of tufts of hair-
cells. Each tuft has a very short base of attachment the
cells of which have a yellow-brown content. From the
base spread out thin-walled unicellular branches, some four
or five, of no great length. They are wide and empty,
somewhat vesicular, and colourless. These tufts are close
set and their branches closely interlock. The walls of
these cells give the prismatic reflections on the surface of
the indumentum. Many tufts form one stratum of
indumentum.
In Rh. lactewm, var. macrophyllwm, Franch. the indu-
mentum of the under surface of the leaves produces a
hazel-brown covering which under moderate magnification
—eyen to the unaided eye—appears to be coarsely pitted.
It is not smooth and velvety but somewhat fluffy and does
not show prismatic scintillations. It is composed of cup-
shaped scales each with a definite many-celled stalk
expanding into a membranous cup one cell thick showing
a network of the walls of the component cells. The rim
of the cup is undulate and runs out at points into long
tortuous threads which are intricately woven between the
mouth of the cups. The tint of the cells of the cups gives
the colour of the indumentum. But these cup-shaped
cells at the surface of the indumentum are not the only
ones. Beneath these and of all sizes down to quite few-
celled almost unformed ones are other colourless scale hairs
which, when as often happens the brown scales of the
free indumentum surface fall off, appear as a greyish lower
stratum of indumentum taking the place of the scales
removed. The indumentum here is then of more than one
stratum.
In the ordinary language of systematists the covering
would be called a tomentum in both cases and the under
surface of the leaf be described as tomentose. But in the
genus Rhododendron there are many kinds of indumenta
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 101
that would come under the designation tomentose which
differ markedly in construction and are useful diagnostic
marks. J may here direct attention to a short paper by
Miss E. M. Jesson! dealing with the indumentum of
Rh. Falconeri, Hook. f. and Rh. Hodgsoni, Hook. f. in
which the diagnostic value of the indumentuin is clearly
pointed out.
The indumentum of the ovary in Rh. lactewm, Franch.
and Rh. lacteum, var. macrophyllum, Franch. is of the
same character composed of fasciated longer or shorter
hairs.
b. The colour of the flower :—
The colour of the flower in Rh. lactewm, Franch. is
variously described by the collectors as “blanc de lait,”
“jaune soufre,” “pale yellow,’ “pure canary yellow.”
In one of Mr. Forrest’s specimens the dried flowers show
quite a yellow tint. Franchet uses the word “ lactée.”
The flowers of Rh. lactewm, var. macrophylluwm, Franch.
are described by collectors as “blanches avec une légere
teimte lactée,’ “white with a blotch of rich erimson at
base.” Franchet says: “corolla lactea cum maculis fuscis.”
In all the dried specimens the blotch is evident.
One concludes from the evidence that the flower in
Rh. lactewm, Franch. has always a yellow tint becoming
bright yellow at times and there is no crimson blotching.
Rh. lactewm, var. macrophyllum, Franch. has white
flowers sometimes creamy white and with a crimson blotch.
It is this Rh. lactewm, var. macrophyllum, Franch. which
has come into cultivation under the name Rh. lactewm,
Franch. How did the name lactewm become attached
to it ?
In 1889? Hemsley cited Rh. lactewm, Franch. as a species
of the Chinese Flora in his Enumeration, but he makes no
special reference to Rh. lactewm, var. macrophyllwm,
Franch. published in 1887. He must have known of the
variety, for his reference to Chinese localities for the species
runs—“ Yunnan: a tree forming woods on the Koulapo
Mountains and on Yengtzehay near Lankong at 3200
metres (Delavay),” and “ Koulapo” is the station given by
1 Jesson in Ann. of Botany, xxix (1915), 635.
* Hemsley in Journ. Linn. Soc., xxvi (1889), 26.
102 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx
Franchet for Rh. lactewm, Franch., Yeng-tze-hay the
station for Rh. lacteum, var. macrophyllwm, Franch. The
specimens are cited from Herb. Kew. I must think that
Hemsley did not devote critical examination to the plants.
He is far too acute a botanist to miss the distinctions.
Subsequently in 1911 when he described in the Botanical
Magazine under t. 8372 as Rh. lactewm, Franch. a plant—
really Rh. lactewm, var. macrophyllum, Franch.—the
figure of which was derived from a flowering specimen in
the garden of Mr. F. D. Godman at South Lodge, Horsham
—he took the same attitude. There is no reference to
Franchet’s variety. This as a criticism of Franchet’s
work was dangerous.
I have had occasion to follow along the path which
Franchet trod in several fields, and the experience has
always increased my admiration of his perspicacity and of
the accuracy of his work. When Franchet names a varietal
form within a species one may have confidence that there
is a valid differential feature in the forms he deals with—
different though its value be in the eyes of botanists.
Franchet’s attitude was conservative. Observe how he is
always endeavouring to bring the Chinese novelties with
which he is dealing within the limits of a specific type
already known from the Himalayas. He preferred to
extend the limits of a species rather than to break up an
aggregate. The case before us illustrates his extension of
specific limits beyond what is natural, and what I believe
he himself would have allowed had he lived to publish the
fuller account of the species of which these earlier descrip-
tions were only preliminary diagnoses. For there is no
doubt about it— Rh. lactewm, Franch. is one species,
Rh. lactewm, Franch. var. macrophyllum is another.
Rh. lactewm, Franch. is apparently rare, Rh. lactewm,
var. macrophyllwm, Franch. more common, and the latter
it is of which the seed came to Europe from Delavay
and from which the plants that have flowered in cultiva-
tion have been derived. Its varietal name having been
ignored it has usurped the specific one.
Diels also misunderstood the Rh. lactewm, Franch. In
1912, accepting an identification I had made at Paris in
1906 of Forrest’s No. 501 as Rh. lactewm, Franch. var.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 103
macrophyllum, Diels! took Forrest’s No. 2159 to be the
true Rh. lacteum, Franch. adding however, “I do not think
that macrophyllum, Franch. is even a variety. The size of
leaves seems to be a fluctuating character in these two.”
From his standpoint, looking on Forrest’s No. 2159 as Rh.
lactewm, Franch. and Forrest’s No. 501 as Rh. lactewm,
var. macrophyllum, Franch. Diels is right. These plants
are the same but then neither of them is Rh. lactewm,
Franch. They are both Rh. lactewm, Franch. var. macro-
phyllum.
Yet Diels had under his eye the true Rh. lactewm Franch.
in Forrest's specimens 4160, which he placed? in Rh.
taliense, Franch. It is however far removed from this
species.
Franchet’s two plants being distinct species it is necessary
to give his var. macrophyllum a distinguishing name.
There is already a Rh. macrophyllum, Don—a N.W.
American species—and I have to christen the plant as I do
under the name Rh. fictolactewm, Balf. fil.
kh. lactewm, Franch. gives promise of being a more
welcome plant in our gardens than Rh. fictolactewm, Balf.
fil. A large-leaved Rhododendron with large trusses of
canary-yellow flowers will indeed be an acquisition. Seeds
of the plants in its finest form as shown in dried specimens
have been procured by Mr. Forrest (No. 11,575) from which
we may have it in cultivation and I hope flowering at an
earlier period in its life than Rh. fictolactewm, Balf. fil.
The description attached to t. 8872 of the Botanical
Magazine may be taken as that of Rh. fictolactewm,
Balf. f. as it appears in cultivation, and we must await
the flowering in our gardens of Rh. lactewm, Franch. for
a full description of it for comparison with its ally. Here
I content myself by crystallising in the following brief
differential diagnosis what is said above :—
Rh. lactewm, Franch. Leaves not tapered to_ base.
Under leaf indumentum unistrate smooth velvety uniform
dull fawn coloured of persistent hair tufts each on a short
foot. Flowers cream coloured to canary yellow.
Rh, fictolactewm, Balf. f. Leaves tapered to base.
1 Diels in Notes R.B.G. Edin., v (1912), 215.
2 Diels in Notes R.B.G. Edin., v (1912), 216.
104 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. Lxxx
Under leaf indumentum bistrate. Surface pitted not
smooth hazel brown of long-stalked cup scales with
fringing long hairs often deciduous and uncovering a
lower series of colourless scales. Flowers white blotched
crimson.
Since my note appeared in the Gardeners’ Chronicle,
March 25, 1916, I have been asked the question by Sir
Edmund Loder, Bart.—What is Rh. lactewm, Franch. men-
tioned by Rehder and Wilson ?! and he has kindly sent me
a leaf of this plant grown at Leonardslee under Wilson's
number 4254. I have also received a leaf of the same
plant from Lieut. Commander Millais who is engaged in
preparing a monograph of the genus Rhododendron. A
glance at the indumentum of the leaf suffices to tell that
Wilson’s No. 4254 is not Rh. lactewm, Franch. A more
careful analysis tells that it is not Rh. fictolacteum, Balf.
fil. I must point out however that Rehder and Wilson say
of their “ specimens which are in ripe fruit only” that they
“appear to be identical with Franchet’s plant.” What the
plant is may be determined when it flowers. I expect it
will prove to be a new species. I have seen no specimens
of Wilson’s 3431.
A Hyprip POTAMOGETON NEW TO THE BRITISH ISLES.
By ARTHUR BENNETT, A.L.S.
(Read 13th April 1916.)
In August 1915 Messrs. Barclay and Matthews sent me
some gatherings of Potamogeton from the-river Earn, near
Dunning, in mid. Perth, V.C.88. They included P. decipiens,
Nolte, P. crispus, Linn., and many specimens of x P. ven-
ustus, Baagve=P. crispus x alpinus, Balb. This rare
hybrid has only been recorded from Denmark, and was
found there by Herr Baagve in the river Gudenda, in
Jyllandia, and the river Vigersdala, in Saellandia, in 1879.
The Scottish specimens are of the two nearer crispus,
while the Danish ones are about half-way between the two
species. At this date no alpinus was gathered, but alpinus
is on record for the Earn from near Dupplin and Forteviot,
1 Rehder and Wilson, Plantae Wilsonianae, i (1913), 545.
1915-16. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH TOs
the latter place being three miles further down the river
than Dunning. But Mr. Barclay wrote me: “I have little
doubt it will be found at or above the place of the hybrid,
and I hope to search for it there.”
x P. verustus was published by Baagve in Compt. rend.
(Congres de botanique), Paris, p. 517, 1900.
P. crispus x alpinus, Baagve, in litt. et sp.
P. alpinus x crispus, Asch. et Graeb , in Engler, Pflanzenr.,
iv, 11 (1907), pp. 182 and 162; and on page 72 they refer
to it under P. alpinus, var. undulatus, Fischer (but the
margins are not undulated or serrated) ; and Asch. et Graeb.
in Syn. Flora Mitt. Europas, ed. 2 (1913), p. 515.
The two German authors make a point of reversing the
names in hybrids, though the sequence given by the authors
of the hybrids was no doubt intentional.
TRANS. BOTs SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVIII. 8
yf! ‘\ Was
fe eae
1 ‘
(
* ,
’
.
re
; po
1
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
SESSION LXXXI.
ON THE AFFINITIES OF SEDUM PRAEGERIANUM, W. W. Sm.,
WITH A TENTATIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE SECTION
Ruwopi0oLa. By R. Ltoyp PRAEGER, B.A. (Plates II-IV.)
(Read 8th February 1917.)
Sedum Praegerianum, W. W. Sm. (Plate II, figs. 1-8),
collected in the Chumbi Valley, Tibet, in 1912, and in
cultivation at Edinburgh (and, by the kindness of Professor
I. Bayley Balfour, in my own garden), presents several
features which, singly or in combination, are unusual in
the genus to which it belongs. The erect root-stock is very
short, and does not lengthen appeciably with age; it
produces, below, thick fleshy roots recalling those of the
Rhodiola section, and, above, a flat rosette of stalked
lanceolate entire leaves, which fade in autumn. From the
axils of these leaves the flowering-shoots develop in
summer; these latter are prostrate, slender, and leafy, and
terminate in a loose cyme of rosy flowers which are
egg-shaped (fig. 2), the petals being very erect and almost
touching at the tips.
As stated above, the root-stock, in spite of its abbreviated
form, recalls that of the Rhodiola section, in which it is
always thickened and usually elongate. The rosette of
leaves which crowns the short root-stock is very unusual,
and in the genus is found chiefly in certain annual or
biennial species, such as the European S. Cepaea, Linn.,
the Caucasian Sempervivoides group, and some of the
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVIL. 9
108 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXxxI
Chinese annuals, with none of which S. Praegerianwm has
any affinity. But a closer parallel among species which,
being in cultivation, are fully available for comparison, is
found in 8S. primuloides, Franchet, one of Delavay’s
Yunnan plants, now well known in gardens (Plate III,
fig. 4). In S primuloides similar rosettes of entire stalked
leaves (in this case ovate, fig. 6) are found, but in
S. primuloides the root-stock is slenderer, much-branched,
and aerial, forming a tiny bush, each branch with a
terminal leaf-rosette. Next, the axillary flower-stems of
S. Praegerianum are most unusual in the genus, but are
again exactly matched in S. primuloides, which agrees
further in its ovoid flowers (fig. 5); this last feature, also
very unusual in Sedum, is on the other hand approached
in a few of the Rhodiolas—for instance, in S. rariflorwm,
N. E. Br., a recently described Chinese species (fig. 7).
So that the affinities of S. Praegerianum appear to he
with the Rhodiola section on the one hand, and more
directly with S. primuloides on the other.
An examination of S. Praegerianwm reveals another
feature unusual in Sedum. The petiole widens at the base
to three or four times its normal diameter (fig. 3), and is
attached to the root-stock by the whole breadth of this
expansion, so that the cicatrix produced by removing a leaf
is a horizontal line running round a considerable are of the
periphery of the root-stock. To find an analogue to this,
we turn again to S. primuloides, where a precisely similar
form of leaf-base is found (fig. 6). It seems clear, then,
that there is a close affinity between S. Praegerranwm and
S. primulordes; but where are these two aberrant species
to be placed in a classification of the genus ?
The points of resemblance between S. Praegerianum and
the Rhodiola section of Sedum have been pointed out
already. Rhodiola, as established as a genus by Linnaeus
(Genera Plantarum, ed. i, p. 318, 1737), envisaged only
those plants, now usually placed under Sedum, which have
dioecious, tetramerous flowers. Scopoli (Introd. ad Hist.
Nat., 255, 1777) employed the term in the same sense,
as a section of Sedum. As knowledge of these plants
increased, it became clear that in a .hard-and-fast sense
this definition could not stand, as closely allied plants
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 109
were found, some of them not even specifically distinct (in
the ordinary sense) from true Rhodiolas, and all having
the characteristic Rhodiola facies, which were pentamerous,
.and polygamous or hermaphrodite. The Linnaean defini-
tion, in fact, did not separate out a natural group. A
better definition was clearly to be based on the growth-
form—the thick caudex crowned with scales from the
axils of which arise simple leafy annual flower-stems,
whether these flowers are dioecious and tetramerous (these
two characters generally, but not always, going together),
as in S. rosewm, Scop. (S. Rhodiola, DC.), S. elongatwm,
Wall., and S. himalense, D. Don, or hermaphrodite and
pentamerous, as in S. crassipes, Wall. (S. asiaticum,
auct., nee DC.), S. linearifoliuwm, Royle, and S. trifidum,
Wall. It seems better to follow Ledebour and Maximowicz
in using the term Rhodiola in this wider meaning, than
Boissier and Hooker (in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot., ii, 95)
who use it in its restricted sense. The growth-form
referred to separates all the Rhodiolas from other Sedums.
It is most nearly approached in the section Telephium and
in some species of the series Aizoonta of the section
Seda Genuina (eg., S. Aizoon, Linn. and S. Selskyanwm,
Regel); in these the caudex is thickened, and similarly
gives rise to annual leafy flowering shoots; but the
characteristic scale-leaves are absent, and the shoots arise
-either from the axils of the lowest leaves of the previous
season’s shoots, or from indefinite points on the caudex
near the base of the former shoots.
In this wider sense, then, the section Rhodiola is
characterised by its much thickened and usually elongate
caudex, crowned with scales, from the axils of which arise
unbranched leafy flowering shoots. In some of the more
familiar members of the section, such as S. rosewm, Scop.
and its allies (heterodontum, H. f. et T., Kirilowi,
Regel, etc.),.these scales are not very well developed; they
are short, broad, and dry and membranous from an early
stage. But in certain other species, belonging both to
restricted Rhodiola and to that group in its wider sense,
the scales are much better developed, and a study of
them throws light on the question of the affinities of
S. Praegerianum. When these Rhodiolas are mature, with
110 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. LXXxI
elongate aerial rhizomes which are lengthening slowly, the
scales are short and crowded round the growing point;
but in plants in vigorous growth, or in seedlings, they
have a greater importance, and assume instructive forms. ”
Under certain circumstances, too, such as exuberant
growth, or when the rhizome is cut off below the surface
of the ground, slender subterranean sucker-like branches
of the root-stock are produced, whose behaviour after
reaching the surface deserves attention.
Fig. 8 represents one season’s growth of a vigorous aerial
shoot of the root-stock of S. fastigiatwm, H. f. et T., a typical
Himalayan dioecious, tetramerous-flowered Rhodiola: for
clearness, the leafy flower-shoots have been cut away.
The form of the scales is seen clearly here, and it is to be
noted that the younger ones are prolonged into a blunt
linear tip, which is green and leaf-like. A further stage
in the development of the scales is seen in fig. 9, which
represents the upper part of a sucker-like shoot arising
from a root-stock cut off below ground of S. himalense, D.
Don, another dioecious, tetramerous-flowered Rhodiola from
the same region. Here the scales are quite leaf-like, and
form a small rosette, their broad clasping bases being pro-
longed upwards into green oblong laminae (fig. 10), which
in texture and colour resemble the leaves of the flower-
shoots. The subterranean lower scales are distant, colour-
less, and thin, with axillary buds which give rise to—
branches of the sucker; the axils of the upper aerial leaf-
like scales in the following season produce flower-shoots.
Let us next take S. crassipes, one of the Rhodiolas with
hermaphrodite 5-parted flowers and an elongate root-stock,
‘ widely spread in the Himalayan region. Fig. 11 shows a
sucker similar to that last referred to, but rather older.
Here the scales have the usual clasping base, and a well-
developed lanceolate slightly toothed lamina (fig. 12); they
are, in every sense, leaves. From their axils flower-shoots
are seen rising. Below ground the scale-leaves are small ;
and at the apex of the shoot they have already passed
beyond the leafy stage, and have adopted the crowded
habit and reduced size found in the mature plant, the
lamina having shrunk to a mere flat green tip.
The seedling forms of S. crassipes show an analogous
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 111
development.1 Following on the two seed-leaves (seen in
fig. 13) a rosette of scale-leaves similar to those just
described is produced. Fig. 13 shows a seedling three
months old. The next drawing (fig. 14) illustrates a plant
a month older, with the first flower-shoot arising from the
axil of one of the lower scale-leaves. The close simi-
larity of these scale-leaves of S. crassipes to the leaves of
S. Praegerianwm does not need emphasising.
Here, then, we find the explanation of the peculiar
characters of S. Praegerianwm and S. primuloides—their
rosettes of leaves, their clasping leaf-base and axillary
flower-shoots, and their flowers akin to those of some of
the hermaphrodite Rhodiolas. It seems clear that they are
primitive Rhodiolas in which are still preserved the leaves
which clothed the root-stock of ancestral forms; these
leaves, in the majority of living species, being represented
merely by membranous scales. Thus viewed, as members
of the Rhodiola section, S. Praegerianwm and S. prvmu-
loides, apart from their peculiar leaf-rosette, fall easily
within the limits of that group as hitherto understood,
which embraces a considerable variety of plant forms. The
root-stocks of both, though approaching those of typical
Rhodiola, are unusual—the former by reason of its extreme
shortness, and the latter on account of its slenderness and
repeated branching. For the characters of the flower-stems,
stem-leaves, inflorescence and flowers, analogues can easily
be found among the Asiatic Rhodiolas.
It may be added here that among the Mexican Sedums,
which show a very wide range of growth-forms, the primu-
loides type sometimes occurs—in S. Palmeri, 8S. Wats. and
S. compressum, Rose, for instance, where leaf-rosettes borne
at the ends of the branches give rise to axillary leafy
flower-shoots bearing terminal cymes; in S. nutans, Rose
(Cremnophila nutans, Rose), where similar axillary leafy
shoots bearing large elongated panicles are produced from
ample loose rosettes; and in S. pachyphyllum, Rose, in
which the leafy axillary flower-shoot arises from a stem
which is more elongate than those of the species just men-
tioned, and which is clothed with leaves for the greater
1 Some account of the seedling stage of this species and of S. rosewm
will be found in Lubbock, Seedlings, i, 514-516.
112 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXXxI
part of its length. But none of these American species
have the broad clasping leaf-base or the thickened root-
stock of the Rhodiola section, and they have reached their
present form along some other line of descent.
So far I have dealt only with species which I have had
an opportunity of studying in the growing state, because
these can be watched at different stages of growth, and
under varying conditions. Dried material is not nearly so
satisfactory among plants which vary so much and dry so
badly as the group with which we are dealing. Descrip-
tions are still less satisfactory: for instance, the clasping
leaf-base, which I believe I am right in treating as of first
importance, is not mentioned in the original descriptions of
S. primuloides and S. Praegerianum. Nevertheless, further
points regarding the questions dealt with above may be
gleaned from a study of dried specimens, where available, and
of the descriptions of some other species—mostly recently
published—from the area extending from Afghanistan to
China. Some further evidence derived from living plants
is also added. Beginning at the Prdegerianwm end of the
series, three species have been described by M. Raymond
Hamet—S. Hobsonii,! S. DurisiZ and S. Balfouri® (the
first and third from Tibet, the second from Central Asia)—
which are clearly allied to S. Praegerianwm. The descrip-
tions are full, and I have examined the types of the first
and third. In all the caudex is short, thick and erect as
in Praegerianwm, and is similarly crowned with a rosette
of entire leaves, attached to the caudex by a broad clasping
base. In S. Balfowri these leaves are sessile, linear-obovate,
mucronate at the apex, very broad at the base (fig. 15).
They closely resemble those specially vigorous scale-leaves
of S. himalense (fig. 10) to which reference was made on a
previous page. The axillary flower-stems of S. Balfowra
are quite tall (over a foot), and its inflorescence and flowers
recall those of Praegerianum. In S. Durisi the lamina is
“ obovato-suborbicularis,’ very obtuse, cuspidate ; the indis-
tinct petiole “latissimum, cuneiforme, basi latum.” S. Hob-
soni comes quite near S. Praegerianwm: the leaves are
1 Kew Bulletin, 155, 1913. Type at Kew.
Bull. Soc. Bot. France, lx, 446, 1913.
Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edin., viii, 116, 1912. Type at Edinburgh.
wo nr
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 113
very similar, but smaller, ovate-oblong with a long, broadly
linear petiole equalling the lamina, widening below to a
very broad, deltoid-semiorbicular base; the axillary flower-
ing-stems, flowers, and general appearance much resemble
those of S. Praegerianum.
Next, several species have affinities with S. prumuloides
—viz. S. pachyclados! S. Leveilleanwm,? and 8S. lewco-
carpum.? The habitats of these lie far apart—Afghanistan,
Quelpaert, and Yunnan respectively. S. pachyclados (of
which there are specimens at Kew) reproduces closely the
growth-form of S. primuloides, the caudex being aerial
and much-branched. The leaves (fig. 16), which are borne
in terminal rosettes, are small, obovate, bluntly toothed,
and the very short petiole expands into the characteristic
clasping base (though not referred to in the description).
The flowers are smaller, more open, and more numerous
than in S. primuloides. Of the remaining two species the
descriptions are not sufficiently full for our purpose; but
S. Leveilleanwm has a thick erect caudex with dense rosettes
of sessile entire cuspidate cuneiform-linear leaves } inch
in length, and short leafy (? axillary) flower-stems. As
regards S. lewcocarpum, the details given do not allow of
a complete reconstruction of the plant, but apparently it
belongs here also.
Two other species, S. Karpelesae, R. Hamet? from Tibet
and S. Levi, R. Hamet® from Sikkim, appear to connect
the Praegerianum-primuloides series with the crassipes
type (in which the scales, at first often green and often
terminated by a short narrow lamina, become later mem-
branous and triangular or semicircular). These two species
have thick (? elongate) caudices and axillary flower-stems.
The inner younger scale-leaves are green and are expanded
into an ovate entire stalked lamina (figs. 17, 18); when the
lamina fades, the expanded base remains as a membranous
_ scale of crassipes type. This shape of caudex-leaf is well
matched by those of young plants of S. Farreri, W. W. Sm.®
! Aitchison and Hemsley, Journ. Linn. Soe. (Bot.), xviii, 58, 1880.
2 R. Hamet in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, lv, 712, 1909.
3 Franchet in Journ. de Bot., x, 288, 1896.
; Bull. Soc. Bot. France, lviii, 615, 1911.
Tbid., lvi, 568, 1909.
6 Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edin., ix, 125, 1916.
114 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. uxxxI
(fig. 19); in this species, by the end of the first year, these
juvenile leaves have given place to green deltoid acute
scales, like those of S. crassipes, S. himalense, ete.; a similar
case is shown in fig. 20, which represents the juvenile
caudex-leaf of a Chinese species (Ward, No. 764) not yet
described; here also triangular scales soon replace the
petiolate leaves of the young plant.
Compare also the long-stalked orbicular seedling-leaves
of S. buplewroides (fig. 21). This species is one of the small-
scaled rosewm series; the seedling, after producing about
three of these leaves! during the first few months of its
life, abruptly exchanges them for quite insignificant brown
scales (figs. 22, 23). ;
Leaving now those species which in the mature state
possess caudex leaves with a petiole and distinct lamina,
there follows a large group, showing considerable diversity
of habit, leaf, and flower, but agreeing in its thick, mostly
elongate caudex, well-developed scales often prolonged
while young into a short, narrow, green lamina, and flowers
(as in the preceding groups), hermaphrodite and 5-parted.
The old scales are membranous, the old flower-stems often
persistent, the carpels usually slender and erect, with slender
erect styles. The familiar S. crassipes, Wall. (S. aszaticum,
Clarke nec DC.) may be taken as a type. Some twenty
species, which range from the Himalayas to China, may be
placed here. The well-known and peculiar Himalayan SV.
trifidum, Wall. seems to fit best with this group, although
in its scales it comes nearer the rosewm group referred to
below.
We arrive now at Rhodiola sensu stricto—a group difter-
ing from the last in its usually 4-parted dioecious flowers,
with short carpels crowned with short styles which are
reflexed in fruit. The plants which belong here divide
themselves into two tolerably well-marked ‘ groups :—S.
himalense, D. Don and allied species on the one hand, with
well-developed scales resembling those of the crassipes
group, and old stems usually persistent; and, on the other
hand, the familiar S. rosewm, Scop. and its allies, with
poorly-developed scales and deciduous flower-stems.
' It may be noted that the expanded base of the seedling-leaves of
S. buplewrordes is suffused with purple, precisely as in S. primuloides.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 115
The considerations put forward in the preceding pages
point to the definition and classification of the section
Rhodiola which is given below. The great variability of
many of the species (see Hooker and Thomson in Journ.
Linn. Soc. (Bot.), ii, 93-95) makes precise classification
difficult. Furthermore, in the case of some of the species
of which specimens are not available to me, the descriptions
are not sufficiently full to allow of their being placed with
certainty. I have marked with an asterisk the species
which I have had an opportunity of studying in the living
state; the placing of some of the remainder must be re-
garded as tentative. I have put a ? before one or two
species of the position of which I am doubtful.
Certain species, as is to be expected in so puzzling an
assortment of forms as the Rhodiolas, are difficult to place,
because they are intermediate between two groups, or
boldly combine certain characters of two. Thus, S. trifidum
has the small scales and deciduous stems of the Roseae, and
the 5-parted hermaphrodite flowers and slender carpels of
the Crassipedes. SS. discolor bears short carpels and short
styles spreading in fruit of Roseae type in hermaphrodite
flowers like those of the Crassipedes. S. Smithi, in its
linear scales ending in a long subterete tail, links the
Crassipedes with S. Karpelesae and S. Levii, belonging to
the Primuloides series. :
Genus SHDUM.
Section RHODIOLA.
Caudex fleshy, crowned with leaves with a broad clasp-
ing base (often reduced to membranous deltoid or semi-
orbicular scales, or becoming so with age), from the axils
of which leafy flowering shoots are produced. 3
Series 1. RHODIOLAE sensw stricto.
Flowers usually unisexual and 4-parted, caudex usually
elongate or greatly thickened. Carpels usually short and
crowned with short styles reflexed in fruit.
Group 1. Ros—EAE.—Caudex-leaves scale-like, short, mem-
branous, not green even when young. Old flower-stems
not persistent.
116 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, LXXxI
*bupleuroides, Wall. *longicaule, Praeger.
crenulatum, H. f. et T. *purpureo-viride, Praeger.
Cretini, R. Hamet. *rosewm, Scop.}
*elongatum, Wall. rotundatum, Hemsl.
gelidum, Ledeb. Stapf, R. Hamet.
*heterodontum, H. f. et T. suboppositum, Maxim.
* Kirilowi, Regel.
Group 2. HIMALENSES.—Caudex-leaves scale-like, usually
green and fleshy when young, often prolonged into a
short narrow lamina or cauda. Old flower-stems usually
persistent.
algidum, Ledeb. *himalense, D. Don.
Bouviert, R. Hamet. humile, H. f. et T.
coriaceum, Wall. quadrifidum, Pallas.
*fastigiatum, H. f. et T. *trheticum, H. f. et T.
Series 2. CRASSIPEDES.
Flowers hermaphrodite and 5-parted. Caudex elongate
or greatly thickened. Caudex-leaves scale-like, usually
green and fleshy when young, often prolonged into a short
narrow lamina or cauda. Old flower-stems persistent or
deciduous. Carpels usually slender and crowned with
slender styles not reflexed in fruit.
*crassipes, Wall. *rariflorum, N. HE. Br.
?discolor, Franch. Rendler, R. Hamet.
dumulosum, Franch. *rhodanthum, A. Gray.
euphorbiordes, Schlecht. scabridum, Franch.
*Farrert, W. W. Sm. *Semenovit, Masters.
Inciae, R. Hamet.. Smithi, R. Hamet.
lineartfolium, Royle. * Stephani, Cham.
macrolepis, Franch. Tieghemi, R. Hamet.
nobile, Franch. *tryfidum, Wall.
Pravuw, R. Hamet.
Series 3. PRIMULOIDES.
Flowers hermaphrodite and 5-parted. Caudex slender
elongate, or short not much thickened (comparatively).
Caudex-leaves leaf-like, with a distinct lamina, usually
petiolate.
Group 1. LoneicauLes.—Root-stock elongate, much
branched.
leucocarpum, Franch. pachyclados, Aitch. et Hemsl.
Leveilleanuwm, R. Hamet. *orimuloides, Franch,
‘ Including the several North American “species” of Rhodiola, which
appear to be no better entitled to specific rank than many of the Eurasian
forms of this polymorphic species.
1916-17.| | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 117
Group 2. BREvicAULES.—Root-stock very short, branched
slightly or not at all.
Balfourt, R. Hamet. Levu, R. Hamet.
Durisi, R. Hamet. ?Mossw, R. Hamet.!
Hobsonw, R. Hamet. * Praegerianum, W. W. Sm.
Karpelesae, R. Hamet.
According to the views brought forward above, the oldest
type of Rhodiola now living is represented by S. Praegeri-
anum, with short caudex and large caudex-leaves. Thence
a complicated series of forms shows a progressive increase
in length and thickness of caudex and decrease in size of
the caudex-leaves; S. primuloides, S. Levi, S. Smithi, for
instance, being progressive steps to the crassipes type,
where the caudex-leaves, now reduced to mere scales at the
summit of aerial succulent root-stocks, still show when
young a green, leaf-like colour and a tendency to an in-
cipient (or rather relict) lamina, At this point in the
series the flowers, hitherto perfect and pentamerous, begin
to show a tendency to dioecism and tetramerism, which
becomes more pronounced as caudex development increases
and scale development weakens, till in S. rosewm and its
allies we have a group of species with massive caudices
crowned with small chaffy scales, from the axils of which
rise strong stems bearing corymbs of dioecious tetramerous
flowers. It is important to note that seedlings throughout
the whole series, from Praegerianum to rosewm (so far as
Ihave had an opportunity of studying them), show what is
here taken to be the primitive type of caudex-leaf—a leaf
having a lanceolate to orbicular lamina, and a petiole with
a broad clasping base. The different types of leaves found
still persisting among the primitive Primuloides series can
be matched, often with a remarkable closeness, in the seed-
ling stage of members of the Crassipedes, Himalenses, and
Roseae, the mature plants of which bear only scales.
As regards the question of the geographical distribution
of the plants dealt with above, the Rhodiolas are essentially
an Asiatic group. One species only (the N. American
S. rhodanthuwm, A. Gray) does not occur in Asia; and only
one other (S. rosewm, Scop.), which is also the most variable
1 Caudex missing in the type specimens. Appears to be allied to
S. Balfouri.
118 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxxr
of the whole section, spreads beyond the confines of Asia,
ranging from Japan to Ireland, Greenland, and across .N.
America. The groups of ‘species into which Rhodiola has
been divided above show more or less well-marked centres
of distribution, sometimes contradicted (as is so often the
case when one is dealing with distributional problems) by
some notable exception.
Series RHODIOLAE sensu stricto.—Of some twenty species,
rather more than half are Himalayan plants, and almost
all of these are confined to that region; but one of them
(S. rosewm) is the most widespread of all the Rhodiolas.
Four have a wide range over Central and Eastern Asia,
two are confined to Tibet, and two to Western China.
Series CRASSIPEDES.—Of nineteen species, eight are
Chinese (mainly Yunnan), five Himalayan, four come from
Siberia, Turkestan or Tibet; and one (S. rhodanthum)
from Western N. America.
Series PRImULOIDES.—The Longicaules group have their
homes far apart—one in Afghanistan, two in Yunnan, and
one in Quelpaert; while of the Brevicaules, four come from
Tibet, one from the Himalayas, one from Central Asia, and
one from China. '
Roughly speaking, half the Roseae are confined to the
Himalayan region, half the Crassipedes to China, and half
the Primuloides to Tibet; if we take those three regions as
constituting a single area, we find that to that area are
confined about three-fourths of the Roseae and Crassipedes,
and practically the whole of the Primuloides: in other
words, nearly four-fifths of the whole section Rhodiola.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
Puate II.
Fie. 1. Sedum Praegerianum, }4.
7 2
ae ears ay flower ae bud. 2.
= 2 a) ra leaf, 4.
Prate III.
Fie. 4. Sedum primuloides, 4.
ee Ds * R: HOWer.: z,
eo: » i” leaf. 4. ;
» 7. Sedum rarvflorum, flower. 2.
“p . Sedum fastigiatum, vigorous caudex branch, 4.
1 . ub
» 9. Sedum himalense, sucker. +-
1
a el » » leaf of same. :
(Vol. XXVII, Pl. IL.
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. |
R. Lioyp PRArGER.
7 ne >
4
Maat eae
a i ae
’ .
ea
» My
9
- — Or, i
Sp
ie
4h
4 at
M
+
if
3
iF
i
i
r
i ‘
-
a
}
; Nee,
5
j
:
;
bere
Wk
[aVic lexexa VAIS PIR Te
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. |
R. Liuoyp PRAEGER.
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. | Viol XexeVvilT Pl TVs
ow
\
Za
1916-17, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 119
PuateE IV.
Fig. 11. Sedwm crassipes, sucker. u.
ale ma Bu » , caudex-leaf of same. 2,
aeLOn | 3, x seedling, three months, *-
eae 5 55 5 four months. x.
- 4, 15. Sedum Balfouri, leaf of rosette, after drawing by R.
Hamet in Herb. Edinburgh. 4.
», 16. Sedum pachyclados, leaf of rosette. 1}.
», 17. Sedum Karpelesae, leaf of rosette, after R. Hamet’s de-
scription. 2.
» 18. Sedum Levie, leaf of rosette, after R. Hamet’s de-
scription. 4.
» 19. Sedum Farrert, caudex-leaf of seedling. 14.
» 20. Sedum sp. (Ward, caudex-leaf of young plant. 4.
764)
», 21. Sedum buplewroides, caudex-leaf of seedling. 1}.
ee Ps seedling, four months. 4.
Oe | is - » » growing point of same speci-
men. 3.
CavEA: A New GENUS OF THE COMPOSITAE FROM THE
East Himataya. By W. W. Smiru, M.A., and JAMES
SMALL, M.Sc. (Plate V.)
(Read 12th October 1916. )
Cavea, W. W. Sm. et J. Small. Genus nov. Compositarwm.
Genus Inuloidearwm; in schemate Benthamiano apud
Plucheineas ponendum; prope Plucheam interim melius
allocatum a qua habitu, inflorescentia, receptaculo abunde
differt; ab Inuloideis aliis aliquatenus remotum; certe
habitu Sawsswream vel Berardiam simulat sed characteres
florales haud conveniunt.
Herba perennis. Caules solitarii vel bini subscaposi plus
minusve foliosi capitulum unicum gerentes. Folia alterna
dentata vel denticulata. Capitula magna heterogama
subglobosa floribus exterioribus 2 multiseriatis fertilibus,
floribus disci § circ. 20-30 sterilibus. Involuecri phylla
-multiseriata imbricata lanceolata vel lineari-oblonga ex-
‘teriora herbacea interiora plus minusve scariosa. Recepta-
culum convexum fimbrillatum. Corollae pallido-purpureae
vel sordide albidae. Corollae @? filiformes, stylo suo
longiores, apice 3-4-denticulatae; corollae % regulares
tubulosae alte 5-lobae. Antherae basi breviter atque
120 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. LXXxI
obtusiuscule appendiculatae appendicibus contiguis plus
minusve connatis. Styli florum 9 filiformes bifidi ad
margines papillosi; styli floram ¢ indivisi extus papillosi.
Achaenia parva compressiuscula obscure quadrangula
dense villosa. Pappi nitide purpurei setae plurimae uni-
seriatae scabridae nec plumosae; in floribus sterilibus
pappus exiguus achaeniis abortivis glabris.
Genus monotypicum montium himalaicorum prope fines
tibeticos incola.
Cavea tanguensis, W. W. Sm. et J. Small. Comb. nov.
Saussurea tanguensis, J. R. Drummond in Kew Bull.
(1910), 78; Smith and Cave in Rec. Bot. Surv. Ind., iv
(1911), 212.
India :—Sikkim, near the Tibetan frontier; hill behind
Tangu bungalow, 4920 m., Younghusband, without number
in Herb. Kew and Herb. Cale.; Thé La, 4600 m., Smith and
Cave, No. 2161 in Herb. Kew and Herb. Cale.; Jongsong
La valley, 5080 m., Smith and Cave, No. 2357 in Herb.
Kew and Herb. Cale. :
This interesting plant was discovered in the north-west
corner of Sikkim near the Tibet frontier at an altitude of
over 15,000 feet, and very near the limit of vegetation for
the area. Its habitat is generally loose, shingly screes,
One of the dominant genera of the area is Sausswrea, and
Cavea has much in common as regards habit with several
of the Himalayan species of that genus. Its position in or
near the Pluchineae is, in our present knowledge, where we
find we must put it on the characters presented, but the
authors realise that such a position may not be its natural
one. It has been with hesitation that this extreme alpine
has been associated with Pluchea, Blumea, and Laggera.
If the characters permitted, its placing near Sausswrea or
Berardia would have been more satisfactory from the
facies of the plant. The generic name attached to the
plant is in honour of Mr. George Cave, Curator of the
Lloyd Botanic Garden at Darjeeling, an indefatigable
traveller and collector over the whole of Sikkim, and one
to whom the discovery of many new plants is due.
The plant was first described by Mr. J. R. Drummond
from material collected by Sir F. Younghusband while
Le
1916-17.]_ BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 121
engaged on the Tibet Frontier Commission. The flowers
of the first collections were unfortunately damaged by
weevils and did not afford sufficient data for critical ex-
amination. It was consequently taken to be a singular
species of Saussurea, with S. Thomsoni, Clarke and S.
bracteata, Decaisne as its nearest allies. More satisfactory
material now available gives the following characters, which
do not accord well with Sawssurea :—
(1) The absence of the typical ring of hairs below the
stigmatic region ; (2) the absence of long basal appendages
to the anthers; (3) the presence of filiform female florets ;
(4)the character of the pappus, which is scabrid or barbellato-
seabrid, not plumose; (5) the villous achene; (6) the absence
of paleae from the receptacle.
The plant is a perennial, with a shgehtly woody base and
a rosette of lanceolate, sparsely dentate leaves. The stem
is leafy, with about six small, ovato-lanceolate or ovate
leaves (fig. 1). Usually the plant has only one stem, but
two occur sometimes. The capitulum, which is shown in
fig. 1, is compressed but is naturally subglobose. The in-
volucral bracts are multi-seriate, lanceolate, acuminate
and ciliate near the tips (fig. 8). The outer bracts are
herbaceous and the inner bracts are rigid and more or
less scarious. The receptacle is convex and fimbrillate
(fig. 8). There are several rows of filiform florets towards
the outside, and 20 to 30 male disc florets (fig. 1). These
dise florets may be altogether absent. The filiform florets
are female and fertile (figs. 6 and 9). The style is branched
and shorter than the corolla; the style branches are flattened
with rounded tips; the stigmatic papillae are marginal, ex-
tending to the apex of the branches (fig. 7). The stamens
are absent. The corolla is slender, tubular, hairy on the
outside near the middle, and the apex is marked by three
or four small teeth (fig. 6). The pappus (fig. 9) is setose,
copious, uniseriate, scabrid (fig. 10), 8-9 mm. long, and
purple in colour. The mature achene is 5 mm. long, densely
villous (fig. 9), and the upper hairs seem to have been mis-
taken by Drummond with his incomplete material for an
outer series of setae. The disc florets are sterile; the
aborted achene is glabrous, and the pappus consists of a
few (about ten) setae. The style is undivided and papillose
122 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxXxI
on the outside (fig. 3). The stamens have the typical apical
appendage and short, obtuse, basal appendages, the con-
tiguous appendages being more or less connate (figs. 4 and
5). The corolla is tubular, regularly and deeply 5-lobed;
the style is not exerted (fig. 2).
The structure of the style and stamens and the presence
of filiform female florets at once suggests the Inuleae.
According to Bentham’s classification of the order the new
genus falls into the sub-tribe Plucheineae of the Inuleae,
and from the floral characters should be placed near
Pluchea, from which it is distinguished by habit, receptacle,
and inflorescence. A few species of Pluchea are herbaceous
perennials, but most are shrubby. The capitulum in
Pluchea is usually small and the inflorescence corymbose,
but at least one species (P. aromatica, Balf. f. from Socotra)
shows large capitula and a diffusely corymbose inflores-
cence. The receptacle is naked and the anther tails are
connate and acuminate in Pluchea. The new genus is
distinguished from Blwmea and Laggera by the undivided
style of the male florets, fimbrillate receptacle, general
habit, and quite a few other characters; and no other genus
in the Inuleae approaches it closely.
The large percentage of capitula with no male florets is
interesting as showing a tendency to dioecism, but the most
interesting point is the placing of the plant in Sausswrea
by Drummond. In Table I of a paper! by one of us the
Inuleae are shown to be more closely allied in their anther
appendages to the Mutisieae and Cynareae than to the
tribes among which they are usually placed. The typical
style of the Imuleae closely approaches some of the Muti-
sieae and exceptional Cynareae. From the study of all
factors, including geographical distribution, it seems probable
that the Inuleae gave rise to the Cynareae in the eastern
part of the Mediterranean region, through the Buphthal-
meae, so that it is not surprising that, in the absence of an
investigation of the filiform florets, this plant should have
been classed in the Cynareae. The absence of the ring of
hairs on the style and the character of the anther ap-
pendages, however, would, even then, place it nearer the
1 Small, J., The Pollen-presentation Mechanism in the Compositae.
Annals of Botany, vol. xxix, No. exv (1915), p. 457.
Trans. Bot. Soc, Edin. | TAYOLG 2OOVUIS JEN AYE
Cavea tanguensis, W. W. Sm. et J. Small.
W. W. Smiry and James SMALL.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 123
Gochnatieae in the Mutisieae (near Berardia in Hoffmann’s
classification) than in Sawsswrea.
The fimbrillate receptacle and the barbellato-scabrid
setae of the pappus are interesting in view of further
unpublished work by one of us, which shows that the
paleae on the receptacle, especially in the Cynareae, may
be a development of the foveolate and fimbrillate types of
receptacle, while the plumose pappus is obviously derived
from the simple setae by the elongation of the “barbs.”
Altogether the genus Cavea eaices quite a probable, al-
though somewhat remote, ancestor of Sausswrea and its
allies.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.
Fig. 1. Cavea tanguensis, Smith et Small, complete plant. Nat. size.
Fig. 2. Male floret, showing corolla and anther tube. x 6 circa.
Fig. 3. Upper part of style of male floret. x15 circa.
Fig. 4. Anther tube. x 12 circa.
Fig. 5. Anther, showing apical and basal appendages. x 20 circa.
Fig. 6. Female floret, showing corolla only. x6 circa.
Fig. 7. Upper part of style of female floret. x 15 circa.
Fig. 8. Capitulum, showing involucre and receptacle, Nat. size.
Fig. 9. Complete female floret, showing ripe achene. Nat. size.
Fig. 10. Upper part of seta of pappus. x 8 circa.
Mosses oF West Lorain (V.C. 84). By J. C. ADAM.
(Read 8th February 1917.)
In this paper an attempt has been made to compile a
complete list of the mosses of West Lothian based upon
published records, information and specimens given to me,
and my own collections and observations. Very little has
been published, so far as I can ascertain, regarding the
moss flora of this county. Four species are recorded by
Greville in his Flora Edinensis (1824), and a few others
are given under the parishes of Abercorn, Ecclesmachan,
and Bo’ness in the New Statistical Account of Scotland,
vol. 11 (1845). These have all been quoted here, but the
synonomy of some of the latter is obscure, and the present
existence in the county of the rarer species requires verifi-
cation. In a paper by W. Bell and J. Sadler, Trans. Bot.
Soe. Edinburgh, vol. x (1869), p. 251, there is a list of
TRANS, BOT. SOC, EDIN. VOL. XXVI. 10
124 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, LXxXxI
mosses collected in an excursion between Manuel and
Linlithgow ; but as precise localities are not given, and as
the excursion evidently covered ground both in Stirling-
shire and Linlithgowshire, this list has not been quoted
here. Some of Messrs. Bell and Sadler’s specimens are,
however, in the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Garden, Edin-
burgh, and will be found quoted as from that source. The
Census Catalogue of British Mosses (1907) enumerates
166 species and varieties as occurring in V.C. 84. The
sources of these records appear to have been the afore-
mentioned works, Edinburgh Herbarium, and unpublished
lists by Mr. W. Evans and Mr. J. M‘Andrew. Mr. Evans
and Mr. M‘Andrew have kindly placed a great deal of their
data at my disposal, and the definite localities for their
contributions to the Census Cat. have been given here
whenever known. No definite locality or reliable authority
has been found for some of the Census Cat. records;
these have been included here and ascribed to the Census
Cat. In a paper in Scot. Bot. Rev., vol. i (1912), p. 202,
Mr: M‘Andrew contributed 24 additions to the Census
Cat. list for V.C. 84. These have been quoted here with,
in some cases, amended descriptions of localities as supplied
to me by Mr. M‘Andrew.
The following list enumerates 216 species and varieties
as compared with 190 recorded in the Census Cat. and
Mr. M‘Andrew’s published list of additions. Doubtless
additions will still be made: the Sphagna, for example,
have been very imperfectly worked, and several fairly
common mosses are still unknown from this county.
My own investigations in the county were pursued until
the outbreak of war, in conjunction with Mr. 8. E. Brock.
The latter’s absence on military service has prevented
more recent co-operation, but a considerable amount of the
material used here was gathered in our joint field-work.
I am indebted to the Regius Keeper for enabling me to
examine certain specimens in the Herbarium, Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh; to Mr. Evans and Mr. M‘Andrew for
much kind help and information; to Mr. R. H. Meldrum
and Mr. D. A. Jones for verifying many of my specimens;
and to Mr. J. A. Wheldon for naming or confirming several
Sphagna and Hypna (Harpidia).
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 125
Authorities for records are abbreviated as follows :—
W. E.=W. Evans. J. M‘A.=J. M‘Andrew. S. E. B.=
S. E. Brock. Records for which no authority is quoted are
based upon material gathered by myself. Records not
included in the Census Cat. or M‘Andrew’s list of addi-
tions are marked by an asterisk.
Sphagnum cymbifolium, Ehrh. Drumshoreland Moss, J. M‘A. in
Scot. Bot. Rev., i, p. 204. Fauldhouse Moss, W. E.
*var. glaucescens, W., f. squarrosulum, Pers. Houston
Wood.
S. compactum, De Cand. Drumshoreland Moss, J. M‘A., l.c, p. 204
(sub S. rigido).
var. squarrosum, Russ. Drumshoreland Moor, W. E.
*§. cuspidatum, Ehrh. Blawhorn Moss, W. E.
var. Submersum, Schp., f. rigescens, W. Balvormie Wood.
*§. recurvum, P. Beauv., var majus, Angstr., f. sylvaticum, Russ.
Houston Wood.
S. molluscum, Bruch. Drumshoreland Moss, J. M‘A., lc., p. 204
(sub S. tenello).
S. fimbriatum, Wils. Drumshoreland Moss, J. M‘A., Le., p. 204.
S. Girgensohnii, Russ. Drumshoreland Moss, J. M‘A,, l.c., p. 205.
S. acutifolium, Ehrh. Blawhorn Moss; Houston Wood.
*S. crassicladum, W., var. diversifolium, W. Pond in Houston
Wood.
*S. rufescens, Limpr., var. albescens, W. Houston Wood.
Andreaea petrophila, Ehrh. Cocklerue, W. E.
Tetraphis pellucida, Hedw. Census Cat.
‘*T. Browniana, Grev. Parish of Bo’ness, New Stat. Ace., ii, p. 125.
Catharinea undulata, Web. & Mohr. Common in damp woods,
especially along the river ravines.
Polytrichum nanum, Neck. Craigie Wood, J. M‘A.
P. aloides, Hedw. Drumshoreland, W .E. ; abundant on the banks of
Breich Water ; Drumtassie Burn.
P. urnigerum, L. Bank of River Avon below Canal aqueduct.
P. piliferum, Schreb. Common on walls and dry stony places, speci-
ally in the upland parts of the county.
P. juniperinum, Willd. Common on waste places, and dry peaty
places on the moors.
126 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, Lxxx1
P. gracile, Dicks. Hopetoun woods; Houston Wood; Fauldhouse
Moor,
P. commune, L. Very common in woods and on moors throughout
the county.
Pleuridium axillare, Lindb. Ditch near Linlithgow, W. E. Drum-
shoreland Curling Pond, J. M‘A.
P. subulatum, Rabenh. Footpath on west side of Craigiehall Wood ;
N.B. railway embankment near Craigie, J. M‘A., l.c., p. 205.
P. alternifolium, Rabenh. N.B. railway embankment near Craigie,
J. MEA. liens 200;
*Ditrichum homomallum, Hampe. Bank of River Avon below Canal
aqueduct. [Didymodon heteromallum recorded from parish of
Bo’ness in New Stat. Ace., ii, p. 127, probably refers to this species. |
[Didymodon capillacewm. Parish of Abercorn, New Stat. Ace., ii, p. 22.]
If this is D. capillaceum, Schrad.=Swartzia montana, Lindb., it is
unlikely to have occurred in this district.
*Seligeria recurvata, B. & S. Near Ecclesmachan.
Ceratodon purpureus, Brid. Very common.
Rhabdoweisia denticulata, B.& S. Summit of Cocklerue, J. M‘A.
Cynodontium Bruntoni, B. & S. Binny Crag, W. E. Cocklerue,
~ J. M‘A,, le, p. 205, seems to be an error, and probably refers to
Mr. Evans’ record.
Dichodontium pellucidum, Schp. Breich Water; River Almond ;
River Avon.
Dicranella heteromalla, Schp. Common on shady banks, in
woods, etc.
D. cerviculata, Schp. Drumshoreland Moor, J. M‘A.; near Winch-
burgh, W. E. ; near Fauldhouse ; Humbie Quarry, Kirkliston.
D. varia, Schp. Drumshoreland, W. E. Almondell.
D. squarrosa, Schp. Near Cocklerue, W. E.
Dicranoweisia cirrata, Lindb. Binny Crag, Grev. Flora Edin.,
p- 237 (sub Weissia). Common on trunks of trees, rocks, ete.,
in all parts of the county.
Campylopus flexuosus, Brid. Blawhorn Muss.
C. pyriformis, Brid. Balvormie; Houston Wood ; and other peaty
woods and moors, [Dicranwm flecwoswm described as covering
entire bank at Tod’s Mill, in abundant fructification, parish of
Bo'ness, New Stat. Acc., ii, p. 125, may refer to this species. ]
C. fragilis, B. & S. Avon valley, W. E.
Dicranum Bonjeani, De Not. Stream near Binny Crag, W. E.;
Galabraes, Bathgate Hills.
D. scoparium, Hedw. Woods, moors, rocky places, and sometimes
tree trunks throughout the county.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 127
D. majus, Turn. Bowdenhill. .
Leucobryum glaucum, Schp. Blawhorn, W. E.; Bee Crags: Houston
Wood.
*Pissidens exilis, Hedw. Clay bank, Winchburgh, W. Edgar Evans.
F. pusillus, Wils. Linlithgow, W. Bell. (Herb. Edin.); Dalmeny
Park, W. E.; Midhope Glen, S. E. B.
F. incurvus, Starke. Near Port Edgar, J. M‘A.,, l.c., p. 205.
F. bryoides, Hedw. Frequent on damp shady banks, Avon and
Almond ravines, Midhope Glen, ete.
FP. adiantoides, Hedw. Old quarry, Galabraes, Bathgate.
F. taxifolius, Hedw. Bridge Castle, W. E. Midhope Glen.
Grimmia apocarpa, Hedw. Common on walls in the upland region.
Frequent elsewhere.
var. rivularis, W. & M. River Avon; Ecclesmachan Burn.
G. maritima, Turn. Shore east of South Queensferry, W. E. ; shore
near Society.
G. pulvinata, Smith. Common on walls both in the upland and low-
land parts of the county.
G. trichophylla, Grev. Parish of Bo’ness, New Stat. Acc., ii, p. 127 ;
Craigiehall Wood, J. M‘A.; near Carlowrie, W. E. ; Craigs Quarry,
Kirkliston.
*G. leucophaea, Grev. Parish of Abercorn, New Stat. Acc., ii, p. 22.
Rhacomitrium aciculare, Brid. Common on rocks in most of the
streams.
R. fasciculare, Brid. Common on rocks and walls.
R. heterostichum, Brid. Western heights of Ecclesmachan parish,
New Stat. Acc., il, p. 110 (sub Trichostomo). Common on rocks
and walls, especially in the upland region.
R. lanuginosum, Brid. Bowdenhill.
R. canescens, Brid. Western heights of Ecclesmachan parish, New
Stat. Acc., il, p. 110 (sub Trichostomo). Near North Mains,
var. ericoides, B. & S. Census Cat.
Ptychomitrium polyphyllum, Fiirn. Wall near Craigton; stones
by roadside south of Linlithgow ; old quarry, Philpstoun.
Hedwigia ciliata, Ehrh. Craigiehall Wood, J. M‘A.
Phascum cuspidatum, Schreb. Census Cat.
*P. cuspidatum, Schreb., var. piliferum, Hook. & Tayl. South
Queensferry, W. E.
Pottia Heimii, Fiirnr. Parish of Bo’ness, New Stat. Acc., ii, p. 127
(sub Gymnostomo). East side of Forth Bridge, W. Edgar Evans,
Mouth of Longreen Burn, Dalmeny shore, J. M‘A.
128 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXXxI
P. truncatula, Lindb. Field near South Queensferry, W. E. Near
Kirkliston,
*P. minutula, Fiirnr. Drumshoreland, W. E.
P. lanceolata, C. M. Wall near Kirkliston, Grev. Flora Edin., p. 236
(sub Weissia). Old bing, Craigton.
*Tortula rigida, Schrad. Grows abundantly by riverside at Inneravon,
New Stat. Acc., ii, p. 124.
T. ambigua, Angstr. Bank of River Almond near IIlieston.
T. muralis, Hedw. Very common on walls throughout the county.
T. subulata, Hedw. Ecclesmachan, Craigton, and elsewhere frequent.
*T. intermedia, Berk. Wall by towpath of Union Canal near Auld-
cathie ; old bing, Craigton.
T. ruraliformis, Dixon. Hopetoun shore,S.E.B. Shore at Dalmeny
Prank, 2 WV...
Barbula lurida, Lindb. - Railway cutting, Port Edgar, J. M‘A., Le.,
p- 205.
B. rubella, Mitt. Common on damp walls, stony places, ete.
B. tophacea, Mitt. Parish of Bo’ness, New Stat. Acc., ii, p. 127 (sub
Didymodon trifario). Rocks by the Almond below Cramond Brig,
W. E. Bank of River Almond near Illieston; railway cutting,
Winchburgh ; railway cutting, Port Edgar.
. fallax, Hedw. Bank of River Almond near Illieston.
B
B. spadicea, Mitt. Stones in River Almond near Cramond, W. E.
B. rigidula, Mitt. Drumshoreland, W. E.
B
. cylindrica, Schp. Wall at Carlowrie; W. E.; wall by towpath of
Union Canal, Auldcathie ; boundary wall of Newliston Park.
B. vinealis, Brid. Wall near Livingstone.
B. Hornschuchiana, Schultz. West of South Queensferry, J. M‘A,,
l.c., p. 205.
B. revoluta, Brid. Old stone walls about Kinneil, New Stat. Acc., ui,
p- 125 (sub Tortula). Common on mortar of dry walls.
B. convoluta, Hedw. Old road near Bellside, and elsewhere frequent.
B. unguiculata, Hedw. Common on walls, waste ground, ete.
Leptodontium flexifolium, Hampe. Binny Crag; about Craigiehall
Dykes, J. M‘A. ; Dechmont Law.
Weisia viridula, Hedw. Earthy rocks, River Almond, at Illieston ;
and elsewhere frequent.
*var. densifolia, B. & 8. Carribber Glen, W. E.
*W. mucronata, B.& S. Drumshoreland, W. E.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 129
W.rupestris, C. M. Mouth of railway tunnel, Port Edgar, J. M‘A.
W curvirostris, C. M. Ecclesmachan, Grey. Fl. Edin., p. 227 (sub
Gymnostomo). Very abundant and luxuriant in the railway
cutting near Winchburgh.
W. verticillata, Brid. Census Cat
Trichostomum flavovirens, Bruch. About Society and elsewhere
on shore near South Queensferry, J. M‘A, and W. E.
Cinclidotus fontinaloides, P. Beauv. River Almond at Craigiehall,
J. M‘A.; Ecclesmachan burn; River Avon.
Encalypta vulgaris, Hedw. Blackness, W. E.
E. streptocarpa, Hedw. Abundant on walls near Torphichen and
Linlithgow.
Zygodon Mougeotii, B. & S. Rocks in Carribber Glen.
Z. viridissimus, R. Brown. Near Linlithgow, W. Bell (Herb., Edin.).
var. rupestris, Hartm. Wall west of South Queensferry.
Z. Stirtoni, Schp. Near South Queensferry, W. E.
*Ulota Bruchii, Hornsch. Carribber Glen, W. E.
U. phyllantha, Brid. Shore at South Queensferry,
*Orthotrichum anomalum, Hedw., var. saxatile, Milde. Wall by
towpath of Union Canal near Craigton ; stones in old quarry,
Philpstoun ; loose rocks, Bathgate Hills.
*O. cupulatum, Hoffm., var. nudum, Braithw. River Almond at
Craigiehall, J. M‘A. Rocks in River Avon below Canal
aqueduct.
O. affine, Schrad. Dalmeny Park, W. E.
O. rivulare, Turn. Linlithgow, W. Bell, anno 1869 (Herb., Edin.)
Still in this locality on the River Avon in June 1916.
O. pulchellum, Smith. South Queensferry ; Drumshoreland Moor,
Grev. Fl. Edin., p. 249.
O. diaphanum, Schrad. Parish of Bo’ness, New Stat. Acc., ii, p. 125.
*Splachnum sphaericum, Linn. fil. Blawhorn Moss, W. E., 1916.
Ephemerum serratum, Hampe. Field at Drumshoreland, W. E.
Physcomitrella patens, B. & S. West of South Queensferry, J. M‘A.,
Le., p. 205.
Physcomitrium pyriforme, Brid. Near Linlithgow, J. M‘A.
Funaria Templetoni, Sm. A barren specimen growing on a rock in
the River Avon was doubtfully referred to this species by R. H.
Meldrum.
F. hygrometrica, Sibth. Very common throughout the county.
130 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss, LXXxI
Aulacomnium palustre, Schwaeg. Drumshoreland and Fauldhouse,
W.E. Blawhorn Moss ; Houston Wood.
*A. androgynum, Schwaeg. On sunk wall and fallen timber, New-
liston ; wall near Kirkliston Distillery.
Bartramia ithyphylla, Brid. Kirkliston Distillery, J. M‘A., le,
p. 205.
B. pomiformis, Hedw. Crevices of rocks, banks, and walls both in
the upland and lowland regions ; frequent.
var. crispa, B.& S. Carribber Glen, W. E.
Philonotis fontana, Brid. Common along the streams and ditches
of the upland country. ’
P. calcarea, Schp. Beside Canal, near Takieneeys J. M‘A.
*Breutelia arcuata, Schp.. Drumshoreland Moor, W. E.
Leptobryum pyriforme, Wils. Kirkliston Distillery, J. M‘A., Le,
p- 205.
Webera cruda, Schwaeg. Wall near Cramond Bridge, J .M‘A. Rocks
by stream, S.W. of Binny Crag, W. E. Rocks, Carribber Glen ;
rocks by roadside south of Linlithgow.
W. nutans, Helw. Abundant on banks, earthy rocks and walls, and
decaying timber in the lowlands; and on the moors in the
uplands.
W. annotina, Schwaeg. Drumshoreland, J. M‘A., l.c., p. 205. Fields
near Balvormie.
W. proligera, Bryhn. Binny Crag, W. E.
*W. carnea, Schp. Bank of River Almond, near Livingstone, W. E.
Bank of River Almond, Ilhieston ; bank of River Avon below
Canal aqueduct.
W. albicans, Schp. Railway cutting, Winchburgh; banks of the
Avon and the Almond; and elsewhere by damp roadsides, etc.,
frequent.
Bryum pendulum, Schp. Wall, Hawes Brae, J. M‘A.
. pallens, Sw. Bank of River Avon.
. pseudo-triquetrum, Schwaeg. Railway cutting, Winchburgh.
. bimum, Schreb. Drumshoreland, W. E.
. caespiticium, L. Common on mortared walls.
. capillare, L. Very common on damp walls.
DWwWewwW Ww
. atropurpureum, W.& M. Walls near South Queensferry, Greville,
(Herb. Edin.).
B. alpinum, Huds. Cocklerue, J. M‘A., l.c., p. 205.
B. argenteum, L. Common on waste ground, footpaths, ete.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 151
B. roseum, Schreb. East of Longreen, Dalmeny, J. M‘A. Near Black-
ness Castle, W. Edyar Evans.
Mnium affine, Bland. Near Torphichen and Carlowrie, W. E.
Carribber Glen.
M. cuspidatum, Hedw. Humbie Quarry, near Winchburgh, W. E.
M. rostratum, Schrad. Parish of Bo’ness, New Stat. Acc., ii, p. 127
(sub Bryo). Ditech, Swineburn, Kirkliston, 8S. E. B. Carlowrie,
W. E. Carribber Glen, W. Edgar Evans.
M. undulatum, L. Parishes of Abercorn and Bo'ness, New Stat. Acc.,
li, p. 22 and p. 127 (sub Bryo ligulato). Common in damp woods,
especially in the river ravines.
M. hornum, &. Very common in woods and shady places.
M. serratum, Schrad. Bank of River Almond above Cramond
Bridge, J. M‘A. Carribber Glen, W. E.
M. stellare, Reich. North of Linlithgow; Carribber Glen (the
locality on which the Census Cat. record was based, W. E.).
M. punctatum, L. Parish of Abercorn, New Stat. Acc., ii, p. 22 (sub
Bryo). Common on damp banks and rocks by streams, also in
marshes and bogs in the moorland region.
M. subglobosum, B. & S. Census Cat.
Fontinalis antipyretica, L. River -Avon; Ecclesmachan Burn;
pond near Port Edgar.
Neckera complanata, Htibn. Parish of Bo’ness, New Stat. Ace., ii,
p. 127 (sub Hypno). Avon valley near Woodcockdale.
Homalia trichomanoides, B. & S. Below Cramond Bridve, J. M‘A.
Avon valley near Woodcockdale ; Almond valley near Ilieston.
Pterygophyllum lucens, Brid. Parish of Bo'ness, New Stat. Acc., ii,
p. 127 (sub Hookeria). Carribber Glen, W. E.
Porotrichum alopecurum, Mitt. Parish of Bo’ness, New Stat. Acc.,
li, p. 127 (sub Hypno). Inchgarvie, South Queensferry, S. E. B.
Carribber Glen ; River Almond near I]lieston.
Leskea polycarpa, Ehrh. River Almond below Cramond Bridge,
J. M‘A
Heterocladium heteropterum, B. & S. Census Cat.
Thuidium tamariscinum, B. & S. Common in open deciduous woods,
etc.
T. recognitum, Lindb. West of South Queensferry, J. M‘A., Le.,
p. 205.
Climacium dendroides, Web. & Mohr. Old bing, Craigton; and
frequent in marshy places in the uplands.
Camptothecium sericeum, Kindb. Common on walls both in the
upland and lowland districts.
C. lutescens, B. & S. Census Cat.
132 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess, LXXxI
Brachythecium albicans, B. & S. Hopetoun shore, 8S. E, B. Dal-
meny shore, J. M‘A. Binny Crag, W. E.
B. rutabulum, B. & S. Common on damp ground, shady walls, ete.
B. rivulare, B. & S. Rocks by River Avon and River Almond.
B. velutinum, B. & 8. Craigiehall Wood, J. M‘A. Damp wall near
Philpstoun and similar situations frequent.
B. populeum, B. & 8. Carribber Glen, W. E. Almond valley near
Illieston.
B. plumosum, B. & 8. Carribber Glen.
B. purum, Dixon. Common on damp grassy banks and fields.
Eurhynchium piliferum, B. & S. Hopetoun woods, New Stat.
Acc., ii, p. 125 (sub Hypno). Almondell; Carribber Glen ;
Kirkliston Distillery.
E. crassinervium, B. & S. Almond valley below Cramond Bridge
and below Craigiehall Bridge, J. M‘A.
a
. praelongum, Hobk. Very common in the lowland woods, ete.
E. Swartzii, Hobk. Near Philpstoun.
E. myosuroides, Schp. Carribber Glen; Almondell; Canal em-
- bankment, Winchburgh.
td
.myurum, Dixon. Almondell ; near Linlithgow.
td
. striatum, B. & S. Almondell ; Avon valley.
E. rusciforme, Milde. Common in most of the streams which do not
suffer from excessive pollution. ;
E. murale, Milde. Old stone walls about Kinneil, New Stat. Acc.,
ii, p. 125 (sub Hypno). On Dalmeny shore, west of River
Almond, J. M‘A. Old wall in wood by River Avon, Wood-
cockdale.
E. confertum, Milde. Damp wall by Union Canal, Philpstoun, and
similar situations frequent.
Plagiothecium depressum, Dixon. Side of River Almond below
Craigiehall Bridge, J. M‘A.
P. elegans, Sull. Craigiehall Wood; Almond valley. south of
Cramond Bridge, J. M‘A. Bridge Castle, W. E.
P. denticulatum, B. & S. Cocklerue, J. M‘A. Common on banks
and rocks in shady places.
P. sylvaticum, B. & S. Craigiehall Wood, J. M‘A.; near Binny Crag,
W. E.
P. undulatum, B. & S. Common in woods, on heaths, etc., throughout
the county.
Amblystegium serpens, B. & S. Common on damp walls, stones,
and old tree stumps.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 133
A. filicinum, De Not. Near Linlithgow, W. Bell (Herb., Edin.).
West of South Queensferry, J. M‘A. Railway cutting, Winch-
burgh ; frequent in the river ravines.
Hypnum riparium, L. Linlithgow Loch, J. M‘A.,1Le., p. 205, West of
South Queensferry, J. M‘A. Humbie Reservoir, W. E.
HH. stellatum, Schreb. Census Cat.
var. protensum, Rohl. Drumshoreland Curling Pond,
J. MSA, Le, p. 205. Wall south of Linlithgow ; old limestone
workings north of Bathgate.
H. aduncum, Hedw. non L. Census Cat. (may be based on record
by Bell and Sadler in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin., 1869; see
H, fulcatum).
H. fluitans, L. Fauldhouse Moor, W. E.
*var. faleatum, Schp. Houston Wood.
H. exannulatum, Giimb. Drumshoreland Curling Pond, J. M‘A.,
lic., p. 205.
‘var. pinnatum, Boul., f. acuta, Sno. Houston Wood.
f.montana, Ren. Drumshoreland, J. M‘A. (Herb., Wheldon).
f. gracilis, Ren. Drumshoreland Curling Pond, J. M‘A. (Herb.,
Wheldon).
H. uncinatum, Hedw. Common on moist banks and rocks, especially
in the Almond and Avon ravines.
H. commutatum, Hedw. Railway cutting, Winchburgh.
*H. faleatum, Brid. Linlithgow, W. Bell (Herb. Edin.)—named 4H.
aduncum in Bell’s handwriting, and evidently the plant upon
See record by Bell and Sadler in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. was
based.
H. cupressiforme, L. Very common on walls, fallen timber, ete.
var. resupinatum, Schp. Dalmeny Park, W. E.
var. filiforme, Brid. Trees in the Avon ravine.
var. ericetorum, B. & 8. Blawhorn Moss, W. E. Houston
Wood ; Drumshoreland Moor.
H. Patientiae, Lindb. South of Linlithgow, J. M‘A. Near Bathgate,
W.E. Roadside near North Mains.
H. molluscum, Hedw. Almondell ; Carribber Glen ; Bathgate Hills.
H. palustre, Huds. River Almond at Cramond, J. M‘A. Rocks by
the River Avon, and by most of the rocky streams in the county.
*H. eugyrium, Schp., var. Mackayi, Schp. Riccarton, W. E.
H. ochraceum, Turn. Census Cat.
*H. stramineum, Dicks. Blawhorn, W. E. Fauldhouse; Houston
Wood.
H. cordifolium, Hedw. Drumshoreland Curling Pond, J. M‘A., Le.,
p. 205. Pond near Philpstoun House.
154 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXXxI
H. cuspidatum, L. Very common in marshes and wet places by
ponds and streams.
H. Schreberi, Willd. Common in heathy woods like Si
and Houston, and on the upland pastures.
Hylocomium splendens, B. & S. Bank of River Avon near Canal
aqueduct ; frequent in the uplands.
H. loreum, B. &S. Cocklerue and Drumshoreland, W. E. Bowdenhill.
H. squarrosum, B. & S. Common in woods, grassy banks, damp
pastures.
H. triquetrum, B. & S. Dalmeny Park and Drumshoreland, W. E.,
Bellside woods.
CERATOPHYLLUM DEMERSUM, LINN. IN THE ORKNEY
Istes. By Artaur BENNETT, A.L.S.
(Read 8th February 1917.)
Mr. Magnus Spence (author of the Flora Orcadensis) has
sent me living specimens of the above from Graemshall
Loch, in the south of the Mainland. I know of no certain
record north of Forfar, where it is plentiful in the Lochs of
Rescobie and Balgavies.
But there is no climatal or distributional reason against
its occurrence to the extreme north of Scotland, as it occurs
in Sweden to W. Norrland in 65° N. lat., in Norway at
Ullenensaker in 60° 5’ N. lat., and in Finland in 63° N. Jat.
Mr. Spence’s specimens are also of interest, as they are
provided with winter-buds, or gemmae. I have looked
through many British and European Floras but can find
no mention of such. So I sent specimens to Mr. W.
Worsdell, F.L.S., and he kindly replied: “Many thanks
for sending me the winter-buds of Ceratophyllum. They
seem to be known, however. I have to-day found a _
reference to them in Schenk’s Biologie des Wassergewiachse
as follows: ‘Irmisch found in many cases that the leaves
of the branch-tips became curved over one another and the
older internodes died off, so that the terminal buds repre-
sented small, loosely-compacted, isolated clumps, which
grow out in spring.”
These winter-buds seem to be very like those of [tri-
1916-17.]. BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 135
cularia, having the same dense texture, with stiff hairs in
abundance.
Mr. R. Heddle reported Ceratophyllum from “Loch of
Ayre, Kirbister.” But Col. H. H. Johnston has a specimen
from Heddle, and it proves to be Utricularia vulgaris,
Linn., which Miss Boswell reported for Orkney in Watson’s
Top. Botany, i, p. 319 (1874).
ULEX NANUS, FORSTER IN CAITHNESS.
By ARTHUR BENNETT, A.L.S.
(Read 8th February 1917.)
Lately (14th October 1916) Mr. G. Lillie of Lybster sent
me specimens of Ulex nanus from Ben Alisky, a hill in the
parish of Halkirk, about 12 miles north of Berriedale,
The hill is 1142 feet high, and the U. nanuws occurred at
about 800 feet. The specimens are very dwarf, the young
stems very hairy with white shaggy hairs. Beneath the
primary spines are here and there unifoliate leaves, exactly
the same as I possess in seedlings of U. ewropaeus; these
are above the trifoliate leaves (which succeed the cotyle-
donary ones), and number nine before the spines commence.
There are no roads near this hill; “the nearest house is
‘Dallawillan Lodge, about a mile from it.”
Mr. G. Lillie writes that his niece and nephew (Miss A.
Lillie and Mr. W. Lillie of Watten Manse) found the plant
on an excursion to Morven, and “although the general
effect of the hill is rather barren, it had, among other plants,
Vaceinvum Vitis-I[daea, Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, Listera
cordata, Lycopodium alpinwm, and Solidago Virga-aurea.”
This locality is the most northern in Europe, being about
58° 20’ N. lat. I know of no station in Europe north of
50° N. lat.
The only Scottish stations I have seen specimens from
are Kirkcudbright (Professor Oliver) and Dumfries (Mr.
Fingland).
136 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess, Lxxx1
Note on INSECT VISITORS TO CORALLORHIZA INNATA
AND SOME OTHER ORCHIDS IN THE FortH DISTRICT.
By WituiamM Evans, F.R.S.E.
(Read 12th April 1917.)
In Knuth’s Handbook of Flower Pollination (Engl.
ed. ili, p. 347, 1909) no “visitor” is given in the case of
Corallorhiza innata, R. Br.; but, from the small size of the
flowers, it is concluded “that they are visited by small
insects, which use the anterior downwardly bent part of
the labellum as an alighting-platform, and creep thence to
the nectar secreted and concealed at the steeply down-
wardly bent base of the organ.” As proof of the correct-
ness of the first part of this conclusion, the following
incident seems worth putting on record.
On June 5, 1908, I found a group of half a dozen spikes
of the coral-root orchid (Corallorhiza imnata) in a stretch
of rather boggy ground beside Loch Leven, Kinross-shire.
The flowers were at their best, and had proved attractive
to a species of small black fly, numbers of which were
settled on each of the spikes. When disturbed they were
in no haste to leave the flowers (perhaps the nectar had
made them drowsy), creeping away among the grass rather
than attempting to escape by flight, so that their capture
was an easy matter. A score might have been secured
without any difficulty; but, as it was, two for identifica-
tion were all that I took. An attempt, with Mr. P. H.
Grimshaw’s help, to identify them at the Royal Scottish
Museum having failed, I submitted the specimens to Mr.
Austen, of the British Museum, who found them to agree
with an EHmpis from Nairn which he had labelled ? sp.
nov. Here the matter rested till last year, when Mr. J. E.
Collin saw my two specimens and identified them as a
species standing in the late Mr. Verrall’s collection under
the MS. name of Hmpis snowdoniana. Though no de-
scription of it has, so far as I am aware, yet been published,
the species, with Verrall’s MS. name for it, has been recorded
from Sutherland by Colonel Yerbury in the Scottish
Naturalist for December 1912.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 137
My Loch Leven specimens are both males, as were also,
I believe, all the others at the coral-root flowers, on the
nectar of which they were doubtless feeding. Unfortun-
ately I did not think of observing how they reached the
hidden nectar, but one might conjecture that the long pro-
boscis—a characteristic of the genus Hmpis—would be
useful in this connection. Empids, of both sexes, besides
sucking nectar, prey also on small insects, chiefly Diptera.
In the use of this insect prey, a very remarkable habit in
relation to courtship has been investigated by Mr. A. H.
Hamm (see report by Professor Poulton, in Ent. Mo. Mag.,
1913, p. 177). In some species the male, as they play in the
air, presents the female with a fly which she carries about
and sucks during pairing. In others the gift takes the
form of a coccoon which he has spun about the fly. Or
the plaything may consist of some such object as the
stamen of a buttercup.
Empis snowdoniana is a small, blackish, somewhat
shining fly, with pale smoky-brown wings. Length (head
and body) about 5 mm.; expanse of wings about 9 mm.
It is probably not uncommon in early summer on meadows
and moors in the Edinburgh district. Besides the Loch
Leven examples, I have a female taken above Silverburn,
on the south side of the Pentland Hills, May 27, 1895, and
a male from Bavelaw Moss, to the north of the same range,
May 20, 1904.
In the case of Goodyera repens, R. Br., Knuth states that
only humble bees (e.g. Bombus pratorwm, L., in North
Scotland, and B. mastrucatus, Gerst., in the Alps) had so far
been observed as visitors to its flowers; but that Miiller
“is inclined to think, however, that the true pollinators
are small, short-tongued insects, to which the structure of
the flower is adapted.” On August 7, 1909, happening to
pass through a pine wood in East Lothian where this
interesting orchid grows, I noted the following insect-
visitors to the flowers :—viz. Bombus pratorum, L., a good
many ; B. lucorwm, L., many ; and two hover-flies, Syrphus
cinctus, Zett., and Platychirus albimanus, F., one of each.
The visitors thus comprise Diptera as well as bees.
Adjoining the same pine wood, some plants of Listera
ovata, R. Br., were in fine flower, and furnished the following
138 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxxi
fairly long list of visitors:—HyYMENOPTERA: small ichneu-
mon-fly, two. DipTeRA: Rhamphomyia nigripennis, F.
(a small Empid), one; Syrphus. cinctellus, Zett., one; S.
vitripennis, Mg., two; Hydrotaea irritans, Fln., two; Ptero-
paectria frondescentiac, L., two. COLEOPTERA: Meligethes
aeneus, F., one; Malthodes minimus, L., one; Anaspis rufi-
labris, Gyll.,a great many. HEMIPTERA: Pithanus maerkeli,
H.-S., one; Lygus lewcorwm, Mey., one. PszuDO-NEUR-
OPTERA: Mesopsocus wnipunctatus, Mill. On one of the
spikes were three young snails, apparently Helix
arbustorum.
None of the above appears among the visitors to L. ovata
mentioned by Knuth.
On a flowering spike of Orchis maculata, L., growing
along with the L. ovata, the small brownish beetle, Anaspis
ruflabris, so abundant on the latter plant, was also present
in considerable numbers.
Some Moss RECORDS FOR SELKIRK, PEEBLES, AND THE
LotHians. By WILLIAM Evans, F.R.S.E.
(Read 8th February 1917.)
The discovery of mislaid specimens and notes, and the
results of some further field-work, since the publication
of the Census Catalogue of British Mosses in 1907, have
enabled me to supply records filling up many of the gaps
in respect of the above counties. A number of these
records were included by Mr. James M‘Andrew in his
Notes on Some Mosses from the Three Lothians (Scot.
Bot. Rev., 1912, p. 202), while all the Linlithgowshire (West
Lothian) ones have been given to Mr J. C. Adam for inelu-
sion in his paper on the Mosses of that county (antea, p. 128).
The additions contained in the present paper, therefore,
relate to a large extent to the Selkirk and Peebles lists, the
former of which must still be far from complete—in the
Catalogue it is credited with barely sixty species. In
December 1901, the late James Murray, author of the list
of Mosses in the Handbook of the Fauna and Flora of
“Clyde,” sent me a list of 104 species he had collected in
1916-17, |. BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 139
the Broughton district of Peeblesshire. All, with three
exceptions as mentioned below, are, however, given for
the county in the Census Catalogue.
From the point of view of the local bryologist the
Census Catalogue leaves much to be desired; it supplies
him simply with a list of the species the compilers had
records of from any particular county, no localities or
other data being given, though to some extent these may,
no doubt, be traced in the literature cited. To a great
extent, however, the Catalogue is based on unpublished
information. In these circumstances I have thought it
desirable to include in this paper the more interesting of
the records supplied by myself to the compilers.
It only remains to add that practically all my records
have been at one time or another authenticated by the
submission of specimens either to Mr. H. N. Dixon or
Mr. R. H. Meldrum.
The nomenclature is uniform with that of the Census
Catalogue.
Co. 79, SELKIRK.
The additions to the list for this county, which was largely supplied
by me, are as under:—The date of the Selkirk and Bowhill records is
August 1903, and that of the Galashiels ones November 1910.
Polytrichum piliferum Schreb. Turf-capped walls, Selkirk.
P. juniperinum Willd. Stream-side south of Yarrow.
P. gracile Dicks. Near Galashiels.
P.commune L. Tushielaw (Ettrick), and south of Yarrow.
Ceratodon purpureus Brid. South of Yarrow; Galashiels.
Dicranella heteromalla Schp. Selkirk ; Yarrow ; Galashiels.
D. squarrosa Schp. East of Newhall Water between Yarrow and
Traquair, May 1917.
Dicranum majus Turn. Banks of Yarrow at Bowhill.
Leucobryum glaucum Schp. Near Tushielaw, Aug. 1903.
Fissidens bryoides Hedw. East of Newhall Water.
GHimia apocarpa Hedw., var. rivularis, W. & M. Newhall Water.
G. pulvinata Smith. Selkirk ; Galashiels, etc.
Rhacomitrium fasciculare Brid. Wall near Galashiels.
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVII. il
140 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXxxt
R. heterostichum Brid. Selkirk; Galashiels, etc.
R. lanuginosum Brid. Hills near Tushielaw, and south of Yarrow.
R. canescens Brid. Selkirk ; east side of Newhall Water.
Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh. Near Galashiels.
Pottia truncatula Lindb. Field at Selkirk.
Tortula muralis Hedw. Walls about Selkirk and Galashiels.
T. subulata Hedw. Selkirk ; Bowhill.
T. ruralis Ehrh. On wall east of Newhall Water, May 1917.
Barbula rubella Mitt. Selkirk ; Bowhill ; Galashiels.
B. cylindrica Schp. Bowhill.
B. unguiculata Hedw. Selkirk ; Galashiels.
Ulota Bruchii Hornsch. On birches east of Newhall Water.
Orthotrichum Lyellii H.& T. On trees at Selkirk and Bowhill.
O. affine Schrad. Near Galashiels; on wall east of Newhall Water.
O. diaphanum Schrad. Wall near Galashiels.
Aulacomnium palustre Schwaeg. East of Newhall Water. .
Bartramia ithyphylla Brid. Banks of Yarrow at Bowhill.
B. pomiformis Hedw. Near Galashiels.
Webera nutans Hedw. Galashiels ; south of Yarrow.
W. albicans Schp. Selkirk ; east of Newhall Water, May 1917.
Bryum pallens Sw. East of Newhall Water.
B. pseudo-triquetrum, Schwaeg. East side of Newhall Water, Selkirk.
B. caespiticium L. Selkirk ; Galashiels.
Mnium affine Bland. Roadside south of Galashiels.
M. undulatum L. East of Newhall Water.
Fontinalis antipyretica L. In stream south of Yarrow.
Neckera complanata Hubn. Bowhill.
Leucodon sciuroides Schwaeg. Selkirk ; Bowhill.
Porotrichum alopecurum Mitt. Rocks by the Yarrow at Bowhill.
Climacium dendroides W. & M. Selkirk; Tushielaw ; Yarrow.
Brachythecium rivulare B. & 8. Bowhill.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 141
B. velutinum B. & S. Selkirk ; Galashiels.
B. populeum B. & S. Near Galashiels.
Eurhynchium myosuroides Schp. Selkirk ; east of Newhall Water.
E. striatum B.& 8. Bowhill.
E. rusciforme Milde. Burns near Selkirk and Yarrow.
Plagiothecium denticulatum B. & S., var. majus, Boul. Bowhill
(specimen determined by Mr. Meldrum).
P. silvaticum B. &S. East of Newhall Water.
Amblystegium serpens B. & S. Bowhill; Galashiels.
Hypnum commutatum Hedw. and H. palustre Huds. Selkirk ;
south of Yarrow.
. Co. 78, PEEBLES.
(a) Additions to the Census Cat. list :—
Sphagnum cymbifolium Ehrh., var. congestum Schp. Moss south
of Leadburn, Sept. 1904.
S. medium Limpr. Moss south of Leadburn, Sept. 1904.
S. Austini Sull. Moss south of Leadburn, Sept. 1904.
These three Sphagna were determined for me by Mr. Dixon.
Tetraphis pellucida Hedw. Macbiehill; Whim, 1916 (J.C. Adam).
Polytrichum alpinum L. Hills between Eddleston and Moorfoot
Water, March 1904.
P. formosum Hedw. Darnhall, Eddleston, Nov. 1916.
Pleuridium axillare Lindb. Portmore Loch, Oct. 1905.
Dicranella rufescens Schp. Portmore Loch, very abundant and fine,
Oct. 1914. D. varia Schp. Medwyn Water, Aug. 1904.
Campylopus pyriformis Brid. This and C. flecuosus Brid. on moor
south of Leadburn, May 1902.
Dicranum Bonjeani De Not. Between Dolphinton Station and West
Linton, Aug. 1903; Darnhall.
D. majus Turn. Macbiehill ; Cowie’s Linn, near Eddleston, April 1902.
Leucobryum glaucum Schp. Moor between Redfordhill and Cowie’s
Linn, April 1902 ; etc.
Grimmia trichophylla Grev. Whitfield, near Macbiehill, Feb. 1896.
Phascum cuspidatum Schreb. Fields at Macbiehill.
Tortula ruralis Ehrh. Old wall near Eddleston, Sept. 1904;
Traquair, May 1917 ; near Broughton (J. Murray).
142 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. Lxxx1
Barbula fallax Hedw. Near Cowie’s Linn; Fairliehope, Carlops.
B. spadicea Mitt. Medwyn Water, Aug. 1904.
B. vinealis Brid. Wall west of Carlops, May 1902 ; Eddleston.
Orthotrichum anomalum Hedw., near var. sazatile Milde, “but not
quite” (Dixon). On wall west of Carlops, May 1902.
O. diaphanum Schrad. Near Broughton (J. Murray) ; Darnhall.
Splachnum sphaericum Linn. fil. Millstone-rig, Pentlands, Aug., and
moss south of Leadburn, Sept. 1904.
Tetraplodon mnioides B. & 8. Near source of the Medwyn, Peebles-
shire side of co. boundary, July 1872. See Trans. Bot. Soc., xi, 456.
Funaria hygrometrica Sibth. Macbiehill ; Cowie’s Linn ; etc.
Philonotis calearea Schp. Near West Linton, Aug. 1903. .
Bryum argenteum L. Eddleston ; Innerleithen, eae May 1917.
B. roseum Schreb. Grassy bank at Innerleithen, Jan. 1897.
Mnium rostratum Schrad. Cowie’s Linn, April 1902.
M. serratum Schrad. Cowie’s Linn, April 1902; North Esk above
- Carlops, May 1902.
M. stellare Reich. Near Eddleston, 1915 (J. C. Adam).
M.subglobosum B. & S. Near West Linton, Aug. 1903. Probably
this species, but no capsules were seen.
Fontinalis antipyretica L., var. gracilis Schp. Eddleston Water
above Earlyvale, Oct. 1914.
Homalia trichomanoides B. & S. Macbiehill; Cowie’s Linn;
Darnhall.
Pterygophyllum lucens Brid. Near Carlops, 1902.
Leucodon sciuroides Schwaeg. Portmore, May 1902; Darnhall,
Nov. 1916.
Pylaisia polyantha B. & S. Macbiehill, on trees, chiefly elm, Nov.
1873 and Feb. 1874, and on gooseberry bushes in garden, March
1875, etc. ; Portmore, on old hawthorn, 17th May 1902 ; all c. fr.
Camptothecium lutescens B. & S. Near Cowie’s Linn, April 1902.
C. nitens Schp. Between Dolphinton Station and West Linton,
Aug. 1903 and June 1904.
Brachythecium albicans B. & S. Lee Pen, Innerleithen, c. fr., Jan.
1897 ; near Cowie’s Linn, April 1902.
Eurhynchium confertum Milde. Near Eddleston, April 1902.
Plagiothecium sylvaticum B.& 8S. Cowie’s Linn, April 1902.
1916-17.]| | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 143
Amblystegium serpens B.&S. Macbiehill; Cowie’s Linn; Darnhall.
A. irriguum B. & S. Rocks on both sides of the North Esk behind
Carlops, May 1902. (Determined by Dixon.)
Hypnum fluitans L. Harlaw Moor west of Auchencorth, Oct. 1906.
H. commutatum Hedw. Near Innerleithen ; Cowie’s Linn.
H. cupressiforme L., var.ericetorum B.& 8. Innerleithen ; Darnhall.
H. molluscum Hedw., var. condensatum Schp. Cowie’s Linn.
(Named by Dixon.) ;
H. palustre Huds. North Esk above Carlops; Cowie’s Linn.
H. stramineum Dicks. Medwyn Water, Aug. 1904; Harlaw Moor.
H. cordifolium Hedw. Wet meadow at Netherurd, July 191v.
H. giganteum Schp.. Near Broughton (J. Murray); North Esk
Reservoir above Carlops, Oct. 1914. I have a note of having seen
a specimen many years ago from the head of Medwyn Water.
‘
(6) Localities for some of the less common species recorded for the
county in the Census Cat, :—
Oligotrichum hercynicum Lam. (incuwrvwm Lindb.). Pentlands beside
road west of North Esk Reservoir, Aug. 1904; Darnhall, Eddle-
ston, Nov. 1916. Barren in both instances.
Polytrichum nanum Neck. Leithen Water, near Innerleithen,
Jan. 1897.
Diphyscium foliosum Mohr. Near Broughton (J. Murray).
Cynodontium Bruntoni B. & 8. Cowie’s Linn, April 1902.
Dicranella squarrosa Schp. Leithen Water, c. fr., Jan. 1897.
Dicranodontium longirostre B. & S. Near Broughton (J. M.).
Dicranum fuscescens Turn. Lee Pen, Innerleithen, Jan. 1897.
Grimmia Doniana Sm. On rocks and ‘“‘drystone” walls, Innerleithen
Hills, Cowie’s Linn, ete.
Rhacomitrium protensum Braun. Near Broughton (J. M.).
Tortula laevipila Schwaeg. Broughton (J. M.); Lamancha; Darnhall ;
Traquair,
Barbula rigidula Mitt. Near Broughton (J. M.).
Leptodontium flexifolium Hampe. South of Leadburn, April 1902 ;
in fruit on hills between Eddleston and Moorfoot Water, March
1904.
Weisia rupestris C. M. Cowie’s Linn, April 1902.
144 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LxxxI
Cinclidotus fontinaloides P. Beauv. Near Broughton (J. M.).
Encalypta streptocarpa Hedw. Broughton (J. M.); wall at Carlops.
Zygodon viridissimus R. Br. Lamancha, April 1902; Darnhall. Z
Mougeotw and T. tortwosum, Medwyn Water.
Orthotrichum leiocarpum B.& 8. Near Broughton (J. M.).
O. Lyellii H. & T. Lamancha; Darnhall; Traquair.
0. rivulare Turn. Near Broughton (J. M.).
O. stramineum Hornsch. Near Brousheen (J. M.).
O. pulchellum Smith. Romanno Hill, Dec. 1872 (a fine specimen
collected by my father); Portmore, May 1902.
Funaria ericetorum Dixon. On sides of surface drain on hillside,
Leithen Water, Jan. 1897 ; near Broughton (J. M.).
Bartramia ithyphylla Brid. Cowie’s Linn ; Carlops.
Breutelia arcuata Schp. Cowie’s Linn ; Harlaw Moor.
Plagiobryum Zierii Lindb. Near Broughton (J. M.).
Bryum filiforme Dicks. Fairliehope, near Carlops, Aug. 1904. 3
Antitrichia curtipendula Brid. On old ash, Macbiehill, c. fr., July
1873,1 and March 1875 ; Broughton (J. M.).
Heteracladium heteropterum B. & S. Cowie’s Linn, 1902.
Brachythecium rivulare B. & S. Valley of Leithen Water in two
places.
Eurhynchium piliferum B. & S. Broughton (J.M. ); Darnhall.
Amblystegium fluviatile B. & S.,and A. filicinum De Not. Near
Broughton (J. M.). The latter also near Eddleston.
Hypnum falcatum Brid. Fairliehope, near Carlops.
H. Patientiae Lindb. Broughton (J. M.); roadside Harlaw Moor.
H. crista-castrensis L. Moor wood, Macbiehill, abundant, fruiting,
Aug. 1872, May 1875, etc.
H. eugyrium Schp. Near Broughton (J. M.).
The following, and many other commoner species were collected at
and near Cowie’s Linn in April 1902 :—Grimmia apocarpa var. rivularis.
Porotrichum alopecurum Mitt.; Brachythecium plumosum B. & &.;
Eurhynchium Swartzii Hobk.; Hypnum stellatum Schreb.; 4H.
uncinatum Hedw.; H. ochracewm Turn.; and H. lorewm B. & S.
! This was recorded by me in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin., xi, p. 520.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 145
Co. 82, Happinaton.
(a) Additions to the Census list. Some of these are mentioned
in Mr, M‘Andrew’s paper (loc. cit.), but without localities: those in
which he gives the localities are not repeated here. Rhacomitrium
protensum (‘Traprain Law, Sept. 1908) occurred in a single patch about a
foot square. Besides the locality given by Mr. M‘Andrew for Zygodon
Mougeotw, I have found it at Hailes, East Linton. The Sphagna, with
the exception of S. sqguarroswm, were named “on the two systems” by
Mr. Wm. Ingham, York :—
Sphagnum papillosum Lindb. var. confertum Lindb. Dunbar
Common, Lammermuir Hills, 10th Oct. 1908.
S. rigidum Schp., var. compactum Schp.(=S. compactum De C., var.
imbricatum Warnst.). Dunbar Common, Lammermuirs, Oct. 1908.
S. squarrosum Pers. Lammermuirs above Deuchrie, June 1914,
S. acutifolium Ehrh., var. subnitens Dixon (=S. swbnitens Russ. &
Warnst. var. virescens Warnst.). Dunbar Common, Lammermuirs,
Oct. 1908.
S. acutifolium Ehrh., var. rubellum Russ. (=S. rubellwm Wils., var.
versicolor Warnst.). Dunbar Common, Lammermuirs, Oct. 1908.
8. cuspidatum Ehrh., var. submersum Schp. Dunbar Common,
Lammermuirs, Oct. 1908.
Andreaea petrophila Ehrh. Traprain Law, Sept. 1908.
Polytrichum urnigerum L. Near Castle Moffat, Lammermuirs,
Oct. 1908.
P. formosum Hedw. Garleton Hills, Sept. 1908; Castle Moffat.
Archidium alternifolium Schp. On side of ditch, Ormiston Hall,
March 1902.
Pleuridium subulatum Rabenh. Near Oldhamstocks, April 1902.
Dicranella Schreberi Schp. In surface drains on the Lammermuirs
above Blegbie, 28th June 1913.
D. squarrosa Schp. Lammermuirs above Deuchrie, Oct. 1908.
Campylopus flexuosus Brid. Lammermuirs above Castle Moffat,
Oct. 1908.
Dicranum scoparium Hedw., var. spadiceum Boul. Garleton Hills,
Sept. 1908.
Fissidens crassipes Wils. Wet rocks, river Tyne, East Linton, Sept.
1908. Identification confirmed by Mr. Dixon.
Tortula aloides De Not. Sea-braes near Skateraw, Feb. 1913.
Weisia verticillata Brid. Dunglass Dean, April 1902; coast east of
Gullane, Oct. 1904.
146 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXXXI
Cinclidotus fontinaloides P. Beauv. Tyne at East Linton, Sept.
1908.
Orthotrichum pulchellum Smith. Ormiston Hall, March 1902.
Leptobryum pyriforme Wils. East Linton, in garden, May 1875;
east side of Aberlady Bay, abundant, July 1898.
[Webera annotina Schwaeg. Mr. M‘Andrew credits me with adding
this species to the Haddingtonshire list, but I have no note of ever
having gathered it in the county. ]
W. carnea Schp.—Left bank of Tyne above Hailes Castle, in fine
fructification, April 1913.
Bryum pseudo-triquetrum Schw., var. compactum B.& 8. Specimen
from Dirleton Links, Aug. 1897, was named by Mr. Dixon as this
variety ‘“ probably.”
Hypnum Wilsori Schp. In old curling pond, Luffness Links,
7th Nov. 1908 (W. Edgar Evans and W. E.). Identification con-
firmed by Mr. Dixon.
H. fluitans L. Lammermuirs, on Dunbar Common, Oct. 1908, and
above Blegbie, June 1913.
H. cupressiforme L., var. elatum B. & 8. Dirleton sandhills, Jan.
~ 1897.
H. Patientiae Lindb. Roadside at Boltonmoor, March 1904; near Castle
Moffat, Oct. 1908.
H. stramineum Dicks. Dunbar Common, Lammermuirs, Oct. 1908.
(b) Localities for some of the species recorded for the county in the
Census Cat. :—
Polytrichum gracile Dicks. Boltonmoor, May 1910.
Ditrichum homomallum Hampe. Ormiston Hall Woods, March 1902 ;
near Castle Moffat, Oct. 1908; Binning Wood, Tyninghame, May
Eee
Cynodontium Bruntoni b.& S. Garleton Hills, c. fr., Sept. 1908.
Dichodontium pellucidum Schp. Lammer Law, Oct. 1902; Banks
of Gifford Water, Yester, Jan. 1904. °
Dicranella varia Schp. Ormiston Hall Woods, March 1902.
Dicranoweisia cirrata Lindb. Garleton Hills, Sept. 1908.
Campylopus pyriformis Brid. Garleton Hills, Sept. 1908.
C. fragilis B. & S. Gifford, Oct. 1916.
Dicranum Bonjeani De Not. Dirleton Common, Aug. 1897;
Garleton Hills; Lammermuirs above Yester.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 147
D. majus Turn. Ormiston Hall, March 1902; Boltonmoor Wood,
Aug. 1909.
Leucobryum glaucum Schp. Occurs not only on the Lammermuirs,
where it is common, but also close to the sea in Tyninghame fir-
woods (Aug. 1914).
Fissidens pusillus Wils. Dunglass Dean (west side), April 1902.
F. osmundoides Hedw. Traprain Law, c. fr., Sept. 1908.
Pottia Heimii Fiirnr. Lutfness Links, Aug. 1898.
Tortula rigida Schrad. Wall-top near Tranent, 1844 (specimen from
my father’s collection).
T. mutica Lindb. On old stump by the Tyne at Haddington, Oct.
1906.
T. laevipila Schwaeg. Eaglescairnie, April 1905; Yester; Ormiston; ete.
T. intermedia Berk.—Dirleton Links, on rock, Aug. 1898; Longniddry,
Feb. 1901 ; wall at Amisfield, Haddington, Sept. 1908.
T. ruralis Ehrh. Dirleton, Aug. 1897; Pressmennan, on roof of boat-
house. The sub-species, T. ruraliformis, is very common on the
sand-dunes between North Berwick and Longniddry.
T. papillosa Wils. Eaglescairnie, on old tree, April 1905 ; Spott, near
Dunbar, on sandstone rock, Noy. 1913.
Barbula tophacea Mitt. Sides of ditch on Gullane Links; Dun-
glass Dean.
B. cylindrica Schp. Humbie Water, May 1903; Saltoun, Dec. 1906.
B. fallax also at Saltoun, ete.
B. vinealis Brid. On wall at Prestonpans, June 1916,
B. convoluta Hedw. Old road, Boltonmoor, March 1904; Gullane
Hill, Dec. 1906.
Weisia curvirostris C. M. Near the waterfall at Billsdean, E.
Lothian (J. Hardy, Moss Fl. East. Borders, 1868). This is the
Census Cat. record.
Encalypta vulgaris Hedw. Prestonpans; old quarry near Gullane,
1916 (J. C. Adam).
E. streptocarpa Hedw. Near Saltoun Hall, on old wall, abundant,
Dec. 1906.
Zygodon viridissimus R. Br. Yester, Jan. 1902; Eaglescairnie ;
Luffness,
Ulota crispa Brid. Boltonmoor Wood, ec. fr., on oak, March 1904.
U. Bruchit I have also gathered in this locality, and in a good
many others in the county.
148 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. Lxxx1
U. phyllantha Brid. Boltonmoor Wood, on oaks, March 1904.
Orthotrichum rupestre Schleich. North Berwick Law, Aug. 1897 ;
Hailes, near East Linton, Sept. 1908.
O. leiocarpum B. & 8. Saltoun, May 1904. The 82 records for this
species and O. cupulatum are based, I understand, on specimens from
Dirleton, in the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
O. Lyellii H.& T. Yester; Eaglescairnie ; West Saltoun.
O. diaphanum Schrad. On ash, West Saltoun, Dec. 1906; on wall,
Luffness ; on elder, Seacliff and Port Seton.
Physcomitrium pyriforme Brid. Gosford, May 1890; left bank of
Tyne above Hailes Castle, April 1913.
Amblyodon dealbatus P. Beauv. Luffness and Gullane Links on
many occasions; particularly plentiful in June 1909. Meesia
trichoides is now very rare in this station; I last saw it there in
May 1909.
Aulacomnium palustre Schwaeg. Luffness Marsh ; Dunbar Common,
Lammermuirs.
Catoscopium nigritum Brid. Gullane Links, large fruiting patches
in July 1897 and June 1909; the best spots for it have, however,
now been destroyed by the extension of the golf course on the hill.
Gullane Links has long been known as a locality for this interest-
ing plant ; I find it noted by my father in 1846, and it is mentioned
in Stark’s little book on British Mosses
Philonotis calcarea Schp. Luffness Marsh, male “ flowers” abundant,
but only a few capsules, July 1898.
Webera cruda Schwaeg. Garleton Hills and Traprain Law.
W. albicans Schp. Deuchrie at foot of Lammermuirs.
Bryum Warneum Bland. Gullane Links, July 1897. Specimens
with capsules in good state for examination were determined for
me by Mr. Dixon.
B. calophyllum R. Br. Gullane Links, July 1897, barren (H. N.
Dixon, who kindly gave me a specimen), and Nov. 1908.
B. uliginosum B. & S. In damp hollow, Dirleton Links, 11th Aug.
1897. Identified for me by Mr. Dixon. B. pendulum and B.
anclinatum are both common on the Gullane, etc., Links.
B. pallens Sw. . Oldhamstocks, April 1902.
Mnium cuspidatum Hedw. Dirleton Common, Jan. 1897; a small
patch coming into fruit.
M. rostratum Schrad. Ormiston Hall; Saltoun ; Yester; Dunglass.
Cryphaea heteromalla Mohr. The only East Lothian record I know
of is that by J. Hardy from Dunglass Pond (Moss Fl. East.
Bord., 1868).
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 149
Leucodon sciuroides Schwaeg. On rocks at Hailes, near East Linton,
Sept. 1908 and other dates ; Yester, on poplar, Jan. 1904.
Pterogonium gracile Swartz. Rocks at Hailes, on several occasions.
Antitrichia curtipendula Brid. On an old tree, Yester, Aug. 1902.
Porotrichum alopecurum Mitt. Oldhamstocks Burn ; Ruchlaw.
Climacium dendroides W.& M. Gullane Links ; Lammermuirs above
Castle Moffat, ete.
Camptothecium lutescens B. & S. Dirleton Common, Jan. 1897 ;
Gullane Links, Oct. 1905.
Brachythecium glareosum B. & S. East of Port Seton (from
J. M‘Andrew, Nov. 1906). B. albicans, common on coast dunes.
B. rivulare B. & 8. Above Castie Moffat, Oct. 1908.
Eurhynchium piliferum B. & 8. Ormiston Hall Woods, March 1902.
E, striatum, E. myosuroides, and B, populewm were also collected at
same time.
E. Swartzii Hobk. Dirleton Common; Humbie.
E. tenellum Milde. Shaded wall east of Port Seton, May 1907.
Plagiothecium elegans Sull. Ormiston Hall Woods; Dunglass Dean ;
Garleton Hills.
Amblystegium Juratzkanum Schp. On sand-covered stem of saugh
growing over the Birns Water, near Humbie Station, May 1903 ;
also, though not quite typical, on similar habitat near Drem,
Dec. 1904. Specimens from both localities were determined by
Mr. Dixon.
A. filicinum De Not. Castle Moffat ; West Saltoun ; sea-braes near
Skateraw.
Hypnum stellatum Schreb. Luffness Marsh ; Skateraw ; ete.
H. chrysophyllum Brid. Gullane Links, Nov. 1908.
H. uncinatum Hedw. Traprain Law ; Upper Bolton.
H. faleatum Brid. Lutfness Marsh ; sea-braes near Skateraw.
Hylocomium loreum B. & S. In fine “fruit,” Boltonmoor Wood
March 1904 ; alsu at Yester, Castle Moffat, Garleton Hills, ete.
Co. 88, EDINBURGH.
Greville, Sadler, and others have provided records for a very compre-
hensive list of the Mosses of this county, the vicinity of Edinburgh
having long been a happy hunting-ground for local botanists interested
in this section of our flora. My own interest in the subject began in
1868 when, with Greville’s Flora Edinensis as my reference book, I
explored the valley of the Esk about Penicuik and the recesses of the
Pentland Hills, including the “cryptogamic garden” above the waterfall
at Nether Habbie’s Howe. Since then the Mosses of the district have
150 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. Lxxx1
again and again claimed my attention, leading to the frequent repetition
of these health-giving and inspiring rambles. The result of all this has
been the accumulation of a large amount of material bearing on the
distribution of the various species in the county, and the changes in
their status which time has brought about. For its proper treatment,
however, this pile of data would require a separate paper, and in the
present communication only a selection of the more outstanding of my
records are given.
(a) Additions to the Census Cat. list :—
Polytrichum strictum Banks. Moss west of Ravelrig, Balerno,
May 1909, In October of same year it was found on Bavelaw Moss
by Mr. M‘Andrew (loc. cit.) “ Pentlands” is given as a locality for
it in Balfour and Sadler’s Flora of Edinburgh.
Dicranella heteromalla, var. orthocarpa Hedw., “or very near it”
(Dixon). Ravelrig, near Balerno, April 1898.
Campylopus flexuosus, var. paradoxus Husn., “or very near it”
(Dixon). Moss west of Ravelrig, April 1898.
Trichostomum tortuosum. var. fragilifolium Dixon. Torduff, Pent-
lands, March 1898. Determined by Mr. Dixon.
Orthotrichum affine, var. fastigiatum Hiibn. On wall, Fairmilehead,
June 1897. ;
Physcomitrella patens B. & S. This little moss was abundant at the
upper end of Torduff Reservoir and also at Clubbiedean Reservoir,
Pentlands, in Oct. 1908—as recorded by my son, W. Edgar Evans,
in Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. for 1909, p. 55—and on other occasions.
Webera proligera Bryhn. I have seen a specimen from Roslin Glen,
taken by Mr. J. C. Adam in 1916. :
Cryphaea heteromalla Mohr. This curious moss is not given for
Co. 83 in the Census Catalogue. I may therefore point out that
in Balfour and Sadler’s Flora of Edinburgh (1863, and 2nd ed.
1871) Dalkeith is given as a locality for it.
(b) Localities for some of the better species in the Census Cat.
list. Many are additions to the list in Balfour and Sadler’s Flora of
Edinburgh :—
Sphagnum Austini Sull. Auchencorth Moss, 24th May 1902.
Polytrichum gracile Dicks. Kirknewton; Ravelrigand Auchencorth
Mosses ; ete. P. formoswm, Ravensnook, Dreghorn, Polton, ete.
Archidium alternifolium Schp. Side of Bonaly Reservoir, April
1898 ; Harelaw Dam; Glencorse and Cobbinshaw Reservoirs.
Swartzia montana Lindb. On old wall, Balerno, 7th March 1894.
Seligeria Doniana C. M. On sandstone rocks, Dryden (Bilston) Glen,
near Roslin, 4th April 1902.
Brachyodus trichodes Fiirnr. On sandstone by side of rill at the
wood skirting the moor above Currie, 15th March 1904.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 151
Dicranella cerviculata Schp. Moor east of Cobbinshaw, abundant,
Aug. 1904; south side of the Almond, Craigiehall, Dec. 1904.
D. secunda Lindb. On old cart-track, Threipmuir Reservoir, May
1898 ; edge of Bavelaw Moss, June 1901
D. Schreberi Schp. Allermuir Glen, Pentlands, March, and V. elata,
Ravensnook, near Penicuik, May 1902. Briech Burn, given in
Balfour and Sadler’s Flora of Edinburgh as a locality for this species,
leaves the county— Midlothian or Linlithgow—uncertain.
Campylus fragilis B. & S. Water of Leith below Harperrig, Nov.
1897 ; Torduff, Pentlands, March 1898; Caerketton, Pentlands,
April 1909 (W. Edgar Evans).
Dicranum Bonjeani De Not. I have only once found capsules of this
common moss in this district, namely, at the upper pond, Penicuik
House, in May 1871. WD. fuscescens, Caerketton, etc.
D. strictum Schleich. On sycamores, oaks, ete., in Roslin, Hawthorn-
den, and Dryden Woods on many occasions since I first added it to
the Scottish list from Roslin Glen in April 1898 (see Ann. Scot.
Nat. Hist., 1902, p. 191). Pomathorn Dean.
Fissidens exilis Hedw. South bank of Water of Leith, Redhall,
Colinton, abundant, Feb. 1897; Dreghorn, March 1897.
F. pusillus Wils. Vogrie Glen, on sandstone rock, abundant, Feb.
1897 ; Bilston Glen, April 1902 ; on sandstone wall, near Balerno,
Oct. 1908 (W. E. Evans).
F. decipiens De Not. In April 1897 I got a Fissidens at Nether
Habhie’s Howe, Pentlands, which Mr. Dixon determined as this
species. Localities for F’. osmundoides are Moorfoot Water, March
1904, and Dalmahoy Hill, May 1907.
Grimmia Stirtoni Schp. On low rocks, Boghall, Pentlands, March
1902.
G. ovata Schwaeg. Rocks on Braid Hills, in fine fructification, Feb.
1869 and Dec. 1908. In June 1871 I gathered on Arthut’s Seat
most of the rare Grimmias that had been recorded therefrom, and
some of them were still in evidence in March 1902; but it is
doubtful if any now remain.
Pottia recta Mitt. In flower-pot in greenhouse, Morningside Park,
Edinburgh, Sept. 1904.
P. intermedia Fiirnr. Wall top beyond Liberton, Dec. 1878.
P. minutula Fiirnr. Near Currie, Feb. 1897. P. lanceolata used to be
common on an earth-capped wail at Craiglockhart, and was very fine
on an old wall near Craigmillar in the spring of 1904.
Tortula pusilla Mitt. Roadside at Fordel, near Prestonhall, abundant,
Jan. 1915. This and 7. rigida used also to occur commonly on
earth-capped walls at Craiglockhart now taken down or destroyed.
My latest date for them there is April 1909.
152 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxxI
T. ambigua Angstr. South side of glen at Roslin, Oct. 1897; in old
quarries at Blackford Hill and Craigmillar. T. alotdes, in old lime-
stone quarry at Gilmerton, March 1902.
T. mutica Lindb. On old saugh, river Esk at Inveresk, Feb. 1903.
T. intermedia Berk. On rocky ground, Braid Hills, May 1877.
T. ruraliformis has been found at Levenhall Links, Musselburgh ;
T. laevipila on old sycamores at Arniston, Woodhouselee, ete. ;
T. princeps on wall at Craiglockhart, March 1877, and Nether
Habbie’s Howe, April 1897 ; 7. papillosa on rocks on Braid Hills,
April 1905.
Barbula spadicea Mitt. Torduff, April 1898; Cramond. B. rigidula,
Kirknewton, Swanston, etc. B. lurida, Gilmerton, 1902.
B. cylindrica Schp. Ravelrig, Balerno, c. fr., April 1898 ; Edgelaw
Glen, on wet rock, June 1902 ; on old wall near Dalkeith, abundant
and fruiting freely, April 1905. The subspecies B. vinealis has for
many years grown in profusion on a wall at Balerno.
B. convoluta Hedw. Side of Bonaly Reservoir, April 1898.
Leptodontium fiexifolium Hampe. Caerketton (south side) and
Bonaly Hill, Pentlands.
Weisia tenuis C. M. On sandstone rocks, right bank of Almond
below Cramond, Feb. 1905, and Bilston Glen, April 1909.
- W. mucronata was common in an old quarry at Ravelston in Feb.
1904. W. verticillata, Currie, June 1856 (Balfour’s Excursions) ;
near Cramond, Dec. 1903.
Cinclidotus fontinaloides P. Beauv. Almond below Cramond Brig,
March 1902 ; Glencorse Reservoir, Dec. 1904.
Encalypta vulgaris Hedw. In 1824 Greville wrote of this: “extremely
abundant on the mud-capped walls by the roadsides round Edin-
burgh,” and it was still common thirty to forty years ago ; now that
these walls are practically a thing of the past, I seldom see it.
Fairmilehead and Crichton, 1897; Ratho; Little France, 1905 ;
Craiglockhart, 1909. HE. streptocarpa has, on the other hand, become
much more plentiful. Greville gave only rocks, Pentland Hills
and west side of Arthur’s Seat, for it ; now it is abundant on shady
stone-and-lime walls at Gilmerton, Penicuik, Vogrie, Balerno,
Dalmahoy, etc., but never seems to produce capsules. . ctlzata still
occurs at Nether Habbie’s Howe, but in greatly reduced quantity ;
and this also applies to most of the other good mosses found there.
E. ciliata and some others were still in Bunaly Glen less that twenty
years ago.
Zygodon Stirtoni Schp. Rocks in Craiglockhart Wood, ¢. fr., March
1902. Z., Mougeotit occurred in Moorfoot Glen (along with Andreaea
petrophila, Weisia rupestris, etc.) in March 1904; and near Nine-
Mile Burn in May 1902. Localities for Z. viridissimus are Penicuik,
Newhall, Arniston, Craigmillar, etc.
Ulota Drummondii Brid. On ash and hazel, Edgelaw Reservoir, June
1902, along with U. crispa, var. intermedia. U. phyllantha Brid.,
on boulder east of Cramond, May 1902. U. Bruchii is our com-
monest species of the genus.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 158
Orthotrichum stramineum Hornsch. Little Vantage, Penicuik,
Polton. 0. Lyelli, Penicuik, Arniston, Heriot, ete. O. diaphanum,
Braid Hills, Craigmillar, Ravensnook. 0. pulchellum, Penicuik,
Edgelaw. 0. leiocarpum, Penicuik, Arniston.
Splachnum sphaericum Linn. fil. Bavelaw Moss, April 1878, etc. ;
Bonaly Hill, Currie Moor, Swanston Hill, etc.; East Cairn Hill,
Sept. 1905. I have a specimen of S. ampullacewm from Ravelrig
bog, collected by my father in July 1847.
Tetraplodon mnioides B.& 8. Ridge between Scaldlaw and South
Black Hill, Pentlands, 23rd May 1891 (see Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist.,
1894, p. 187), and once since ; Bavelaw Moss, June 1895 and 1897.
Funaria ericetorum Dixon. On side of surface-drain, Allermuir Glen,
Pentlands, March 1902. From Mr. M‘Andrew I understand that
F. Templetont was erroneously given for Co. 83 in the Census Cat.
owing to a mistake regarding the locality.
Aulacomnium androgynum Schwaeg. Arniston Woods, June 1848
(from my father’s collection) and Oct. 1902; in small ravine near
Nether Habbie’s Howe, Pentland Hills, May 1868 (W. E. in Trans.
Bot. Soc. Edin., xi, p. 456) ; near Auchendinny (J. M‘A.),
Bartramia ithyphylla Brid. Nether Habbie’s Howe, April 1897 ;
Heriot, May 1901 ; Moorfoot Water, March 1904.
Philonotis calcarea Schp. Fullarton Water, Nov. 1897; Pentlands
above Bonaly, July 1898; Polton, May 1904.
Orthodontium gracile Schwaeg. Several places in Roslin Glen, March
1900, ete. First recorded from this locality by Messrs. Scott and
Murray in 1898 (Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. and Trans. Edin. Field
Nat. Soc.).
Webera commutata Schp. On old cart-track, Threipmuir Reser-
voir, May 1898. Mr. M*Andrew gave me Fountainhall Quarry,
Ravelston, Aprii 1904, as a locality for W. annotina. I have
W. albicans from Penicuik, Arniston, Roslin, Bunaly Hill, ete. ;
and W. carnea from Penicuik, Polton, and Dalhousie.
Plagiobryum Zierii Lindb. Still exists at Nether Habbie’s Howe:
ravine west of Swanston, Feb. 1898.
Bryum filiforme Dicks. Moorfoot Water, March, and Bonaly Gien,
Oct. 1904. Localities for B. pallens are Penicuik, Loganlee ;
Polton, Moorfoot Water, and Harburn ; and for B. bimuwm, Aller-
muir Burn, Pentlands, Dec. 1900 ; Bonaly Glen, Oct. 1904.
B. intermedium Brid. South bank of Esk at Roslin, Oct. 1897.
B. alpinum Huds. Roadside west of Balerno, March 1894, etc. ; Dal-
mahoy Hills, April 1899 ; Nether Habbie’s Howe, April 1902.
B. roseum Schreb. Penicuik Woods, Nov. 1868 ; Craiglockhart, March
1902; Arniston, Oct. 1905. d
Mnium affine Bland. At foot of wall, Morton, March 1898.
M. Stellare Reich. Craiglockhart Wood, March 1902.
154 TRANSACTIONS OF THE _ [Sess uxxx1
M. subglobosum B. & 8. Pentlands west of Swanston, in fine fruit,
Ist Jan. 1897, etc. ; Bonaly Hill and Dalmahoy Wood, 1898 ; head
of Logan Water, April 1902.
Fontinalis antipyretica L., var. gracilis Schp. Gutterford Burn,
Pentlands, Oct. 1905.
Neckera crispa Hedw. I fear this fine moss no longer grows at Nether
Habbie’s Howe; my last date for it there is April 1902. In 1899
there was still a very little of it in Bonaly Glen.
Pterygophyllum lucens Brid. Penicuik and Dryden Woods ; Fullarton
Water ; etc.
Leucodon sciuroides Schwaeg. Arthur’s Seat, June 1871 ; Blackford
Hill ; Arniston and Rosebery ; Craiglockhart ; Craigmillar.
Pterogonium gracile Swartz. Blackford Hill, last seen in 1900;
Braid Hills ; Craiglockhart, March 1902. So long ago as 1792 it
was recorded from Arthur’s Seat by Lightfoot,
Antitrichia curtipendula Brid. Penicuik, on an old sycamore, c. fr.,
1869, etc. On revisiting this locality about twenty years ago, I
found tbe tree gone.
Leskea polycarpa Ehrh. On willows and stones, Glencorse Reservoir,
Dec. 1904, ete.
Anomodon viticulosus H.& T. Still exists, or did so a few years ago,
at Craigmillar Castle and Craiglockhart.
- Heterocladium heteropterum B.&S. Roslin Glen, March 1900 ; var.
fallax, Bilston Glen, Feb. 1903.
Orthothecium intricatum B. & 8. Still at Nether Habbie’s Howe ;
Torduff, last seen March 1902; foot of Glencorse Reservoir,
Sept. 1901.
Camptothecium nitens Schp. Fullarton Water, above Edgelaw,
21st April 1870; near head of Logan Water, Pentlands, Nov. 1903,
etc. ; north side of Carnethy, Oct. 1904. Records for C. lutescens,
B. & §., are Vogrie Glen, in profusion and fruiting abundantly,
Feb., Bonaly Hill, March, and Fullarton lime-quarries, Nov. 1897;
Gilmerton, March 1902.
Brachythecium salebrosum B. & 8., var. palustre Schp. Ditch by side
of Threipmuir Reservoir, c. fr., Dec. 1899.
B rivulare B. & S. Bonaly Glen, June, and Fullarton Water,
Oct. 1898; side of Carnethy, Oct. 1904; well-head, Allermuir
Burn, April 1909.
Eurhynchium crassinervium B. & S. Braid Hermitage; Craig-
lockhart Hill Wood, June 1902. E. Swartzii Hobk., Craigmillar,
and near Loanhead, Jan. 1897. EH. murale Milde, wall at Braid-
burn, but disappeared a good many years ago; Gilmerton Quarry ;
Dalkeith, April 1905. E. tenellum, Craiglockhart, 1902.
Plagiothecium depressum Dixon. Bilston’Glen, April 1902. P. elegans
Sull., Polton Woods, April 1898, etc. ; Penicuik Woods, May 1911;
Caerketton.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 155
Amblystegium irriguum B. & S. East bank of Esk at Carlops,
May 1902. A. fluviatile B. & S., Water of Leith near Donaldson’s
Hospital. A. filicinwm De Not., Dalhousie Burn ; Allermuir Burn ;
Bush, near Roslin.
Hypnum stellatum Schreb. Pentlands, ec. fr., April 1868 ; Pomathorn
Moor, c. fr., May 1869, ete. ; var. protenswm, walls near Kirknewton,
_ ete. ; Gilmerton Quarry, March 1902.
H. chrysophyllum Brid. Allermuir Glen, Pentlands, Dec. 1900.
H. fluitans L. Auchencorth Moss, in fine fruit, June 1885 ; Castle Law,
Pentlands, etc. H. wncinatum, Corstorphine Hill ; Newpark, ete.
H. faleatum Brid. Bonaly Glen, June 1898, south side of Carnethy
and elsewhere on the Pentlands.
H. cupressiforme L., var. resupinatum Schp. Braid Hills, c. fr.,
May 1877; Craiglockhart Hill; Hawthornden. Var. ericetorum
B. & §. is common on the Pentlands.
H. Patientiae Lindb. Loganlee, Pentlands, 1897, etc. ; Harperrig,
Oct. 1905.
H. crista-castrensis L. Bavelaw fir-wood, May 1898, etc.
H. eugyrium Schp. Clubbiedean, March, and Nether Habbie’s Howe,
April 1897. H. ochracewm Turn. is common in the Logan Water,
Gutterford Burn, Crosswood Burn, ete., on the Pentlands,
H. scorpioides L. Pomathorn Moor, May 1869.
H. stramineum Dicks. Loganlee, Pentlands, c. fr., May 1869, ete. ;
Bavelaw Moss, Aug. 1898, etc. ; H. cordifoliwm Hedw., Dudding-
ston Loch, c. fr., April 1878; near Bavelaw ; Ravensnook.
My Co, 84 (Linlithgowshire) records, in so far as they are additions
or relate to the less common species, are, as previously mentioned,
incorporated in Mr, Adam’s list (antea, p. 128).
I have also a large number of records from Vice-Co. 85 (Fife with
Kinross) and Vice-Co. 87 (West Perth with Clackmannan), but these
are outside the scope of this paper. Allusion, however, may be made to
the occurrence of *Dicranella curvata Schp. in an old limestone quarry
on Bishop Hill, Lomonds, April 1904; of Andreaea alpina Smith,
* Hedwigia vmberbis Spruce, Grimmia decipiens Lindb., and *Trichostomum
mutabile Bruch, on the Ochils near Alva, May 1897; Rhabdoweisva
fuga« B.&S., Splachnum vasculosum L., Brywm Duvalw Voit, Orthotheciwm
rufescens B. & S. on south side and Oligotrichum hercynicum Lam. on
summit of Ben Cleuch, Ochils, May 1904 ; Diphysciwm folioswm Mohr,
Rhabdoweisia denticulata B. &S., Campylopus atrovirens De Not., Rhacomi-
trium protensum Braun, *bryum bimum Shreb. and Hypnum sarmentosum
Wahl. on Ochils behind Dollar, April 1897 ; *Camptotheciwm lutescens
B. & S. and EHurhynchiuwm crassinervium B. & 8S. behind Menstrie.
April 1909 ; and *Hypnum cordifoliwm Hedw., near Tullibody, May 1909,
Those marked * are additions to the Census lists. S. vaseuloswm, it
should be said, was recorded from King’s Seat Hill, Ochils, in July 1891
by Dr. Buchanan White (Proc. Perth. Soc. Nat. Sc., I, exxvi). For
some Isle of May records see Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin., xxiii, p. 348 and
XXIV, p. 91.
TRANS. BOT, SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVI. 12
156 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, Lxxx1
APPENDIX.
FuRTHER ADDITIONS TO THE SELKIRKSHIRE LiIsT.
Since the foregoing paper was drawn up I have collected the follow-
ing twelve additions to the Co. 79 list at Selkirk, namely :—
Ditrichum flexicaule Hampe. On calcareous bank at roadside south
of Selkirk,
Barbula rigidula Mitt. On old wall near Selkirk.
B. revoluta Brid. On wall close to Selkirk.
B. convoluta Hedw. Roadside near Selkirk.
Tortula laevipila Schwaeg. On elm near Selkirk.
Encalypta streptocarpa Hedw. On wall in Selkirk and on rocky
bank by roadside south of the town.
Orthotrichum stramineum Hornsch. On sycamore at roadside near
Selkirk.
Bryum argenteum L. Common on footpaths in Galashiels and
Selkirk and on field-path near the latter town.
Brachythecium glareosum B.& 8S. On calcareous bank at roadside
- south of Selkirk.
Eurhynchium Swartzii Hobk. In field near Selkirk.
Amblystegium filicinum De Not. In marshy ground beside pond
near Selkirk.
Hypnum falcatum Brid. In same locality as the last.
Specimens of these further additions have been submitted to Mr.
Meldrum.
In 1909 Mr. S. M. Macvicar collected a number of Mosses in the
upper part of Yarrow, among them being the following further addi-
tions to the county list :—Sphagnum rigidum Schp., 8. tntermedium
Hoffm., Andreaea petrophila Ehrh., A. Ruthii W. & M., Dichodontiwm
pellucidum Schp., Fissidens decipiens De Not., and Zygodon Mougeoti
B. & 8. (J. M‘Andrew, in lit., 12th July 1909).
Funaria ericetorum and Bryum filiforme were collected by me near
Selkirk, Aug. 1903, and at Crosscleuch Burn, near St. Mary’s Loch,
Aug. 1907 respectively, and are both included in the Census list.
It might have been thought that the romance of Yarrow would have
drawn more bryologists to explore its ‘‘ Braes” and “ Dowie Dens.”
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 157
RHODODENDRONS OF THE IRRORATUM SERIES. By
Professor BAYLEY BaLrour, F.R.S.
(Read 8th February 1917.)
The series of Rhododendrons which we may call Irroratum,
after the first described species included in it, has a wide
area of distribution in Yunnan, and to our present know-
ledge extends only into Eastern Upper Burma over the
Yunnan frontier. Its extreme limits in Yunnan as known
are Mengtsz in the south-east, Tengyueh in the west, Tseku
in the west-north-west, and the Chungtien plateau in the
east-north-west. Fourteen species of the series are known.
The following list gives their names, the distribution of each,
and the name of its discoverer :—
Fh. adenostemonum, S.E. Yunnan. N. of Mengtsz. 8500 ft.
Balf. f. et W. W. Sin. (Henry.)
Rh. agastum, Balf. f.et W. Yunnan. Shweli-Salween divide.
We W...Sm. 7000-9000 ft. (Forrest.)
Eh. anthosphaerum, E.N.W. Yunnan. Sungkwei pass. 10,000-
Diels. 11,000 ft. (Forrest.)
Eh. araiophyllum, Balf. W. Yunnan. Shweli-Salween divide.
f. et W. W. Sm. 9000-10,000 ft. (For-
rest.
Rh. ceracewm, Balf. f. W.N.W. Yunnan. Tseku. (Monbeig.)
et W. W. Sm.
Rh. eritimum, Balf. f. E.N.W. Yunnan. Chungtien plateau. 9000
et W. W. Sm. ft. (Forrest.)
Rh.gymnanthum, Diels) W.N.W. Yunnan. Tseku. 13,000 ft. (For-
rest.)
Rh. hylothreptum, Balf. E.N.W. Yunnan. Sungkwei pass. 11,000-
f. et W. W. Sm. 12,000 ft. (Forrest.)
Rh. trroratum, Franch. Mid. N.W. and Tali range to the Chung-
E.N.W.Yunnan. tien plateau. 9000-—
12,000 ft. (Delavay.)
Rh. lukiangense, Franch. W.N.W. Yunnan. Tseku. (Soulié.)
Rh. mengtszense, Balf.f. S.E. Yunnan. S.E. of Mengtsz. 7000 ft.
et W. W. Sm. (Henry.) ;
Rh. pogonostylum, Balf. S.E. Yunnan. N. of Mengtsz. 7000-
f.et W. W. Sm. 8500 ft. (Henry.)
Rh. spanotrichum, Balf. S.E. Yunnan. Fengchenlin Mts., S.W.
f. et W. W. Sm. of Mengtsz. 7500 ft.
(Henry.)
Rh. tanastylum, Balf.f. E. Upper Burma. Hpimaw. 9000~-10,000
et Ward. ft. (Ward.)
Two of these species are in cultivation—Rh. hylothreptum
and Rh. irroratum. A third plant belonging to the series
158 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LxxxI
was also in cultivation, and flowered at Kew in 1907, but
it has not yet been described.
The specimens of the series which I have had for
examination are far from complete. Of one only is there
certainly fruit. In only four species are the important
foliage-bud stage and the unfolding young leaves present.
I cannot hope in the circumstances to give an exhaustive
account of the species, but it may help the progress of
our knowledge if I state what I know of them, imperfect
though the statement must be.
The plants are shrubs or small trees reaching a height
at maximum of some 9 meters, with usually not very
thick terminal branchlets—sometimes these are quite thin
(Rh. araiophylluwm). The shoots after the juvenile stage
appear to be glabrous in most species and are commonly
so described, but in Rh. pogonostylum an indumentum
covers the one-year old stems. Glabrescent would be the
more correct term. The leaves with short petioles from
15-2 em. long (barely 1 em. Rh. eritimum, | em. only
Rh. araiophyllum) are lanceolate, oblanceolate or oblong,
have a cartilaginous margin flat or slightly recurved and
always more or less undulate, sometimes notched some-
times only asperate. The leaf apex in the lanceolate and
oblanceolate forms tapers to a longish point, in the oblong
forms (Rh. agastwm, Rh. eritimwm) is more or less suddenly
contracted into a beak-like extremity; the midrib runs
out in all to the end of the leaf and enlarges into a small
horny hydathodal tubercle which, conspicuous in young
leaves and forming a distinct mucro, is in the old leaves
overgrown as it were by the lamina and covered by
it. The base of the leaf is cuneate or narrowly obtuse
in the lanceolate forms, more broadly obtuse in the
oblong, quite rounded in Rh. pogonostylum. The upper
surface may be glaucous green (Rh. adenostemonwm, Rh.
gymnanthum, Rh. irroratum), more commonly an olive
green, sometimes showing a reddening along the course of
the midrib and primary veins (Rh. ceracewm); sometimes
in the older leaf becoming quite a dark brown (Rh.
adenostemonum). The under surface is more variable,
passing from glaucous (Rh. eritimwm) through straw-
coloured (Rh. pogonostylum, Rh. spanotrichwm) and fawn
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 159
(Rh. anthosphaerum, Rh. vrroratwm) to tawny shades (fh.
agastum, Rh. araiophyllum, Rh. ceracewm, Rh. hylo-
threptum, Rh. lukiangense, Rh. mengtszense, Rh. tana-
stylwm) to cimnamon (Rh. adenostemonum). Apparently
several shades may be exhibited by one species according
to age. Three species stand out from their fellows by the
particularly glossy character of the leaf-surface due to a
wax coating. Rh. gymnanthwm has the upper surface as
if polished—a useful character for discriminating it at
sight from Rh. mengtszense in which the form of foliage
though larger is somewhat similar,—and Rh. ceracewm
and Rh. lukiangense have the under surface as if varnished.
Rh. araiophyllum, Rh. mengtszense, Rh. spanotrichwm,
and Rh. tanastylum have also the under surface somewhat
glossy. Wax is, I believe, an epidermal formation in all
species of the section, only making itself conspicuous by
giving a glossy aspect in these cases I am naming here.
For a study of its development growing plants are required.
The poisoning of herbarium specimens with alcoholic solu-
tions must alter the appearances. As it appears the wax
is an infiltration of the outer cuticle out of which it can
be dissolved by benzole or other suitable solvent. This
is a different relation from that in species where the leaf
surface has a white or grey bloom, e.g. in Rh. formosum
or in the Lapponicum series. There epidermal papillae are
developed standing out from the leaf surface, and upon the
outside of these white wax granules cluster. There is no
varnishing of the surface as there is here in the Irroratum
series. One surface (the under) or both surfaces are to
correct observation conspicuously although minutely
punctulate in all species save perhaps in Rh. ceraceum
and Rh. lukiangense. Apparently Rh. araiophyllum has
no punctulations on the under surface apart from the
midrib and veins. Minute red or orange spots are dis-
tributed on midrib, primary veins, and the general reticula-
tion of the surface, and these may be seen also on the
cartilaginous margin. For an understanding of this
feature we must go to the buds and the young leaves
as they expand. The ptyxis of the leaves is revolute, the
young leaves standing in a cluster in the middle of the
bud-chamber after the fashion in all the large-leaved
160 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx1
evergreen species of Rhododendron. The revolution of the
lamina makes the upper surface the exposed one, excepting
the midrib (here raised) of the under surface against which
the curled sides of the lamina abut. The upper surface
and the exposed midrib area of the under side are in the
four species (Rh. agastum, Rh. ararophyllum, Rh. hylo-
threptum, Rh. wrroratum),of which alone we know the young
leaves, densely clad with indumentum. Its elements may
be hairs with a stout foot and branching freely above,
often very long and interwoven, white at first and becom-
ing more or less orange or red, and taking on the greasy
appearance so often seen in Rhododendrons (Rh. agastum,
Rh. araiophyllum). The whole surface may thus be
what is known by the generic term tomentose, and this
tomentum, composed of flocks of greasy hairs, is a floccose
greasy tomentum. Or there may be an admixture of
clavate-stalked red glands with similar stout bases (Rh.
hylothreptum) and the glands may predominate (Rh. irro-
ratum). 'The same covering may spread over the petiole.
The under leaf-surface, concealed by the rolling back-
wards of the sides of the leaf, bears also floccose hairs with
stout. bases, but they are fewer, not in contact, and the
branches are shorter, more prostrate and radiating; there
may also be clavate glands and cauliflower glands. (In
Rh. araiophyllum the under surface appears to be glabrous
except on the primary veins and midrib.) Along the
margin glands and flocks are also developed. As the
leaves unfold the glands and the flocks fall off always
above the foot or base, which remains as a red or orange-
coloured cone blackening with age, and is the cause of
the punctulation of the leaf-surface in the mature leaf.
Punctulations on the petiole and on the stems are
developed in like manner. In no species, with the
exceptions hereafter mentioned, have I seen the juvenile
indumentum persisting throughout on the mature leaves
and petioles and stems. But if my description has made
clear the happenings during the passage from youth to
maturity, the persistence of some part of the indumentum
in a more or less perfect state is an occurrence that will
not cause surprise. In some species this persistence is
more marked than in others. Rh. agastum retains as a thin
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 161
scurfy indumentum layer the floccose hairs on the under
surface of the leaf; Rh. araiophyllum has often shreds or
patches of indumentum adhering to the veins on the under
leaf-surface, as has also sometimes Rh. anthosphaerwm ; Rh.
hylothreptum has often glands on the lower midrib which
may be also slightly puberulous. The places where vestiges
(apart from the punctulae) remain most constantly are the
groove of the upper midrib and of the petiole and the
petiole itself. Rh. irroratum is one of the species which
seems to get rid of most of its early indumentum; yet in
plants from the Chungtien plateau quite a stratum of grey
withered indumentum may remain on stem and _ petiole.
In Rh. pogonostylwm this stratum in the few specimens
we have remains for a couple of years. There is room
here for considerable variation in individual plants, and from
what I have said the point of my comment that glabrescent,
not glabrous, is the more correct descriptive term to use
in speaking of the mature state in these species will be
apparent. I must add this. In some species the vestigial
cones of the fallen glands or hairs are hard to find even
under some considerable magnification on the upper leaf-
surface. One can hardly speak of the surface as punctu-
late. Apparently the vestigial cones are very low and do
not colour red or orange, and are thus inconspicuous. I
have not sifted this matter. Then the vestigial cones on
the leaf margins are more feebly developed in some species
than in others. Rh. irroratum offers an example of con-
spicuous development, so much so that the projection of
these cones associated with the slight undulation gives an
appearance of notching to the leaf margin which is very
characteristic. Where the vestiges are smaller the effect
they give is that of a roughening of the edge. This
juvenile indument character and its graded removal is
most typical of the Irroratum series. Although I have
been able to trace the development in only four out of
the thirteen species, yet the similarity in mature characters
of all of them seems to demand the same explanation, and
I feel justified in assuming that when the material required
for investigation is obtained it will support my prediction
of like: development.
Two modifications have to be recorded.
162 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. Lxxx1
Rh. mengtszense differs from its fellows in respect of this
indumental character by bearing on its mature leaf-petiole
and stems setae and gland-setae as a dense persistent and
thick coating. It is quite strigillose. Traces of these setae
are to be found upon and about the midrib, both above and
below the leaf, particularly towards its base, and very large
punctulations occur all over the veins, so that I have no
difficulty in correlating this exceptional setose condition as
a special development within the typical evolution.
Rh. ceraceum and Rh. lukiangense appear more excep-
tional. The leaf-surfaces here show no conspicuous red
punctulation, though there are traces of it, but are covered
with a skin of wax so prominent as to give them a smooth
aspect on the under side as if varnished. The glossiness is
less on the upper side. The stem is also wax-covered, and
so is the petiole, and when the stem and petiole shrivel in
drying the wax stratum scales off the surface in a series of
flakes which are found coating the parts as a white crust.
There are no hairs or glands or their vestiges visible on
the blades, petioles, and stems of this species. Certain
marks on the leaf-margin suggest vestiges of glands or
hairs, but not certainly, and we do not know the bud con-
dition of the species. These indumental characters in
Rh. ceraceum and Rh. lukiangense are not fundamentally
different from those in the rest of the series. There is
only an excess of wax and reduction in other indumental
elements. Suspicion, however, of its position as one of
the series might be aroused. In all its other features it
seems to show its descent in common with those of the
Irroratum series. Whilst I think that the feature of indu-
mentum has been too much overlooked by workers amongst
Rhododendrons, I do not subscribe to any overrating of
its value as a phyletic character. It has not apparently
always the same construction in forms belonging to the
same phylum, no more than it has in other genera. But
differential—and critically so—it is in some cases where the
appraisement of other characters has in the past proved
faulty for specific determination. I will say this, that two
plants in which the construction of the indumentum is
different are not the same species, and conversely, two
plants which have indumentum of the same construction
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 163
may be of different species. In a phylum such as that of
Irroratum the indumentum in most of the forms is con-
structed on the same lines, but that does not keep us from
recognising specific segregation amongst the forms based
upon other diagnostic characters. At present we are only
on the threshold of the study of indumentum in Rhodo-
dendron. In the example of this Irroratum series with
which I am dealing I see differences in the punctulations
of the mature leaves which I have no doubt would add to
the sum of differential characters of the species had one
only time and eyes to follow out an investigation of them.
This will be one of the necessary tasks of a future mono-
grapher of Rhododendron. Meanwhile Mr. H. F. Tagg,
Assistant in the Museum of the Royal Botanic Garden,
Edinburgh, is devoting some time to the study of the
forms exhibited by the indumentum in Rhododendron, and
has obtained some interesting results. I had hoped, having
the advantage of the co-operation of Mr. R. M. Adam,
Assistant in the Studio here, whose skill as a photographer
is unrivalled, to have been able to provide a series of
illustrations from microspecimens of typical forms of
indumentum, and many of them have been prepared, but
he is now doing more valuable work in serving the guns,
and who shall say that our intention will reach fruition.
It may not be amiss to mention here that most of these
species of the Irroratum series seem to be infested by ‘a
fungus which sends out upon the under leaf-surface in
particular small black rod-like conidiophores, upon which
conidia are seldom seen, except under shelter of the midrib.
These conidiophores look like solitary black setae upon a
small black cushion, and must not be confused with real
appendages of the Rhododendron itself. Large black spots
and tubercles of fungal origin are also abundant sometimes
upon the leaves.
Turning now to the inflorescence and flower of the
Irroratum series.
The typical form of the inflorescence is a compact globular
truss of many flowers arranged on usually short pedicels
one centimeter or under long in Rh. adenostemonwm,
Rh. ceraceum, Rh. eritimum, Rh. gymnanthum, Rh.
lukiangense, Rh. pogonostylum, Rh. spanotrichum ; in the
164 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxxI
others not over one and a half centimeters, excepting
Rh. mengtszense (2 em.). The truss is racemose-umbel-
late, with a rhachis varying from one centimeter or
even less in Rh. mengtszense and Rh. anthosphaerum to
three centimeters in Rh. irroratuwm:; in most of them it is
about one and a half centimeters long. The clothing of
this rhachis is not the same in all. It is glandular (RA.
adenostemonum, Rh. irroratum); floecose (Rh. antho-
sphaerum, Rh. araiophyllum, Rh. eritumum, Rh. hylo-
threptum, Rh. pogonostylwm); floccose glabrescent (Rh.
gymnanthum); tomentosely and persistently floccose (Rh.
ceraceum, Rh. lukiangense); scurfy (Rh. tanastylum);
floccose glandular (Rh. agastwm); gland-setose (Rh.
mengtszense); glabrous (Rh. spanotrichwm). These are
the features as they appear in the dried specimens, but
owing to lack of material I am not confident that they are
truly representative. I see, for example, in Rh. adeno-
stemonum traces of a tomentum under the insertion of
some of the pedicels, but am unable to determine whether
these are vestiges of an early tomentum covering the whole
rhachis, are localised axillary tufts to the bracts such as one
finds in many species of Rhododendron in which the rhachis
is not tomentose, or are portions of the hair-tufts which coat
the inside surface of the base of the bracts and which have
become adherent to the rhachis or base of the pedicel.
I have seen no perfect flower-buds, but from bracts which
have remained during the earlier stages of anthesis, I
gather that the outer bracts are more or less rotundate,
yore or less crustaceous and coriaceous, have the central
portion somewhat concave inwardly, with the margin
thinner, and are more or less glandular on the outside.
The inner fertile bracts seem fairly uniformly oblong, wedge-
shaped, somewhat truncate at the top, always densely and
whitely sericeous outside, and sometimes also glandular
towards the apex. The bracteoles are often longer than
the pedicels, and are not glandular. The pedicels, like the
inflorescence rhachis, vary in clothing:—glabrous (Rh. araio-
phyllum, Rh. lukiangense); puberulous (Rh. ceracewm);
floccose (Rh. spanotrichum, Rh. tanastylum or glabrous) :
floccose glabrescent (Rh. eritimum, Rh. gymnanthwm);
glandular (Rh. agastwm, Rh.irroratum); glandular floccose
1916-17.]_ | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 165
(Rh. anthosphaerwm, Rh. hylothreptum, Rh. pogonostylumy ;
gland-setose (Rh. mengtszense) and the degrees of persist-
ence of the several indumenta is also somewhat variable.
The series includes Rhododendrons with very small calyx
—cup-shaped and fleshy with almost obsolete lobes—and
it is glandular (Rh. agastum, Rh. vrroratum); glandular
and floccose (Rh. anthosphaerum, Rh. pogonostylwm) ;
glandular and puberulous (Rh. adenostemonum, Rh. hylo-
threptum); puberulous (Rh. ceracewm); gland-setose (2h.
mengtszense); glabrous and flock-fringed (Rh. aravo-
phyllum, Rh. eritumum, Rh. gymnanthum, Rh. tana-
stylum) ; glabrous (Rh. lukiangense, Rh. spanotrichum).
In the matter of the corolla, which is most commonly
tubular-campanulate — openly campanulate (Rh. araio-
phyllum, Rh. mengtszense, and perhaps, Rh. spanotrichum)
and funnel-campanulate (Rh. adenostemonum and Rh.
gymnanthwm)—much variation in size is sometimes shown
within one species. For instance, in Rh. wrroratum it may
be 4cm. long or as much as 55 em. The bottom of the
tube is always gibbous and retuse. The size of the lobes
varies with their number. Five lobes seem to be typical
of the Irroratum series, but departures from this number
are found in Rh. anthosphaerwm (5-6), Rh. agastum (5-7),
Rh. eritimum and Rh. hylothreptum (7), and in the
5-lobed forms the lobes seem to be larger than in the
others. It is evident that a small series of dried specimens
is inadequate for the certain determination of petal
numbers in forms showing fluctuations such as appear
in Rh. agastum and Rh. anthosphaerwm, and counts
made in many more specimens are required. Colour
character in the corolla divides the series in two. In
most of the species it is some shade of red, often dark, in
three species (Rh. adenostemonum, Rh. araiophyllum, Rh.
wrroratum) it is white sometimes suffused pink on the
outside, in Rh. wrroratum often pale yellowish or greenish
white, in Rh. pogonostylum pink. Blotching and spotting
are found, but dried material is not always a safe guide in
this character. So far as I am able to decide from our
material the distribution is:—no blotch and no spots (Rh.
ceracewum), blotch and spots (Rh. anthosphaerum, Rh. araio-
phyllum, Rh. gymnanthum, Rh. hylothreptum, Rh. tana-
166 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Spss. Lxxx1
stylum), blotch and no spots (Rh. agastum, Rh. eritimum,
Rh. mengtszense, Rh. spanotrichum), spots and no blotch
(Rh. adenostemonum, Rh. irroratum, Rh. lukiangense, Rh.
pogonostylum). In Rh. araiophyllum a basal posterior
large blotch has a beautiful rich dark crimson tint. There
are no data through which to correlate some diagnostic
characters of clothing of the corolla to which I will now
refer, characters which doubtless have a relation to pro-
tection in the flower or to attraction in connection with
pollination. Rh. irroratwm is exceptional in having red
glands distributed on the outside of the corolla, and they
are present also in Rh. pogonostylum in addition to basal
hairs. These are red clavate glands with short stalks, and
are mostly seen upon the midrib of the petaline segments and
often conspicuously on the back of the lobes. Occasionally
they are absent from one or other of the petaline segments,
present in the unfolding, but they seem in some cases to fall
off as the corolla expands. These glands offer a readily
observed mark of distinction within the series, and are in
particular useful for separating Rh. irroratum from its
nearest ally Rh. adenostemonwm, which bears glands upon
the staminal filaments and not upon the corolla. As a
consequence perhaps of this glandular state in these two
species, I find their flowers are much more insect-eaten than
those in other species. Rh. pogonostylwm is an exception
also, for the corolla outside is puberulous at the base. Then
the inside of the corolla tube in the series shows two states.
In less than one-half of the species (Rh. adenostemonum,
Rh. agastum, Rh. anthosphaerum, Rh. hylothreptum, Rh.
erroratum, Rh. pogonostylum) it has a greater or less cover-
ing of hairs; in the rest (Rh. araiophyllum, Rh. eeracewm,
Rh. eritimum, Rh. gymnanthum, Rh. lukiangense, Rh.
mengtszense, Rh. spanotrichum, Rh. tanastylwm) the inside
of the tube is glabrous. I suspect there is some correlation
between these hairs and the red blotch which is always
gland-secreting, but have no observations to record.
Diplostemony gives to most of the species of the Irroratum
section 10 stamens. In Rh. eritimwm and Rh. hylothreptwm,
which have 7 petals,there are 14 stamens. Fluctuations from
10-12 stamens are found in Rh. agastwm and Rh. antho-
sphaerwm. Although 7 petals occur in Rh. agastwm I have
1916-11. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 167
not found 14 stamens. The stamens are always unequal in
length, the longest usually about a centimeter longer than
the shortest, but in Rh. gymnanthum and Rh. spanotrichwm
the difference is quite 2cem. The longest stamens in the
series are those of the larger flowers in Rh. wrroratwin.
They may be 4°5 em. long, whilst in the shorter flowers of
that species they are only 83cm. Rh. araiophyllwm, which
has the smallest flowers of all the species, has stamens show-
ing smallest dimensions—the longest only 2°8 cm.long. In
four of the species the filaments are glabrous (Rh. eritumum,
Rh. lukiangense, Rh. spanotrichum, Rh. tanastylum).
Diels assigns glabrous filaments to Rh. gymnanthwm, but
hairs are present, few perhaps, and only developed a short
distance above the base of the filaments—in other species
which have hair-appendages to the filaments they start
from the very base; there is no naked base to the filaments
as in some other series of Rhododrendron. ‘The hairiness of
the filaments in these other species may amount to puber-
ulousness only, often in very fine degree (Rh. antho-
sphacrum, Rh. ceracewm, Rh. irroratum, Rh. mengtszense),
or may be a true pubescence (Rh. adenostemonum, Rh.
agastum, Rh. araiophyllum, Rh. hylothreptum), and it is
usually confined to the base of the filament up to about
the top of the ovary. In Rh. adenostemonum, Rh. hylo-
threptum, and Rh. pogonostylwm it extends much further
up the filament to its middle or beyond that, and in Rh.
adenostemonum we have this unique feature, that mixed
with the hairs and above the limit to which they reach
are red, shortly-stalked glands—an unusual occurrence.
The character of the disk is not sufficiently taken note
of in Rhododendrons. Measurements of the ovary include
sometimes I think the disk, and where it is very hairy the
character may easily be assigned to the ovary. In the
Irroratum series the disk is short and smooth, quite
glabrous (Rh. anthosphaerwm, Rh. araiophyllum, Rh.
eritumum, Rh. gymnanthum, Rh. vrroratwm, Rh. pogono-
stylum, Rh. spanotrichum, Rh. tanastylwm); hairy in
degrees of pubescence and puberulousness (Rh. adeno-
stemonum, Rh. ceracewm, Rh. hylothreptuwm (minutely),
Rh. lukiangense, Rh. mengtszense); floccose (Rh. agastwm).
The gynaeceum is a little longer than the stamens and
168 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess, Lxxx1
always shorter than the corolla. The ovary is narrow,
cylindric, or somewhat conoid, black on the surface and
usually grooved, varying in length from 5-7 mm. It
may be glabrous (Rh. eritumum, Rh. gymnanthum, Rh.
hylothreptum (sometimes floccose), Rh. lukiangense, Rh.
tanastylum); puberulous (Rh. araiophyllwm, Rh. cera-
cewm); floccose (Rh. anthosphaerum, Rh. spanotrichwm) ;
glandular (Rh. agastum, Rh. vrroratum); glandular above
floccose below (Rh. adenostemonum); floccose so densely as
to conceal an under glandular layer (hh. pogonostylwm) ;
gland-setose (Rh. mengtszense). In four species (Rh.
adenostemonum, Rh. agastwm, Rh. irroratum, Rh. mengtsz-
ensc) the style is glandular throughout, in Rh. pogono-
stylwm it is densely floccose as well as glandular through-
out; inall the others glabrous. In Rh. anthosphaerwm the
flocks of the ovary sometimes spread on to the base of the
style; only a few, however, appear there, and the style is
rightly described as glabrous. Usually the style expands
slightly, and gradually passes into the lobulate stigma
seated on its summit and not wider than the style itself,
but in Rh. agastum the stigma is relatively massive and
forms a broad discoid body somewhat spongy which over-
hangs the sides of the style.
I have seen fruit and seed only in Rh. pogonostylum.
The capsule is large and thick, some 4 em. long by 1 em. in
diameter, and is slightly curved, black, and showing the
remains of the ovarian indumentum. A fruiting specimen
of another undescribed undoubted member of the series
suggests this is not the only type. The seeds are flattened
oblong, about 3 mm. by 1 mm., with a wing all round and
a white chalazal crest.
The species seem to fall into four small alliances within
the series :—
1. Irroratum type—plants with rigid, pointed leaves and white or
pink flowers—includes :
Rh. adenostemonum, Rh. vrroratum, Rh. pogonostylum.
2. Gymnanthum type — plants with narrow, papery (not in all),
pointed leaves and white or red flowers—includes :
Rh. araiophyllum, Rh. gymnanthum, Kh. mengtszense, Rh.
spanotrichum, Rh. tanastylum.
3. Anthusphaerwm ty pe—plants with broad, thiek, parchmenty, pointed
leaves and red flowers—includes :
Rh. anthosphaerum, Rh. ceraceum, Rh. hylothreptum, Rh.
lukiangense. é
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 169
4, Agastwm type—plants with rigid, blunt leaves and red flowers—
includes :
Rh, agastum, Rh. eritumum.
TRRORATUM.
Here the foliage is rigid, thick, and coriaceous, the shape
of the leaf lanceolate or oblong lanceolate or ovate lanceo-
late, sometimes somewhat oblanceolate, with the marginal
undulation very distinct and the notching from the fallen
glands and flocks conspicuous. The stem and _ petioles
whilst glabrescent retain often the flocks and glands of
youth. This little group is markedly glandular, and the
punctulations caused by the fallen glands are easily seen.
Pedicels, calyx, ovary, style—all have glands sometimes
mixed with flocks. The corolla is glandular outside in
Rh. wrroratum, the stamens in Rh. adenostemonwm ; in Rh.
pogonostylwm there are glands outside the corolla, asin Rh.
wrroratum, though fewer, and also a coating of hairs. The
flowers are white or yellowish-white, with a flush of rose,
or are pink, are in dense many-flowered raceme-umbels,
have 5 petaline lobes and 10 stamens. The species cover
the area from the north-west of Yunnan to the south-east.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Leaves rigid, thick, coriaceous, lanceolate oblanceolate or
ovate-lanceolate, base obtuse or rounded,
mat on both surfaces, margin conspicu-
ously undulate and notched.
Corolla 5-lobed, glabrous glandular or glandular and
puberulous outside, puberulous inside,
spotted, not blotched. Stamens 10. Style
glandular or floccose and glandular.
Calyx glandular. Style glandular.
Corolla white or cream or suffused rose.
Ovary glandular. Pedicel 1 cm. or more
glandular. ;
Corolla tubular-campanulate glandular out-
side. Stamens finely puberulous at base,
eglandular. Inflorescence rhachis gland-
ular. Petiole glandular and _floccose
glabrescent : : : :
Ovary glandular with some flocks. Pedicel
under 1 em. glandular.
Corolla funnel-campanulate glabrous out-
side. Stamens pubescent to middle and
beyond, glandular. Inflorescence rhachis
glandular and floccose(?). Petiole gland-
glabrescent : :
trroratum
adenostemonum
170 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ SEss. LXXXI
Calyx densely floccose and glandular. Style
floccose and glandular.
Corolla pink.
Ovary densely floccose and with glands. Pedi-
cel under 1 cm. floccose and glandular.
Corolla tubular-campanulate glandular and
puberulous outside, puberulous inside.
Stamens pubescent to middle and beyond
eglandular. Inflorescence rhachis floc-
cose. Petiole floccose glabrescent . pogonostylum
GYMNANTHUM.
These are plants with thin twigs and lanceolate papy-
raceous leaves, usually narrow (sometimes broad, Rh. tana-
stylum) even cuneate at the base, with marginal un-
dulation fairly distinct but only slightly roughened from
fallen flocks. Wax is much developed, making the under
surface somewhat glossy, and in Rh. gymnanthum the
upper surface quite glossy. Stem and petioles may be
floccose and glabrescent, gland-glabrescent or gland-setose.
This, except for the special development of gland-setae in
Rh. mengtszense, is a conspicuously eglandular group—
glands are absent from pedicels, calyx, ovary, and style.
The flowers, white, red, or deep crimson, are in few (about
8-) flowered raceme-umbels with thin rhachis, have 5-lobed
corolla, glabrous inside and out, and 10 stamens, puberulous
save in Rh. spanotrichwm and Rh. tanastylum. The
species are absent from the Tali-Chungtien area, but range
from N.W. of Tseku in the Salween basin southwards to E.
Upper Burma and the Shweli-Salween divide at Tengyueh
in W. Yunnan, and then turn up at Mengtsz in the 8.E.
KEY TO THE SPECIES,
Leaves papyraceous (sometimes thicker), lanceolate or
oblanceolate, base usually narrow and cuneate,
one or both surfaces somewhat glossy, margin
inconspicuously undulate and roughened ;
petiole floccose or gland-glabrescent or per-
sistently gland-setose.
Corolla 5-lobed, glabrous outside and in. Stamens 10.
Style glabrous, rarely glandular.
Calyx glabrous flock-fringed. Corolla blotched and
spotted. Petiole floccose glabrescent. Style
glabrous.
Corolla white. Ovary puberulous. Pedicel 1 cm.
or more glabrous.
Corolla openly campanulate. Stamens pubes-
cent. Inflorescence rhachis floccose. Leaf
mat above, subglossy beneath . : . aratophyllum
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 171
Corolla red. Ovary glabrous. Pedicel 1 cm.
floccose glabrescent.
Corolla funnel-campanulate. Stamens puberu-
lous. Inflorescence rhachis glabrescent.
Leaf glossy above, subglossy beneath . gymnanthum
Corolla tubular-campanulate. Stamens glabrous,
Inflorescence rhachis scurfy. Leaf mat above,
subglossy beneath ; ; : P
Calyx glabrous or sparingly floccose. Corolla
blotched not spotted. Petiole gland-glabres-
cent. Style glabrous.
Corolla red. Ovary sparingly floccose. Pedicel
under 1 cm. floccose.
Corolla campanulate. Stamens glabrous. In-
florescence rhachis glabrous. Leaf mat above,
subglossy beneath ; : : 4
Calyx gland-setose. Corolla blotched not spotted.
Petiole | persistently gland-setose. Style
glandular.
Corolla red. Ovary gland-setose. Pedicel 2 cm.
gland-setose.
Corolla openly campanulate. Stamens puberu-
lous. Inflorescence rhachis gland-setose.
Leaf mat above, somewhat glossy beneath . mengtszense
tanastylum
spanotrichum
ANTHOSPHAERUM.
These are plants with chartaceous more or less broadly
lanceolate leaves, usually dark coloured above, borne upon
fairly stout twigs, and they are always floccose or floccose
and glandular in parts. The development of wax in Rh.
ceracewm and Rh. lukiangense tends to exclude other forms
of indumentum. The many red flowers on the short
stout rhachis of inflorescence form a large compact truss.
Whilst 5-lobed corollas and 10 stamens are constant (Rh.
ceraceum, Rh. lukiangense), we find 5-6 lobes and 10-12
stamens in Kh. anthosphaerwm and 7 lobes with 14 stamens
in Rh. hylothreptum. This set is found only from the
Likiang range northwards to Tseku and the Chungtien
plateau.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Leaves chartaceous not rigid, more or less broadly lanceo-
late or oblanceolate, base obtuse, mat above,
sometimes glossy beneath.
Corolla red 5-7-lobed, glabrous outside, glabrous or
puberulous inside. Stamens 10-14. Style
glabrous. Inflorescence rhachis floccose.
Calyx puberulous fringed. Corolla without blotch
or spots.
Ovary puberulous. Pedicel under 1 cm. puberu-
lous.
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVII. ils:
172 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, Lxxx1
Corolla tubular-campanulate, 5-lobed, glabrous
inside. Stamens 10, finely puberulous at
base. Leaf glossy underneath. Petiole
white waxy . : . ceracewm
Calyx glabrous occasionally fringed. Corolla
spotted.
Ovary glabrous. Pedicel under 1 cm., glabrous.
Corolla tubular-campanulate, 5- lobed, glabrous
inside. Stamens 10, glabrous. Leaf somewhat
glossy underneath. Petiole white waxy . lukiangense
Calyx glandular and floccose. Corolla blotched and
spotted.
Ovary sparingly floccose. Pedicel 1 cm. or more
glandular and floccose.
Corolla tubular-campanulate 5—-6-lobed, puberu-
lous inside. Stamens 10-12, finely puberu-
lous at base. Leaf mat on both surfaces or
somewhat glossy underneath. Petiole floccose
and gland-glabrescent . unthosphaerum
Calyx clandular and puberulous, rarely gland-
fringed. Corolla blotched and spotted.
Ovary glabrous (at times floccose). Pedicel 1 cm.
or more sparingly glandular and floccose.
Corolla widely tubular-campanulate 7-lobed,
puberulous inside. Stamens 14, pubescent to
middle. Leaf mat on both surfaces or some-
what glossy underneath. - Petiole glandular
and floccose glabrescent : : . hylothreptum
AGASTUM.
The two species included here are alike in foliage-form
but differ in many other characters. _ The leaves are rigid,
long, narrow, oblong, and blunt, with an abrupt beak-point,
the surface mat on both sides, the under-leaf punctulation
very evident. One of them (Rh. agastum) tends to
eglandular indumentum, the other (Rh. eritumum) to be
glabrous. The large red flowers form a large compact
truss, and the corolla is conspicuously 7-lobed but is some-
times only 5-lobed in Rh. agastwm, and the stamens which
ought to be and are 14 in Rh. eritimum are only 10-12 in
Rh. agastum; I have not found a flower of this with 14
stamens, nor have I seen a 6-lobed corolla. One species is
from the Chungtien plateau in the far N.W., the other
from the Shweli-Salween divide in the W. As _ they
stand, one can hardly speak of them as allied within the
series to which they both certainly belong; they are only
alike in shape of leaf. Perhaps uniting links may be
found. For purposes of recognition in the series it is
convenient to place them together.
1916-17.] BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 173
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Leaves oblong blunt with an apicular tip, surfaces mat.
Corolla red, tubular-campanulate, glabrous outside, blotched
without spots.
Calyx glandular and gland-fimbriate.
Corolla 5- or 7-lobed, puberulous inside. Stamens 10
or 12. Style glandular.
Ovary glandular. Pedicel 1 cm. or more glandular.
Petiole glabrescent. :
Stamens 10-12, pubescent. Inflorescence rhachis
floccose and glandular. Stigma discoid. Leaf
with thin persistent under-leaf indumentum . agastwm
Calyx glabrous and flock-fimbriate.
Corolla 7-lobed, glabrous inside. Stamens 14. Style
glabrous.
Ovary glabrous. Pedicel under 1 cm. floccose
glabrescent. Petiole glabrous.
- Stamens 14, glabrous. Inflorescence rhachis floe-
cose. Stigma not discoid. Leaf without per-
sistent under-leaf indumentum. : . eritumum
This Irroratum series appears to me to be a-natural
phylum. That the forms of it which I present here re-
present all its members I do not for one moment suppose.!
' In the Kew Herbarium are three sheets which the Director of
Kew has kindly lent to me with others for examination. Their
tickets run :—
1. Yunnan :—Mengtsz. Mountain glens. 6000-7000 ft. Flowers
eream-coloured. Rare. Hancock. No. 179. 14th April 1895.
2. Yunnan :—Mengtsz. N. mountains. 8000 ft. Tree 15-20 ft.
Henry. No. 10,301. [In fruit. ]
3. Hort. Kew, iv, 07. No. 179/98. A. Henry.
The three plants represented are in iy view of the same species, and
the fact that the plant was in cultivation at Kew gives special interest
to the question—What is it? The plant is now dead, the Director of
Kew tells me.
Hemsley and Wilson* place Hancock’s No. 179 and Henry’s 10,301
in Rh. trroratum. They are not that species, although they belong to
the Irroratum series. The cultivated plant is correctly marked by Mr.
Hemsley as “aff. ¢rroratum” in the Kew Herbarium. Rehder and Wilson
in Plantae Wilsonianae, i (1913), 539 do not refer to these specimens.
The plant represented on these sheets awaits description, but I am not
to give it here because Hancock’s specimen, the only native one with
flowers, is not quite adequate, unless it were sacrificed to the analysis.
I prefer not to use the cultivated specimen as a basis of description
until evidence is forthcoming by «vhich to test the view of identity I
have stated. There is no doubt about its right to a place in the
Irroratum series. It is one of the minority of the series in its possession
of a style glandular throughout, and it has an axis of inflorescence about
15 em. long and puberulous, pedicels glandular with a few floccose
hairs, corolla puberulous inside, stamens pubescent at base and
eglandular, disk apparently glabrous, ovary glandular and slightly
floccose—the flocks being very scarce in the cultivated plant.
* In Kew Bulletin (1910), 112.
174 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. LXxx1
Nor will I maintain that the limits assigned to the several
species in the descriptions which I have given will not
require modification when we come to know more about
the plants in their living state and have for comparison
with them the additional and new forms which I expect.
Looking at the members of the series in the dried state,
the differences between them and the characters for de-
marcation are easily recognised, and I believe my segre-
gation of forms and microforms in the series is sound.
As so many of the species are known at present from
collection in one locality only, we may be prepared for
future discoveries showing perhaps that the fluctuations
in such characters as numerical symmetry of the flower
and in the indumentum of the ovary, for instance, occur
also in others than those in which they have been
observed up till now. At the same time let us note that
Rh. vrroratum—the species which we know best, and over
an area from Tali to the Chungtien plateau and Tseku—is,
save for size variation in the flower, a most constant form.
Rhododendron adenostemonum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.
Small tree reaching about 4 m. high with medium thick
branches. Branches a year old pale green or dirty grey
1 Rhododendron adenostemonum, Balf. f. et W.W. Sm.—Arbor parva ad
4m. alta ramis hand crassis. Rami annotini pallide virides vel sordide
grisei rubro-glandulosi vel glandularum vestigiis punctulati. Alabastra
foliorum ignota. Folia petiolata ad 14 cm. longa; lamina rigide coriacea
lanceolata vel oblongo-lanceolata ad 11°5 cm. longa ad 3 cm. lata apicem
versus leviter attenuata acutiuscula tuberculo parvo corneo terminata
margine cartilaginea obscure undulata et cicatricibus subasperata basi
anguste vel late obtusa saepe inaequalis supra primo olivacea vel sub-
glauco-viridis nune tandem rubido-brunnea opaca laevis haud rugulosa
costa media sulcata venis primariis utrinsecus cire. ad 16 vix distinctis
glabrescens sed pedibus glandularum detersarum obscure punctulata
subtus cinnamomea costa media venisque primariis elevatis substramineis
vel suberubescentibus venularum reti rubido immerso ubique pedibus
rubris glandularum detersarum punctulata ; petiolus circ. 2°5 cm. longus
crassus supra sulcatus glabrescens sed cicatricibus glandularum notatus.
Flores circ. 12 in racemo-umbellam dispositi rhachi glandulis rubris et
pilis sebaceis floccosis (?) plus minusve obtecta ; bracteae fertiles oblongo-
cuneatae subtruncatae subapiculatae circ. 3 cm. longae cire. 1°4 cm. latae
submembranaceae brunneae extus sericeae et apice rubro-glandulosae
vertice fimbriatae margine eciliatae intus basi excepta sericeae ;
bracteolae lineares circ. 1°4 cm. longae circ. 0°5 mm. latae pedicellos
superantes spadiceae adpresso-sericeae ; pedicelli crassi breves circ.
4 mm. longi dense rubro-glandulosi. Calyx minutus cire, 2°75 mm.
longus cupularis cupula extus sparse glandulosa 5-lobatus, lobis carno-
sulis late triangularibus vel ovatis dorso puberulis et sparsissime glandu-
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 175
glandular with red glands or punctulate with gland-
vestiges. Foliage buds unknown. Leaves petiolate as
much as 14 em. long; lamina rigid coriaceous thickish
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate as much as 11°5 cm. long
by 3 cm. broad slightly attenuated towards the apex and
somewhat acute terminated by a small horny tubercle,
margin cartilaginous slightly undulate and somewhat
roughened by the cicatrices of fallen appendages, base
narrowly or broadly obtuse often unequal; upper surface
at first olivaceous or sometimes glaucous green frequently
becoming reddish-brown mat smooth not rugulose, midrib
grooved primary veins about 16 pairs scarcely distinct,
whole surface glabrescent but obscurely punctulate with
the bases of glands (or hairs ?) which have fallen; under
surface cinnamon-coloured with the midrib and primary
veins raised somewhat straw-coloured or somewhat redden-
ing, network of the veinlets dark red immersed surface
everywhere punctulate with the red bases of glands (or
hairs ?) which have fallen; petiole about 2°5 cm. long thick
grooved above glabrescent but marked by the cicatrices of
glands. Flowers about 12 in a raceme-umbel the axis of
inflorescence covered with red glands and perhaps with
greasy floccose hairs; fertile bracts oblong wedge-shaped
somewhat truncate and apiculate about 3 cm. long by
14 cm. broad submembranaceous brownish, outside
sericeous and red-glandular at the fimbriate apex, margin
losis glandulis breviter stipitatis margine nunc glanduloso-ciliatis.
Corolla alba vel leviter roseo-suffusa infundibuliformi-campanulata
circ. 4°5 cm. longa extus eglandulosa epilosa intus copiose puberula
postice evariculata maculis paucis notata 5-lobata, lobis ellipticis vel
rotundatis nune emarginatis subcrenulatis circ. 1°8 cm. longis cire. 2°56 em.
latis. Stamina 10 inaequalia longiora cire. 3°5 cm. longa breviora circ.
2°5 cm. antheris purpureis circ. 3°5 mm. longis, filamentis aurantiacis
basi paullo expansis ab ima basi ad medium vel ultro saepe fere ad
apicem tenuiter pubescentibus et rubro- vel aurantiaco-glandulosis. Dis-
cus pilis albis pubescens. Gynaeceum cire. 4°3 cm. longum ; ovarium
conoideum sulcatum cire. 6 mm. longum fulvo-olivaceum vel nigricans
glandulis rubris brevistipitatis ex toto obtectum et pilis sebaceis floc-
cosis rubris (ramulis acutissimis) in dimidio infero nunc fere ex toto
praeditum ; stylus gracilis ex toto rubro-glandulosus sub stigmate
spongioso subdiscoideo leviter ampliatus.
Species Rh. irrorato, Franch. affinis, pedicello brevi haud 1 em. longo,
calyce extus puberulo, corolla infundibuliformi-campanulata extus
eglandulosa, staminum filamentis ad medium vel ultro tenuiter puber-
ulis et glandulosis, disco pubescente, ovario partim floccoso, stigmate
subdiscoideo diversa.
176 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LxXXXxI
eciliate, inside sericeous except at the base; bracteoles
linear about 1°4 cm. long and 0°5 mm. broad longer than
the pedicels chestnut-brown adpressed-sericeous; pedicels
thick short about 4 mm. long densely red-glandular.
Calyx minute about 2°75 mm. long cupular, cup sparingly
glandular outside, 5-lobed; lobes fleshy broadly triangular
or ovate puberulous on the back and most sparingly
glandular with shortly stalked glands, margin occasionally
gland-ciliate. Corolla white or slightly suffused with rose
funnel-campanulate about 45 cm. long outside eglandular
and epilose inside copiously puberulous and on the
posterior side evariculate but with a few spots, 5-lobed ;
lobes about 1:8 cm. long by 2°5 cm. broad, elliptic
or rounded occasionally emarginate and _ subcrenulate.
Stamens 10 unequal the longer about 3°5 cm. long the
shorter about 2°5 cm.; anthers purple about 3:5 mm. long;
filaments orange slightly expanded at the base and from
_the very bottom up to the middle and beyond it (often
even to the apex) pubescent and provided with red or
orange glands. Disk pubescent with white hairs. Gynae-
ceum about 4°3 em. long; ovary conoid grooved about 6 mm.
long tawny olive or sometimes blackening covered with red
shortly stalked glands throughout and in the lower half
provided with greasy floccose red hairs with very sharp-
pointed branches, occasionally these extend to near the
top; style slender red-glandular throughout slightly ex-
panded under the spongy somewhat discoid stigma.
S.E. Yunnan :—Mengtsz. N. mountains, forests. 7000 ft.
Tree 15 ft. Flowers pure white. Henry. No. 11,067.
In Herb. Kew.
S.E. Yunnan :—Mengtsz. N.mountains, forests. 8500 ft.
Tree 10 ft. Flowers white with a little pink. Henry
No. 11,0674. In Herb. Edin.
This is one of the plants of Henry’s collecting from
the region of Mengtsz, and was referred by Hemsley and
Wilson! to Rh. irroratwm. Subsequently Rehder and
Wilson? suggested that it might, with others of Henry’s
collecting about Mengtsz, be a variety of Rh. gymnanthwm
(see under Rh. mengtszense and Rh. spanotrichum in this
paper). It certainly finds its place in the Irroratum series
' Kew Bulletin (1910), 12. 2 Plantae Wilsonianae, 1 (1913), 539.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH wei
along with Rh. gymnanthum and Rh. wrroratum, and it is
a ‘very near ally of Rh. wroratum itself. Glandular stems,
petioles, pedicels, and styles belong to both species; the
points of difference between them are these:—The inflor-
escence rhachis has apparently (but see p. 164) floccose and
adpressed hairs with glands, in Rh. irroratwm glands only
are present; the flower in Rh. adenostemonum has pedicels
seldom over 1 cm. long; those of Ah. wrroratum are over
1 cm. long; the calyx in Rh. adenostemonwm has the cup
sparingly glandular and the back of the lobes more or less
puberulous, with a few stray glands particularly at the
base and now and then one in the margin; in Ah.
wrroratum the calyx-cup is densely glandular and the
lobes gland-fringed, there are no hairs; the corolla and
stamens show a curious antithesis in character—Lh.
adenostemonum has a funnel-shaped corolla, glabrous, quite
eglandular on the outside and densely pubescent inside,
and the staminal filaments are conspicuously puberulous
to the middle and beyond it, and show in addition a
remarkable development of small, red, shortly-stalked
glands, in some cases up to near the base of the anther
(hence its specific name); Rh. wrroratum has a tubular-
ecampanulate corolla which has a development of small,
short-stalked, red glands on the outside, particularly along
the midribs of the petals, inside it is densely puberulous
and the stamens are finely puberulous at the base only,
and have no glands; then the disk in Rh. adenostemonwm
is pubescent, in Rh. wrroratum glabrous, and the ovary,
glandular in both, has in Rh. adenostemonwm floccose hairs
as well all over or at the base only. The characters
I have mentioned seem to be constant in Rh. wrroratwm in
a large series of specimens I have examined from different
areas of its wide distribution, from Tali to the Chung-
tien plateau. Of Rh. adenostemonum I have only seen
specimens from one locality, one sheet of them, No. 11,067
in the Kew Herbarium, kindly lent to me by the Director
of Kew, and one sheet, No. 11,0674 in the Edinburgh
Herbarium. The sum of the differential characters, fluctuat-
ing though some of them may be in other species, is to me
conclusive against conspecificness of the two plants. Of
individual characters, that of the gland development on
178 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. uxxxr
the filaments—a rare feature—in one, and gland develop-
ment on corolla in the other, is of weight. Taking
further into consideration the fact that Henry’s plant (th.
adenostemonum) is a plant of the extreme south-east of
Yunnan, in the basin of the Red River, somewhere about
latitude 23° 25’ N., and dwells at an altitude of 8500 feet,
whilst Rh. irroratwm is a Middle-West and East-North-
West Yunnan plant essentially of the Yangtze basin, at its
lowest latitude—25° 40’ N., on the Tali range—living at
an altitude of 11,000-12,000 feet at its highest latitude,
27° 30’ N., on the Chungtien plateau, at 9000-10,000 feet,
I do not hesitate about regarding them as distinct species.
With Rh. gymnanthum our species has much less in
common. Rh. gymnanthum is a red-flowered species with
very narrow leaves, glossy above, with eglandular floccose
stems, petioles, inflorescence rhachis, pedicels, and a
glabrous style, glabrous fringed calyx, the fringe lobes
sometimes gland-tipped, corolla glabrous inside and out,
staminal filaments eglandular and most sparingly puberu-
lous near base, disk glabrous, ovary glabrous.
Rhododendron agastwm, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm."
Shrub as much as 6 m. high with thick branches.
Young branches of the year more or less clad with clavate
1 Rhododendron agastum, Balt. f. et W. W. Sm.—Frutex ad 6 m, altus
ramis crassis. Ramuli hornotini glandulis clavatis plus minusve vestiti
annotini pallide virides glabrescentes pilorum juvenilium vestigiis plus
minusve notati. Alabastrorum perulae intimae membranaceae flavido-
brunneae ligulato-spathulatae circ. 2°5 cm. longae circ. 4 mm. latae
viscidae extus glandulis clavatis plus minusve indutae intusque pilis
floccosis sebaceis vestitae ad apicem acuminatum pilo-cristatae ; folia
juvenilia revoluta supra pilis floccosis multiramosis tomentosa subtus
pilis plurimis brevissime stipitatis copiose radiatim ramulosis ramulis
patentibus Jaxe reticulatim intertextis induta; petiolus juvenilis
tomentosus. Folia petiolata ad 14 cm. longa; lamina coriacea crassa
stricte oblonga nunc supra medium paullo latior circ. ad 12 cm. longa
ad 4 cm. lata baud attenuata apice obtusa corneo-mucronata margine
subplana cartilaginea obscure undulata et pilorum juvenilium pedibus
vel pilis ipsis paucis praedita basi late obtusa supra opaca olivacea laevis
costa media sulcata venis primariis utrinsecus ad 15 occultis glabrescens
nunc pilorum juvenilium vestigiis obscure notata subtus fulvo-olivacea
minutissime rufo-punctulata costa media straminea elevata plus minusve
glandularum pilorumque vestigiis praedita venis primariis venularumque
reti prominulo cum superficie ubique indumento tenui subfurfuraceo e
pilis multo-brachiatis (ramulis ab umbone sessili rubro radiatim patenti-
bus) composito vestitis ; petiolus ad 2 cm. longus crassus glabrescens supra
sulcatus pilorum vestigiis plus minusve praeditus. Flores ad 20 racemoso-
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH Lg
glands; branches a year old, pale green glabrescent marked
more or less by the vestiges of juvenile hairs (or glands ?).
Innermost scule-leaves of the foliage-buds membranaceous
yellow-brown ligulate spathulate about 2°5 em. long by
4 mm. broad viscid clad outside more or less with clavate
glands, inside with floccose greasy hairs and a hair crest
at the acuminate apex; juvenile leaves revolute upper
surface tomentose with much-branched floccose hairs,
under surface clad with very many shortly-stalked hairs
abundantly and radiatingly branched, the branches spread-
ing out laterally and becoming loosely interwoven ; juvenile
petiole tomentose. Leaves petiolate as much as 14 em.
long; lamina coriaceous somewhat thick truly oblong,
occasionally slightly wider above the middle, about 12 em.
long by 4 cm. broad not attenuated at the apex but obtuse
terminated by a horny mucro, margin somewhat flat
cartilaginous obscurely undulate and showing the bases
of juvenile hairs or even a few hairs themselves, base
broadly obtuse; upper surface mat olivaceous smooth with
a grooved midrib primary veins about 15 pairs hidden
the whole surface glabrescent but occasionally obscurely
marked by the vestiges of juvenile hairs; under surface
tawny olivaceous most minutely red-punctulate, midrib
umbellati rhachiad 2 cm. longa glandulis et pilis sebaceis induta; bracteae
fertiles circ. 3 em. longae circ. 1°3 em. latae submembranaceae oblongo-
obovatae vel obovato-spathulatae apiculatae intus extusque albido-sericeae
glandulis paucis intermixtis ; bracteolae lineares ramentaceae adpresso-
pilosae cire. 1 em. longae; pedicelli cire. 1-2 cm. longi fusco-brunnei dense
elavato-glandulosi. Calyx parvus cire. 3 mm. longus cupularis extus
dense glandulosus, lobis 7 distinctis rotundatis vel ovatis vel deltoideis
glandulosis et glanduloso-fimbriatis. Corolla rosea postice emaculata
sed varo basali magno kermesino praedita tubuloso-campanulata magna
circ. 5 cm. longa gynaeceum et stamina superans extus glabra eglandulosa
intus copiose puberula, lobis 5-7 rotundatis emarginatis subcrenulatis circ.
ad 2 cm. longis ad 2°4cm. latis. Stamina 10-12 inaequalia longiora circ.
3°8 cm. longa breviora cire. 2°7 cm. longa antheris brunneis cire. 4 mm.
longis, filamentis deorsum latioribus a basi ad apicem ovarii pubescentibus.
Discus sebaceo-floccosus. Gynaeceum cire. 4°5 em. longum ; ovarium
ceylindrico-conoideum suleatum cire.6 mm. longum cire. 3°5 mm. diam.
nigrescens clavato-glandulosum ad basim nunc pilis sebaceis paucis in-
dutum; stylus crassus ex toto glandulosus ; stigma magnum latum dis-
coideum lobulatum.
Species ex affinitate Rh. anthosphaeri, Diels sed foliis oblongis
ad extremitates haud attenuatis, subtus indumento indutis, corolla
emaculata 5-7-lobata, staminum filamentis ad basim pubescentibus haud
brevissime puberulis, disco floccoso, ovario clavato-glanduloso, stylo
glanduloso, stigmate lato discoideo facile distinguenda.
180 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXXXI
straw-coloured and more or less raised provided with
vestiges of glands and hairs, primary veins and the
reticulation of the veinlets somewhat prominent, the whole
surface clad with a thin somewhat scurfy stratum of
indumentum consisting of many-armed hairs with red
branches radiating and spreading from a sessile umbo;
petiole thick as much as 2 cm. long glabrescent grooved
above and showing more or less vestiges of hairs. Flowers
in a racemose umbel about 20-flowered the axis of inflor-
escence about 2 cm. long and covered with glands and
greasy hairs; fertile bracts about 3 cm. long by 1°3 em.
broad submembranaceous oblong-obovate or obovate-
spathulate apiculate whitely sericeous both outside and
inside with a few glands intermixed; bracteoles linear
chaffy adpressed-pilose about 1 cm. long; pedicels about
1:2 em. long reddish-brown and densely clavate-glandular.
Calyx small about 3 mm. long cupular, outside densely
glandular 7-lobed; lobes rounded or ovate or deltoid
glandular and gland-fimbriate. Corolla _rose-coloured
emaculate on the back but with a large basal crimson
blotch tubular-campanulate large about 5 em. long exceed-
ing the stamens and gynaeceum, outside glabrous eglandular,
inside copiously puberulous; lobes 5-7 rounded emarginate
somewhat crenulate about 2 cm. long by 2-4, em. broad.
. Stamens 10-12 unequal longer about 3°8 cm. long, shorter
about 2°7 cm. long; anthers brown about 4 mm. long;
filaments widening downwards and from their base to the
apex of the ovary pubescent. Disk greasily floccose.
Gynaeceum about 45 cm. long; ovary cylindric-conoid
grooved about 6 mm. long by 3:5 mm. in diameter black-
ening clavate-glandular occasionally coated at the base
with a few greasy hairs; style thick glandular through-
out; stigma large broad discoid lobulate.
W. Yunnan:—Head of the Taipungpu valley. Alt.
7000-8000 ft. Lat. 25° 30° N. In oak and pine forest.
Shrub of 10-15 ft. Flowers rose. G. Forrest. No. 9920.
May 1913.
W. Yunnan :—Descent to the Yangpi valley. Alt. 9000 ft.
Lat. 25° 40’ N. Margins of forests. Shrub of 30 ft. Flowers
deep rose, without markings. G. Forrest. No. 12,389.
April 1914.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 181
This striking species is one of two (the other Rh.
eritimwm) within the Irroratum series in which the
leaves are truly oblong with a somewhat beaked apex.
It is also the only species in the series in which the
juvenile indumentum of the under side of the leaf persists,
forming here a thin veil over the reticulate venulose
surface. Another conspicuous character in which it is
alone in the Irroratum series is its large discoid stigma.
The numerical symmetry of the flower seems to be variable.
In the specimen No. 9920 the corolla is 5-lobed and there
are 10 stamens. In No. 12,389 the corolla is 7-lobed and
there are 12 stamens. The majority of species in the
series are 5-lobed in the corolla and diplostemonous ; two
species (Rh. eritimum and Rh. hylothreptwm) have 7-lobed
corollas and are diplostemonous. Rh. anthosphaerwm has
a 5-6-lobed corolla and 10-12 stamens. The numbers
counted in Rh. agastwm seem to suggest that one may
expect a 5-, 6- or 7-lobed corolla and 10-14 stamens. The
settlement of this question, which involves the diagnostic
value of numérical symmetry in the series, will, I hope, be
achieved by Mr. Forrest during the further exploration of
Yunnan, which he is undertaking.
Rhododendron anthosphaerum, Diels in Notes R.B.G. Edin.,
Vv (1912), 2152
Shrub or small tree as much as 9 meters high. Branches
stout, those a year old blackish-grey densely clad with
! The description by Diels runs :—
Rhododendron anthosphaerum, Diels. Frutex vel arbor 6-9 m. alta,
Folia petiolo glabro 1°5 em. longo praedita ; papyracea, supra glabra,
subtus rufescenti-pallidiora, oblanceolata, acuta, 8-13 cm. longa, 2°5-5-2
em. lata, nervi subtus inconspicui. Flores 10-15 dense congesti,
peduneuli 7-12 mm. longi, pubescentes. Calycis minuti lobi inconspicui
triangulares, glandulosi, vix 1 mm. longi. Corolla intense rosea atro-
purpureo-maculata, campanulata ; tubus 2°5-3°5 em. longus 3:2-4 em.
latus ; lobi rotundati 1°5-2 cm. diamet. Stamina 10 basim versus minute
puberula, 3-3°5 cm. longa. Ovarium glabrescens, 5-8 mm. longum ;
stylus 3-3°5 cm. longus, praeter basim puberulam glaber.
“Shrub or tree of 20-30 ft. Flowers bright rose-magenta, with a few
markings of black-crimson. Open situations in pine forests on the ascent
to the Sungkwei pass from the Langkiung valley. Lat. 26° 30’ N.
Alt. 10,000-11,000 ft. April 1906.” G. Forrest. No. 2042.
Habit of R. wrroratum, Franch. but easily recognised by the colour of
the flowers and the more glabrous ovary and the absence of glands on
the style.
182 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXXxI
rufous clavate glands mixed with flocci of greasy hairs;
older branches with vestiges of these. Foliage buds and
young leaves unknown. Leaves petiolate as much as 14 em.
long ; lamina papyraceous broadly lanceolate rarely (if small)
somewhat oblanceolate as much as 12 em. long and 5 em.
broad always narrowed to both ends, apex acute with a
horny blunt mucro, margin cartilaginous flat obscurely
undulate and roughened (hardly notched) by the persistent
bases of juvenile greasy hairs, occasionally some hairs
persist, base obtuse; upper surface opaque bronze-green
midrib and primary veins (about 18 pairs) slightly suleate
elsewhere the irregular network of the ultimate veins
shows clearly in the dried leaf (I expect invisible in the
fresh) whole surface apparently glabrous but slight vestiges
of juvenile hairs are present; under surface mat fawn-
coloured midrib prominent straw-coloured (as are the
primary veins only less prominently so) more or less
sprinkled with withered and withering floccose hairs and
also with orange-coloured bases of fallen flocks and glands,
such bases are abundant over the rest of the surface but
do not show up markedly as distinct punctulations, the
epidermal cells form low dome-shaped papille, the fawn
colour of the whole under surface is due to the coloration
of the reticulate venation; petiole'as much as 2 em. long
stout grooved above, marked by scars of fallen glands and
hairs which may sporadically persist. Flowers about 12
in a terminal racemose-umbel with very short red brown
floccose rhachis not 1 cm. long; bracts unknown; brac-
teoles about 1 mm. long very narrowly linear reddish
sericeo-pilose ; pedicels as much as 1°3 cm. long pale brown
fairly densely coated with a mixture of floccose and simple
sebaceous hairs and a few clavate glands. Calyx minute
cupular fleshy clavate-glandular floccosely and greasily
pilose outside, about 1°5 mm. long; lobes more or less deltoid.
Corolla tubular-campanulate 5-6-lobed, bright rose-magenta
with a posterior basal black-crimson blotch and a few like-
coloured spots about 4°5 cm. long exceeding androecium and
gynaeceum, glabrous outside puberulous inside; lobes about
2 cm. long and 2°5 em. broad rounded emarginate somewhat
crenulate. Stamens 10-12 unequal, longest some 3°3 em.
long shortest 23 cm.; anthers about 3 mm. long purple;
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 183
filaments widened at base and from there finely puberulous
to above ovary. Disk most glabrous. Gynaeceum about
4 em. long shorter than corolla; ovary about 6 mm. long
conoid furrowed blackening sparingly coated with flocks
of greasy hairs or single greasy hairs or with cauliflower
glands; style glabrous throughout slightly clavately ex-
panding into lobulate non-discoid stigma.
Mr. Forrest obtained this in only one locality, that of
the Sungkwei pass (East-North-West Yunnan), a station in
which Rh. wrroratum, Franch.—with which it has affinity,
as Diels points out,—also occurs. Rh. anthosphaerum
eannot be mistaken for Rh. wrroratwm. It wants the
glaucous foliage of that species and has bright red flowers.
The mature leaves are papery in texture, not rigid, thick,
coriaceous as in Rh. wrroratwm; they are longer and
broader, and the midrib below has more or fewer greasy
hairs persisting uponit. The inflorescence rhachis is shorter
and is floccosely pubescent not glandular as in Rh. irro-
ratum, and the same indumental difference appears in the
pedicels. There are never glands on the outside of the
corolla. Then we have the interesting fact in Rh. antho-
sphaerum that the corolla lobes vary from 5 to 6, and there
is a corresponding fluctuation in the stamens from 10 to 12.
T have not found a 7-lobed corolla nor 14 stamens. Rh.
wrroratum seems to be a form with a strictly 5-lobed
corolla. No fluctuation in size of corolla and flower parts
generally appears in Rh. anthosphaerwm. The filaments
here are finely puberulous from the very base upwards to
just above the ovary, as in kh. wrroratum. The gynaeceum
offers distinctive characters. The blackening ovary has the
glands of Rh. vrroratum replaced by greasy floccose or
single hairs, and instead of being glandular the style of
Rh. anthosphaerum is glabrous throughout, the stigma not
discoid. Diels refers to a puberulous base of the style. This
only refers to the fact that there is occasionally a slight
extension of the flocks of the ovary upon the lowermost
part of the style, but one cannot rightly speak of the style
as being puberulous at base (see also p. 168).
More near is the relationship with Rh. hylothreptum,
Balf. f. et W. W. Sm., also from the Sungkwei pass.
184 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXXx1
Rhododendron araiophyllum, Balf. f. et W. W.-Sm.1
Slender branched shrub as much as 5 m. high. Branches
a year old reddening more or less white floccose glabrescent
and glossy, after some years (4-5) grey and decorticating.
Outermost scale-leaves of the foliage-leaf buds—which are
1 Rhododendron aratophyllum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm. — Frutex
tenuiramosus ad 5 m. altus. Ramuli annotini erubescentes plus minusve
albido-floccosi glabrescentes et nitidi post annos 4-5 grisei decorticantes.
Alabastrorum anguste ovoideorum acutorum circ. 4 mm. diam. perulae
extimae crustaceo-coriaceae fulvae circ. 8 mm. longae infra rotundatae
circ. 3.mm. longae et latae supra in caudam cire. 5 mm. prolongatae
extus eglandulosae plus minusve sebaceo-floccosae, intermediae longiores
et latiores ecaudatae mucronatae subovatae, intimae convolutae mem-
branaceae flavido-brunneae ad 2°7 cm. longae circ. 4 mm. latae acutae saepe
mucronulatae dorso apiceque margineque sebaceo-floccosae intus glabrae
ad apicem sericeae ; folia juvenilia revoluta supra et costa media subtus
pilis floccosis longi- et multi-ramosis saepe sebaceis rufo-coloratis intri-
catim intertextis densissime tomentosa superficie inferiore glaberrima ;
petiolus juvenilis sebaceo-tomentosus, Folia petiolata ad 12° em.
longa ; lamina chartacea lanceolata ad 11°5 cm. longa ad 3 em. lata apice
subacuninata tuberculo corneo terminata margine subplana obscure
undulato-crenulata pilorum juvenilium detersilium vestigiis notata
basi cuneata supra brunneo-olivacea opaca’ costa media sulcata venis
-primariis utrinsecus circ. 15 inconspicuis laevis glabra sed floccorum
juvenilium vestigiis nune notata, subtus pallidior saepe fulva subnitens
costa media erubescente et venis primariis elevatis glabrescentibus punc-
tulatis vel floccorum juvenilium vestigiis praeditis vel pilis sebaceis dense
floccoso-tomentosis caeteroquin glabra epunctulata venularum reti paullo
conspicuo epidermide epapillata; petiolus circ. 1 em. longus rubidus
subcrassus subglabrescens floccorum vestigiis notatus. Flores cire.8 (nune
pauciores) racemoso-umbellati rhachi tenui ad 1°5 cm. longa pilis floccosis
intertextis plus minusve vestita ; bracteae deciduae ignotae ; bracteolae
rufescentes angustissime ligulatae ad 1:2 em. longae sericeo-pilosae ;
pedicelli graciles rubro-brunnei glaberrimi nune pilis floccosis paucis-
simis praediti circ. 15 cm. longi. Calyx minutus cupularis carnosulus
cire. 15 mm. longus cupula glaberrima 5-lobatus, lobis semi-lunatis vel
ovato-truncatis extus glaberrimis margine pilis albidis vel rubris sebaceis
simplicibus vel floccosis ciliatis. Corolla alba extus roseo-suffusa brevis
aperte campanulata cire. 3°5 cm. longa genitalia superans 5-gibbosa
retusa extus eglandulosa epilosa intus glabra et postice varo magno basali
kermesino supraque maculis paucis notata 5-lobata, lobis cire. 14 em.
longis cire. 2 cm. latis rotundatis emarginatis subcrenulatis, Stamina 10
inaequalia longiora circ. 2°8 cm. longa breviora cire. 14 em. longa antheris
rubris cire. 3°5 mm. longis, filamentis basi paullo latioribus et ab ima basi
ad apicem ovarii dense pubescentibus. Discus glaber. Gynaeceum circ.
2-8 cm. longum stamina longiora subaequans ; Ovarium intense brunneum
vel nigrescens papillatum conoideum suleatum cire. 5°5 mm. longum
brevissime albido-puberulum pilis subadpressis ; stylus ruber glaber in
stigma purpureum lobulatum paullo ampliatus.
Species Rh. tanastylo, Balf. f. et Ward q.v. proxima; Rh. gymnantho,
Diels etiam affinis foliis brevioribus supra haud nitentibus nune subtus
tomento persistente indutis, floribus minoribus, pedicello glabro, corolla
alba roseo-suffusa aperte campanulata, staminum filamentis dense pubes-
centibus, ovario minore puberulo distinguenda.
1916-17.] | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 185
narrowly ovoidacute and about 4mm.indiameter—crustaceo-
coriaceous tawny about 8 mm. long, the lower part rounded
sheathing about 3 mm. long and broad prolonged upwards
into a tail of about 5 mm. long, outside eglandular more
or less greasily floccose, intermediate scale-leaves longer
and broader without tails but mucronate somewhat ovate,
innermost scale-leaves convolute membranaceous yellow-
brown as much as 2°7 cm. long and 4 mm. broad acute
often mucronulate, greasily floccose on the back at the apex
and on the margin, glabrous inside except at the sericeous
apex; juvenile leaves revolute the upper surface and the
midrib of the lower surface very densely tomentose with
long many-branched floccose hairs which are often greasy
rufously coloured and are intricately interwoven, rest of
the lower surface very glabrous; juvenile petiole greasily
tomentose. Leaves petiolate as much as 12°5 cm. long;
lamina papery lanceolate as much as 11°5 cm. long and
3.cm. broad somewhat acuminate at the apex where is a
terminal horny tubercle, margin somewhat flat obscurely
undulate crenulate and marked by the vestiges of juvenile
fallen hairs, base cuneate; upper surface brown-olive coloured
mat the midrib grooved the primary veins as many as 15
pairs inconspicuous, the whole surface smooth and glabrous
but marked occasionally by the vestiges of juvenile flocks;
under surface paler often tawny somewhat glossy, mid-
rib reddening and with the primary veins elevated glab-
rescent punctulate or marked by the vestiges of fallen
flocks or somewhat densely floccose tomentose with greasy
hairs, the whole surface elsewhere glabrous epunctulate,
the reticulation of the veinlets slightly conspicuous, the
epidermis epapillate; petiole about 1 cm. long red some-
what thick somewhat glabrescent marked by vestiges of
juvenile flocks. Flowers as many as eight (even fewer)
in a racemose-umbel with a slender axis as much as
15 cm. long and more or less clad with floccose inter-
twined hairs; bracts deciduous unknown; bracteoles ruf-
escent very narrowly ligulate as much as 1:2 em. long
and silkily pilose; pedicels about 1:5 cm. long, slender
reddish-brown very glabrous but occasionally provided
with a few floccose hairs. Calyx minute cupular fleshy
about 1:5 mm. long, cup very glabrous, 5-lobed ; lobes semi-
186 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXxxI
lunate or ovate truncate outside very glabrous margin
ciliate with white or red hairs sometimes simple sometimes
floccose. Corolla white suffused outside with rose, short
openly campanulate about 3°5 cm. long exceeding the
stamens and gynaeceum, 5-gibbous at the base and retuse,
outside eglandular and without hairs, inside glabrous and
marked on the back by a large basal crimson blotch with
a few spots above it, 5-lobed; lobes about 1-4 em. long
and 2 em. broad rounded emarginate and subcrenulate.
Stamens 10 unequal, the longer about 2°8 cm. long the
shorter about 1:4 cm. long; anthers red about 3°5 mm.
long; filaments slightly wider towards the base and from
the very base to the apex of the ovary densely pubescent.
Disk glabrous. Gynaeceum about 2°8 em. long nearly
equalling the longer stamens; ovary intensely brown or
blackening papillate conoid grooved about 5°5 mm. long, clad
with very short somewhat adpressed white hairs; style red
glabrous slightly expanding into the purple lobulate stigma.
W. Yunnan. Shweli-Salween divide. Alt. 9000—-10,000 ft.
In mixed forests and thickets. Shrub of 9-16 ft. Flowers
white flushed exterior rose-lavender. G. Forrest. No.
11,918. June 1943.
This is, I think, one of the most charming species of the
Irroratum series. Its flowers are described as white flushed
rose-lavender on the outside. It is one of the three white-
flowered species of the Irroratum series, the others being
Rh. adenostemonum and Rh. irroratum—which are, how-
ever, very different plants, particularly in the development
of glands. Our species has délicate graceful branches with
narrow willow-like leaves, and the flower-trusses if not
large are composed of flowers with delicate pedicels and
beautifully shaped open campanulate corolla. It may
perhaps be regarded as not far removed from Rh. gym-
nanthum in the series, but has smaller leaves which are
not polished on upper surface, smaller flowers, a campanu-
late not funnel-shaped corolla, glabrous pedicels, pubescent
not sparingly puberulous filaments to the stamens and a
puberulous ovary. Its nearest ally is without doubt an
equally pretty species, Rh. tanastylum, Balf. f. et Ward,
from over the frontier in E. Upper Burma. This may be
spoken of as a crimson-flowered Rh. araiophyllum, for in
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 187
vegetation, habit, and inflorescence the two plants are much
alike; but in the Burmese plants the pedicels are shorter,
the corolla tubular-campanulate and larger, the staminal
filaments are glabrous, as is the ovary, whilst the style is
ever so much longer than the stamens.
‘Not infrequently the leaf under-side retains its juvenile
indumentum on the midrib as a floccose tomentum.
Rhododendron ceracewm, Balf. £. et W. W. Smt
Shrub with medium thick branches. Branchlets a year
old as much as 4 mm. in diameter pale green covered
1 Rhododendron ceraceum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.—Frutex ramis haud
erassis. Ramuli annotini ad 4 mm. diam. pallide virides strati super-
ficialis albi ceracei desquamantis vestigiis plus minusve notati, Ala-
bastra et folia juveniliaignota. Folia petiolata ad 13 cm. longa ; lamina
chartacea late lanceolata vel ovali-lanceolata vel sub-oblonga a medio
utrinque attenuata nunc oblanceolata ad 11°5 cm. longa ad 4 cm. lata
apice abrupte acuta subrostrata corneo-tuberculata margine plana vel
paullo recurvata cartilaginea obscure undulata (et pilorum juvenilium
pedibus minutissimis notata) basi obtusa supra olivacea subnitens
glaberrima fere epunctulata costa media erubescente sulcata venis
primariis utrinsecus circ. 16 vix conspicuis caeteroquin laevis vel obscure
reticulata (lamina in vicinitate venarum primarum nunc erubescente)
subtus fulvo-viridis glaberrima costa media venisque primariis erubes-
centibus elevatis venularum reti rubido vel fulvo nitens laevis ceri-
vernicosa epidermide epapillata ; petiolus crassus corrugatus cire. 1°5 em.
longus supra sulcatus cerae strato albo desquamante notatus. Flores in-
florescentiae cujusque circ. 10 racemoso-umbellati rhachi cire. 1°5 em.
longa pilis albis floccosis adpressis dense tomentosa; bracteae fertiles
oblongae vel obovato-spathulatae ad 2°8 cm. longae ad. 1 cm. latae mem-
branaceae flavido-brunneae ciliatae extus dense sericeae intus prope
apicem centro sericeae ; bracteolae delicatissimae filiformes adpresso-
pilosae cire. 1 cm. longae; pedicelli vix 1 cm. longi brunnei sparsim et
minute puberuli. Calyx cupularis minutus circ. 15 mm. longus extus
sparsim puberulus, lobis nune deltoideis nune late semi-lunatis nunc
rotundatis minutissime fimbriatis. Corolla rosea(?) tubuloso-campanulata
circ. 3°7 cm. longa androecium et gynaeceum superans extus intusque
glabra emaculata evariculata, lobis 5 subaequalibus circ. 1°5 cm, longis
cire. 2 cm. latis rotundatis emarginatis vel retusis plus minusve crenu-
latis. Stamina 10 inaequalia longiora cire. 3°3 cm. longa breviora circ.
2 cm. jonga antheris atro-purpureis cire. 3°25 mm. longis in staminibus
longioribus cire. 2 mm. in brevioribus, filamentis complanatis basi vix
latioribus ibique minutissime puberulis eglandulosis. Discus pubescens.
Gynaeceum cire. 3°5 cm. longum stamina paullo superans corolla brevior ;
ovarium atro-purpureum leviter sulcatum angustum cylindricum circ. 6
inm. longum 2 mm. diam. sparsim puberulum (saepe solum infra medium)
rarissime hic et illic glandula singula praeditum ; stylus glaber sub stig-
mate lobulato paullo clavatim expansus.
Species Rh. anthosphaero, Diels affinis sed eglandulosa et foliis ceri-
vernicosis, ramulis petiolisque ceraceo-desquamantibus, inflorescentiae
rhachi dense sericeo-floccoso-tomentosa, pedicello brevi haud 1 cm. longo
puberulo, calyce puberulo fimbriato, corolla minore intus glabra, disco
TRANS. BOT, SOC. EDIN. VUL. XXVII. 14
188 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxxt
with a surface stratum of white desquamating wax or its
vestiges. Foliage-leaf buds and juvenile leaves unknown.
Leaves petiolate as much as 13 cm. long; lamina chartaceous
broadly lanceolate or somewhat oblong or oval-lanceolate,
occasionally oblanceolate as much as 11°5 cm. long and
4 ecm. broad apex abruptly acute somewhat beaked ending
in a horny tubercle, margin flat or slightly recurved
cartilaginous obscurely undulate and minutely marked
by the bases of fallen juvenile hairs, base obtuse; upper
surface olivaceous somewhat glossy almost epunctulate
very glabrous, the often reddening midrib grooved, primary
veins about 16 pairs hardly conspicuous, elsewhere smooth
or obscurely reticulate (in older leaves a tendency to
reddening of surface about the primary veins); under
surface tawny green very glabrous with the often
reddening midrib and primary veins elevated the network
of the ultimate veins red or tawny, the whole surface
glossy smooth wax-varnished almost epunctulate with an
epapillate epidermis; petiole thick wrinkled about 1'5 cm.
long grooved above clad with a desquamating white stratum
of wax. Flowers of the inflorescence about 10, racemosely
umbellate the axis of inflorescence about 1:5 cm. long
densely tomentose with white floccose adpressed hairs;
fertile bracts oblong or obovate-spathulate as much as
2°38 cm. long and 1 cm. broad membranaceous yellow-brown
ciliate, outside densely silky, inside near apex in the
middle silky ; bracteoles most delicately filiform adpressed-
pilose about 1 cm. long; pedicels scarcely 1 cm. long
brown sparsely and minutely puberulous. Calyx cupular
minute about 1:5 mm. long outside sparsely puberulous;
lobes deltoid sometimes broadly semi-lunate sometimes
rounded most minutely fimbriate. Corolla rose-coloured (?)
tubular-campanulate about 3:7 cm. long exceeding the
stamens and gynaeceum outside and inside glabrous with- |
out blotch or spots, 5-lobed; lobes nearly equal about
1-5 cm. long and 2 em. broad rounded emarginate or retuse
more or less crenulate. Stamens 10 unequal, longer about
3°3 cm. long shorter about 2 cm. long; anthers dark purple
pubescente, ovario puberulo valde diversa ; a Rh. lukiangenst, Franch.
foliis brevioribus et latioribus apice haud rostratis laete nitentibus,
pedicellis cum calyce staminumque filamentis ovarioque puberulis,
corollae minoris lobis subaequalibus postice maculatis recedens.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 189
about 3°25 mm. long in longer stamens about 2 mm. in
shorter; filaments flattened at the base scarcely widened
and there most minutely puberulous eglandular. Disk
pubescent. Gynaeceum about 3°5 em. long slightly ex-
ceeding the stamens but not the corolla; ovary black-
purple slightly grooved narrow cylindric about 6 mm.
long by 2 mm. in diameter and most sparingly puberu-
lous (often below the middle only) very rarely bearing
here and there a single gland; style glabrous slightly
shorter than corolla and slightly clavately expanded under
the lobulate stigma.
W.N.W. Yunnan. Tseku. Monbeig. No. 166. Herb.
Edin. 1907.
A remarkable species, which we know only in specimens
collected by Pere Monbeig, and of which the precise
locality is not recorded. The specimens were received at
Kdinburgh in 1907 when Pere Monbeig was residing at
Tseku, and Mr. Forrest, to whose kind intervention we
are indebted for them, tells me that Pére Monbeig’s
collections at that time were made mainly to the N.W.
of Tseku, and this plant may therefore come from across
the Tibeto-Yunnan frontier. I hope Mr. Forrest may find
during his next exploration and send home material to
enable us to study more fully the structure and develop-
ment of the protective coating of shoot and leaf. This
covering is interesting. In the dried specimens the one-
year-old stem and the petioles are more or less white with
irregular flakes of wax which have cracked off the surface
as shrivelling has proceeded. The older stems and petioles
gradually lose all trace of these flakes. The lamina on
the under side is glossy and covered with a uniform wax-
stratum. Apparently this peels off in places and by so
doing bares the coloured reticulation of the veinlets that
in other places from which it has not separated is less
conspicuous. The upper surface is much less glossy, and
to what degree it is wax-coated I am unable to say on
the evidence I have. The whole feature requires for
complete understanding living material for dissection. In
Rh. lukiangense, which is the nearest ally to Rh. ceracewm
and very like it in many ways, there is the same coating of
wax, but in our specimens the coating seems to remain longer
190 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXXXI
on the surface, yet the effect somehow is of a less shining
surface. Otherwise Rh. lukiangense can be diagnosed from
Rh. ceraceum by the unequal corolla-lobes, the spotted
corolla, the glabrous pedicels, calyx, stamens, and ovary.
The very glossy surface of the under-leaf in Rh. ceracewm
distinguishes it at sight from other species which it resembles
in many ways and with which it is allied. The distinctive
association of marks of Rh. ceracewm in the series is—the
wax-coating, no glands, floccose-tomentose rhachis of in-
florescence, puberulous pedicels and calyx, 5-lobed corolla
glabrous outside and inside, puberulous ovary.
Rhododendron eritimum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.!
Shrub reaching about 6 m. in height with thick glabrous
branches. Foliage-leaf buds unknown. Leaves shortly
1 Rhododendron eritimum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.—Frutex ad 6 m. altus
ramis crassis glabris. Alabastra et folia juvenilia ignota. Folia breviter
petiolata ad 18 cm. longa; lamina subrigida subcrasse coriacea anguste
oblongaad 17 cm. longa ad 4°5 cm. lata apice obtusa subrostrata mucronata
margine subrevoluta cartilaginea obscure undulata hand asperata basi
anguste cuneata utrinque glaberrima supra olivacea costa media sulcata
leviter erubescente venis primariis utrinsecus ad 18 paullo suleatis
caeteroquin minutissime papillata subtus glauca costa media elevata
venis primariis erubescentibus et venularum reti immersis caeteroquin
laevis obscure aurantiaco-punctulata papillis globosis epidermicis minute
induta ; petiolus vix 1 cm. longus crassus glaber. Flores cire. 15 in
inflorescentiam racemoso-umbellatam dispositi rhachi cire. 1°2°cm, longa
sparsim (sed in axillis bractearum dense) kermesino-floccosa ; bracteae
fertiles membranaceae spadiceo-brunneae cire. 2°5 cm. longae circ. 9 mm.
latae extus dense albido- et rufo-sericeae intus superne plus minusve
adpresso-pubescentes ; bracteolae anguste ligulatae 1 cm. longae fere
1 mm. latae pedicellos superantes dense pilosae ; pedicelli circ. 8 mm.
longi subcrassi floccis paucis conspersi glabrescentes. Calyx minutus
circ. 2 mm. longus cupularis glaberrimus, lobis ovatis vel rotundatis vel
deltoideis margine subfimbriatis. Corolla lurido-rosea late tubuloso-
campanulata ad 4 cm. longa extus intusque glabra varo notata sed
emaculata 7-lobata, lobis rotundatis haud magnis cire. 1°3 cm. longis cire.
1°6 em. latis emarginatis suberenulatis. Stamina 14 inaequalia longiora
circ. 3°3 cm. longa breviora cire. 2 cm. antheris atro-purpureis cire.
3 mm, longis, filamentis vix deorsum latioribus glaberrinus. Discus
glaberrimus. Gynaeceum circ. 35 cm. longum corolla paullo brevius
stamina paullo superans; ovarium cylindricum angustum paullosuleatum
atro-purpureum glaberrimum cire. 5 mm. longum ; stylus glaber gracilis
in stigma lobulatum haud discoideum paullo ampliatus.
Species Rh. anthosphaero, Diels affinis sed foliis anguste oblongis, petiolo
glabro, pedicellis brevioribus haud 1 cm. longis eglandulosis, calyce
glaberrimo, corolla 7-lobata intus glabra, staminum 14 filamentis glabris,
ovario glaberrimo recognoscenda ; in forma foliorum Rh. agasto, Balf. f.
et W. W. Sm. similis sed illa species pedicellos et calyces et ovaria et
stylos glandulosos, pedicellos 1 em. longos, corollae tubum intus puber-
1916-17, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 191
‘
petiolate as much as 18 cm. long; lamina somewhat rigid
and thick coriaceous narrowly oblong as much as 17 cm.
long 4°5 cm. broad, apex obtuse somewhat rostrate mucro-
nate, margin somewhat revolute cartilaginous obscurely
undulate not roughened, base narrow cuneate ; both surfaces
very glabrous and mat; upper surface olivaceous with a
grooved midrib slightly reddening, the primary veins about
18 pairs slightly grooved, the rest of the surface most
minutely papillate; under surface glaucous, the midrib
raised, the primary veins reddening and like the ultimate
reticulation of the veinlets not prominent, the rest of the
surface smooth obscurely orange-punctulate, the epidermis
marked by minute globose papillae; petiole scarcely 1 cm.
long thick glabrous. Flowers about 15 in a racemose-
umbel with an axis about 1-2 em. long sparingly but in the
axils of the bracts densely rufously floccose; fertile bracts
membranaceous chestnut-brown about 2.5 em. long and
9 mm. broad, outside densely sericeous with white and
rufous hairs, inside in the upper part more or less adpressedly
pubescent; bracteoles narrowly hgulate about 1 em. long
and almost 1 mm. broad exceeding the pedicel densely
pilose; pedicel about 8 mm. long somewhat thick sprinkled
with floccose hairs and glabrescent. Calyx minute about
2 mm. long cupular very glabrous, lobes ovate or rounded
or deltoid with a subfimbriate margin. Corolla dark
crimson widely tubular-campanulate as much as 4 em.
long, outside and inside glabrous, marked by a blotch but
without any spots, 7-lobed; lobes rounded not large about
13 cm. long by 16 mm. broad emarginate subcrenulate.
Stamens 14 unequal, longer about 3:3 cm. long, shorter
about 2 cm. long; anthers dark purple about 3 mm. long ;
filaments scarcely widening to the base and quite glabrous.
Disk quite glabrous. Gynaeceum about 3°5 cm. long
shghtly exceeding the stamens and shorter than corolla;
ovary cylindric narrow slightly grooved dark purple quite
glabrous about 5 mm. long; style glabrous slender shghtly
expanding into a lobulate not discoid stigma.
ulum, staminum 10-12 filamenta basi pubescentia, discum floccosum,
stigma discoideum possedit ; Rh. hylothreptwm, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.
foliis lanceolatis, petiolis glandulosis, pedicellis ultra 1 cm. longis gland-
ulosis, calyce puberulo, corolla intus staminumque filamentis puberulis,
disco puberulo distinguitur.
192 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. Lxxx1
E.N.W. Yunnan :—Mountains of the Chungtien plateau.
Alt. 9000 ft. In open thickets. Shrub of 20 ft. Flowers
deep plum-crimson, in bud black-crimson. G. Forrest.
No. 12,416. March 1914.
A very fine species. By its oblong leaves this species,
which belongs to the Irroratum series, is easily picked out
amongst its allies. Rh. agastwm is the only other one of
the series with like leaf-form. The character which
impresses one particularly in this species is its glabrous-
ness—calyx, corolla, stamens, ovary, and style all are
glabrous, and as these are either glandular or puberulous
in Rh. agastum the differentiation of the two is easily
made. The punctulations on the leaves are not very con-
spicuous. Rh. eritimum is a plant of the Chungtien
plateau and is only known from there. Ah. wrroratwm
extends into the plateau in a remarkably robust form,
and these two species have the most northerly distribu-
tion of the Irroratum series. Like Rh. irroratuwm, our
species has somewhat glaucous foliage, but the leaf-form
of Rh. eritimum is very different from the pointed lanceo-
late or oblanceolate type in Rh. irroratwm, and then its
large truss of red flowers with 7-lobed corolla and 14
stamens amongst other characters distinguish it.
Rhododendron gymnanthum, Diels in Notes R.B.G. Edin.,
v (1912), 2111
Shrub with slender branches. Branches a year old about
3 mm. in diameter glabrescent and shining but still showing
! The following is the description given by Diels ;—
Rh. gymnanthum, Diels.—Frutex 0°9-2 m. altus. Folia persistentia ;
superiorum petiolus ca. 1 cm. longus, lamina papyracea, glabra, oblance-
olata, basim versus sensim angustata, apice acuta, 10-12 cm. longa,
2°5-3 em. lata. Racemus brevis terminalis, pedunculi glabri, sepala
brevia ca. 1 mm. longa, corolla infundibuliformi-campanulata, rosea,
basi purpurea, superius purpureo-punctata vel striolata, 3-5-4 cm. longa,
ore 2°5-3 cm. lata ; limbi lobi rotundati, 15-2 cm. diamet. Stamina 10,
filamenta basi paulo latiora, glabra, 2-3 cm. longa. Ovarium 0°5—-0°6 cm.
longum, conicum, glabrum, stylus ca. 3 cm. longus.
W.N.W. Yunnan :—Mekong-Salween divide, N.W. of Tseku. Alt.
13,000 ft. Lat. 28° 12’ N. Open rocky situations. Shrub of 3-6 ft.
Flowers rose with crimson markings.
Similar to Rh. lukiangense, Franch. (Tseku, Soulié, No. 1000) but
differing by shorter and narrower leaves, larger flowers, and the pedicels
not being tomentose. [What Diels refers to here is the axis of inflores-
cence, not the vesicle.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 193
more or less tufts and vestiges of floccose greasy hairs
with which we must assume the stem is at first clad. No
foliage buds or younger twigs have been seen. Leaves
petiolate as much as 19 em. long; lamina coriaceous lance-
olate. or oblanceolate slightly oblique as much as 17 cm.
long and 3:5 cm. broad somewhat shortly acuminate, midrib
at the tip swollen into a small horny tubercle, margin
cartilaginous obscurely undulate and marked by the scars
of fallen relatively broad-based hairs, base cuneate or
obtuse; upper surface glaucous-green glossy, wax surface-
coating sometimes becoming mat, midrib suleate slightly
reddening and lined more or less by withered remains of
floccose greasy hairs, primary veins about 18 pairs slightly
visible and sometimes vestigially floccose elsewhere the
surface glabrous faintly punctulate by orange-coloured
bases of fallen hairs; under surface olive-buff-coloured
also somewhat glossy, the midrib raised pinkish and
glabrous, the primary veins also slightly raised, the ulti-
mate reticulation showing slightly raised in the dried leaf
tending to become purple glabrous and showing minute
punctulations from the red or orange bases of fallen hairs ;
petiole as much as 2 em. long, not very thick slightly
erubescent and glabrescent but more or less clad with
withered whitish-grey or reddish remains of floccose
greasy hairs and marked by the bases of fallen ones.
Inflorescence racemose-umbellate about 8 flowers in the
truss, the rhachis slender about 2 cm. long glabrescent
but with a few remains of floccose greasy hairs and
persistent groups of them in axils of outer sterile bracts ;
bracts and bracteoles unknown; pedicels stout oblique at
top, dark brown floccose glabrescent about 1 cm. long.
Calyx small about 2°5 mm. long cupular, cup glabrous
with 5 somewhat triangular thinnish lobes which are
fringed and erose the divisions often gland-tipped. Corolla
rose-coloured with a basal posterior blotch and crimson-
spotted above funnel-campanulate about 4 cm. long, ex-
ceeding in length androecium and gynaeceum, glabrous
both outside and inside, 5-lobed, the lobes rounded retuse
and somewhat crenulate about 2 cm. long and _ broad.
Stamens 10 unequal, longer ones about 3:4 cm. long, shorter
ones about 1:4 cm. long; anthers dark purple about 2°75 mm.
194 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, LxxxI
long; filaments hardly widened at base and above the base
provided with a few short hairs they are not glabrous.
Disk glabrous. Gynaeceum about 4 cm. long exceeding
stamens; ovary cylindric about 7 mm. long very narrow
about 1:75 mm. in diameter grooved shining brown-black
sometimes papillate, glabrous; style glabrous hardly ex-
panding beneath the lobulate small stigma.
W.N.W. Yunnan:—N.W. of Tseku. Mekong-Salween
divide. Alt. 13,000 ft. Lat. 28° 12’ N. Open rocky
situations. Shrub of 3-6 ft. Flowers rose with crimson
markings. G. Forrest. No. 5071. Aug. 1904.
W.N.W. Yunnan:—Tseku. Monbeig. No.4. Herb. Kew.
In Herb. Kew there is a good sheet of this under “ No. 4
Monbeig,” collected at Tseku. Our material at Edinburgh
from Forrest, though scanty,—only a twig with five leavesand
four flowers—is that upon which Diels founded his species.
Through the kindness of the Director of Kew I have had
for examination Monbeig’s specimen No. 4, and I am able
to say that Forrest's specimen is part of the same collecting.
In Forrest’s early collections are specimens of several
different species from Tseku which were of the same
collecting as Pere Monbeig’s, and this is one of them.
Hemsley and Wilson! referred Monbeig’s No. 4 to Rh.
irroratum, Franch. Later, Rehder and Wilson? correctly
placed itin Rh. gymnanthum. Like most of the Irroratum
series this species appears at sight to be quite glabrous,
but the evidence of an early floccose condition of axes and
leaf are present and the vestiges vary in the degree of their
prominence. Except for the glands which tip some of the
fringe lobes of the calyx, I have not seen glands upon this
plant in its mature state. I have described the disk as
glabrous, but in one flower I saw traces of a few very
fine short hairs.
I may add a word about the leaf surfaces. The upper is
typically glossy from its layer of wax. It is easy to dis-
solve this in benzol and to remove it, leaving an opaque
mat surface. In some of the dried leaves the upper surface
is mat—pale and glaucous or olive-green. This seems to
be due to a loosening of the wax layer. The under surface
' In Kew Bulletin (1910), 113.
* Plantae Wilsonianae, i (1913), 539.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 195
is also but less prominently wax-coated. These wax-coat-
ings in the series require further investigation. As I
have pointed out on a preceding page, they are developed
in varying degree in several species, being particularly
evident in Rh. ceracewm where the under surface is par-
ticularly glossy the upper suriace less so, and in all the
immediate allies of Rh. gymnanthum the under surface
has a somewhat shining look from the presence of wax.
Along with Rh. araiophyllum, Rh. mengtszense, Rh.
spanotrichwm, and Rh. tanastylum, the species belongs to
that set within the Irroratum series which shows narrow:
lanceolate or oblanceolate leaves and 5-lobed corolla, glabrous
inside and out. Rh. araiophyllum is a white-flowered plant
with open campanulate corolla and puberulous ovary. Rh.
mengtszense is a gland-setose plant and readily differentiated
by the character. Rh. spanotrichwm has shorter leaves not
glossy above, much more definitely oblanceolate, and its
corolla is not funnel-campanulate and its staminal filaments
are glabrous. Rh. tanastylwm has also much shorter leaves
but glossy above, and the corolla is tubular-campanulate,
the stamens glabrous. Diels mentions and Rehder and
Wilson also refer to a likeness of Rh. gymnanthwm to
Rh. lukiangense, but the species are very different (see
under Rh. lukiangense, p. 203).
Rhododendron hylothreptwm, Balf. £. et W. W. Sm!
Tree about 9 m. high with thickish branches. Young
branches about 3 mm. in diameter densely floccose with
1 Rhododendron hylothreptum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.—Arbor ad 9 m.
alta ramis subcrassis. Ramuli hornotini cire. 3 mm. diam. dense
floccosi (pilorum ramis brevibus) et clavato-glandulosi glandulis rufis vel
aurantiacis, seniores earum vestigiis vestiti. Alabastrorum elongato-
ovoideorum subviscidorum perulae exteriores late ovatae vel subrotun-
datae crustaceo-coriaceae brunneae circ. 6 mm. longae ecarinatae haud
mucronulatae extus plus minusve rufo-glandulosae intus pilis sebaceis
indutae obscure ciliatae, interiores membranaceae spathulatae circ. 8 cm.
longae circ. 7 mm. latae spadiceo-brunneae extus puberulae glandulisque
vestitae intus plus minusve puberulae apicem versus sericeae vertice
acutatae sebaceo-ciliatae ; folia juvenilia revoluta supra pilis floccosis
longe ramosis et glandulis clavatis paucis dense induta subtus glandulis
clavatis et pilis paucioribus breviter ramosis vestita, margine pilis pede
lato praedita; petiolus juvenilis dense clavato-glandulosus et pilis floccosis
obtectus. Folia petiolata ad 13 cm. longa ; lamina chartacea lanceolata
nune oblanceolata ad extremitates attenuata ad 11:5 em. longa ad 3°5 cm.
lata apice acuta corneo-tuberculata margine plana cartilaginea obscure
196 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. nxxx1
branched short hairs and also clavately glandular with red
or orange glands ; older branches marked with the remains
of these. Scale-leaves on the outside of the elongated
ovoid somewhat viscid buds broadly ovate or somewhat
rounded crustaceously coriaceous brown about 6 mm. long
without a dorsal keel and not mucronate, more or less
rufously glandular on the back, on the inner surface lined
by greasy hairs, obscurely ciliate; inner scale-leaves
membranaceous spathulate about 3 cm. long 7 mm. broad
chestnut-brown puberulous on the back and clad with
glands, more or less puberulous within and towards the
apex sericeous, the acutish summit being ciliate with
greasy hairs; juvenile leaves revolute upper surface densely
clad with many-branched floccose hairs and a few clavate
glands, under side covered with clavate glands and a smaller
number of shortly branched hairs, margin girt by broad-
undulata et pedibus pilorum juvenilium delapsorum minute subasperata
basi obtuse vel plus minusve late cuneata supra olivacea opaca costa media
sulcata sulco glandulis paucis rubris et pilis ramosis marcidis notato venis
primariis utrinsecus cire. 14 paullo sulcatis caeteroquin plana glaberrima
floccorum juvenilium vestigiorum inopia notata subtus fulva nune sub-
nitenscosta media elevata leviter erubescente minute puberula et glandulis
rubris paucis vel earum vestigiis conspersa venis primariis etiam elevatis
caeteroquin subpuberula et glandularum juvenilium pedibus minute
punctulata epidermide globoso-papillata ; petiolus ad 1:5 cm, longus
erassus supra sulcatus glandulis pilisque et earum vestigiis plus minusve
obtectus saepe glabrescens. Flores circ. 12 in inflorescentiam racemoso-
umbellatam dispositi rhachi ad 17 cm. longa pilis floccosis multo ramosis
sebaceis rubris plus minusve dense vestita; bracteae deciduae fertiles
obovato-oblongae membranaceae extus dense sericeae et glandulosae intus
sericeae ; bracteolae lineares circ. 9 mm. longae rufae adpresso-pilosae ;
pedicelli ad 1°5 cm. longi validi glandulis clavatis et pilis sebaceis rufis
tloccosis conspersi. Calyx cupularis cupula dense glandulosa cire. 2 mm.
longus carnosulus, lobis deltoideis vel triangularibus extus plus minusve
puberulis margine eglandulosis rarissime glandulis paucis notatis.
Corolla late tubuloso-campanulata circ. 4°5 em. longa genitalia superans
basi 7-gibbosa retusa extus glabra intus puberula postice variculata et
maculata 7-lobata, lobis circ. 1°7 cm. longis circ. 2 cm. latis rotundatis
emarginatis subcrenulatis. Stamina 14 inaequalia longiora cire. 3 em.
longa breviora cire. 2 cm. longa, antheris atro-purpureis cire. 2°5 mm.
longis, filamentis roseis a basi ima saepe ad medium copiose pubescentibus.
Discus minutissime puberulus. Gynaeceum circ.3°5 cm. longum; ovarium
6 mm. longum conoideum nigrescens sulcatum glabrum sed rarissime
glandulis singulis paucissimis nune floccis sebaceis plus minusve con-
spersum; stylus wlaber stamina superans in stigma lobulatum haud
discoideum paullo clavatim ampliatus.
Species Rh. anthosphaero, Diels similis sed calycis cupula glandulosa
lobis que puberulis, corolla 7-lobata, staminibus 14, filamentis ad medium
copiose pubescentibus, disco minutissime puberulo, ovario glabro bene
distincta.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 197
based hairs; juvenile petiole densely clavate-glandular and
floccose. Leaves petiolate as much as 13 em. long; lamina
chartaceous lanceolate occasionally oblanceolate narrowed
at the extremities as much as 11°5 cm. long 3°5 cm. broad,
acute at the apex and crowned by a horny tubercle,
margin flat cartilaginous obscurely undulate and minutely
roughened by the bases of fallen juvenile hairs, obtuse
or more or less broad cuneate at the base; upper surface
olivaceous mat with a grooved midrib the groove contain-
ing a few red glands and the withered remains of branched
hairs, primary veins about 14 pairs slightly grooved, other-
wise the surface is flat very glabrous wanting apparently
conspicuous vestiges of juvenile flocks ; under surface tawny
sometimes somewhat glossy midrib elevated erubescent
minutely puberulous and sprinked with scattered red
glands or their vestiges, primary veins also raised, else-
where the surface is somewhat puberulous and minutely
punctulate, epidermis globosely papillate; petiole as much
as 15 em. long thick grooved above and covered with
glands and hairs or their vestiges often glabrescent.
Flowers about 12 arranged in a racemose-umbel with a
rhachis 1:7 em. long, the axis more or less densely covered
with floccose much-branched greasy red hairs; bracts
deciduous fertile ones obovate-oblong or oblong membranous,
outside densely sericeous and glandular, inside sericeous ;
bracteoles linear about 9 mm. long rufous with adpressed
hairs; pedicels about 1:5 cm. long stout sprinkled with
clavate glands and greasy rufous floccose hairs. Calyx
cupular, cup about 2 mm. long densely glandular fleshy
with deltoid or triangular; lobes more or less puberulous
outside, margin eglandular rarely with one or two glands.
Corolla broadly tubular-campanulate about 4:5 cm. long
exceeding the androecium and gynaeceum, 7-gibbous and
retuse at the base, glabrous outside puberulous inside with
a blotch and spots on the back, 7-lobed; lobes about 1:7
em. long and 2 em. broad rounded emarginate subcrenulate.
Stamens 14 unequal, the longer about 3 cm. long, shorter
2 cm.; anthers dark purple 2°5 mm. long; filaments rose-
coloured abundantly pubescent from the very base often to
the middle. Disk most minutely puberulous. Gynaeceum
about 3°5 cm. long; ovary 6 mm. long conoid blackening
198 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss, LxxxI
grooved glabrous very rarely with a few solitary single
glands occasionally sprinkled with floccose greasy hairs;
style glabrous longer than the stamens slightly expanding
into a slightly clavate apex under the lobulate not discoid
stigma.
E.N.W. Yunnan :—Summit of the Sungkwei pass. Alt.
11,000-12,000 ft. Open situations. Shrub of 10-15 ft.
Flowers deep magenta-rose with darker markings. G.
Forrest. No. 5845. May 1910; in rhododendron forests.
Tree of 20-30 ft. G. Forrest. No. 5848. May 1910.
A species which recalls Rh. anthosphaerwm, Diels, and it
comes from the same area—the Sungkwei Pass—but it is
quite distinct.
Like Rh. anthosphaer wm it has broadly lanceolate leaves
darkly olivaceous on the upper surface, punctulate below,
and there the midrib sometimes shows a few glands. The
petioles are usually shorter than in Rh. anthosphaerwm.
Here the corolla is 7-lobed and the stamens correlatively
14. This has not been seen in Rh. anthosphaerwm, where
5-6 petaline lobes and 10-12 stamens in the flower are met
with. Whether or no this is a critical difference future
observation must determine. It is in the material we
possess definitely diagnostic. Other characters distin-
guishing Rh. hylothreptum from. Rh. anthosphaerum are
the puberulous calycine lobes, the filaments of the stamens
copiously puberulous to the middle or beyond not merely
finely puberulous at the base, the typically glabrous ovary.
The species is in cultivation under No. 5848, and we have
at Edinburgh several plantlets. All of these do not show
the characters we expect in Rh. hylothreptum, but they are
too young as yet to offer sound evidence in reply to the
question—What are they ? The dried specimens show the
plant as most floriferous, and, coming as it does from a high
altitude in the north-west of Yunnan, we may expect it to
be thoroughly hardy. The flower colour does not, however,
appear to be of depth and intensity sufficient to give it a
prominent claim for favour in gardens in competition with
species of the Sanguineum series or the Thomsoni series.
In addition to the Nos. 5845 and 5848 cited above, we
have another plant from Forrest, with the label :—
“E.N.W. Yunnan :—Near the summit of the Sungkwei
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 199
pass. Alt. 10,000 ft. Lat. 26° 12’ N. In rhododendron
forest. Tree of 20-30 ft. Flowers crimson-rose with deep
crimson markings. G. Forrest. No. 5852. May 1910.”
This is our species, but it shows the ovary clad more or
less with solitary or floecose hairs. In this there is an
approach to Rh. anthosphaerwm.
Rhododendron irroratum, Franch. in Bull. Soc. Bot. France,
xxxiv (1887), 280;! Hemsl. in Journ. Linn, Soc., xxvi
(1889), 26; Bot. Mag. (1894), t. 7361.
Shrub reaching as much as 9 meters in height. New
shoots of the year about 3 mm. in diameter rufo-tomentose
densely clad with shortly-stalked clavate rufous glands
which soon fall; branches a year old tawny and with
blackened gland-vestiges, ultimately a dirty grey and
decorticating. Foliage buds sticky oblong covered outside
with dark-brown crustaceo-coriaceous scale-leaves semi-
lunate or rotundate cucullate without a keel slightly ciliate
at tip with greasy short hairs, glabrous inside, glandular
and puberulous on back; intermediate scale-leaves oblong
obovate; inner ones membranous as much as 3°8 cm. long
yellowish ligulate-spathulate acute, outside and inside clad
with clavate rufous shortly-stalked glands with at the
tip a group of floccose greasy hairs; young leaves revolute
in ptyxis, upper surface densely covered with an indu-
mentum of floccose hairs having a broad foot and long
or short thick stalk giving off more or less greasy branches,
margin fringed with like flocks and with stalked clavate
1 Franchet’s description runs :—
Rhododendron trroratum, Franch.—Frutex circiter 6-pedalis, ramis et
ramulis glabris ; folia usque 5 poll. longa, nune minora, breviter (7-10
mill.) petiolata, e basi attenuata lanceolata, apice acuta, mucronata, glauca,
rigida, glaberrima, nervis secundariis usque 12-15 subtus prominulis ;
flores ad anthesin glomerati, mox laxi, albi, intus punctis fuscis confertis
irrorati, pedunculis 10-12 mill. longis glandulis tenuibus adspersis ;
calyx inter minimos, extus dense glandulosus, lobis obsoletis rotundatis ;
corolla extus glabra, intus in parte inferiore puberula, haud magna (vix
ultra pollicaris), aperte campanulata, lobis 5 rotundatis; stamina 10,
inclusa, filamentis inferne brevissime ciliatis ; ovarium glandulis minutis
fuscis dense obtectum ; stylus gracilis stamina superans, ad apicem usque
glandulosus.
Yunnan, in silvis ad Pee-tsao-lo, supra Mo-so-yn, prope Lankong, alt.
2500 m., fl. 9 April (Delav. n. 2352).
Tres jolie espéce, remarquable par sa teinte glauque et par ses fleurs
blanches abondamment mouchetées de brun.,
200 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXxxI
red glands which may be numerous; under surface more
sparingly beset with shorter cauliflower glands or solitary
greasy hairs; petiole densely glandular. Leaves petiolate
as much as 145 em. long usually less; lamina rigid thick
coriaceous usually narrowed to both ends lanceolate or
oblanceolate as much as 12°5 cm. long and 38 em. broad,
somewhat acute at the tip with a horny tubercle, margin
broadly cartilaginous slightly revolute the edge roughened
or notched owing to projecting reddish feet of fallen
juvenile hairs, base obtuse or slightly rounded; upper
surface pale glaucous green, midrib deeply grooved,
primary veins about 16 pairs pinnately spreading at a
wide angle slightly grooved, whole surface glabrescent
with vestiges of the juvenile hairs; under surface paler
usually fawn-colour, midrib and primary veins elevated
straw-coloured, whole surface minutely punctulate by red
bases of fallen juvenile cauliflower glands or greasy hairs ;
petiole as much as 2 cm. long usually less, grooved above,
thick somewhat fleshy slightly reddened, more or less
glandular or marked by vestiges of fallen stalked rufous
glands or hairs. Inflorescence shortly racemose umbellate
many flowered (over 15), rhachis up to 3 em. long (often
shorter) rufously glandular; bracts outer sterile tawny
rounded sometimes apiculate, margin ciliate, clad like outer
perulae of foliage buds, inner fertile oblong-spathulate
subtruncate submembranaceous about 3°5 em. long 1 em.
broad, densely sericeous, outside with single white hairs
towards apex mixed with glands and floccose greasy hairs,
inside glabrous except at apex where is a tuft of white
crumpled hairs; bracteoles filiform slightly wider at in-
sertion silkily pilose about 1:8 cm. long or shorter, longer
than pedicel; pedicel pale yellow-green about 1°3 em. long
stout glandular with clavate crimson glands. Calyx minute
about 2 mm. long cupular densely glandular outside with
5-rounded semi-lunate or ovate or broadly triangular lobes,
gland-fringed always epilose. Corolla white or pale yellow
or greenish-white with more or fewer crimson spots (there
may be many on all the petals) sometimes only a few
on the posterior petal and without a blotch posteriorly
somewhat fleshy variable in size from 3 to 55 em. long,
always longer than stamens and gynaeceum, tubular-
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 201
campanulate, 5-lobed, at base 5-gibbous and retuse, outside
more or less glandular with short-stalked clavate crimson
glands specially on mid-veins of the lobes, inside densely
puberulous; lobes rounded emarginate slightly crenulate,
in smaller flowers 1:7 cm. long by 2:2 cm. broad, in larger
flowers 2 cm. long by 3 em. broad. Stamens 10 unequal,
in smaller flowers longer ones 3 cm. long, shorter 2°3 cm.
long, in larger flowers longer 45 cm. long, shorter
3°5 cm. long; anthers about 3°5 mm. long dark brown;
filaments eglandular slightly wider at base and there
finely puberulous from the very base to about top of ovary.
Disk most*glabrous. Gynaeceum in smaller flowers about
3°3 cm. long, in larger 4°5 cm.; ovary blackening conoid
grooved about 5 mm. long and 2°5 mm. in diam. densely
clavate-glandular sometimes with a few solitary hairs or
flocks of greasy hairs at very base; style red-glandular
throughout not expanding below the lobulate stigma but
forming a narrow ring.
Specimens I have seen are :—
E.N.W. Yunnan :—In woods at Peetsaolo above Mosoyn,
near Langkiung. Alt. 2500 m. In flower, 9th April.
Delavay No. 2352.
E.N.W. Yunnan :—Ascent of the Sungkwei pass from the
Langkiung valley. Alt. 9000-10,000 ft. Lat. 26° 30’ N.
Shady pine and rhododendron forest. Erect shrub of
10-15 ft. Corolla yellowish-white, with a few markings
of a greenish-yellow, thick and fleshy. G. Forrest.
No. 2043. April 1906.
E.N.W. Yunnan:—Near the summit of the Sungkwei
pass ascending from the Langkiung valley. Alt. 11,000 ft.
Lat. 26° 30° N. Open situations. Spreading shrub of
10-15 ft. Corolla greenish-white, profusely marked small
dark crimson spots. G. Forrest. No. 2058. April 1906.
Mid. W. Yunnan :—Eastern flank of the Tali Range. Alt.
11,000-12,000 ft. Lat. 25° 40’ N. Open rocky situations.
Shrub of 8-12 ft. Flowers white with a few crimson
markings. G. Forrest. No. 4146. July 1906.
E.N.W. Yunnan :—Summit of the Sungkwei pass. Alt.
11,000-12,000 ft. Lat. 26° 12’N. In rhododendron forest..-
Shrub or tree of 15-30 ft. Flowers pale yellow with
crimson markings. G. Forrest. No. 5851. May 1910.
202 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, L¥XX1
E.N.W. Yunnan:— Langkiung-Hoking divide. Alt.
10,000-11,000 ft. Lat. 26° 25’ N. In rhododendron
thickets. Shrub of 10-830 ft. Flowers pale yellow, spotted
crimson. G. Forrest. No. 10,023. May 1913.
E.N.W. Yunnan:—Langkiung-Hoking divide. Alt. 9000-
10,500 ft. Lat. 26° 25’ N. In rhododendron thickets.
Shrub of 20 ft. Flowers white, with a few rose markings
flushed rose exterior. G. Forrest. No. 10,032. May 1913.
E.N.W. Yunnan :—Mountains of the Chungtien plateau.
Alt. 9000-10,000 ft. Lat. 27° 30° N. In open thickets.
Shrub of 20 ft. Flowers yellowish, white margined rose
with deep crimson markings. G. Forrest. No. 12,410.
April 1914.
The above record shows that the species has a compara-
tively large area of distribution in Yunnan. Beginning
in the south on the eastern flank of the Tali Range it
occurs near Langkiung, the earliest known locality, and
apparently is common about that region having been found
on the Langkiung-Hoking divide, and in the Sungkwei
pass leading out of the Langkiung valley; much farther
north it appears on the Chungtien plateau. It is a
wonderfully constant type over its area. Some degree
of variation it exhibits. In size of leaf, for instance; also
in size of flower—and this is the most noteworthy. In
Delavay’s Langkiung specimen the corolla is, as Franchet
says, not large—it does not reach 3°7 em.—but in some of
Forrest’s specimens from the Langkiung-Hoking divide
(No. 10,032 in particular) the corolla is at least 5°5 em.
long and all the other flower-parts have correlative size-
modification. Franchet says nothing of a character of
some import diagnostically—the presence of crimson glands
on the outside of the corolla. These occur on Delavay’s
plant (No. 2352), which, through the kindness of M. Lecomte
of the Paris Herbarium, I have been enabled to examine.
In Forrest's specimens they are prominent, particularly
on the mid-veins of the petals, but sometimes a vein may
show none.
The species is one of the most easily recognised of all
rhododendrons. The rigid more or less lanceolate glaucous
apparently quite glabrous leaves are characteristic; their
somewhat fawn-coloured under-leaf surface is always
1916-17, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 203
minutely punctulate and the cartilaginous undulate margin
is more or less notched and conspicuously punctulate.
The upper surface, which in the young leaf is much more
densely coated with hairs than is the under surface,—this
the consequence of a revolute ptyxis—does not show con-
spicuously such coloured bases of its fallen hairs, but
vestiges of these hairs may be seen, specially about the
midrib. The more or less glandular petiole is a character
of mark. In the flower region the following characters
are important:—the glandular axis of inflorescence, the
glandular pedicels, the 5-lobed corolla glandular outside
puberulous inside, the filaments of stamens very finely
puberulous from base to top of ovary, the rufously glan-
dular ovary without hairs though occasionally at base of
and on the ovary a few greasy coloured hairs may occur,
the style glandular right to the top and there ending in
a stigma which is hardly broader than lower part of style.
Rh. wrroratum was brought into cultivation through
the Jardin des Plantes of Paris, where it was raised from
seeds sent by Delavay. It flowered for the first time in
Britain at Kew in 1893, and is figured in the Botanical
Magazine (1894), t. 7361. It has flowered elsewhere since
then, and seems to be variable in flower colour. Sir Joseph
Hooker wrote of it as “in its present condition the least
ornamental species of the genus known to me,” expressing
the hope that when older its merits would be higher. We
have it growing at Edinburgh under Forrest’s No. 5851,
which, through the dried specimens, does not promise to
be much better than Delavay’s plant. The form from the
Chungtien plateau under Forrest’s No. 12,410 is evidently
much finer.
Rhododendron lukiangense, Franch. in Journ. de Bot., xii
(1898), 257.1
Shrub with medium thick branches. Branchlets a year
old as much as 5 mm. in diameter, pale green covered with
1 Franchet’s description runs :—
Rh. lukiangense, Franch.—Folia petiolata, coriacea, utraque facie
glaberrima, multicostata, e basi attenuata lanceolata, superne breviter
acutata, 13-17 cent. longa, 30-45 mm. lata, perulae florales diu per-
sistentes, extus albo lanatae, oblongae ; flores 6-8, apice ramorum con-
gesti, rubri ; pedicelli 3-4 mm. longi; calycis glabri segmenta vix con-
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVII. 15
204. TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXXxr
a surface stratum of white desquamating wax or its vestiges.
Foliage-leaf buds and juvenile leaves unknown. Leaves
petiolate as much as 17°5 cm. long; lamina of consistence
of parchment long lanceolate occasionally oblanceolate
narrowed to both ends, as much as 16 cm. long and 45 em.
broad, apex acute or acuminate not beaked ending in a
horny hydathodal tubercle, margin slightly recurved
cartilaginous obscurely undulate and minutely marked
by the bases of fallen juvenile hairs, base obtuse; upper
surface olivaceous somewhat glossy, very glabrous, the
midrib not reddening grooved, primary veins as many as
25 pairs hardly conspicuous, elsewhere conspicuously
reticulate (in dry state); under surface tawny hardly
punctulate very glabrous, midrib and primary veins elevated,
the network of the ultimate veins reddish, the whole surface
somewhat glossy smooth as if wax-varnished the coating
in places obscuring the ultimate venation, epidermis
epapillate ; petiole thick about 1°5 cm. long wrinkled grooved
above apparently glabrous but clad with a desquamating
white (often blackening) stratum of wax. Flowers of the
inflorescence about 8, racemosely umbellate, the axis of in-
florescence about 1°5 cm. long densely tomentose with white
floccose adpressed hairs; fertile bracts membranaceous
tawny spathulate as much as 2 cm. long and 7 mm. broad,
apex rounded or somewhat truncate and emarginate, ciliate,
outside densely silky throughout, inside near apex in the
middle silky; bracteoles filiform adpressed-pilose through-
out about 1 em. long; pedicels scarcely 1 cm. long glabrous
brown. Calyx cupular minute about 1:5 mm. long outside
glabrous; lobes deltoid sometimes broadly semi-lunate
minutely fimbriate. Corolla red (?), tubular-campanulate
as much as 43 cm. long exceeding the stamens and
gynaeceum, outside and inside glabrous, red-spotted pos-
teriorly, 5-lobed; lobes unequal posterior slightly larger
spicua ; corolla 25-30 mm. longa, anguste campanulata 5-loba ; ovarium,
stylus totus et staminum filamenta 10, perfecte glabra; stamina et
stylus haud exserta.
Vallée du Loukiang, 4 Tsékou (Souhé, n. 1000; 16 mars 1895).
Assez voisin du Rh. arboreum et des especes du méme groupe, c’est-
\-dire de celles qui ont 10 étamines et une corolle 4 5 lobes, mais dis-
tinct par l’état. complétement glabre de Vandrocce et du gynécée ; le
Rh. Bonvaloti auquel il ressemble surtout a le gynécée et Vandrocée
glanduleux.
1916-17, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 205
about 1°5 cm. long and 2 em. broad rounded emarginate more
or less crenulate. Stamens 10 unequal, longer about 3°3 em.
shorter about 2 cm. long; anthers dark purple in longest
stamens about 3 mm. long, in shortest 2 mm.; filaments
slightly flattened at the base scarcely widened, glabrous
throughout, eglandular. Disk pubescent. Gynaeceum
about 3°8 cm. long slightly exceeding the stamens, shorter
than corolla; ovary black-purple slightly grooved narrow
cylindric about 8 mm. long by 2 mm. in diameter glabrous ;
style glabrous slightly clavately expanded under the lobulate
stigma.
W.N.W. Yunnan :—Tseku. Valley of Loukiang: Soulié.
No. 1000. 16th March 1895.
Franchet’s diagnosis of this species, sufficient for its
purpose at the time of publication, is inadequate now that
we have so many more species to deal with in the Irroratum
alliance. J have therefore drawn up this fuller description.
For the means of doing this I am indebted to M. Lecomte
of the Paris Herbarium, who has given himself much trouble
on my behalf, for which I wish to express my warm thanks.
I received from him a drawing of the type-sheet in the
Paris Herbarium, and subsequently beautiful specimens of
Soulié’s collecting. Upon these my description is based.
The species finds its nearest ally in Rh. ceracewm, and
comes naturally into the set which includes also Rh. antho-
sphaerum and Rh. hylothreptwm. Like Rh. ceracewm, it
has the peculiar wax covering over the under surface of
the leaf, but the glossy sheen is not so bright. It appears
to be a larger-leaved and larger- flowered plant than
Rh. ceracewm. In the flower itself the unequal corolla
lobes spotted posteriorly and the glabrous pedicels, calyx,
stamens, and ovary are diagnostic. One may look on it
as a glabrous edition of Rh. ceracewm.
Diels thought his Rh. gymnanthum to be similar to
Rh. lukiangense, differing in, amongst other characters,
its glabrous not tomentose pedicels. But the pedicels in
both are glabrous. What Diels saw was the tomentose
axis of inflorescence in Rh. lukiangense, and that is very
different from the glabrescent rhachis of Rh. gymnanthum.
Other characters separating the species are the wax-coated
not floccose stems and petioles of Rh. lukiangense, its
206 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxx1
glabrous not floccose pedicels, its glabrous not puberulous
stamens, its pubescent not glabrous disk.
I will not quarrel with Franchet’s ascription of Rh.
lukiangense to the Arboreum group of Rhododendrons em-
bracing “species with 5-lobed corolla and 10 stamens”—only
the great increase in the number of known Rhododendrons
since he wrote compels endeavour to find smaller phyletic
groups within the genus, and the Irroratum series is a
product. The Arboreum series of Rhododendron centering
in the Himalayan Rh. arborewm, with its allied forms
Rh. Campbelliae, Rh. cinnamomeum, Rh. Kingianum,
Rh. nilagiricum, Rh. Rollissonii, and so forth, is repre-
sented in China by Rh. Delavayi, which also seems to have
some distinct enough allied forms, and the series can be
readily separated by valid marks as a phylum from the
Trroratum series. It is true that the general habit of some
members of the Irroratum series recalls the Arboreum habit,
and there is also often the compact truss of red flowers, but
the indumentum of the Arboreums has a very different con-
struction from that of the Irroratums. This and the many
other distinctions between the series I must leave over for
another occasion of writing. Only one thing further will
I say here, that no one of the Chinese Ivroratums can
compare in consistency of corolla and intensity of colour
with Rh. arborewm. And this is not an isolated case in
a comparison of the Rhododendrons of the two areas. As
a whole the large Sikkim Rhododendrons bear the palm
in these respects cver the Chinese—only in some of the
dwarfer Chinese forms is there rivalry.
Franchet also mentions Rh. Bonvaloti, Franch. as a species
which Rh. lukiangense “specially resembles.” Ihave know-
ledge of Rh. Bonvaloti only in a fragmentary specimen, and
it would lead me to exclude it from the Irroratum series, but
I shall have to deal with Rh. Bonvaloti at another time.
Rhododendron mengtszense, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.t
Tree reaching a height of about 6 m. with slender
branches covered with the agglutinated remains of seti-
1 Rhododendron mengtszense, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.—Arbor ad 6 m. alta
tenuiramosa glandularum setiformium et cataphyllorum et bractearum
annorum praeteritorum vestigiis agglutinatis obtecta. Rami apicem
1916-17.| | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 207
form glands, scale-leaves, and bracts of previous years.
Branches viscid towards the summit, about 4 mm. in
diameter, densely clad with red clavate glands with long
red stalks, setiform. Foliage buds unknown. Leaves
petiolate reaching 18 cm. in length; lamina chartaceous
firm narrowly oblanceolate as much as 16°5 cm. long
3°5 em. broad narrowing to the somewhat beaked and
acutish apex, margin cartilaginous obscurely undulate and
somewhat rufous reddened by the bases of fallen hairs,
narrowing to the unequal somewhat obtuse base; upper
versus viscidi cire. 4 mm. diam. glandulis rubris clavatis longe rubro-
stipitatis setiformibus dense obsiti. Alabastra ignota. Folia petiolata
ad 18 cm. longa ; lamina chartacea firma anguste oblanceolata ad 16°5 em.
longa ad 3°5 cm, lata apice attenuata subrostratim acutiuscula margine
cartilaginea obscure undulata et pedibus pilorum delapsorum subas-
perata deorsum attenuata basi inaequaliter obtusa supra opaca haud
nitens olivacea costa media suleata sulco pilis sebaceis et glandulis mar-
cidis impleto venis primariis utrinsecus circ. 16 haud prominulis caetero-
quin plana et primo aspectu glaberrima sed pedibus rubris glandularum
vel pilorum floccosorum delapsorum minutissime punctulata et setis
paucis conspersa subtus fulvida costa media venisque primariis elevatis
erubescentibus ex toto glandulis rubris setiformibus et pilis sebaceis
albidis vel rubris floccosis vel eorum vestigiis indutis venularum reti
paullo conspicuo et similiter sparsim punctulato ; petiolus ad 1°5 cm.
longus crassus setis longis rubris tandem nigricantibus glandulosis
densissime ex toto vestitus. Flores breviter racemoso-umbellati circ.
8 in inflorescentia quaque terminali rhachi cire. 1 em. longa glandu-
loso-setosa ; bracteae steriles rotundatae crustaceo-coriaceae intus plus
minusve sericeo-puberulae margine tenuiores, fertiles late obovatae circ.
2 cm. longae supra cire. 1 cm. latae extus et intus sericeae ‘eglandulosae
margine apiceque pilis rubris fimbriatae; bracteolae lineares uninerviae
ad presso-pilosae fere pedicellos aequantes ; pedicelli ad 2 cm. longi crassi
sub flore obliqui densissime glanduloso-setosi glandularum stipitibus
rubris longis et brevibus. Calyx parvus cire. 2 mm. longus cupularis
carnosulus, cupula dense glanduloso-setosa glandulis rubris, lobis del-
toideis purpureis glabris. Corolla purpureo-rosea aperte campanulata
eire. 3°8 cm. longa extus intusque glabra postice varo basali coccineo
notata emaculata basi 5-gibbosa retusa 5-lobata, lobis circ. 1°6 em.
longis cire. 2 cm. latis rotundatis emarginatis subcrenulatis. Stamina
10 inaequalia, longiora circ. 3 cm. longa breviora circ. 15 cm. antheris
cire. 4 mm. longis brunneis, filamentis deorsum paullo latioribus a basi
ima ad apicem ovarii puberulis. Discus albido-pubescens. Gynaeceum
cire. 3°8 cm. longum; ovarium cire, 5 mm. longum cylindricum pro-
funde suleatum nigrescens glandulis rubris plurimis longe rufo-stipitatis
subadpressis densissime obtectum et setis paucioribus longis (cire.
4 mm.) sebaceis rufis adscendentibus acutatis intermixtis praeditum ;
stylus ex toto rubro-glandulosus glandulis inferis longe superis breviter
stipitatis sub stigmate lobulato vix expansus.
Species Rh. gymnantho, Diels affinis ramulis et petiolis et inflorescentiae
rhachi et pedicellis et calyce et ovario glanduloso-setosis, foliis supra
opacis haud nitentibus, pedicello 2 cm. longo, disco pubescente, stylo
glanduloso facile recognoscenda.
208 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. rxxx1
surface mat not glossy, olivaceous, midrib grooved the
groove more or less filled with withered greasy hairs and
glands, primary veins about 16 pairs not prominent, sur-
face elsewhere flat and at first glance very glabrous but
minutely punctulate by the red bases of glands or floccose
hairs, some setiform glands may be seen about the
midrib towards the base; under surface tawny somewhat
glossy the midrib and primary veins raised and reddening
covered throughout by red setiform glands and greasy
white or red floccose hairs or by their vestiges, network
of the ultimate veins slightly conspicuous and sparingly
punctulate; petiole reaching 1°5 cm. in length thick, clad
throughout with long red glandular blackening setae.
Flowers shortly racemose-umbellate about 8 in each
terminal truss, axis of inflorescence about 1 cm. long
glandular setose; sterile bracts rounded crustaceously
coriaceous, more or less sericeo-puberulous inside, thinner
at the margin, fertile bracts broadly obovate about 2 cm.
long 1 cm. broad, outside and inside sericeous eglandular,
margin and apex fimbriate with red hairs; bracteoles linear
almost equalling the pedicels one-nerved with adpressed
long hairs; pedicels reaching 2 em. long thick, oblique under
the flower, very densely gland-setose the glands having red
stalks some long some short. Calyx small about 2 mm.
long cupular fleshy, the cup densely gland-setose with red
glands, lobes deltoid purple glabrous. Corolla purple-rose
openly campanulate about 3°8 em. long, glabrous both out-
side and inside marked at the base inside by a crimson
blotch unspotted, with 5 basal gibbosities retuse, 5-lobed;
lobes about 1°6 cm. long 2 em. broad rounded emarginate
subcrenulate. Stamens 10 unequal, the longest about 3 cm.
long the shortest about 1°5 cm. long; anthers 4 mm. long
brown ; filaments widening to the base and from there to
the top of the ovary puberulous. Disk whitely pubescent.
Gynaeceum about 3°8 cm. long; ovary about 5 mm. long
cylindric deeply grooved blackening covered with many red
long-stalked setulose glands and with a smaller number of
long setae (as much as 4 mm. long) which are sebaceous
and red ascending sharp-pointed; style throughout red-
glandular the lower glands with long stalks, the upper ones
with shorter, hardly expanded under the lobulate stigma.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 209
S.E. Yunnan :—Mengtsz. Mountain forests to south-east.
7000 ft. Tree 20 ft. Flowers purple-red. Henry. No.
10,275. In Herb. Kew et Edin.
A species with the general characters of the Irroratum
series, and probably approaching most nearly to Rh. gym-
nanthum, Diels. It has the long narrow leaves of that
species, but a glance suffices to distinguish them. Here the
upper surface of the leaves is a mat dull olive-green, in Rh.
gymnanthum, Diels the upper surface is a bright glossy
glaucous green. Then the remarkable development of
glandular setae is a feature not seen in Rh. gymnanthwm,
nor, indeed, in any other of the Irroratum series. These
setae form a thick persistent sheath on the petioles and
stems and on the ovary are most striking. All the setae
are not glandular, some of them have pointed ends, and are
much longer than those with glands reaching in length as
much as 4 mm. The leaf-surfaces at maturity are con-
spicuously red-punctulate, more so indeed (particularly the
upper surface) than in some others of the Irroratum series.
The glands themselves are frequently persistent, especially
on the primary veins, and the flocks of greasy hairs are
also often persistent, particularly on or about the midrib
and markedly towards its base. In the last-mentioned
character Rh. mengtszense recalls its ally Rh. araiophyllum,
where the flocks remain sometimes as a dense tomentum.
By its openly campanulate corolla it also differs from Rh.
gymnanthum, where the corolla is funnel-shaped, and, in
addition to the setose ovary already mentioned, the gland-
ular style marks it off from Rh. gymnanthuwm, in which
both ovary and style are glabrous.
Diagnostic characters separating Rh. mengtszense from
Rh. irroratum are no less conspicuous. These are the
longer and narrower leaves, the gland-setose indumentum,
the corolla without glands outside and glabrous inside, and
the pubescent disk.
Hemsley and Wilson! také this plant with others (Nos.
10,301, 10,853, 11,066, 11,067, 11,0678) of Henry’s collecting
in S.E. Yunnan to be Rh. irroratum, Franch., associating
with it also a Tseku specimen No. 4 of Monbeig and
Forrest’s Nos. 2043, 2058, 4146. Rehder and Wilson 2 refer
1 In Kew Bull. (1910), 112. 2 Plantae Wilsonianae, i (1913), 539.
210 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess, LXXXI
Monbeig’s plant to Rh. gymnanthwm and make the sugges-
tion that Henry’s No. 10,275 (our Rh. viengtszense) and the
other Henryan plants mentioned (they say nothing about
10,301) “might be considered as constituting a pubescent
variety of Rh. gymnanthum.’ Rehder and Wilson are
right in identifying Monbeig’s No. 4 as Rh. gymnanthum,
and in bringing Henry’s No. 10,275 nearer to Rh. gymnan-
thum than to Rh. irroratum; but there is not identity
between any of Henry’s specimens and either Rh. gymnan-
thum or Rh. irroratum. They can all be separated by
quite satisfactory characters as distinct species, and I am
describing some of them in these pages. Henry’s specimens.
are to be identified thus :—
No. 10,275 is Rh. mengtszense, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.
No. 10,301 is probably the same as Hancock’s No. 179
from Mengtsz, but the material is inadequate. See what IL
say on p. 173.
No. 10,853 is Rh. spanotrichum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.
No. 11,066 is Rh. pogonostylum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.
No. 11,067 is Rh. adenostemonum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.
No. 11,0678 is fruiting specimen of No. 11,066.
I am indebted to the Director of Kew for the loan of
Henry’s specimens for examination.
Rhododendron pogonostylwm, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.!
Small tree reaching 4-5 m. in height with medium thick
branches. Branches a year old dirty grey colour enclosed
1 Rhododendron pogonostylum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.—Arbor parva ad
4°5 m. alta ramis crassiusculis. Ramuli annotini sordide grisei glan-
dulis paucis clavatis rubris nigricantibus breviter stipitatis et pilis
plurimis floccosis cinereo-marcidis stratum compactum facientibus
induti tandem glabrescentes flavido-virides et glandularum detersilium
cicatricibus punctulati. Alabastra ignota. Folia petiolata ad 14 em.
longa; lamina rigide coriacea oblongo-lanceolata vel oblongo-ovata ad
12 cm. longa ad 4°5 em. lata apice attenuata acuta nunc subrostrata tuber-
culo parvo atro-rnbente corneo terminata margine cartilaginea leviter
recurva undulata et cicatricibus subasperata basi obtusa vel subrotun-
data supra olivacea vel fulvo-olivacea opaca costa media suleata sulco
pilis floccosis et glandulis paucis marcidis plus minusve impleto venis
primariis utrinsecus ad 16 subsulcatis caeteroquin plana evenulosa primo
aspectu glabra sed pilorum floccosorum glandularumque vestigiis notata
subtus helvola costa media venisque primariis elevatis paullo erubescen-
tibus venularum reti nunc plus minusve prominulo ubique glandularum
(an pilorum ?) pedibus rubris punctulata ; petiolus crassinsculnus ad 2 em.
longus supra sulcatus strato sordide cinereo pilorum floccosorum marci-
i iil
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 217
in an indumentum composed of a few clavate red blacken-
ing shortly-stalked glands and very many floccose greyish
withered hairs, ultimately glabrescent and yellow-green,
punctulate with cicatrices of the fallen glands. Foliage
buds unknown. Leaves petiolate as much as 14 cm.
long; lamina rigid somewhat thickened coriaceous oblong-
lanceolate or oblong-ovate as much as 12 cm. long and
4-5 em. broad narrowed to the acute apex which is some-
times somewhat beaked and ends in a small dark-red
horny tubercle, margin cartilaginous slightly recurved
and roughened by scars of fallen glands or hairs, base
obtuse or somewhat rounded; upper surface olivaceous or
dorum plus minusve vestitus plerumque glabrescens. Flores breviter
racemoso-umbellati circ. 8 in quaque inflorescentia rhachi vix 1 cm. longa
rufo-floccosa; bracteae fertiles spadiceo-brunneae late oblongo-spathulatae
circ. 2°5 cm. longae circ. 1°5 em. latae apice rotundatae vel subtruncatae
saepemucronatae rufo-ciliatae centro coriaceae margine submembranaceae
et ciliatae intus (dimidio infero excepto) extusque dense piloso-sericeae ;
bracteolae filiformes aurantiacae pedicellis breviores adpresso-pilosae ;
pedicelli validi ad 8 mm. longi saepe breviores apice obliqui glandulis
plurimis rubris longe et breviter stipitatis et pilis sebaceis floccosis
paucioribus vestiti. Calyx minutus cupularis circ. 15 mm. longus fere
ad basim in lobos 5 carnosulos late ovatos fissus ubique extus rubro-
glandulosus et pilis sebaceis rufis floccosis copiose obsitus margine
glanduloso-ciliatus. Corolla pallide rosea tubuloso-campanulata cire. 4°5
em. longa saepe minor cire. 3°5 cm. longa extus basi puberula et ad venulas
supra glandulis paucis praedita intus puberula et postice atrorubro-
maculata evariculata basi 5-gibbosa, 5-lobata, lobis rotundatis emarginatis
subcrenulatis in floribus majoribus cire. 18 em. longa et 2°5 cm, lata.
Stamina 10 inaequalia in floribus majoribus longiora circ. 3 cm. longa
breviora cire. 2 cm. antheris circ. 2 mm. longis, filamentis deorsum ex-
pansis a basi ima sursum ultra medium dense pubescentibus eglandulosis.
Discus glaber. Gynaeceum in floribus majoribus circ. 3°8 cm. longum ;
ovarium conoideum paullo sulcatum nigrescens cire. 6 mm. longum cire.
3 mm. diam. dense floccoso-pilosum pilis albidis vel rufo-sebaceis a
basi strictim et adscendentim ramosis glandulas clavatas aurantiacas
breviter stipitatas pauciores intermixtas obtegentibus et occludentibus ;
stylus gracilis ut ovarium pilis et glandulis ex toto dense (vel ad
medium laxius) obtectus sub stigmate subspongioso subdiscoideo haud
ampliatus. Capsula leviter curvata circ. 4 cm, longa cire. 1 em. diam.
glabrescens nigra indumenti juvenilis collapsi vestigiis plus minusve
praedita, calyce cupulari persistente paullo aucto basi cincta, stylo
delapso. Semina oblonga complanata circ. 3 mm. longa 1 mm. diam.
rufo-aurantiaca circumcirca alata et caruncula chalazali albida cristata.
Species Rh. irrorato, Franch. affinis sed foliis majoribus oblongo-lanceo-
latis vel oblongo-ovatis nee oblanceolatis, petioli indumento persisten-
tiore, inflorescentiae rhachi rufo-floccosa, pedicellis vix 1 cm. longis
glandulosis et floccosis, calyce glanduloso et floccoso, corolla basi extus
puberula, staminum filamentis ad, medium vel ultra pubescentibus,
ovario et stylo ex toto pilis sebaceis floccosis glandulas occludentibus
dense (stylo nunc partim et laxius) vestito distinguenda.
212 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LxxxI
tawny-olive mat with a grooved midrib, the groove being
more or less filled with withered floccose hairs and glands,
primary veins about 16 pairs slightly sulcate, leaf-surface
elsewhere flat veinless at first sight glabrous but marked
by the vestiges of the floccose hairs and glands which have
fallen; under surface yellowish buff with the midrib and
primary veins raised and slightly reddening, network of
the veinlets sometimes more or less prominent everywhere
punctulate with the red bases of glands (or hairs); petiole
thickish about 2 em. long grooved above more or less
clad by a dirty grey stratum of withered floccose hairs,
commonly g glabrescent. Flowers in a short racemose-umbel
about 8 in each inflorescence with a rufous floccose rhachis
scarcely 1 cm. long; fertile bracts chestnut-brown broadly
oblong spathulate about 2°5 em. long and 1:5 em. broad
rounded or subtruncate at the base often mucronate ruf-
ously ciliate, the central part somewhat coriaceous and girt
by a somewhat membranous ciliate marginal area, on the
inside (except in the lower half) and outside densely pilose
sericeous; bracteoles thread-like orange-coloured shorter
than the pedicels covered with adpressed hairs; pedicels
stout as much as 8 mm. long, often shorter, oblique at the
apex, clad with many red both long- and short-stalked glands
and fewer greasy floccose hairs. Calyx minute cupular
about 1:5 cm. long cut almost to the base into 5 fleshy
broadly ovate; lobes everywhere on the outside red gland-
ular and peoadent i covered by greasy red floccose hairs,
margin of the lobes glandular ciliate. Corolla pink
tubular-campanulate 4°5 em. long often less (about 3°5 cm.),
outside at the base puberulous and sprinkled with glands
on the veins higher up, inside puberulous and spotted
dark red on the back without a blotch, base retuse and
5-gibbous, 5-lobed; lobes rounded emarginate subcrenulate
about 1°8 cm. long and 25 em. broad in the larger flowers.
Stamens 10 unequal, in the larger flowers the longer ones
about 3 em. long shorter about 2 cm.; anthers about 2 mm.
long; filaments expanded towards ihe base and from there
to beyond the middle densely pubescent but eglandular.
Disk glabrous. Gynaeceum in the larger flowers about
3°8 cm. long; ovary conoid slightly eroaved blackening
about 6 mm. long and 3 mm. in diameter densely floccose
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 213
with very many white or rufous greasy hairs stiff and
branching from the base, these form the upper stratum
of indumentum covering a lower one of clavate orange-
coloured shortly-stalked glands which are fewer in number
than the hairs; style slender and like the ovary covered
throughout with hairs and glands (rarely only to the
middle and then with fewer hairs and glands); stigma
somewhat spongy and somewhat discoid and the style is
not much expanded below it. Capsule slightly curved
about 4 cm. long and 1 em. broad glabrescent and black but
possessing the remains of the collapsed indumentum of the
ovary, girt at the base by the persistent slightly enlarged
cupular calyx. Seeds oblong flattened about 3 mm. long
and 1 mm. broad of a reddish-orange colour winged all
round and with a chalazal white crest.
S.E. Yunnan :—Mengtsz. N. mountains, forests. 7000 ft.
Tree 15 ft. Flowers pink. Henry. No. 11,066; 8500 ft.
Tree 10 ft. Henry. No. 11,0678. In fruit. In Herb. Kew.
This Henryan plant from the S.E. of Yunnan is cer-
tainly nearest to Rh. irroratwm, Franch. in the Irroratum
series. It has the rigid leaves with prominently undulate
margin of that species, but the leaf-form is somewhat diver-
gent. The lamina is wider below than above the middle,
becoming at times somewhat narrowly ovate or oblong
ovate with a rounded base. The petioles retain the juvenile
indumentum much longer—it may be found upon them
until they fall, so that the petiole does not appear so com-
pletely glabrous as it does in Rh. wrroratwm. Then the
inflorescence rhachis is quite floccose, not purely glandular
as in Rh. vrroratwm,; the pedicels are usually under 1 cm.
long and intensely floccose as well as glandular, as is the
calyx—in Rh. irroratwm there are no flocks. The tubular-
campanulate corolla shows a character not seen in others
of the Irroratum series—it is puberulous at the base out-
side, at the same time it has a sprinkling of glands upon
the veins as in Rh. irroratum. The staminal filaments are
pubescent to the middle and beyond not only finely puber-
ulous at the base as in Rh. irroratum; they are also egland-
ular—a distinguishing character from Rh. adenostemonwm.
The ovary is quite covered with branched usually greasy
fioccose hairs so densely that an underlying layer of clavate
214 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. Lxxxt
glands is entirely concealed, and this indumentum extends
typically to the top of the style, a condition very different
from the purely red-glandular ovary and style of Rh.
irroratwm. In one flower I found the indumentum of
the style extending only half-way up it, and the densely
bearded character was hardly developed, the flocks and
glands being fewer and distant.
Rh. adenostemonwm is an ally, but there we have a more
purely glandular type, wanting the very pronounced flocks
on the style, having neither glands nor hairs on the out-
side of the corolla and showing glands on the staminal
filaments.
The two specimens in the Kew Herbarium—one in flower,
one in fruit—are the only ones I know of.
Rhododendron spanotrichum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.t
A small tree reaching about 6 m. in height. Branches
not very thick. Branches a year old as much as 3 mm. 1%
1 Rhododendron spanotrichum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm.—Arbor parva ad
6 m. alta ramis haud crassis. Ramuli annotini ad 3 mm. diam.
pallide virides glabri glandularum (an floccorum ?) detersarum pedibus
rubris tandem nigricantibus minute punctulati. Alabastrorum oblongo-
ovoideorum obtusorum circ. 5 mm. diam. perulae plus minusve viscidae
glandulis rubris sessulibus extus praeditae exteriores parvae semi-lunatae
et rotundatae circ. 3 mm. longae et latae crustaceo-coriaceae brunneae
intus basi apiceque adpresso-puberulae margine minute glanduloso-
fimbriatae vel breviter glanduloso-pilosae interiores oblongo-ovatae vel
oblongo-ellipticae obtusae viscidae. Folia petiolata ad 13°5 cm. longa ;
lamina coriacea oblanceolata ad 12 cm. longa ad 4 cm. lata apice subro-
stratim attenuata vel breviter acuminata mucronulata margine carti-
laginea obscure undulata subplana cicatricibus glandularum (an
pilorum 7) detersarum subasperata basi obtusa vel late cuneata saepe
inaequalis supra pallide vel atro-olivacea saepe brunnescens opaca haud
nitens costa media sulcata venis primariis utrinsecus cire. ad 18 incon-
spicue sulcatis caeteroquin laevis glaberrima sed glandularum detersarum
pedibus vestigialibus minute rubro-punctulata subtus helvola vel rubro-
brunnea subnitens costa media venisque primariis leviter erubescentibus
conspicue elevatis venularum reti paullo eminente ubique primo aspectu
glabra sed glandularum detersarum pedibus vestigialibus rubro-punctu-
lata ; petiolus ad 1°5 cm. longus crassus supra sulcatus erubescens glab-
rescens ut lamina rubro-punctulatus. Flores racemoso-umbellati cire.
10 in quaque inflorescentia rhachi circ. 1°8 cm. longa glabra ; bracteae ex-
timae steriles ovatae vel subrotundatae crasso-coriaceae margine tenuiores
extus pubescentes vel subsericeae et sparsissime apicem versus rubro-
glandulosae fertiles obovato-spathulatae apice truncatae vel rotundatae
mucronatae ad 2°6 cm. longae ad 1°6 cm. latae extus dense et grosse
adpresso-pilosae ; bracteolae filiformes rubiginosae circ. 15 cm. longae
pedicellis multo longiores sericeo-pilosae ; pedicelli circ. 7 mm. longi
crassi pilis floccosis sebaceis rufis plus minusve praediti. Calyx minutus
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 215
diameter pale green glabrous minutely punctulate with
the red (finally blackening) bases of fallen glands (or
flocks). Scale-leaves of the oblong ovoid obtuse about
5 mm. in diameter foliage-leaf buds more or less viscid
and furnished with red sessile glands; outer scale-leaves
small semi-lunate and rounded about 3 mm. long and
broad crustaceously coriaceous, brown, inside at the base
and apex adpressed puberulous, margin minutely gland-
fimbriate or shortly gland-pilose ; inner scale-leaves oblong-
ovate or oblong-elliptic obtuse viscid. Leaves petiolate as
much as 13°5 cm. long; lamina coriaceous or thickly chart-
aceous oblanceolate as much as 12 em. long and 4 em. broad
narrowed to the somewhat beaked or shortly acuminate
apex, mucronulate, margin cartilaginous obscurely undulate
somewhat flat slightly roughened by the cicatrices of fallen
glands, base obtuse or widely cuneate often unequal ; upper
surface pale or dark olive-green often becoming brown, mat
not glossy with a grooved midrib, the primary veins about
18 pairs inconspicuously grooved, the rest of the surface
smooth very glabrous but minutely red-punctulate from the
persistent bases of fallen glands; under surface yellowish-
buff or greyish-brown or reddish-brown somewhat glossy,
the midrib and primary veins slightly reddening and con-
spicuously raised, the network of the veinlets slightly raised,
everywhere at first sight glabrous but punctulate with the
red bases of fallen glands; petiole as much as 1°5 em. long
thick suleate above, reddening glabrescent, red-punctulate
like the lamina. Flowers racemose-umbellate about 10 in
each inflorescence the axis about 1°8 cm. long glabrous;
cire. 15 mm. longus cupularis glaber vel pilis sebaceis rufis floccosis
paucis conspersus, lobis vix conspicuis deltoideis vel ovatis efimbriatis.
Corolla kermesina campanulata circ. 4°5 cm. longa extus intusque glabra
postice varo magno atro-kermesino notata emaculata 5-retuso-gibbosa
5-lobata, lobis cire. 2 cm. longis circ. 2°56 cm. latis subellipticis vel
rotundatis emarginatis subcrenulatis. Stamina 10 inaequalia longiora
circ, 3°6 cm. longa antheris circ. 4 mm. longis breviora 1°6 cm. longa
antheris cire. 3 mm. longis, filamentis basi dilatatis glabris. Discus
glaber. Gynaeceum cire. 3°6 cm. longum ; ovarium conoideum leviter
sulcatum nigrescens obscure transverse areolatum circ. 5 mm. longum
pilis sebaceis rubris floccosis sparsissime conspersum ; stylus glaber sub
stigmate lobulato purpureo vix ampliatus,
Species Fh. gymnantho, Diels affinis sed foliis brevioribus et
latioribus supra opacis, inflorescentiae rhachi glabra, calycis lobis
efimbriatis, corolla campanulata, staminum filamentis glabris, ovario
sparsissime floccoso distinguenda.
. ;
216 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess, Lxxx2
outer sterile bracts ovate or somewhat rounded thick and
coriaceous thinner at the margin, outside pubescent or
somewhat sericeous and at the apex sparingly red-gland-
ular; fertile bracts obovate-spathulate truncate or rounded
and mucronate at the apex as much as 2°6 em. long 1°6 em.
broad outside densely and coarsely adpressed-pilose; bracte-
oles filiform rusty-red about 1°5 cm. long much longer than
the pedicels and silkily hairy; pedicels about 7 mm. long
thick furnished more or less with rufous greasy floccose
hairs. Calyx minute about 1:5 mm. long cupular glabrous
or sprinkled with a few greasy rufous floccose hairs:
lobes scarcely conspicuous deltoid or ovate efimbriate.
Corolla crimson campanulate about 4°5 em. long glabrous
outside and inside with a large dark crimsom blotch at
the back without any spots, at the base 5-gibbous and
retuse, 5-lobed; lobes about 2 em. long and 2°5 em. broad,
somewhat elliptic or rounded emarginate and somewhat
crenulate. Stamens 10 unequal the longer about 3°6 em.
long with anthers about 4 mm. long, the shorter about
16 cm. long with anthers about 3 mm. long; fila-
ments dilated at the base and glabrous. Disk glabrous.
Gynaeceum about 3°6 cm. long; ovary conoid slightly
suleate blackening obscurely and transversely areolate
about 5 mm. long most sparingly sprinked with greasy
red floccose hairs; style glabrous scarcely expanded under
the purple lobulate stigma.
S.E. Yunnan :—Fengchenlin Mountains. 7500 ft. Tree
20 ft. Flowers crimson. Henry. No. 10,853. Herb.
Edin. et Kew.
Rh. spanotrichwm is one of the Henryan plants from
the region of Mengtsz, formerly regarded by Hemsley and
Wilson! as Rh. wrroratum, Franch. They point out, how-
ever, that it differs “from typical Rh. wrroratum in
the filaments and ovary being glabrous or nearly so.”
Subsequently Rehder and Wilson? brought it more correctly
to the vicinity of Rh. gymnanthwm, Diels. See under
Rh. mengtszense, p. 209.
The plant is neither Rh. gymnanthuwm nor Rh. irroratwm.
It has in some measure the glaucousness of foliage that
1 In Kew Bulletin (1910), 112.
2 Plantae Wilsonianae, i (1913), 539.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 217
marks Rh. irroratwm, but the oblanceolate form of the
leaf is much more marked here and the tip is more
definitely beaked or shortly acuminate. Then the flowers
are red not white or yellow-white tinged with rose as in
Rh. irroratwm, the inflorescence rhachis is glabrous not
glandular, the pedicels are under not over | em. long, the
calyx is glabrous or sparingly floccose not glandular, the
campanulate corolla (not tubular-campanulate) has no
glands on the outside and is glabrous not hairy inside, the
staminal filaments are glabrous not finely puberulous at
base, the ovary is very sparingly floccose not densely
glandular, and the style is glabrous not glandular.
The relationship to Rh. gymnanthum is closer than to
Rh. ivrvoratwm, and the species is a distinct member of
that set within the Irroratum series which are grouped
under Gymnanthum. See p. 171, where diagnostic char-
acters are given.
Rhododendron tanastylum, Balf. f. et Ward.
A medium-sized scraggy bush or more generally a thin
tree of about 6 m. in height living well inside the rain-
1 Rhododendron tanastylum, Balf. f. et Ward.—Arbor tenuis ad 6 m.
alta vel frutex macer, silvarum pluvialium incola, ramis tenuibus.
Ramuli annotini cire. 1°5 mm. diam. pilis floccosis albidis plus minusve
induti glabrescentes tandem rubro-purpurei punctulati dein sordide grisei
decorticantes. Alabastra matura foliorum ignota. Folia petiolata ad
13°5 cm. longa; lamina chartacea late lanceolata vel oblanceolata ad
12 cm. longa ad 4°3 cm. lata apice attenuata nunc breviter subacuminata
nunc obtusa subrostrata tuberculo corneo parvo terminata margine
cartilaginea recurvata undulata cicatricibus obscure subasperata basi
obtusa vel subcuneata supra olivacea vel brunneo-olivacea opaca
costa media sulcata sulco pilorum vestigiis plus minusve praedito venis
primariis utrinsecus circ. 16 et venularum reti inconspicuis caeteroquin
laevis glabra sed floccorum juvenilium vestigiis obscure notata, subtus
pallidior saepe fulva subnitens costa media erubescente et venis primariis
elevatis pedibus rubris floccorum (an glandularum ?) detersorum punctu-
latis caeteroquin glabra; petiolus ad 1°5 cm. longus saepius brevior
crassus rubro-purpureus supra sulcatus plus minusve floccosus sed
glabrescens. Flores racemoso-umbellati cire. 8 in quaque inflorescentia
rhachi tenui ad 2 cm. longa furfuracea; bracteae deciduae ignotae ;
bracteolae filiformes rufescentes circ. 8 mm. longae pedicellis breviores
sericeo-pilosae ; pedicelli ad 1 cm. longi validi atro-purpurei pilis
floccosis brevibus sparsissime conspersi vel glabri. Calyx minutus
cupularis carnosulus circ. 2 mm. longus cupula glabra, lobis 5 late ovatis
extus glabris margine pilis sebaceis sparsim ciliatis. Corolla intense
kermesina tubuloso-campanulata ad 4°5 cm. longa 5-gibbosa retusa extus
eglandulosa epilosa intus glabra et postice varo maculisque pluribus
notata 5-lobata, lobis rotundatis emarginatis subcrenulatis circ. 1°7 cm.
218 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess LXxx1
forest. Branches slender. Branchlets a year old about
1°5 mm. in diameter clad more or less with white floccose
hairs glabrescent ultimately becoming reddish-purple and
punctulate; then dirty grey and shedding the bark. Mature
buds of foliage-leaves unknown. Leaves petiolate as much
as 135 cm. long; lamina papery broadly lanceolate or
oblanceolate as much as 12 em. long and 43 cm. broad,
narrowed to the apex and sometimes shortly acuminate
sometimes obtuse and somewhat beaked terminated by
a small horny tubercle, margin cartilaginous recurved
undulate somewhat roughened by the scars of fallen
appendages, obtuse or subcuneate at the base; upper
surface olivaceous or brown - olivaceous mat, midrib
grooved, the groove more or less lined by vestiges of hairs,
primary veins about 16 pairs, the, ultimate reticulation
of the veinlets inconspicuous, the whole surface smooth
and apparently glabrous but obscurely marked by the
vestiges of young flocks; under surface paler often tawny
somewhat glossy, the reddening midrib and the primary
veins raised punctulate by the red bases of fallen flocks
(or glands ?) rest of the surface glabrous; petiole as much
as 1-5 em. long more often shorter thick reddish-purple
grooved above more or less floccose but glabrescent.
Flowers racemose-umbellate about 8 in each inflorescence
which has a slender scurfy rhachis reaching 2 cm. long;
bracts deciduous unknown; bracteoles filiform rufescent
about 8 mm. long shorter than the pedicels silkily hairy ;
pedicels about 1 cm. long stoutish blackish-purple most
sparingly sprinkled with short floccose hairs or glabrous.
Calyx minute cupular fleshy about 2 mm. long, the cup
glabrous; lobes 5 broadly ovate glabrous outside, margin
sparingly ciliate with greasy hairs. Corolla crimson
longis circ. 2 cm. latis. Stamina 10 inaequalia longiora circ. 3 cm, longa
breviora circ. 1°5 cm. longa corolla styloque multo breviora antheris circ.
2°5 mm. longis, filamentis basi vix latioribus glabris. Discus glaber.
Gynaeceum ad 4:2 cm, longum corolla paullo brevius ; ovarium cire.
7mm. longum cylindricum glabrum nigrescens leviter suleatum obscure
papillato-tuberculatum ; stylus longus stamina longe superans glaber in
stigma purpurascens lobulatum paullo ampliatus.
Species Rh. araiophyllo, Balf. t. et W. W. Sm, proxima foliis latioribus
subtus punctulatis, pedicellis (sub 1 em.) multo minoribus, inflorescentiae
rhachi furfuracea, corolla intense kermesina tubuloso-campanulata
quadrante majore, staminum filamentis glaberrimis, ovario glabro, stylo
longo fere corollam aequante facile recognoscenda.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 219
tubular-campanulate as much as 4°5 em. long, at the base
5-gibbous and retuse, outside glandless and hairless, inside
glabrous and marked on the back by a blotch and many
spots, 5-lobed; lobes rounded emarginate subcrenulate
about 1:7 cm. long and 2 cm. broad. Stamens 10 unequal
the longer about 3 cm. long the shorter about 1°5 em. long,
much shorter than the corolla and style; anthers about
25 mm. long; filaments scarcely widened at the base
glabrous. Disk glabrous. Gynaeceum as much as 42 em.
long very slightly shorter than the corolla; ovary cylindric
about 7 mm. long blackening glabrous slightly grooved
obscurely papillate and tuberculate: style glabrous long
far exceeding the stamens slightly expanding into the
purple lobulate stigma.
EK. Upper Burma :—Hpimaw. 9000-10,000 ft. Medium-
sized scraggy bush or more generally thin tree of 20 ft.,
well inside rain-forest. Flowers crimson. F. Kingdon
Ward. No. 1566. 19.5.14.
This species is the only one known outside Yunnan of
the Irroratum series, and it is most like Rh. araiophyllwm,
Balf. f. et W. W. Sm. of the Shweli-Salween divide—the
species of the series nearest to it geographically. With
Rh. araiophyllum it differs from some others of the
Irroratum series in its very thin twigs, in the general
absence of glands, and in the smaller flower-truss with
thin axis. It is readily told from Rh. araiophyllwm, the
under-leaf surface in which is not punctulate and which
has also longer pedicels, a hairy rhachis to the inflorescence,
an openly campanulate smaller white corolla, pubescent
staminal filaments, a puberulous ovary, and a style hardly
longer than the stamens.
Our species falls, as I have pointed out above (see p. 171)
into the set of Gymnanthum. When describing Rh.
araiophyllum (see p. 186), I said that its relationships to
Rh. gymnanthwm, Diels must not be overlooked. The
relationships of Rh. tanastylwm to Rh. gymnanthum are
nearer, yet the two plants are not the same species. Foliage
and habit characters distinguish them at once. If we knew
enough we might be able to correlate these with habitats
—hkh. gymnanthwm a plant of “open rocky situations,”
Rh. tanastylum from “well within the rain forest.” In
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVII. 16
220 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxxt
Rh. gymnanthwm, which Forrest describes as a “shrub of
3-6 ft.,” the leaves are long (as much as 19 em.) narrowly
(in the longest leaves some 3°5 em. broad) lanceolate and
willow-like, with a slight curvature in the direction of sickle
shape, and the upper surface is glaucous green conspicuously
glossy. In Rh. tanastylwm, which Ward speaks of as a
“medium-sized scraggy bush or more generally thin tree
of 20 ft.,” the leaves do not show a length beyond 135 cm.
and their width is 4°3 em.; they are therefore much shorter,
their width is greater in relation to their length, and their
general form runs from lanceolate and broadly lanceolate
to lanceolate oval sometimes oblanceolate oval, and there
is no curvature; their upper surface is dark olive-green or
brownish-olive and the under surface is darker. The leaf
margin in Rh. gymnanthwm is nearly flat and its undula-
tions are not conspicuously developed, but in Rh. tanastylwm
the margin is prominently recurved and the undulations
give an appearance of crenulation. In the flower region
the inflorescence-rhachis becomes glabrous and smooth in
Rh. gymnanthwm but may retain a few floccose hairs; in
Rh. tanastylwm it develops a curious. furfuraceous surface,
giving the impression of very minute puberulousness. The
pedicels in Rh. gymnanthwm are more slender; its corolla
is funnel-shaped campanulate not tubular-campanulate and
is somewhat shorter; the staminal filaments are puberulous.
Our specimens of both plants are scanty and have neither
foliage nor flower-buds nor yet fruits, and the flower
material of Rh. tanastylum is particularly small in amount.
What we have suffices to distinguish the species, although
it is inadequate for their complete description.
Since this paper was read and printed, additional species
of the Irroratum section have become known. They are:—
Rh. eriogynum, Ball. E. Upper Burma. Fen-Shin-Ling Camp.
-- f. et Ward, 8000-9000 ft. (Ward.)
Rh. facetum, Balf. f. Mid. W. Yunnan. GhiShan, E. of Tali Lake.
et W. W. Sm. 9000 ft. (Forrest.)
Specimens of Rh. Kendrickii, Nutt., collected by R. E.
Cooper in Bhutan, which I have examined, tell me that its
affinity is with the Irroratum series and not with Rh.
arboreum, Sm.
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 221
OBSERVATIONS ON RHODODENDRON SEEDLINGS.
By Professor BAYLEY BALFour, F.R.S.
(Read 12th April 1917.)
But little information is to be found in botanical books
about the seedlings of Rhododendrons. Lord Avebury in
his book On Seedlings mentions one species only—Rh.
arborewm. We have at present in the Royal Botanic
Garden an assemblage of Rhododendron seedlings more
varied perhaps than is to be found elsewhere, and upon
this what I am to say is based. Whilst the earliest stages
of extraseminal development are uniform in the genus, the
features of the epicotyl through its juvenile stages show
divergences, which we may in time be able to correlate
with both phyletic and cecologic factors. In this record of
observations I have specially in view to point out characters
of transition that appear in the seedlings of species which,
as adults, possess an underleaf-indumentum conveniently
termed tomentose in the loose terminology of systematic
description.
My attention was first focussed upon the phenomenon
_I am about to mention by finding that plantlets raised from
seed—of the correct naming of which there was no room
for doubt—did not show, even in a fifth year of growth in
some cases, the technical character of leaf-indumentum which
belonged to the species at maturity. That the assumption
of adult form by a plantlet may be long delayed is now a
commonplace of botanical teaching, to be illustrated by
examples from the most diverse families of plants, and
reaching even the stage of a permanent juvenility, but I
had no knowledge of its occurrence amongst Rhodo-
dendrons, nor indeed amongst Ericaceae.
In the seedlings to which I am referring the foliage-
leaves of the early years of growth—which in the matter
of shape may be rightly described as miniature of the adult
—have the undersurface coloured an intense, often very
dark, red due to the presence of anthocyanin pigment, which
develops not only in the epidermis, but also in the meso-
phyll. Commonly too the surface is sprinkled with capitate
222 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx1
stalked glands, and may be really sticky. As the shoot
ascends and years pass—the number varies much and is
doubtless affected by the environment—the redness on new
leaves lessens, and even to the extent that the underleaf
may be quite green. Then comes the stage when the
indumentum begins to appear on’ the new leaves, starting
frequently from about and around the midrib, not forming
a complete coating, so that leaves with indumentum in
varying amount on a green surface, blotched as it were by
it, may be found in years preceding the formation of leaves
with a complete indumental layer. In ‘some cases there
may be an abrupt passage from the surface without
tomentum to the leaf with full tomentum. In others the
leaf, without becoming green beneath, may form a blotched
or complete indumentum atop the reddened underleaf
surface. The glands if present on the young leaf may be
developed under the indumentum on the old or may be
absent.
My observations are as yet too few and unsystematised
to permit of the framing of a classification of species
according to the resemblances and differences they exhibit
in the character. Nor am IJ able, in the present nebulous
state of phyletic grouping in the genus, to say in what
degree the character has importance as a mark of relation.
All I propose to do here is to name some illustrative
examples of species in which I have observed the feature
under consideration.
Rh. adenogynum, Diels, supplies one of the most striking
examples of these juvenile stages. The red glandular
undersurface of the young leaves is most conspicuous.
The redness disappears entirely in the leaves of about
the third year, which are quite green below and do not
form glands or hairs save perhaps a few sebaceous flocks
on the midrib. Then after some seven years the buff-
coloured tomentum, composed of dendriform long hairs
with interwoven branches, begins to show at the base of
the leaf. No one would suppose the young plant in these
early stages of its life was really Rh. adenogynum. °
Another interesting point may be noted. This species
branches from the base of the stem at a very early period
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 223
and the first leaves of the branchlets at ground surface
have the underside red.
Rh. arboreum, Wall. and its Chinese representative Rh.
Delavayi, Franch. show the reddening of the juvenile leaf-
undersurface and then pass through a green stage. When
the indumentum begins to develop it appears along the
midrib and spreads out along the primary veins, but
does not at first reach the leaf-margin, so that the leaf
has a green border around the median grey-coloured
indumentum.
Rh. argenteum, Hook. f. has a deep purple glandular
undersurface to the early juvenile leaves. Most commonly
in the seedlings which I have seen the following leaves
are green underneath before development of those with
characteristic tomentose indumentum of adpressed rosettes
of vesicular hairs appearing simultaneously over the whole
surface. In some, however, the red surface remains and
the indumentum appears in a blotched fashion upon the
surface. .
Rh. bullatum, Franch. begins with leaves showing an
intensely red undersurface which is also lepidote, with
yellowish peltate discontiguous scales, and has a few
straight hair-bristles. By the sixth year the red surface
appears less conspicuous, being covered by a dense tomen-
tum of amber-brown interwoven hairs which conceals the
peltate scales.
Rh. campanulatum, Wall. supplies a typical example of
the red glandular undersurface of the juvenile leaf, and
the tomentum appears simultaneously over the whole
surface, usually in the leaves of about the third year. But
I have seen some leaves with blotched indumentum and
some in an intermediate stage with a nearly green under-
surface.
Rh. Clementinae, G. Forrest is a striking species in the
adult state, with its thick white indumentum on the leaf-
undersurface. Three-year-old seedlings show no trace of
it, and the leaves still have an intensely red undersurface
with glands and a few hair-flocks on midrib and at margin.
Later stages I do not know.
Rh. dichroanthum, Diels.—Here the juvenile underleaf-
surface is deep red.
224 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LxXXxI
Rh. Falconeri, Hook. f.—The transition to the adult
chalice-hair of the superstratum of the indumentum appears
to be early, and is often abrupt, but beautiful blotched
states often are seen.
Rh. fictolacteum, Balf. f. has leaves with red and gland-
ular undersurface until its third year, at which stage
apparently all the leaves develop the characteristic buff
tomentum.
Rh. haematodes, Franch., in which the adult leaves show
a dense tawny tomentum, has the juvenile leaf black-
purple and glandular beneath. .
Rh. Hodgsoni, Hook. f.—The seedlings which I have seen
pass through a stage in which the underleaf surface loses
much of its red colour, without, however, becoming actually
green, before the characteristic tomentum appears.
Rh. lactewm, Franch. shows leaves with green under-
surface between the early ones, which have particularly
intense red and glandular surface, and the mature leaves
with dark tawny somewhat velvety tomentum of stalked
rosette hairs. The same transition seems to characterise
other species of its series, for instance, Rh. Beesianwm,
Diels, Rh. fuluwm, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm., Rh. Traillianum,
G. Forrest.
Rh. niphargum, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm. has a snow-white
bistrate indumentum on the undersurface of the old leaves.
The juvenile ones are brilliant scarlet beneath, coated with
glands secreting a very viscid mucilage. What form the
transition to the tomentose condition takes I do not know.
Our seedlings three years old show only a slight lessen-
ing in intensity of the redness, but no development of
indumentum.
Rh, Roxieanwm, G. Forrest.—The juvenile leaves are not
very glandular on the deep red undersurface, and evidently
pass through a green stage before developing indumentum,
which has not yet appeared on our three-year-old seedlings.
Rh. sinogrande, Balf. f. et W. W. Sm. shows states
resembling those of Rh. argentewm, Wall.
Rh. taliense, Franch. has juvenile leaves which appear
to pass always through a stage of gradual lessening of
redness on the underside without becoming really green,
but none of our seedlings, now some six or seven years
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 225
old, show as yet any of the thick buff indumentum of
the adult.
The illustrations I have named show that the develop-
ment of anthocyanin pigment in the leaves of the juvenile
state is associated with varied forms of hairy indumentum
in the leaves of the adult. The history of the transition in
the several species remains to be traced. In many species
scattered sebaceous floccose hairs appear on the veins before
the coating becomes a true tomentum. I may add that in
Rh. Anthopogon, David Don, in which the adult leaves have
a lepidote indumentum, there is reddening of the under-
surface in the juvenile leaves.
The facts suggest that there is here a change of con-
struction in relation to a change in climatic relation. The
plantlet passes from a position in which its functioning
foliage is subject to all the conditions of light, moisture,
heat, and air-current, belonging to a stratum at the soil-
surface, to one some distance above the soil-surface, in
which the same external influencing factors operate in
different co-ordination and intensity. Temperature and
speeding up of metabolism are prime considerations in the
one environment, control of transpiration in the other.
The anthocyanin development is an adaptation to the
former, the indumentum to the latter. Material devoted
to the making of relatively unstable cell-pigments in the
early phases of ontogeny is now used for the building of
tissues—what a complex laboratory it is!—and perhaps
there is special significance in the fact of the indumentum-
formation so often beginning at and about the midrib and
leaf-base. It certainly secures first attention to the forma-
tion of the indumentum hairs.
This anthocyanin formation on the undersurface of
leaves is not unknown elsewhere. Text-books record it
particularly in plants of woods and like-shaded areas, and
observers have pointed out that the coloration is rare in
plants which are woolly or have otherwise constructed
hair-coverings. Here, in those Rhododendron seedlings, we
have the states combined, and the seedlings appear to offer
particularly favourable objects for experimental work bear-
ing upon the functions performed by anthocyanin pigments.
226 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxXxr
Botanists are far from agreed upon this subject of
anthocyanin, and conclusions based upon the same set of
experiments are sometimes diametrically opposed. In part
the conflict of opinion seems to be due to the tendency of
workers to see in one activity the only significance of the
pigment. As I read the facts of distribution of anthocyanin
in Nature, and those of experimental work, I receive the
impression that these pigments, having a definite absorptive
relation to light and to heat—whatever else they may do,—
may operate differently in accordance with the position in
which they occur.
Their occurrence in the young unfolding leaves of the
bud, particularly in tropical and warm-country trees, is
the starting-point for the suggestion of their use as a
screen to the chloroplasts against intense insolation; and
if to the chloroplasts also to the cytoplasm, whether chloro-
plasts be present in an organ or are absent, as in the case
of the anther. Much experimental work has been carried
out to test this hypothesis, which I believe is well founded.
It is obviously difficult to apply this interpretation to our
Rhododendron seedlings where the pigments are on the
under and concealed surface of the leaves, which are not
in danger of intense insolation.
The frequent abundance of anthocyanin pigments on
leaf-petioles, on stems, on veins, has been advanced in
support of the suggestion that they have relation to
transport of plastic material; their activity would be that
of protecting enzymes from harmful solar rays, and thus
aiding metabolism and food-transference. This view is,
after all, complementary of the other. There is nothing
antagonistic. A screen to the cytoplasm itself against
intensity of light rays may well be one also to its products
against rays of particular quality. In the case of our
Rhododendron seedlings such activity of the pigments in
relation to the limited amount of light reaching the leaves
ig quite possible.
Then there 1s the heat- relation of the pigments. That a
light-relation is not the only one is clearly shown by their
presence at the root-tips deep in the soil of so many peat
plants. Are they not to be regarded as heat-regulators
within the plant? Such a conception by no means negates
‘
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 227
the light-screen hypothesis. The two activities are not
incompatible. Experiment has shown that reddened leaves
have a higher temperature than green leaves. This surely
means greater -protoplasmic activity in all directions; and
whilst to some observers the promotion of transpiration is
the primary value to the plant of a heat-relation, to others
it is the increased metabolism itself. Is there any reason
for disallowing either effect at the several times which
favour the respective functions? On the other hand, to
some observers the heat-relation of the anthocyanin is
solely that of a heat-screen.
The circumstances of our Rhododendron geadlings seem
to point to this heat-activity of anthocyanin as important
in their case, for light-poverty and radiation-cold are factors
not conducive to copious food-formation, and the profuse
root-system and large hydathodes of the seedlings suggest
a very free water-current. Heat-accession through antho-
cyanin may well be an aid here.
Not all Rhododendron seedlings show the red pigmen-
tation of the undersurface in juvenile leaves. Rh. wwricu-
latum, Franch. is a species in which the adult leaves
have a loose underleaf tomentum, and I do not find in
the juvenile leaves the red coloration. In species, too,
like Rh. glawewm, Hook. f., Rh. hippophaeoides, Balt. £. et
W. W. Sm., Rh. oleifoliwm, Franch., and others, where the
adult leaves are lepidote and covered beneath by a wax
coating giving them a white or bright grey colour, I have
not seen the pigmentation—the leaves have a wax coating
through the juvenile life of the plant.
On ‘the other hand, the anthocyanin appears in juvenile
leaves of species which do not develop on the leaves of the
adult any marked indumentum. Species of the Thomsoni
Series—using that term comprehensively to include the
Campylocarpum Series and the Selense Series—show this
markedly. In them there is a well-developed layer of
epidermal papillae forming wax.
These variations point to the value of the seedlings of
Rhododendron for a comparative physiological investigation
which I believe would throw much light upon the much-
discussed problem—the uses of anthocyanin pigments.
1 See Wheldale, The Anthocyanin Pigments of Plants.
228 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXXxr
BULBOPHYLLUM IMOGENIAE: A NEW ORCHID FROM
Niceria. By KENNETH HAMILTON.
(Read 8th February 1917.)
The following is a short note on two orchids collected by
me in Nigeria which were forwarded to the Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh, and flowered there. Both have proved
to be new. The first, Polystachya Hamiltonu, W. W. Sm.,
was described in 1915, but I give below a more precise
record of the locality. Of the second a description is
given below. Types of both species are preserved in the
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
Bulbophyllum Imogeniae, K. Ham. Sp. nov.
Species affinis B. recwrvo, Lindl, B. viridi, Rolfe, et
B. Winkleri, Schltr.; inflorescentia 1 cm. paulo superante
oblongo-globosa densiflora, sepalibus + 4 mm. longis parte
superiore roseo-suffusis inter alia conspicua; flores majores
quam ei B. Winkleri, quod ex descriptione proximum esse
videtur.
Planta epiphytica; rhizoma teres glabrum pseudobulbis
approximatis obsessum; pseudobulbi ovoidei compressius-
culi obscure quadrangulati usque ad 3 cm. longi, 2-2°5 cm.
lati, unifoliati, raro bifoliati. Folia 5-10 em. longa, 1-2 em.
lata, patentia, oblongo-lanceolata acuta, basi cuneata vel
subrotundata, coriacea glabra. Pedunculi deflexi 2-4 em.
longi (in planta duos annos culta) medio bractea lata
ornati; inflorescentia 1 cm. paulo superans, + 1 em. lata
oblongo-globosa densiflora ; bracteae patentes oblanceolatae
vel obovatae translucenti-membranaceae 2-3 mm. longae.
Flores parvuli. Sepala aequilonga minute apiculata cire.
4. mm. longa carnosula glabra infra albido-membranacea
supra roseo-suffusa ; intermedium triangulari-lanceolatum,
lateralia valde obliqua falcata, basi margine anteriore
dilatata connata. Petala sepalis + duplo breviora oblonga
obtusa vix vel brevissime apiculata tenuiter membranacea
integra glabra. Labellum curvatum linguiforme obtusum
carnosulum -+ 1:5 mm. longum purpureum marginibus
minute purpureo-pilosulum. Columna brevis brachiis
1916-17. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 229
lineari-faleatis acutis. Anthera cucullata glabra; ovarium
vix pedicellatum glabrum + 2 mm. longum.
Nigeria :—In the valleys of the mountains north of the
Katsena River, North Nigeria, approx. lat. 7° N., long. 10° E.
Collected in 1913 and flowered in the Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh, October 1915. The small flowers have
the sepals tinted a beautiful rose and are themselves in a
compact subglobular spike not unlike that of certain Poly-
gonums. The affinity seems to be near Bb. recurvum, Lindl.
(Bot. Reg. 963, under Tribrachia pendula) and near B.
Winkler, Schltr. from the Cameroons. The specific name
is in honour of Miss Imogen Ramsay of Bamff.
The locality of Polystachya Hamiltoni, W. W. Sm.
(Notes R.B.G. Edin., viii (1915), 347), which was stated
somewhat indefinitely at the time of the description, is
approximately lat. 7° 25’ N., long. 8° 30’ E., in the valley of
the Benue River. This orchid has an inflorescence some-
what more branched and certainly with more flowers than
indicated in the original diagnosis.
arek: avi Ve ;
ia c iY
a] Saver Wi Lee
: ’ F a; heh
}
ws i - f
: ‘
* i
'
.
- : .
~
’
( ; i
; -
- -
‘
e@
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
SESSION LXXXII.
Some New SPECIES OF PRIMULA WHICH HAVE FLOWERED
RECENTLY. By Professor BayLEY BaLrour, F.R.S.
(Read 13th December 1917.)
The species described here are :—
P. chrysopa, Balf. f. et Forrest. Yunnan. (Forrest.)
_P. Harroviana, Balf. f. et Cooper. Bhutan. (Cooper.)
P. Hopeana, Balf. f. et Cooper. Bhutan. (Cooper.)
P. Maclarem, Balf. f. Korea. (Maclaren. )
P. rupestris, Balf. f. et Farrer. Kansu. (Farrer and Purdom.)
P. scopulorum, Balf. f. et Farrer. Kansu. (Farrer and Purdom.)
Primula chrysopa, Balf. f. et Forrest.
A tufted marsh-loving perennial more or less whitely
mealy with a slender rootstock rooting freely and emitting
many short stolons. Leaves with long petioles as much as
13 cm. long, ascending; lamina somewhat fleshy concave
>?
in the middle above recurving at the sides oblong-elliptic
or sometimes elliptic as much as 3 cm, long and 1°5 cm.
1 Primula chrysopa, Balf. f. et Forrest.—Caespitosa plus minusve
albo-farinosa stolones breves emittens. Folia longe petiolata ad 13 cm.
longa ascendentia ; lamina oblongo-elliptica circ. 3 em. longa 15 cm.
lata circumcirca dentata margine minute glanduloso-ciliata in petiolum
abrupte cuneatim contracta utrinque pilis fariniferis pulverulenta.
Scapus ad 25 cm. altus cum bracteis pedicellisque albo-farinosus
umbellam 2—4-floram solitariam gerens nunc verticillo infra praeditus.
Flores fragrantes nutantes. Calyx late fusiformis angulatus, lobis con-
niventibus. Corolla pallide lilacina aureo-oculata extus albo-farinosa
ore strumis cincta, lobis latis obcordatis imbricatis bifidis. Stamina floris
brevistyli ad os corollinum inserta, Stylus brevis calyce paullo longior.
Species P. gemmiferae, Batal. affinis foliis longius petiolatis albo-
farinosis, corolla extus albo-farinosa inter notas alias distinguenda,
TRANS, BOT. SOC, EDIN. VOL. XXVI. 17
232 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx0
broad, dentate all round, the teeth often denticulate ending
in a horny hydathode and most minutely gland-ciliate, base
more or less wedge-shaped and abruptly contracted into
the long petiole, upper surface bright green smooth the
mid-rib conspicuously grooved primary veins few sunk
in the lamina ascending, under surface pale green the mid-
rib whitish and with primary veins prominent, on both
surfaces powdered with stalked meal-forming glands;
petiole as much as 10 cm. long narrow scarcely winged
slightly expanded at base clad with meal-forming glands.
Scape as much as 25 cm. high (lengthening somewhat in
fruit) slender and like the bracts and pedicels coated with
white meal, bearing a terminal 2-4-flowered umbel and
sometimes a 2—4-flowered whorl below it; bracts erect
adpressed about 5 mm. long green or purpling involucrate
oblong narrowed to the obtuse apex slightly keeled, at the
base slightly thickened not spurred; pedicels varying in
length longest as much as 4 ecm. long, those of the lower
whorl shortest, straight and erect below nodding at the
top; anthopode about 1 mm. long white farinose. Flowers
fragrant. Calyx green or more or less purple as much as
5 mm. long whitely mealy both outside and inside broadly
fusiform 5-grooved split to the middle into 5 connivent
lobes. Corolla pale lilac with golden eye, oblique, expanded
vertically; tube of the short-styled flower about 1°5 em.
long straw-coloured cylindric, swollen and deeper coloured
above the insertion of stamens, more or less mealy outside,
rugulose inside, at the throat encircled by orange-coloured
puberulous pouchings (as many as 15) which hardly form
an annulus; limb somewhat reflexed with a disk about
15 mm. broad and 5 broad obcordate imbricate bifid lobes
about 6 mm. long more or less crenulate, puberulous towards
the base above, more or less farinose beneath. Stamens in
short-styled flower inserted close to mouth of corolla-tube ;
filaments conspicuous not expanded at base straw-coloured ;
anthers about 2 mm. long not crested but with slightly
hairy whitish connective, scarcely protruding from corolla-
tube. Ovary broadly globose green; short style pale green
longer than the calyx; stigma green capitate and depressed.
Capsule cylindric about 1 em. long and 3 mm. in diameter
without a stylopod, lower part included in calyx, crustaceous
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 233
upper part naked thickened and dehiscing from its top to
the mouth of the calyx-tube by 5 short valves; placenta
cylindric about 4 mm. long with a stout stalk about 1 mm.
long. Seeds pale tawny oblong flattened, the testa minutely
tuberculate winged all round by a many-celled membranous
aril, 0°75 mm. long, with the aril 15 mm. long.
K.N.E. Yunnan :—Bei-ma-shan. Mekong-Yangtze divide.
Aloe 500 f6) lat. 28°°20' N. Plant of 6-12 ins; In
fruit. Stony moist alpine pasture. G. Forrest. No. 18,231.
August 1914.
This is a pretty oblique-flowered species. In habit it is
like P. Wardi, Balf. f., but without alliance with that
species, having white meal and no spurs to the bracts. It
is really very near P. gemmifera, Batal., but the leaves
have much longer petioles and a relatively shorter blade
with deeper and larger teeth than in that species, and are
always dusted with meal, as is the outside of the corolla.
Then the flowers have a delicious fragrance, and the con-
trast between the orange-coloured eye and the pale lilac
or violet petals is very pleasing:
The plant is very different from P. sibirica, Jacq., which
has spurs to the bracts as in P. involucrata, Wall. and in
P, Wardin, Balt. f.
Plants raised from seed collected by Mr. Forrest have
flowered with Messrs. Wallace at Colchester and also at
Edinburgh in 1916. It isa free grower, after the fashion
of P. conspersa, Balf. f. et Purdom and P. Wardi, Ball. f.,
and produces abundant lateral shoots which grow out as
short stolons so that it quickly covers the soil. We have
not yet at Edinburgh grown it in the open, but I expect it
will be as hardy as P. Wardv, Balf. f. Like all mealy
Primulas which depend upon the meal for their effect it
may not be in the open so beautiful a plant as it is when
grown under cover owing to the loss of meal under rain.
Primula Harroviana, Balf. f. et Cooper.
A perennial small rosulate herb, the leaves and flowers
coaetaneous. Leaves petiolate small at flowering period
1 Primula Harroviana, Balf. f. et Cooper.—Rosulata rhizomate parvo
foliis floribusque coaetaneis. Folia petiolata sub anthesi parva ad
5 em. longa (sub fructu ad 11 cm. aucta) ; lamina elliptica vel oblongo-
elliptica vel oblonga nunc ovata circ, 2°5 em. longa ad 2 em. lata apice
234 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. uxxx1
u
as much as 5 cm. long increasing to about 11 cm.; blade
elliptic or oblong-elliptic or oblong sometimes ovate as
much as 2°5 em. long by 2 em. broad at flowering time,
rounded at. apex, margin shortly lobulate with obtuse or
somewhat truncate and denticulate lobules the teeth
glandular and ending in a horny hydathode, green on
both surfaces and concolorous, abruptly contracted into a
conspicuous slightly winged equally long or slightly shorter
petiole with a short open vagina; upper surface convex
rugulose shining and punctulate (not viscid) with capitate
stalked uncoloured potentially mealy glands; under
surface reticulately alveolar clad with glands like upper
surface but more densely. Scape as much as 8 cm. high
(in fruit increasing to 12 cm.), 2 mm. in diameter, white-
mealy, crowned by a many-flowered somewhat spicate
capitulum; bracts small inconspicuous, lowermost about
5 mm. long lanceolate from the base, acuminate glabrous
membranous, white with a green tip, hidden by the de-
rotundata margine breviter lobulata lobulis obtusis vel subtruncatis et
denticulatis utrinque viridis concolor, supra convexa rugulosa_glandulis
capitatis stipitatis albidis farini-potentibus nitenti-punctulata haud
viscida, subtus reticulatim alveolata glandulis ut supra densius vestita,
in petiolum conspicuum leviter alatum aequilongum vel paullo breviorem
subito contracta petioli vagina brevi aperta. Scapus ad 8 em, (sub
fructu 12 cm.) altus 2 mm, diam. albo-farimosus capitulum multiflorum
subspicatum gerens ; bracteae parvae inconspicuae infimaé 5 mm, longae
floribus deflexis oecultae a basi lanceolatae acuminatae supremae virides
inter flores vix conspicuae. Calyx laete viridis deflexus obliquus tenuis
tubum corollinum subaequans, tubo subventricoso postice convexo extus
intusque plus minusve farinoso, lobis 5 tubum subaequantibus in-
aequalibus saepe inter se plus minusve conjunctis extus intusque glabris
lobo postico maximo subquadrato lato vertice subtruncato et fimbriato
glanduloso-ciliato decurvato (sed fimbriis apicalibus plerumgue adscen-
dentibus) antero-lateralibus minoribus saepe oblongis angustis ad apicem
obtusis. Corollae eburneae infundibuliformis extus ex toto farmosae
tubus cylindricus angustus tenuis circ. 7-8 mm. longus supra stamina
paullo ampliatus exannulatus, limbus late ampliatus profunde concavus
farinosus 5-lobatus, lobi circ. 3°5 mm. longi subtruncati bifidi segmentis
approximatis et fimbriatis. Staminum filamenta brevia in flore brevi-
stylo ad os corollinum inserta in flore longistylo infra medium tubi
inserta. Ovarium globosui ; stylus brevis vix 1 mm. longus, longus
tubuin corollinum aequans; stigma discoideum depressum flavido-
album. Capsula globosa circ. 2°5 mm. diam. calyce aucto albo-farinoso
inclusa in dimidio superiore crustacea infra membranacea valvis 5 ab
apice ad medium dehiscens; semina complanata ovalia disciformia
cire. 1°5 mm. longa pallide brunnea, testa papillata.
Species bene distincta in sectione Muscarioide, inter notas alias
corolla eburnea, calyce laete viridi, corollae farinoso-glandulosae tubo
longo angusto.
.
1917-18, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 235
flexed flowers, upper ones green inconspicuous amongst
the flowers; pedicels none; anthopodium hardly developed.
Calyx bright green deflexed oblique thin equalling in
length corolla-tube; tube 7 to 8 mm. long subventricose,
posteriorly convex, both outside and inside white-mealy ;
lobes 5 equalling the tube glabrous outside and inside,
unequal, posterior largest subquadrate often 2°5 mm.
broad subtruncate at top and fimbriate glandular-ciliate
decurved the fringe upturned, postero-lateral lobes like
to but narrower than posterior, antero-lateral lobes smallest
often oblong narrow and obtuse at apex, some lobes often
confluent, posterior lobe including others in bud. Corolla
ivory-white everywhere white-mealy outside, about 1:6 cm.
long in short-styled flower, about 14 em. long in long-
styled; tube narrow about 1°25 mm. in diameter in short-
styled flower, 2 mm. in long-styled, cylindric slender
somewhat rugulose and shining inside, mealy above the
stamens, in short-styled flower about 8 mm. long, in long-
styled about 7 mm., slightly ampliate above the stamens,
exannulate; limb widely ampliate deeply concave potentially
mealy inside; lobes about 3:5 mm. long, subtruncate bifid
the segments connivent and subfimbriate. Stamens with
very short filaments slightly expanded at base, in short-
styled flower inserted at mouth of corolla, in long-styled
below middle of corolla-tube with anther-tips about 4 mm.
from its mouth; anthers pale yellow with paler connec-
tive. Ovary globose with thin pale wall about 1:5 mm.
in diameter; short style pale yellow scarcely 1 mm. long,
long style reaching mouth of corolla-tube; stigma large
yellowish-white discoid recurved depressed. Capsule pale
brown, about 2°5 mm. in diameter ccustaceous in upper half,
without stylopod, membranous in lower half and there en-
closed in the slightly enlarged mealy calyx, dehiscing to
middle by 5 valves; placenta stipitate the stalk about
05 mm. long, ovuliferous area conoid 1 mm. in diameter
wider than the stalk and reaching top of capsule. Seeds
flattened oval disk-like about 1:5 mm. long, pale brown,
testa papillate.
Bhutan. Cooper. No. 4975.
A charming white-flowered species of the Muscarioid _
section of Primula which flowered in the Royal Botanic
236 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx11
Garden, Edinburgh, in 1917. The plant was raised from
seed derived from a dried specimen collected by Mr. Roland
EK. Cooper when exploring in Bhutan for Bees Ltd. Mr.
Cooper’s specimen bore no flowers. I have not yet seen
enough of the species to enable me to say whether the
capitate glands which occur all over the leaves and are
undoubtedly potential farina-formers usually reach the
stage of producing it. The scape and the flower are
farinose.
In some ways P. Harroviana, like P. nutans, suggests
the Soldanelloid section, approaching it in the relatively
large ampliate limb of the corolla and the very narrow
tube, in the farinose glands on the corolla, and in the
fimbriate truncate corolla-lobes. But its inflorescence
and calyx are essentially Muscarioid.
Only experience will tell us whether it is to be hardy
or not. Named after Robert Lewis Harrow, Principal
Gardener of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
Primula Hopeana, Balf. f. et Cooper.t
A tufted herb with the short hard rhizome and fibrous
roots of P. sikkimensis, Hook., epilose. Leaves long
narrow as much as 14 ecm. long, 2 cm. broad; lamina
chartaceous elongated oblong or oblanceolate, rounded at
apex, margin erose dentate, teeth ending in a conspicuous
1 Primula Hopeana, Balf. f. et Cooper.—Herba caespitosa P. sikkimenst,
Hook. affinis. Folia angusta ad 14 em. longa ad 2 cm. lata; lamina
efarinosa elongata oblonga vel oblanceolata margine eroso-dentata
deorsum in petiolum basi erubescentem anguste alatum lamina dimidio
longiorem gradatim angustata, supra atro-viridis subtus pallidior utrinque
glandulis brevibus capitatis farini-potentibus praedita. Scapus ad 30cm.
altus cum bracteis pedicellisque lacteo-farinosus umbellam 3-6-floram
gerens ; bracteae brunneo-purpureae lineares acuminatae cire. 8 mm.
longae ; pedicelli virides nutantes cire. 1°5 cm. longi (sub fructu aucti ad
9cm.). Calyx angustus fusiformis 5-angulatus tubum corollinum sub-
aequans dense farinosus fere ad basim 5-fissus lobis lanceolatis acutis intus
apice farinosis. Corolla lacteo-alba extus glabra tubo cylindrico exan-
nulato, limbo tubo paullo longiore infundibuliformi intus farinoso, lobis
rotundatis circ. 5 mm. diam. emarginatis. Stamina in flore longistylo
tubi corollini basim versus inserta, filamentis conspicuis, antheris flavis
angustis oblongis circ. 15 mm. longis apiculatis. Ovarium turbinatum ;
stylus longus exsertus; stigma flavidum depressum discoideum re-
volutum. Capsula basi calyce inclusa valvis 5 bidentatis ab apice ad
medium dehiscens ; placenta stipitata cylindrica ; semina laevia magna
complanata.
Species sectionis Sikkimensis foliorum capsulaeque magnitudine et
floribus lacteo-albis distincta.
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 237
hydathode, tapered downwards into a long narrowly
winged shining petiole half again as long as lamina
without a vagina and often reddened at base, upper
surface dark green, under surface paler, the midrib broad
concave above, very prominent beneath, primary veins
conspicuous below ; upper surface sprinkled lower surface
more thickly covered with nearly sessile capitate potentially
mealy glands. Scape slender as much as 30 em. high mealy
with creamy-white meal as are the bracts and pedicels,
bearing a solitary terminal umbel 3-6-flowered; bracts
linear acuminate one-nerved about 8 mm. long 0°75 mm.
broad, brown purple; pedicels drooping fragile about
15 cm. long (elongating to 9 em. in fruit) green, anthopode
top-shaped at least 1 mm. long. Calyx narrow fusiform
about 7 mm. long almost equalling corolla-tube 5-angled
brown purple densely mealy outside, cut almost to base
into 5 lanceolate acute keeled adpressed lobes without
conspicuous hydathode sprinkled with meal inside at the
top. Corolla cream-white glabrous outside ; tube cylindric
smooth within, exannulate, about 8 mm. long in long-
styled flower tinted sometimes greenish or pink, expanding
into a 5-lobed funnel-shaped limb about 1 em. long densely
mealy inside; lobes rounded with smooth edge emarginate
about 5 mm. long and broad. Stamens in long-styled
flower inserted about 1°75 mm. from base of corolla-tube,
filaments greenish expanded at base slightly shorter than
narrow oblong yellow anther which is about 1°5 mm. long
with greenish connective and short apiculus. Ovary some-
what top-shaped; long style slightly exserted pale green;
stigma large tinted yellow discoid depressed slightly
revolute. Capsule cylindric about 9 mm. long about
3 mm. in diameter, in lower two-thirds enclosed by calyx,
crustaceous where exposed membranous within calyx,
chestnut-brown glistening, dehiscing from the apex by
5 valves each usually splitting into 2 teeth; placenta
cylindric with short stipe 1:25 mm. long, placentiferous
area about 75 mm. long; seeds large flattened about
2 mm. long by 1°5 mm. in diameter often curved round the
placenta, smooth, obscurely squamous on surface, amber-
coloured.
Bhutan. Ridge S.E. of Angduphorang. Alt. 13,500 ft.
238 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Szss, Lxxxu
Among boulders in sandy peat turf by streams. R. E.
Cooper. No. 4807. 16th September 1915.
A beautiful new species of the Sikkimensis series—
fragrant as members of the series are. Its creamy-white
flowers, short capsules, and shorter and narrower leaves
distinguish it from others of the series. From seeds
collected by Mr. Cooper for Mr. Bulley—some of which
were generously presented by Mr. Bulley to the Royal
Botanic Garden, Edinburgh—plants have been raised and
flowered by Mr. Bulley and also at Edinburgh in 1917.
It is a free-growing plant, not so large or so floriferous
as P. sikkvmensis, and I see no reason to doubt that it
will prove as hardy as is that species.
The plant is named after Joseph Hope, gardener to
Mr. Bulley at Ness, Neston, Cheshire, to whose skill is
due the raising of the plants from seeds collected by
Mr. Cooper in Bhutan.
Primula Maclareni, Balf. f.1
A multicipital herb the leaves. deciduous annually from
the somewhat elongated underground rhizome. Rhizome
producing ovoid perennating chamber-buds covered by a
few red-brown membranous cucullate scales. Leaves erect
long-petiolate as much as 37 cm. long (Maclaren); lamina
of reniform or nearly orbicular outline about 8 em. in
transverse diameter with 7-9 divergent primary veins,
1 Primula Maclarent, Balf. f.—Herba multiceps gemmis globosis magnis
perennans rhizomate elongato foliis mox deciduis. Folia elata erecta
longe petivlata ad 37 cm. longa ; lamina ambitu reniformis vel suborbicu-
laris multi-lobata lobis triangularibus acutis dentatis glanduloso-pilosa
margine glanduloso-ciliata basi cordata. Scapus ad 7 dm. longus, cum
bracteis pedicellisque calyceque glanduloso-pubescens vel puberulus um-
bellam terminalem et verticillos 2-3 ad 8-floros gerens ; bracteae lineari-
subulatae virides circ. 4 mm. longae pedicellis breviores ; pedicelli breves
circ. 6 mm. longi virides nutantes. Calyx viridis campanulatus circ.
8 mm. longus fere ad basim 5-lobatus lobis lanceolatis uninerviis sinubus
membranaceis, hydathodeo conspicuo terminatis. Corolla atro-kermesina
viridi- vel flavido-oculata, tubo in flore longistylo cire. 1 em. longo in
brevistylo 1:2 em., extus glanduloso-puberulo, annulato, Lmbi plani
disco cire. 2 mm, lato minute glanduleso-puberulo, lobis 5 obcordatis
vel cuneatis bifidis. Stamina in flore brevistylo ad os tubi corollini
inserta in flore longistylo basim versus inserta, filamentis conspicuis,
antheris luteis connectivo lacteo-albo. Ovarium turbinatum ; stylus
brevis calyce brevior, longus paullo exsertus ; stigma discoideum viride.
Species in sectionem Geranioides ponenda et magnitudine atque in-
florescentia candelabroidea distinguenda.
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 239
shallowly 7-9 lobed, lobes triangular acute more or less
dentate, lobes and teeth ending in a prominent hydathode
often 1 mm. long, margin ciliate with glandular hairs, base
cordate with an open or closed sinus, upper surface bright
green, lower paler both glandular-hairy; petiole about
9 em. long green glandular hairy. Scape about 5-7 dm.
long (Maclaren) far exceeding the leaves, green glandular-
pubescent as are the bracts and pedicels and outside of
calyx, bearing 2-3 whorls and a terminal umbel of 6-8
flowers each; bracts linear-subulate about 4 mm. long,
green; pedicels short about 6 mm. long drooping, green ;
anthopode narrow. Calyx campanulate green about 8 mm.
long glabrous inside, cut to near the base into 5 lanceolate
patent divaricate one-nerved lobes, nerve inconspicuous and
ending in a large pale yellow green hydathode, sinuses
membranous. Corolla crimson-lake (in bud deep plum-
purple) with yellow-green or yellow-tinted eye; tube
tinted red outside, cylindric below the stamens, ampliate
above them, glandular-puberulous outside, more or less
transversely rugose, in long-styled flower about 1 cm. long
in short-styled about 1:2 em., annulate, annulus of ten
lobes antipetalous in pairs; limb flat, disk about 2 mm.
broad shortly gland-puberulous olive-green or tinted yellow
and bounded by a narrow deep-magenta ring; lobes 5
obcordate or cuneate about 8 mm. long and broad, deeply
bifid, segments divaricate often lobed and with an apiculus
in the sinus. Stamens in long-styled flower inserted about
- 4 mm. from base of corolla-tube, in short-styled near the
top the anthers reaching the annulus; filaments stout
conspicuous nearly as long as the anther; anther ovate
apiculate yellow with cream-white connective about
1°25 mm. long. Ovary smooth turbinate; long style
slightly exserted, short style shorter than calyx; stigma
discoid green.
Central Korea. Province of Whanghaido. Flowering
June 1915. Growing in rank grass at bottom of a narrow
valley at 4000 ft. Uncommon. Only seen in one group.
Mr. Malcolm Maclaren—after whom the plant is named.
A tall-growing species of the Geranioid section, differing
from all other described members of the section by its
tiered candelabra inflorescence reaching over 7 decimeters
240 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. LXXXxII
in height, giving it the appearance, as Mr. Maclaren its
discoverer remarks, of P.japoniea. Rh. septemloba, Franch.
sometimes but seldom shows one whorl below the terminal
umbel. There is, however, a Yunnan plant of the section
rivalling P. Maclareni in the size of the scape and number
of tiers of flowers. It was found in 1913 by Mr. Forrest
on the Chungtien Plateau at 10,000 ft., and he speaks of it
as a plant of 2} ft. high. The dried specimens in Mr.
Forrest’s collection are in fruit only, and whilst I have no
doubt about it being a new species as yet undescribed, I
have not felt warranted up till now in describing it in the
absence of flowers.
Seeds of the Korean plant were presented to the Royal
Botanie Garden, Edinburgh, by Mr. P. D. Williams, of
Lanarth, Cornwall, and seedlings raised from them flowered
in 1917. The plant has not yet been grown in the open
and has not attained its maximum size. The longest scapes
on our plants were about 18 ins., and they produced three
whorls of flowers below the terminal umbel.
The plant loses its foliage after flowering, like P. jesoana,
Miq. of the same section, and perennates like it by the
formation of numerous ovoid or globose buds on the
rhizomes. These buds look like bulbils, but they have no
fleshy scales and are really chamber-buds, that. is to say,
each is composed of a number of membranous scale-leaves,
the outer brown closely enrolling the inner green ones and
forming a chamber in which are found the already formed
young leaves and the incipient flower-shoot of the next
season standing on a broad flattened axis and not over-
lapping nor filling up the chamber. The scale-leaves are
viscid, the secretion acting as in other cases as a protection
to the young soft parts within.
Primula rupestris, Balf. £. et Farrer.t
A sticky perennial herb coated everywhere with long
and short glandular hairs. Leaves as much as 13 em. long
1 Primula rupestris, Balf. f. et Farrer.—Herba multiceps. Folia
longe petiolata ad 13 cm. longa viscida glanduloso-pilosa pilis brevibus
et longis intermixtis; lamina elliptico-ovata ad 4 cm. longa et lata
fere rotundata margine plerumque 7-lobata lobis inaequaliter lobulatis
lobulis obtusis vel rotundatis vel subtruncatis ad apicem rubro-
punctatis basi cordatis sinu clauso, supra convexa atro-viridis opaca,
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 241
with long petioles; lamina elliptic-ovate or almost rounded
as much as 4 em. long and broad, rounded at apex, usually
7-lobed the lobes unequally lobulate each lobule obtuse
rounded or somewhat truncate its mid-vein ending in a
red point, base cordate with usually a closed sinus, upper
surface opaque dark green convex, under surface more or less
red prominently venulose ; petiole much longer than lamina
about 9 cm. long red, terete but for a slightly grooved
upper surface, swollen at very base into a vaginal cushion.
Scape as much as 15 em. high bearing a terminal umbel
and one or two lower whorls of flowers usually about 5-6 in
a whorl or umbel; bracts linear acute about 1 cm. long and
1 mm. broad, green with a red vagina; pedicels unequal
2-4 cm. long spreading red, attached to centre of slightly
hollowed broad base of calyx. Calyx inversely funnel-
shaped about 5-6 mm. long (enlarging in fruit) about half
the length of the corolla-tube which is glandular-puberulous
outside, inflated at base and there about 5-6 mm. in
diameter, narrowed upwards and divided to beyond middle
into 5 adpressed elongated triangular obtuse or acute lobes
often paler than the green tube. Corolla white, lilac, or
rose with a yellow-green eye glandular-puberulous through-
subtus concava plus minusve rubra prominenter venosa ; petiolus laniina
multo longior ad 9 cm. longus ruber crassus teres sed supra paullo
sulcatus basi in vaginam pulvinatam incrassatam expansus. Scapus ad
15 em. altus umbellam terminalem et verticillos 1-2 ad 6-floros gerens;
bracteae lineares acutae circ. 1 em. longae 1 mm. latae virides basi in
vaginam subamplexicaulem pulvinatam expansae ; pedicelli in quaque
umbella vel verticillo variabiles nunc 4 cm. longi nune 2 cm. ad centrum
fundi calycini intrusum late affixi rubri patentes. «Calyx obinfundi-
buliformis extus intusque glandulosus glandulis stipitatis, basi inflatus
ibique circ. 5-6 mm. latus sursum angustatus sub anthesi cire. 5-6 mm.
longus (demum auctus) tubo corollino dimidio brevior ultra medium
5-lobatus lobis elongato-triangularibus obtusis ad corollam adpressis
tubo viridi pallidioribus. Corollae extus conspersim glandulosae tubus
eylindricus supra stamina ampliatus in flore longistylo circ. 1 em. in
flore brevistylo cire. 1-4 cm. longus albidus et flavido-tinctus extus
glanduloso-puberulus intus glaber exannulatus fauce circularis, limbi
plani patentis discus flavido-viridi-oculatus substrumosus 1°5 mm. latus
supra glanduloso-puberulus, lobi 5 obcordati albi vel violacei vel rosei
profunde emarginati. Stamina in flore longistylo basim versus in flore
brevistylo supra medium tubi corollini antherarum apicibus ab ore
3°5 mm. remotis inserta antheris angustis fere sessilibus circ. 2 mm.
longis. Ovarium fere globosum viride ; stylus albidus, longus inclusus
calycem superans, brevis vix calycem aequans ovario duplo longior ;
stigma pallide viride capitatum.
Species P. simensi, Lindl. affinis calyce sursum abrupte contracto lobis
sepalinis adpressis, corollae limbo minore inter notas alias recognoscenda.
242 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. EXxxIt
out outside, tube cylindric expanded above stamens, in long-
styled flower about 1 em. long, in short-styled about 1:4 em.
long, about twice the length of calyx, white tinted yellow
at top, glabrous inside, exannulate with a circular mouth;
disk of the flat spreading limb about 1:5 mm. broad yellow-
green glandular-puberulous somewhat strumous at base;
lobes 5 obcordate 1 cm. long and broad or more, deeply
emarginate minutely papillose above. Stamens in long-
styled flower inserted near base of corolla-tube about
equalling calyx in short-styled above middle of corolla-
tube with anther-apices about 3°5 mm. from its mouth,
anthers almost sessile narrow about 2 mm. long. Ovary
green nearly globose; style white, long style included in
corolla-tube a little longer than calyx, short style scarcely
as long as calyx, twice length of ovary; stigma pale
green capitate.
Szechwan. “Primula rupestris occurs on hard dry
reddish limestone cliffs in the Da Ba San (Ta Pa Shan),
seen first between Ming Chiang Chow and Tai-an-i, down
over the Shensi-Szechwan: border, and last seen on a lime-
stone bluff above the Kia Ling Kiang where it debouches
into the Red Basin of Szechwan. The journey between
Lo-yang and Kwang-Yiien goes each day over a low little
wooded range running up to some 8000 ft. The Primula
haunts cliff-faces in the gorges, exactly as P. Allionw grows
in the dry hard cliff-faces of the Roja. Only withered
relics were to be seen when I passed through in early
November 1915; in fact it was only with much difficulty
and after long search that I succeeded in finding a few
seeds still lingering. In such conditions it is hardly to be
wondered at if I failed to differentiate it from P. sinensis,
remote though such an extension of distribution would
have been. I have no doubt that P. rwpestris pervades
all those small low ranges of the Da Ba San on its lime-
stone outcrops, on the gorge-cliffs, etce., at an elevation of
some 6000-7000 ft. Its habits and habitat suggest a great
dislike for winter damp, but from its geographical station
[hoped it might prove as much hardier than P. sinensis
as has since been proved to be the case.”—R. Farrer.
From seed collected by Mr. Farrer, P. rwpestris is now in
cultivation and flowered in 1916 in the Royal Botanic
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 243
Garden, Edinburgh. It is a near ally of the well-known
P. sinensis, Lindl. of Western Hupeh and Eastern Yunnan,
the only species hitherto described of the Auganthus series
of Primula. Hardier than its ally, it may prove a valuable
addition to the plants of the outdoor garden, especially if
it varies as much as P. sinensis under cultivation. It
differs from the wild plants of P. sinensis in its larger
leaves with longer and stouter petioles, its longer and
stouter pedicels, the calyx abruptly tapering from the
swollen base into the elongated triangular adpressed lobes
more than half the length of the calyx, the smailer corolla
limb. As in P. sinensis the corolla is glandular on the
outside. I mention this because Pax says the corolla in
P. sinensis is eglandular.
At the Primula Conference in 1913 I referred to the
geographical distribution and the variability of the Chinese
species P. sinensis and P. obconica, Hance, pointing out that
whilst the latter is widely spread in Western China and
shows many form-modifications in relation to habitat in
cultivation, it has not varied or developed to the extent
exhibited by P. simensis, which is only known from the one
area about Ichang. Here we have now in this Szechwan
plant a form-moditication of the type of P. sinensis, and
it may be taken as indicating that there are probably others
to be discovered in the wide region that intervenes between
W. Hupeh and Kansu. There is another form in cultiva-
tion, found by Wilson in W. Szechwan (I believe), but no
description of it has yet appeared—a fate that has attended
so far many interesting new forms of Primula collected by
Wilson, dried specimens of which have been distributed by
the Arnold Arboretum.
Primula scopulorum, Balf. £. et Farrer.)
A pretty plant coated with yellow meal forming a rosette
of nearly prostrate leaves beneath which are the dry
* Promula scopulorum, Balf. f. et Farrer.—Species parva rosulata foliis
prostratis luteo-farinosis. Folia oblonga vel oblongo-ovalia vel oblongo-
elliptica irregulariter dentata fere sessilia supra sparsim subtus dense
luteo-farinosa. Scapus ad 3 em. longus cum bracteis pedicellisque
luteo-farinosus umbellam ad 13-floram gerens, floribus deinceps
evolutis ; bracteae ovato-lanceolatae ad 7 mm. longae; pedicelli ad
2cm. longi. Calyx anguste campanulatus ad 7 mm. longus 5-costatus
ad medium 5-lobatus extus intusque luteo-farinosus lobis oblongis vel
244 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXxxII
withered leaves of previous years. The roots from the
small rhizome delicate in relation to the mossy soil of its
native habitat. Leaves as much as 4 cm. long and 2 em.
broad oblong or oblong-oval or oblong-elliptic rounded at
apex irregularly toothed on margin the teeth ending in
conspicuous hydathodes, base more or less narrowed to a
hardly distinct petiole, primary veins feathered and ascend-
ing, upper surface sparingly lower surface densely coated
with yellow meal. Scape short as much as 3 em. long
stoutish and like the bracts and pedicels yellow-mealy,
bearing an umbel of as many as 13 flowers which open
one or two at a time in succession; bracts ovate oblong-
lanceolate keeled and cucullate, as much as 7 mm. long;
pedicels stiff stoutish spreading, as much as 2 cm. long;
anthopode top-shaped often 1 mm. long. Calyx narrowly
campanulate as much as 7 mm. long 5-ribbed, the sinuses
not thinner, with yellow meal outside and inside, split to
about the middle into 5 oblong or oblong-ovate acute lobes
their midrib and lateral ascending veins conspicuous with-
out evident terminal hydathode. Corolla red-violet with
yellow eye, coated outside where exposed with yellow meal,
somewhat membranous ; tube cylindric tinted red, in short-
styled flower about 1°4 cm. long, in long-styled about
1:2 cm., transversely rugose the uppermost ridges at the
throat swollen into a sort of annulus, disk of the limb
yellow about 1:5 mm. broad most minutely puberulous ;
lobes as much as 1 em. long and broad imbricate obovate
or somewhat obcordate deeply bifid the segments divaricate.
Stamens with very short filaments, the anthers about
25 mm. long, ochre-coloured with purple connective, in
short-styled flower inserted near top of corolla-tube the
anther-tip about 1-5 mm. from the mouth, in long-styled
flower near base of corolla about equalling the calyx.
oblongo-ovatis acutis. Corolla rubro-violacea luteo-oculata extus luteo-
farinosa tubo in flore brevistylo circ. 1*4 cm. longo, in longistylo cire.
1:2 cm., ore strumoso pseudo-annulato, lobis obovatis vel subobcordatis
circ. 1 em. longis bifidis. Stamina in flore brevistylo prope os corollae
inserta in longistylo prope basim. Stylus longus inclusus stigmate ab
ore corollae circ. 2°5 mm. remoto, brevis calyce paullo brevior ; stigma
discoideo-capitatum,
Species P. membranifoliae, Franch, affinis foliis fere sessilibus,
pedicellis calyceque multo brevioribus, corolla efarinosa inter notas
alias facile distinguenda.
-
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 245
Ovary with flat summit somewhat top-shaped; style and
stigma pale green, long style included, the stigma about
2°5 mm. from corolla mouth, short style slightly shorter
than calyx; stigma discoid-capitate.
Kansu. “The specimens show the plant at its best, and
are from cool shady moss ledges (10th May) on the limestone
at about 6000-8000 ft. in the Satanee Alps. In those of
Siku it ascends actually to the summit ridges at 12,000-
13,000 ft. (22nd June), but here (I think the northerly limit
of its range) it is in all situations and heights much squinnier
and poorer in all ways than these fine but typical specimens
of the Satanee Alps. (Flowers from April-May, low down,
to the end of June on the tops.)” F.39. P.No.2. Farrer
and Purdom. Coll. 1915.
This species found by Messrs. Farrer and Purdom is now
in cultivation from seed collected by them, and it flowered
in the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, in 1916 in a cold
pit. It has not been grown outside yet, though it is prob-
ably hardy, but covered as it is with yellow meal, easily
washed off by rain, it will likely lose much of its effective-
ness when grown in the open.
One of the Yunnanensis series of Primula, its nearest
ally is the Yunnan P. membranifolia, Franch. That
species is readily distinguished by the large cushion which
it forms, its paler leaves spathulate in form, its thinner
scape much shorter pedicels and calyx and by the colour of
the corolla and absence of meal on the outside of it.
The flat prostrate rosette of leaves is a conspicuous
character of P. scopulorum, as is also the long period of
flowering. This results from the production of many
flowers in the umbel and their unfolding one after the
other. One sees the same prolonged flowering in other
members of the Yunnanensis series.
Hither P. scopulorum is a variable plant in Kansu or
two species very like one another and growing together
have been gathered and treated as one. Messrs. Purdom
and Farrer’s dried specimens show two forms, and amongst
our cultivated plants two forms have appeared. I am not
yet prepared to deal with this problem.
(Isswed separately 29th December 1917.)
246 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess, rxxxir
SoME LATE-FLOWERING GENTIANS.
By Professor BayLey Batrour, F.R.S.
(Read 14th February 1918.)
There is a small series of Asiatic Gentians belonging to
the Section named Frigida by Kusnezow which are the glory
of the autumn garden, but which, as introductions of more
or less recent years, are not yet known as they ought to be
and will be. There is some confusion in their nomenclature,
and I shall take the opportunity to clear this up when
writing now, as I propose to do, upon the characters and
distinctions of the species.
The species to which I refer are four :—
G. Farreri, Balf. f. Kansu. Discovered, Farrer and Purdom,
1914. Introd. Farrer, 1914.
First flowered, Edinburgh,
1916.
G. Lawrencet, Burkill. Siberia Discovered, Bocherel. Introd.
(Baicalia). Leichtlin,1905. First flowered,
Sir Trevor Lawrence, 1905.
G. sino-ornata, Balf. f. Yunnan. Discovered, Forrest,1904. Introd.
Bulley, 1911. First flowered,
Ness and Edinburgh, 1912.
G@. Veitchiorum, Hemsley. Szechwan. Discovered, Wilson. Introd.
Veitch, 1905. First flowered,
Veitch, 1905.
They are prostrate. forms spreading by stolons —
reaching in G. sino-ornata some 18-25 em. in length— ~
from a central rosette. Each stolon prostrate at first
ascends as its vegetative growth ceases and ends in a single
flower. These stolons may root, and at the point of rooting
start a new rosette whence new stolons are emitted. Thus
the plant may cover a considerable area in the garden.
G. Veitchiorwm seems to be the least effusive in its exten-
sion. The whole of them have paired leaves connate at
the base. By this character they are at once separated
from another series of the Section Frigida, that of G.
ternifolia, Franch., G. tetraphylla, Franch., G. hecaphylla,
Franch., and G. Arethwsa, Burkill, in which there are
always more than two leaves in the nodal whorl. In the
Ternifolia series occur flowers no less beautiful and late
flowering than those of the series of which I am writing,
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 247
but only one species—G. hexaphylla, Franch.—is in cultiva-
tion so far as I know. Introduced by Farrer, it flowered
at Edinburgh in August 1916, in plants raised from seed
presented by the late Robert Woodward, Esq., jun., of Arley
Castle, Bewdley.
In the paired-leaved series of which I write, the leaves
of the pair have each the potentiality to produce an axil-
lary shoot, but as so commonly happens in such cases the
bud of one of the leaves is prepotent, and the prepotent
buds in successive pairs follow a } spiral course round the
axis which produces them. If a prepotent bud develops
a shoot, its sister bud in the opposite leaf-axil is suppressed,
but if from any cause the prepotent bud be arrested or
destroyed, then the energies of the sister bud are called
upon and it may elongate as a shoot. Thus each stolon
has capacity to branch—a double chance from each node—
and these branches, each of them, has, like the mother stolon,
the power to root at the nodes and to end in one flower.
The vegetative and reproductive capabilities of the plant
are therefore great. G. Farreri, (1. Lawrence, and G. sino-
ornata exhibit this stolon-branching to the greatest extent
—G. Veitechiorwm in my experience the least. And this
seems to be constitutional. For the former are the most
satisfactory of plants, and the flexibility of their parts lends
them to the most ordinary of handling. On the other hand,
G. Veitchiorwm seems to be, at Edinburgh, a less adaptable
plant—stiffer, less ready to respond.
In the solitary terminal flowers the calyx has an entire
tube with long distinct lobes. By entire I should perhaps
explain that the tube of the calyx is not split down one »
side as it is, for instance, in G. decwmbens—to name a well-
known garden plant. The distinction is an important one
for differentiation of species of Gentian. The corolla, large
and showy, some 5--6 cm. long, obeonoid and funnel-shaped,
sometimes slightly bulged above the calyx, is of various
shades of blue, and has broad paler striped or suffused
petaline bands on the outside. The falds, though toothed,
are never fringed. The ovary has a long stalk, and the
style is also long, with the branches recircinate at the tip.
These Gentians grow at Edinburgh in any good moist
garden soil, either in shade or in full sun exposure—flower-
TRANS. BOT. SOC, EDIN, VOL, XXVII. 18
248 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXXXII
ing perhaps better under exposure. Every shoot will strike
—those of the narrow-leaved species most freely.
Gentiana Farreri, Balf. f.)
Perennial herb with thick roots and very many ‘peace
ing stolons freely rooting and spreading from a primary
central rosette, the stolons forming many new rosettes
from the leaf-axils at the rooting nodes. Stolons as much
as 18 cm. long prostrate at the base, then ascending, having
terete internodes about 1 cm. long and 2 mm. in diameter,
generally green and without surface papillae, sometimes
reddening. Leaves epetiolate thick opposite, each pair
connate and forming a vaginal somewhat loose sheath as
much as 5 mm. long; lamina of upper region of stolon over
2 cm. long 2 mm. broad, in the primary rosette as much
as 6 cm. long 5 mm. broad (on rosettes of the stolons
somewhat smaller), linear not contracted at the base,
towards top narrowed into an acute or acuminate apex,
margin obscurely scaberulous, on both sides whitely-
papillose, concave above dark-green glossy, paler beneath,
midrib slightly raised in the sinus of the longitudinal
groove. Flower solitary terminal; pedicel stout as much
as | em. long 3 mm. in diameter often reddened. Calyx
as much as 5 cm. long, sightly shorter than corolla 5-lobed ;
tube somewhat funnel-shaped not split, as much as 2 em.
long 5 mm. in diameter, somewhat membranous green out-
side sometimes reddish at the base, intracalycine membrane
green truncate transversely rugose; lobes somewhat thick
1 Gentiana Farrert, Balt. f£—Herba perennis stolonifera. Stolones
radicantes ramosi ad 18 cm, longi a rosula centrali patentes. Folia
stolonum epetiolata opposita vaginato-connata linearia acuta vel acumi-
nata recurva 2 cm. longa vel ultra, 2mm. lata, vel majora. Flos solitarius
terminalis ; pedicellus cire. 1 em. longus. Calycis tubus infundibularis
haud dimidiatus cire. 2 cm. longus : lobi duplo longiores lineares
recurvi basi haud angustati. Corolla obconoideo- tubulosa ad 6 cm.
longa extus vittata vittis flavido-albidis lineato-tinctis intus citrino-
maculata, fauce alba; lobis ovatis circ. 8 mm. longis sub-apiculatis
methylo-coeruleis nitentibus, plicis 3 mm. longis 7 mm. latis erosis.
Filamenta staminum in parte libera circ. 9 mm. longa anguste alata ;
antherae sagittatae. Ovariuin 1°5 cm. longum; stipes cire. 2°2 cm.
iongus; stylus ad 7 mm. longus ramis stigmatiferis 4 mm. longis
recurvis.
Species Sectionis Frigidae G. Lawrencei, Burkill affinis sed robustior
et calycis lobis tubo triente longioribus, corollae colore facile recog-
noscenda.
Kansu, in alpibus Jo-Ni.
1917-18, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 249
very long, 3. cm. or more long, barely 1:5 mm. broad, like the
uppermost leaves linear acuminate, subequal distant recurved
not contracted at the convex base. Corolla obconoid-tubular
as much as 6 cm. long spreading to over 3 em.; tube within
the calyx not 5 mm. in diameter, greenish-white, expanding
upwards beyond calyx and showing on outside five broad
yellowish-white bands on the median of the petals (anti-
petaline), each band having a central narrow greenishsblue
line and a similarly coloured longitudinal ridge on each
margin, inside sprinkled with small green and citron-yellow
antipetaline spots, the interpetaline areas more or less pale-
white and suffused with blue, throat white; lobes 5 broadly
ovate or trigonous acute somewhat apiculate, about 8 mm.
long. and broad, recurving, outside traversed by the anti-
petaline bands, on the inside shining satiny of a methyl-
blue colour ; plicae semi-lunate methyl-blue coloured above,
underneath paler more opaque, about 8 mm.long 7 mm. broad,
erose, the middle tooth longer. Filaments of the stamens
free through about 9 mm. and there narrowly winged about
1 mm. broad, intensely purple on the outside, white on the
inside; anthers sagittate about 3 mm. long. Ovary 1°5 em.
long ; stipe about 2°2 cm.long; style as much as 7 mm. long
its stigmatiferous branches about 4 mm. long, recurving.
Kansu. Jo-Nialps. Farrer and Purdom, 1914.1
Specimens of this species were not brought by Farrer,
and my description is based upon living plants which
flowered in the Royal Botanic Garden in August 1916.
They were raised from seeds presented by the late Robert
Woodward, Esq., jun., of Arley Castle, Bewdley—a portion
of his share in the produce of Mr. Farrer’s expedition.
G. Furreri is a superb species, perhaps the finest of the
series to which it belongs. The wonderful sheen of the
blue of its petals and folds above the white throat is
its outstanding flower-feature, and the recurving of the
corolla shows off the colour to advantage. It seems to be
less affected by weather conditions than is the case with
other Gentians. Sunshine is not necessary for the flower-
expansion, although in sunshine only is the full glory of
its colour displayed. On dull cloudy days as in bright
sunshine the plant opens flowers freely. And the flower
' See Farrer, On the Eaves of the World, ii (1917), 214, 216.
250 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LxxxIr
does not always close on the approach of twilight. There
are better and poorer flowered individuals noticeable in the
cultivated plants—some opening the trumpet widely, others
keeping the corolla-lobes more erect. It begins to flower
at Edinburgh in late August, and continues until winter
frosts destroy its aerial shoots. Rooting as it does at every
node propagation of it is easy.
When in flower there is no other species with which
G. Farreri can be confused. The Siberian G. Lawrencei,
Burkill, is its nearest ally, but that wants the fine flower-
colour, its flowers do not open in the wide trumpet-form
of G. Farreri, and its leaves and stem are altogether more
delicate. From G. sino-ornata, Balf. f., and G. Veitchi-
orwm, Hemsl., others of its allies, it is easily diagnosed.
They have flowers of a royal blue and purple-blue colour,
and the latter has shorter blunt leaves.
Gentiana Lawrencei, Burkill, in Gard. Chron., 3, xxxviii
(1905),.307, fig. 119.1
G. ornata, Bot. Mag. (1907), t. 8140.
Perennial spreading herb with thick roots and forming
a compact rosette from which emerge many long leafy
stolons rooting at the nodes. Stolons as much as 15 em.
long thin about 1 mm. in diameter with cylindric usually
1 Burkill’s description runs :—
Gentiana Lawrencet, Burkill.—G. ornatae, Wallich, valde affinis foliis.
autem elongatis distinguitur. Planta perennis diffuse caespitosa. Caules
plures, subdecumbentes, nec angulati, ad 10 em. longi. Folia nitentia,
arcuata, per paria vaginato-connata, infima 5 mm. longa, suprema 20 mm.
longa, 2 mm. lata, acutissima; vagina 3 mm. longa. Calycis tubus
12 mm. longus, margine membranaceo integer; dentes quinque foliis
supremis persimiles, parum inaequales, 14-18 mm. longi. Corollae tubus.
40 mm. longus, infra albidus et atro-coeruleo-striatus, faucibus coeru-
lescens ; lobi deltoideo-ovati, acuti, laete coerulei, 5 mm. longi, 4 mm.
lati; plicarum lobi late deltoidei, 2 mm. longi, 4 mm. lati, margine
subintegri. Filamenta 30-32 mm. longa, ad corollam infra medium
annexa, violacea. Ovarium 12 mm. longum ; stipes basi mellifluus fere:
20 mm. longus ; stylus 1 mm. longus ; stigmata 8 mm. longa.
A handsome Gentian, brought into cultivation by Herr Max Leichtlin.
of Baden-Baden. The specimens from which the description is drawn
flowered in the garden of Sir Trevor Lawrence at Burford, Dorking, to:
whom we are indebted for the specimens here illustrated. ‘The original
seeds were collected by M. Jules Bocherel on a journey into Mongolia
from Lake Baikal. Gentiana ornata, its nearest ally, is a native of the
Eastern Himalaya and South-West China. Gentiana ternifolia, Franchet,
is another ally which comes from Yunnan; Gentiana telraphylla,.
Kusnezow, and G. hexaphylla Maximowicz, are allies growing in
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 251
reddening long internodes as much as 2 cm. long in upper
part, prostrate at base branching above, each branch
ascending and ending ina single flower or some branches
arrested and forming nodal rosettes whence new stolons
arise. Leaves of the upper region of stolons linear-filiform
running out to a long point, as much as 2°5 em. long hardly
15 mm. broad hardly recurving not constricted at base,
epetiolate, passing at once into a vagina connate with that
of opposite leaf into a sheath about 3 mm. long. Flower
solitary terminal; pedicel as much as 1:2 cm. long barely
2 mm. in diameter red. Calyx about 35 em. long; tube
funnel-shaped not split, about 1:3 em. long 3:5 mm. broad
angular, shining outside very red at the base, above some-
what blistered, dark-green, inside pale-green slightly rugu-
lose, intracalycine membrane truncate; lobes subequal
distant linear-filiform to a long point, over 2 em. long
about 1:5 mm. broad, not contracted at base, somewhat
involute dark-green erect spreading not markedly recurved.
Corolla obconoid-tubular about 5°5 cm. long spreading to
about 2 em.; tube within the calyx pale-green about 3 mm.
in diameter, above that with 5 antipetaline bands greenish-
white not spotted but with a central narrow faint purple
line and two lateral broader purple boundary ridges, inter-
petaline areas white tinted pale sky-blue, inside unspotted
white rugulose on antipetaline areas, throat striped pale
blue and white; lobes 5 broadly ovate or trigonous obtuse
and slightly apiculate pale sky-blue about 6 cm. long and
broad half patent; folds paler than lobes, about 3 mm. long
and 7 mm. wide, broadly triangular erose with a longer often
aristate tooth about the middle. Staminal filaments free
through 1:2 cm. tinted pale blue, inserted about 2:1 cm.
above base of corolla, narrowly winged; anthers sagittate
4 mm. long. Ovary about 1-4 em. long; stipe 2°5 em. long;
style 6 mm. long its stigmatiferous branches about 1°5 mm.
Siberia. About Lake Baikal. Bocherel.
This species was described and figured by Burkill from
Szechuan. The whole group consists of plants with showy flowers, but
G. ornata is the only one which has been in cultivation prior to the
introduction of G. Lawrencei.
The flowers of G. Lawrencei are 1? inch long, upright, and blue above,
the lower part of the tube being pale, with dark blue lines. They
stand solitary on the ends of ascending narrow-leaved branches.
4
252 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXXxI
plants which flowered with Sir Trevor Lawrence in 1905.
The plant came from Max Leichtlin, who raised it from
seed collected by M. Jules Bocherel about Lake Baikal, as
Burkill informs us.
N.W. Yunnan.
254 TRANSACTIONS OF THE | Suss. LXXXII
tube funnel-shaped not split somewhat coriaceous about
1 em. long or more 4+ mm. in diameter reddened at the
base outside ; intracalycine membrane greenish-white trun-
cate plane glossy; lobes subequal scarcely distant linear-
acuminate hardly 2 cm. long 2 mm. broad flat not recurved
not contracted at base green sometimes purpling at the
tip. Corolla obconoid-tubular as much as 6 em. long,
spreading to about.5 em.; tube within the calyx narrow
yellowish-white, expanding upwards beyond calyx and
showing on outside 5 broad bands (yellowish-white and
suffused irregularly with purple) on the median of the
petals (antipetaline), each band traversed by a central
purple-blue line and having on each margin a dark-purple
longitudinal ridge, inside transversely rugose without
citron-yellow antipetaline spots, the interpetaline areas
of a deep blue colour, glossy, throat blue; lobes broadly
ovate acute apiculate about 8 mm. long and broad, half-
spreading, outside traversed by the antipetaline bands,
inside royal-blue-coloured glossy ; folds slightly paler more
or tess oblique broadly triangular obtuse entire or some-
what crenulate or toothed about 3 mm. long 8 mm. broad.
Free part of filaments of stamens about 1 em. long tinted
blue narrowly winged; stamens inserted about 2°5 em.
above base of corolla; anthers about 2°5 mm. long sagittate.
Ovary about 14 cm. long; stipe about 2°2 cm. long; style
as much as 7 mm. long its stigmatiferous branches about
6 mm. long recurving. | }
E.N.W. Yunnan:—Summit of Mi Chang pass between
River Yangtze and Chungtien plateau. Alt. 14,000-15,000
ft. Flowers deep blue. G:. Forrest. No.408. Sept. 1904.
E.N.W. Yunnan:—Lichiang Range. Eastern flank.
Open mountain meadows. Alt. 11,000-12,000 ft. Lat.
27° 30’ N. Plant of 5-8 ins. Flowers bright blue, plicae
green. G. Forrest. No. 6728. Sept. 1910.
E.N.W. Yunnan:—Summit of the Sungkwei pass.
Stony open pasture. Alt. 12,000 ft. Lat. 26° 12’ .N.
Plant of 2-4 ins. Flowers deep clear blue, plicae yellowish-
blue, striped and spotted. G. Forrest. No. 7374. Nov. 1910.
W.N.W. Yunnan :—Mekong-Salween divide. Alt. 12,000
ft. Lat. 28° 10’ N. Moist’ pasture. G. Forrest. No:
13,549. Oct. 1914.
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 255
The differentiation of closely allied species of Gentian
from dried specimens is a task of some difhculty, and
following the lead of Franchet,! who had described two
Gentians collected by Soulié at and about Tungnglo in
W. Szechwan as varieties of the Himalayan G. ornata, Wall.
under the names obtusifolia and acutifolia, Forrest’s
dried earlier Yunnan specimens (under No. 408) of this
plant were referred to G. ornata. Cultivation of plants
(raised from seeds of later specimens under No. 6728)
which flowered with Mr. Bulley at Ness and also at Edin-
burgh in 1912 showed that Forrest’s plant was not the
true G. ornata, and we named our plant a Clrinese form
of G. ornata. Under this designation Forrest's plant has
passed out of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh,
dropping sometimes in its spread the qualification “ Chinese
form,” and appearing as G. ornata. Under the name
G. ornata it received an Award of Merit at the Royal
Horticultural Society when exhibited on October 12, 1915,
by Mr. Amos Perry, who had obtained the plant from Edin-
burgh. It is not the Wallichian species, which is not now
in cultivation, and perhaps never has been. I have not
the material by which to form an opinion upon whether
Forrest’s plant is the same as Soulié’s Szechwan plants.
! Franchet in Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr., xliii (1896), 493, where he says :—
Gentiana ornata, Wall., Cat. 4386 ; C. B. Clarke, in Hook., FI. of Brit.
Ind., iv, 116; Bot. Mag., t. 6514 (forma micrantha).
Species in Se tchuen occidentali variabilis.
a Obtusifolia,—Folia inferiora et media oblonga, superiora lanceolato-
linearia, omnia obtusa ; flores 4-5 cent. longi, caerulei cum vittis fuscis;
plicae ovatae, obtusae.
Les prairies humides, les pelouses fraiches i Tongolo, Tizou, ete.
(R. P. Soule). En thibetain: Aou meto (fleur du fréere ainé).
8 Acutifolra.—Folia media et. superiora linearia, acuta vel acuminata ;
flores 6-8 cent. longi, anguste tubulosi, lobis margine intense violaceo-
eaeruleis, tubo cum vittis longitudinalibus atro-violaceis. Flores
Gentianae striatae Maxim.
Depuis Tongolo jusqu’au village de Té la to, dans les bois et les
leux secs.
Je n’ai pas vu de la Chine la variété meiantha, Clarke, i petites fleurs
et a feuilles courtes, récurvées,
Le végétation du G. ornata est la méme que celle du G. ternifolia,
Franch, ; les stolons épigés ou hypogés s’enracinent & leur sommet d’ou
procéde un bourgeon feuille qui continuera la plante. Autour de ce
bourgeon se développent deux ou plusieurs rameaux ascendants portant
chacun une fleur, Dans toutes les formes de la plante la capsule est
toujours tres longuement stipitée, lancéolée, brievement attenuée en
style court.
256 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, LxxxIt
The latter are certainly not G. ornata, Wall. I shall at
the end of this communication deal with the question of
the identity of G. ornata, Wall. and will add therefore
nothing more here on the subject.
Until G. Farreri came, I gave the palm to G. sino-ornata
amongst late-flowering Gentians. Nor do I admit that
G. Farreri surpasses it at all points. The one is a pale
the other a dark flowered species, and both should have a
place in every garden. —
G. sino-ornata is a late flowerer. The first flowers open
usually at Edinburgh in the last days of September, and
flowering continues until winter rigours send the plant
to rest. It appears to be the most free in growth of the
four species referred to here. A small plant from a cutting
will increase to a patch a foot or more in diameter within
a year. There is no mistaking it for any other species.
Its half lanceolate pointed leaves, not narrowed at the
base, which may be 5 millimeters broad, are stiff and
spreading on the stolons and do not recurve as in G. Furrert
and G. Lawrencei, and though they may approach the
length of the leaves in those species, they look much shorter
owing to their greater breadth. The pedicel above the
uppermost leaves hardly exists, so that the flower looks
as if it were sessile on the end of the -stolon and not stalked
asin G. Farreri and G. Lawrence’. Then the calyx is much
shorter than the corolla, its inner lining has a whitish
vesicular appearance, and the calyx-lobes are erect—each
of them is flat, tapering from a non-contracted base about
3 millimeters broad to a sharp point. The corolla has a
limb about 3 centimeters across when expanded, the throat
is blotched inside and not bright white. The apiculate
lobes do not reflex to the extent of those of G. Farreri, and
the folds remain somewhat erect—the whole effect is that
of a narrower and more funnel-like not trumpet-shaped
mouth. The general colour of the corolla-limb is a rich
royal-blue, in marked contrast to the satiny methyl-blue
in G. Farreri and G. Lawrencei. The flowers show all
the sensitiveness to light and moisture of most Gentians,
only expanding fully under bright sunshine and in a
dry atmosphere.
G. Veitchiorum is an altogether different plant in its
1917-18, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 257
compact habit with blunter leaves. Its flowers are of a
dark blue as in G. sino-ornata, but of a deeper blacker tint.
Gentiana Vertchiorwm, Hemsl.! in Gard. Chron., 8, xlvi
S09), 178; tia: 74.
G. ornata, Hort. (not of Wallich).
G. ornata, var. obtusifolia, Franch. in Bull. Soe. Bot.
France, xlii (1896), 493 (ace. to Hemsley).
G. ornata, var. Veitehii, W. Irving in Gard. Chron., 3,
Iviii (1915), 288, fig. 100.
Perennial herb with thick roots and forming a central
rosette from which spread many leafy stolons. Stolons
' Hemsley’s description runs :—
Gentiana Veitchiorum, Hemsl.—Nova species ex affinitate G. ornatae,
Wall. a qua differt foliis latioribus obtusis, calycis lobis subfoliaceis vix
acutis, corollae amplioris lobis latis obtusiusculis et plicis inter lobos
latis denticulatis. G. ornata, var. obtusa, Franch. :—Sinae occidentalis
incola, legit. E. H. Wilson.
At least three different species of Gentiana have been, and perhaps
are still, in cultivation under the name ornata, originally given by
Wallich to a Himalayan species, which reaches almost to the upper limits
of phanerogamic vegetation in that region. About the year 1880 a
Gentian was cultivated in the Edinburgh Botanie Garden bearing this
name, and was figured in tne Botanical Magazine, pl. 6514, as such; but,
as was pointed out by W. I. (Walter Irving) in the Gardeners’ Chronicle,
1906, xl, p. 182, the plant represented is not the true G. ornata of
Wallich. What it really is, is uncertain, and the history of its intro-
duction into cultivation is apparently not on record. In 1883, the
Gardeners’ Chronicle published (ii, p. 396, fig. 60) an excellent illustra-
tion, reproduced in fig. 75, of the genuine G. ornata of Wallich, from
specimens grown in the Wisley garden of the late Mr. Wilson. Turn-
ing to that, I find that it isa slender trailing plant with narrow, very
acute leaves and very acute corolla-lobes, with narrow folds between. A
coloured figure of the same species was given in the Botanical Magazine
for 1907, pl. 8140. Comparing the flowers actually figured in the
Magazine with the type of Wallich’s species in the Kew Herbarium, I
think there is no doubt that it was correctly identified. Mr. J. Hutchin-
son, who contributed the description of that figure, suggests that the
plant figured in the Botanical Magazine, pl. 6514, is G. nipponica, but
[ have not time to follow up this suggestion.
Now comes a third Gentian, to which the name ornata has been
attached. The species in question was exhibited by Messrs. James
Veitch & Sons at the meeting of the Royal Horticultural Society on
August 31, and received an Award of Merit. The history of it is as
follows :—In August 1906 Messrs. Veitch sent a plant of it to Kew for
name, with the information that it was raised from seed collected by
My. E. H. Wilson near Tatienlu, West China, at an elevation of 12,000
feet. It was identified with dried specimens collected by Ptre Soulié in
the same region and described by Franchet (Bull. Soc. Bot. France,
vol. xlili, p. 493), and named Gentiana ornatu, var. obtusifolia. With
all the material before me, I have no hesitation in accepting the identi-
fication ; but I cannot agree in leaving it as a variety of G. ornata.
258 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. L¥xxII
as much as 10 cm. long 2 mm. in diameter with cylindric
internodes reddened more or less as much as 1°5 em. long
sometimes puberulous, prostrate at base ascending towards
summit and ending in one flower or becoming arrested and
forming a rooting rosette from which new stolons emerge.
Leaves of upper part of stolon very shortly petiolate,
opposite, thick somewhat fleshy, recurving about 2 cm. long
6 mm. broad above the connate vaginae of the nodal pairs,
vaginal sheath about 4 mm. long or less adpressed to stem
at mouth; lamina linear-oblong narrowed to the apex
obtuse or acutish shortly mucronulate, margin finely
scaberulous, contracted at the base into a very short petiole
with somewhat membranous margins which are some-
what ciliate, upper surface dark-green somewhat glossy,
on both surfaces minutely whitely papillate, lower surface
paler with a slightly raised midrib; leaves of lower part
of stolon ovate or elliptic or oblong always obtuse.
Solitary terminal flower with a pedicel at most about
2 mm. long, reddened. Calyx about 3°32 cm. long much
shorter than corolla, 5-lobed; tube funnel-shaped not split
about 15 em. long 45 mm. in diameter reddish at base out-
side, thin, intracalycine membrane yellow-green truncate
somewhat vesicular white and membranous at the sinuses;
lobes nearly equal about 1 cm. long 2 mm. broad linear-
lanceolate acute and apiculate or mucronulate, in ‘colour
like the foliage-leaves, not recurved, at base contracted
and there vesicular on upper surface. Corolla obconoid-
tubular 5-6 em. long; tube within the calyx greenish-
white not tinted, expanded upwards showing outside
5 broad greenish-yellow bands (suffused faintly with
purple) on median of petals (antipetaline), each band
with a central keeled purple line and on each margin
a broader similar ridge, the interpetaline areas deep
purple, inside smooth with some purple antipetaline spots,
throat black purple; lobes 5 broadly triangular or rather
Considering the large number of described Chinese species of which
I have seen no authenticated specimens, there is some risk of duplica-
tion in proposing another, but that is the only course open under the
circumstances.
G. Veitchiorum is a larger, more robust plant than G. ornata, with
relatively broad, obtuse leaves, larger flowers, with broader corolla-lobes,
and very broad toothed folds between them. ‘The flowers are of an
intense blue with light longitudinal bands on the outside.
1917-18, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 259
trigonous apiculate about 7 mm. long and broad patent
and recurving, traversed by the antipetaline bands outside,
deep royal-blue inside; folds about 2 mm. long 45 mm.
broad slightly paler blue with a triangular central obtuse
tooth and slight erosion at the sides. Staminal filaments
free from about 2°8 cm. above base of corolla, free portion
about 1:2 cm. long pale violet and spotted, narrowly fringed ;
anthers sagittate about 2°8 mm. long. Ovary about 1:4 em.
long ; stipe about 2°7 cm. long; style as much as 6 mm.
long its stigmatiferous branches recurved 2 mm. long.
W. Szechwan. Wilson.
G. Veitchiorwm is a fine garden plant, although not, I
think, of the merit of G. Farreri and G. sino-ornata. It
was introduced to cultivation, as Hemsley informs us, by
Messrs. Veitch, who raised it from seed collected by E. H.
Wilson in W. Szechwan. When describing it as a species
distinct from G. ornata, Wall., Hemsley identified it as the
plant which Franchet described under the name G. ornata,
var. obtusifolia. Subsequently W. Irving gave it the name
G. ornata var. Veitchir.
Without doubt Hemsley was right in giving the plant
specific rank and separating it from G. ornata, Wall., which
is a different plant. But the name G. ornata somehow got
attached to it, and it received an Award of Merit at the
Royal Horticultural Society on August 31, 1909, when
shown by Messrs. Veitch under the name G. ornata. I
may state here definitely that this plant so laureated was
not the same as that which under the same name received
an Award of Merit in 1915. Two species have been
exhibited under the name G. ornata and each has received
an Award of Merit. Neither of them is G. ornata, Wall.
The plant shown in 1909 is G. Veitchiorwm, that in 1915
is G. sino-ornata.
G. Veitchiorum may be distinguished at a glance from
the three late-flowering species which I have already
mentioned—G. Farreri, G. Lawrencei, and G. sino-ornata
—by its habit and foliage. It is a stiffer more compact
grower, and the stolon early leaves are ovate or elliptic or
oblong, contracted at base of lamina and blunt at the apex.
The stolons themselves are thick with short internodes.
The plant is, to our experience at Edinburgh, by no means
260 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxx1
so free a grower as the others. Its flower is dark blue,
likest that of G. sino-ornata but darker in colour.
The following key may aid growers in distinguishing
these Gentians in the garden :-—
A. Diffuse plant. Stolons slender loosely and widely
spreading up to 18 em. long. Stolon-
leaves epetiolate narrow linear or linear-
lanceolate tapered to a long acute point,
not contracted at base.
a. Flowers distinctly stalked, light blue with satiny
sheen, throat white or pale blue and
white.
1. Stolon upper leaves dark green strongly re-
curved over 2 cm. long about 2 mm. wide
at base. Pedicel above last leaf-pair about
1 cm. long dark red. Calyx-tube about
2 cm. long, lobes twice as long linear re-
curved not contracted at base. Corolla
throat white, lobes somewhat apiculate
bright satiny methyl-blue strongly recurv-
ing. Spread of corolla over 3 cm. . Farrerv
2. Stolou upper leaves pale green erect hardly
recurved over 2 cm. long about 1 mm.
wide at base. Pedicel above last leaf-pair
over 1 em. long red. Calyx-tube about
1 cm. long or a little more, lobes twice
as long filiform erect not recurved not
contracted at base. Corolla throat lined
pale blue and white, lobes obtuse pale blue
hardly recurving. Spread of corolla about
2 cm. : : oe oc ea:
b. Flowers sessile or nearly so, throat dark pure blue.
3. Stolon upper leaves pale green strict spread-
ing not recurved over 2 cm. long and
5 mm. wide at base. Pedicel above last
leaf-pair nearly absent at most 5 mm. long.
Calyx-tube about 1 cm. long, or a little
more, lobes not twice as long linear flat
somewhat spreading not recurved not con-
tracted at base. Corolla-lobes apiculate
royal-blue reeurving. Spread of corolla
about 3 cm. : : ; . sino-ornata
B. Compact plant. Stolons stout short close. Stolon-
leaves shortly petiolate linear-oblong or
oblong obtuse or somewhat acute, con-
tracted at base.
c. Flowers sessile or nearly so, throat dark purple- -
blue.
4, Stolon upper leaves dark green horizontal
about 2 cm. longand 6 mm. wide. Pedicel
hardly visible above last leaf-pair. Calyx-
tube about 1°5 cm. long more or less, lobes
shorter than or at most equal to tube erect
not recurved contracted at base. Corolla-
lobes apiculate deep purple-blue . . Vettchiorum
Lawrencet
1917-18, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 261
In the preceding pages I have made reference frequently
to G. ornata, Wall., and have pointed out that three of the
late-flowering species of which I furnish descriptions have
been confused with it and received its name. It may be
well, therefore, if I say something here about what G. ornata,
Wall., really is and what it is not, and endeavour to clear
up the confusion that attaches to the name.
G. ornata, Wall, is a plant obtained by Wallich from
Gossain Than in Nepal in the years 1820-21. It appears
in his Catalogue under No. 4386. Specimens of the Gossain
Than plant are preserved in several public herbaria, of
which Edinburgh is one, and the Wallichian specimens
which we have are those upon which I rely for my know-
ledge of what G. ornata, Wall., is.
Wallich’s plant was first fully described under the genus
Gentiana by Grisebach ! in 1839 and again in 1845.”
Previously, in 18383 George Don had given a description
of it as Pnewmonanthe ornata. George Don does not
refer to it asa garden plant, and we may assume that it
was not in cultivation at the time-of his writing.
In 1880 a plant was figured in the Botanical Magazine,
t. 6514, under the name G. ornata, Wall. This plant came
from the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. I have found
no record of whence Edinburgh obtained it, but I am dis-
posed to think that it was raised from seeds distributed
from Calcutta. It was soon recognised that this plant was
1 Grisebach, Gen. et Sp. Gentianearum (1839), 277. The following
is Grisebach’s description :—
Gentiana ornata, Wall.—Radix dense fasciculata, quasi nidum re-
ferens, epidermide versus apicem incrassata patula radicemque sacculi
instar cingente. Caules plurimi 3-4-unciales, plerique fertiles, foliosi,
declinati 1 adscendentes. Folia 8 longa, 1 lata, suprema longiora,
cetera aequalia internodia aequantia, vagina apice ampliata. Calycis
tubus patulus lobos aequans ; lobi acuminati membrana intracalycina
truncata prominula distantes. Corolla calyce duplo major, coerulea
longitudinaliter striata ; lobi acutissimi, mucronati, tubo 4plo breviores,
plica obtusa duplo majores. Capsula oblongo-linearis, utrinque attenuata,
corollam aequans. Semina oblonga, convexa, processibus scariosis
asperrima, utrinque obtusa, nec alata.
Proxima inter nostrates G. frigida, Hk., a qua differet caulibus
caespitosis, calyce, foliis summis majoribus, omnibus brevioribus,
vagina foliari ampliata, flore solitario sessili ete. Cf. ad calcem
generis G. Kurroo.
Gossain Than, Himalayah.
=“In DC., Prod. ix (1845), 110:
3 George Don, Gard. Dict., iv (1888), 194.
262 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Szss. LXXXII
not the true G. ornata.! Hutchinson? suggests that it is
near G. nipponica, Maxim.
C. B. Clarke* brought into Wallich’s species the “abun-
dant material” of Sikkim specimens collected by Sir Joseph
Hooker and others, and cites the erroneous figure of the
Botanical Magazine, t. 6514. I have not had opportunity
to examine the specimens dealt with by Clarke, but I note
an important phrase in his description: “ Radical leaves
0 or inconspicuous at flowering time.” Now that does not
apply to Wallich’s Gossain Than plants. Our specimens
show a conspicuous leafy rosette with long leaves in the
flowering plant. On the other hand, the description does
fit Sikkim plants (and I may add Bhutan ones), of which
we have specimens. In them a leafy “radical” rosette is
apparently not formed. Of this I shall write something
later. Here I will only say that I suspect some—shall I
say much ?—of the Sikkim material is not G. ornata, Wall.
Of the var. meiantha which Clarke regards as a “very
dubious plant,” I can say nothing.
In the same year (1883) as the Gentianaceae of Hooker’s
Fl. of Brit. Ind. appeared, there was published over the
name G. ornata in the Gardeners’ Chronicle* a figure of
a plant grown by Mr. Wilson at Wisley—probably from
Calcutta seed. The plant is not G. ornata, Wall. The
tuft of short ascending potential stolons in the centre of
the far-spreading flowering stolons is not a character of
G. ornata, but is found in another species of Gentian which
extends from Sikkim into Bhutan. I shall describe pres-
ently this species under the name G. prolata. The con-
struction to which I call attention is of biological import.
It means that the stolons are biennial. The dried specimens
of Wallich’s Nepal G. ornata show annual stolons. I am
disposed to interpret the figure as a representation of G,
prolata. It cannot be G. ornata, Wall.
In 1896 the first Chinese plants to be identified with
G. ornata, Wall. were described by Franchet.® On p. 255
1 Later pointed out in Gard. Chron., 3, x1 (1906), 182, and again 3, -
xlvi (1909), 178.
2 Hutchinson in Bot. Mag. (1907), t. 8140.
3 Clarke in Hook., Fl. Brit. Ind., iv (1883), 116.
4 Gard. Chron., 3, ii (1883), 396, fig. 60.
® Franchet in Bull. Soc, Bot. France, xtin (1896), 493.
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH - 263
is quoted what Franchet says. Some specimens collected
by Soulié at and near Tungnglo, Franchet referred to
G. ornata, Wall. (taking that species in the sense of
C. B. Clarke), as varieties—one G@. ornata, var. obtusifolia,
the other var. acutifolia. I have pointed out elsewhere
that Franchet, in his pioneer work on the Western Chinese
Flora, was cautious and conservative, preferring to aggregate
Chinese forms with Indian types rather than to segregate.
This is an example. I have seen specimens of both the
varieties, though I have not had opportunity to examine
them critically, and in the light of our increased knowledge
it is certain that neither is the typical G. ornata, Wall.
Whether they are to be identified with any of the forms
I have already spoken of in this paper I cannot say.
Hemsley! is perhaps right in identifying the var. obtusi-
folia with his G. Veitchiorum.
Kusnezow?2 (1904) follows C. B. Clarke, but concludes
that G. ornata, Wall. is a variable species. The plant of
the Bot. Mag., t. 6514, may be a special variety. He cites
the figure in the Gardeners’ Chronicle for 1883 as G. ornata.
In 1907 there appeared in the Bot. Mag., t. 8140, an
illustration with the name G. ornata, Wall. The same
plant is referred to in the Gard. Chron. for 1906.3 I have
already (p. 252) written of this, but will repeat here in
order to complete my notes of G. ornata. Hutchinson,
who writes the text to the figure, gives the story of the
plant. It reached Kew in 1905 from Max Leichtlin. This
is the history of the plant which flowered with Sir Trevor
Lawrence in 1905, and is described and figured by Burkill 4
as G. Lawrencer. A plant came to Edinburgh from Max
Leichtlin in the same year, and it is G. Lawrencei. The
Bot. Mag. figure is certainly not a representation of G.
ornata, Wall. It represents, I believe, G. Lawrencet.
In the same year George Forrest published® an account
of some Gentians he had collected in Yunnan, and accepting
Franchet’s recognition of G. ornata, Wall. as a West
Chinese species, assigned to it the plant which is described
! Hemsley in Gard. Chron., 3, xlvi (1909), 178, fig. 74.
2 Kusnezow in Acta Horti Petrop., xv (1904), 268.
3 Gard. Chron., 3, x1 (1906), 182.
4 Thid., 3, xxxvili (1905), 307, fig. 119.
5 G. Forrest in Notes Roy. Bot. Gard, Edin., iv Seige Cake
19
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL, XXVU.
264 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxxu
on a preceding page as G. sino-ornata, and this plant, as
I have explained, is one of those which in cultivation often
bear the name G. ornata.
Hemsley! in 1909, when describing Wilson’s Szechwan
plant, raised by Veitch, as G. Veitchiorwm, concludes that
his plant is G. ornata, var. obtusifolia, Franch. As I have
previously said (p. 259), Hemsley was right in giving this
plant specific rank.
Then in 1915 Irving,” in the text attaching to a figure
of G. Veitchiorwm, Hemsl., whilst agreeing with Hemsley
that this G. Veitchiorum is G. ornata, Wall. var. obtusifolia,
Franch., maintains that G. ornata, Wall. does extend into
China, that G. Veitchiorwm is only a variety of Wallich’s
type, and that the same plant was laureated by the Royal
Horticultural Society in 1909 and in 1915. As the Fran-
chetian varietal name obtuszfolia is already attached to
another species, Irving renames G. Veztchiorwm, calling it
G. ornata, var. Veitch. But G. ornata, Wall. does not
extend into China. G. Veitchiorwm is.a distinct species.
The plants which received Awards of Merit in 1909 and
in 1915 under the name G. ornata were not the same. The
1909 plant was G. Veitehiorwm. The 1915 plant was G.
sino-ornata.
From this history it will be learned that the name G.
ornata, Wall. has been attached at different times to plants
coming from Nepal and Sikkim on the West, Yunnan and
Szechwan on the East, and Baikal and N. Mongolia on the
North. I know it for certain only in Wallich’s Nepal
specimens, but it possibly occurs also in Western Sikkim.
From amongst the forms that have been included in it we
can segregate these species :—G. Lawrencet, G. prolata, G.
sino-ornata, G. Veitchiorwm, and the unidentified plant of
the Bot. Mag., t. 6514.
The following is a description of G. ornata, Wall., based
upon the plants from Gossain Than :—
Gentiana ornata, Wall. Cat., 4886; Griseb. Gen. et Sp.
Gentianearum (1839); id.in DC., Prod., ix (1845), 110,
G. ornata, Clarke in Hook., Fl. Brit. Ind., iv (1883),
116. Nepal plant only.
1 Gard. Chron., 3, xlvi (1909), 178, fig. 74. See p. 257 of this paper.
Ibid., 3, lviii (1915), 288, fig. 100.
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 265
G. ornata, Kusnezow in Acta Horti Petrop., xv (1904),
268. Nepal plant only.
Pneumonanthe ornata, George Don, Gard. Dict., iv
(1838), 194.
Excluded are :—
G. ornata of Bot. Mag. (1880), t. 6154.
G. ornata of Gard. Chron., 3, 11 (1883), 396, fig. 60.
G. ornata, var. acutifolia, Franch. in Bull. Soe. Bot.
France, xliii (1896), 494.
G. ornata, var. obtwsifolia, Franch. in Bull. Soe. Bot.
France, xlii (1896), 493. ;
G. ornata of Gard. Chron., 3, xl (1906), 182, and of
Bot. Mag. (1907), t. 8140.
G. ornata, G. Forrest in Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edin.,
iv (1907), 71.
G. ornata, var. Veitchwi, W. Irving in Gard. Chron.,
3, lviii (1915), 288, fig. 100.
A perennial herb with a very short rhizome crowning
the long fleshy roots and producing a close rosette, con-
spicuous at the flower-period, of linear somewhat fleshy
leaves as much as 2°5 cm. long and 2 mm. broad, acute at
the apex and expanding at base into a wide vagina connate
with that of the opposite leaf to form a sheath. From the
rosette radiate many prostrate short branches (at most
about 5 em. long) which ascend at the point and end in a
solitary sessile flower. Stem of the shoots thin about
1 mm. in diameter, longest internodes about the middle and
there about 0°5 cm. long, slightly tinted red. Leaves at
base of shoots with an oval lamina about 4 mm. long and
2 mm. broad somewhat fleshy, obtuse or acute, slightly
cartilaginous and obscurely scaberulous at the margin,
at the base contracted into a short parallel-sided petiolar
portion about 1 mm. long, which expands into a vagina con-
nate with that of the opposite leaf to form a membranous
(when dry) sheath about 2 mm. long open at the mouth;
leaves at the top of the shoot with a linear-lanceolate
lamina about 1:2 em. long and 38 mm. broad shortly
mucronulate, margin thinly cartilaginous and obscurely
scaberulous, contracted at base into a petiolar portion
about 1°5 mm. long, vaginal sheath of the leaf-pair about
3 mm.long membranous and open at top. Flower sessile
266 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LxxxIt
varying in size. Calyx (in larger flower) about 2-4 cm.
long; tube funnel-shaped not cleft reddish outside about
1'4 cm. long somewhat thin not rugose inside, intracalycine
membrane truncate, 5-lobed; lobes about 1 em. long and
1 mm. broad subequal narrow linear acute, margin slightly
cartilaginous and obscurely scaberulous, not contracted at
base, intersepaline sinus about 1°75 mm. broad. Corolla
clavate (in larger flower) 4:3 cm. long (but sometimes only
3 cm.) striate outside with broad bands along middle of
petals, each band with three equidistant coloured lines (no
trace of spots in dried specimen); tube within the calyx
about 2 mm. in diameter, ampliate above and 5-lobed;
lobes about 6 mm. long and 5 mm. wide at base broadly
triangular acute and mucronulate erect or only slightly
spreading in flower; folds broad about 7 mm. across, one-
fifth or one-quarter the length of the lobe with a central
more or less triangular tooth and elsewhere more or less
erose or slightly toothed. Stamens (in larger flower) free
from about 1 cm. above base of corolla, free portion about
1:2: cm. long narrowly winged; anther about 3 mm. long.
Gynaeceum shorter than stamens; stipe longer than ovary ;
ovary linear fusiform.
Nepal. Gossain Than.
On a previous page (p. 262) I have stated that some of
the Sikkim material (more or less) placed in G. ornata,
Wall., belongs to a distinct species which I name G. prolata,
of which the fig. 60 in the Gard. Chron. (3, 11 (1883), 396)
is a representation. This will be found to be, I believe, a
type not uncommon in Sikkim, and it certainly extends
into Bhutan. Ihave been able to study this plant in living
flowering specimens raised from seed obtained in Sikkim
by Cave and in Bhutan by Cooper. Cave’s seeds came
under the name G. ornata. The following is a description
of this species :—
Gentiana prolata, Balf. £1
G. ornata, Hort. in Gard. Chron., 3, 11 (18838), 396,
fig. 60.
1 Gentiana prolata, Balf. f.—Herba perennis stolonifera. Stolones
eradicantes ramosi biennes a rhizomate multicipite centrali erosulato
ad 18 cm. patentes. Folia breviter petiolata opposita vaginato-connata,
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 267
G. ornata, Clarke in Hook., Fl. Brit. Ind., iv (1883),
116, in part.
G. ornata, Kusnezow in Acta Horti Petrop., xv (1904),
268, in part.
A perennial herb with a copiously branched root-system,
the main branches somewhat thick and fleshy, crowned by
a multicipital rhizome which does not form a leaf-rosette
but emits many erect stout leafy shoots in a central cluster
which become prostrate towards the end of first year’s
growth but do not root, and after elongation in their
second year to as much as 18 cm. turn upwards and end
each in a single sessile flower. Hach branch may be simple
or towards the end bear some (4-5) short lateral upturned
branches each of which ends in a solitary sessile flower.
At time of flowering of the prostrate shoots the shoots to
flower in following year are conspicuous. Shoots bear
decussate leaves from base upwards; the internodes at base
of whole shoot and of beginning of second year’s growth
shorter, the longest internodes about 1 cm. long. Leaves
more or less thick succulent connate in pairs by the vaginae
to form a closely adpressed scaberulous sheath round the
stem; lower leaves of the shoot smaller, lamina in the
smaller lower leaves elliptic about 4 mm. long by 2 mm.
broad or larger, in the larger upper ones lanceolate or
oblong about 1:4 em. long and 5 mm. broad, apex obtuse
with very short mucro, margin slightly cartilaginous and
scaberulous, base slightly contracted to a broad membranous
parallel-sided petiole about 1 mm. long in the smaller leaves,
2 mm. in the larger, passing into the leaf-sheath, surfaces
with stomatic punctulations. Calyx about 1°5 em. long
(after flowering larger) entire, tube obconoid-tubular often
reddened outside about 1 cm. long or less somewhat thin
infera elliptica, supera lanceolata vel oblonga obtusa ad 1:4 cm. longa
5 mm. lata basi contracta. Flos solitarius terminalis sessilis. Calycis
tubus infundibuliformis haud dimidiatus cire. 1 em. longus; lobi
dimidio breviores oblongi acuti basi haud contracti. Corolla clavata
3°5-4 cm. longa extus vittata vittis 3-lineatis pauci-maculatis, fauce
purpureo-suffusa ; lobis late triangularibus vel ovatis circ. 3 mm. longis
pallide coeruleis ; plicis circ. 2 mm. Jatis sub-erosis et dentatis. Fila-
menta staminum in parte libera circ. 8 mm. longa purpurea anguste
alata ; antherae sagittatae. Ovarium vix 1 cm. longum; stipes circ.
2 cm. longus ; stylus circ. 2 mm. longus ramis stigmatiferis circ. 1 mm.
longis recurvis.
Sikkim ; Bhutan.
268 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Szss. Lxxxir
not rugose inside, intracalycine membrane truncate; lobes
5 subequal about 5 mm. long or a little longer by about
1:5 mm. broad oblong acute, shortly apiculate not contracted
at base, intersepaline sinus under 0°5 mm. broad seldom
more, margin scaberulous. Corolla 3-5-4 cm. long clavate ;
tube within calyx very narrow about 1°5 mm. in diameter
ampliate upwards and 5-lobed, purple striate outside on a
yellowish ground having 5 bands one along middle of each
petal, bands marked by 3 purple equidistant lines and a
few spots; lobes and folds blue erect hardly spreading ;
lobes broadly triangular or ovate about 3 mm. long and
3 mm. broad at base slightly apiculate, folds about 2 mm.
broad showing a central tooth about 0°25 mm. high and
slight erosion at its sides. Stamens free from about 18 mm.
above base of corolla, free filament purple narrowly winged
about 8 mm. long; anther1°5 mm. long sagittate. Gynaeceum
about 3 em. long; ovary fusiform not 1 em. long stipitate ;
stipe about 2 em. long; style about 2 mm. long stigmati-
ferous through about half its length and there recurved.
Capsule about 1:5 em. long oblong, but slightly tapered to
the ends, far exserted from corolla on a stipe as much as
5 em. long. Seeds ovoid about 1 mm. long by 0°5 mm.
broad with straw-coloured alveolar testa.
Bhutan. Parsheng, Timpu. Alt. 14,000 ft. Cooper.
No. 3499. 27th October 1914.
Sikkim. Kapup. Cave. 31st October 1916.
G. prolata flowered at Edinburgh in 1917. The plants
were raised from seeds taken from Cooper’s Bhutan
specimens. This was not the first flowering at Edinburgh.
In the nineties of last century plants were raised and
flowered from Calcutta seed which came with the name
G. ornata.
The habit of the plant is very different from that of
t. ornata, Wall.,as that appears in the type-specimens. A
plant of G. prolata in flower shows a central tuft of several
erect branches 5 or 6 cm. long, with short more or less
elliptic bright green leaves springing from a common many-
headed rhizomatous axis from which descend the much-
branched roots which are somewhat thick at their point —
of origin. The base of each of these shoots begins with
some scale-leaves. Spreading out from these and arising
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 269
from the same rhizomatous axis are several decumbent
non-rooting stolons some 18 cm. or so long which are
unbranched through about two-thirds of their length and
bear a few branches in about the upper third. Upon the
unbranched portion two regions are to be recognised—a
lower, which may be half the length of the whole, less
or more, is clad with small more or less elliptic straw-
coloured or brown withered leaves, the upper bears larger
green fresh leaves increasing in size upwards and with-
out interruption into the branched region where they
are larger than elsewhere. The limit between the lower
and upper regions of this unbranched portion is clearly
marked by the leafage, for at the point of junction the
leaves are particularly small often appearing almost as
scale-leaves; and then there is the contrast between the
withered and fresh leaves. The junction marks the limit
between the growth of two successive years. Each of
these stolons shows two years’ growth. The leaves of the
first year’s growth are withered, those of the second are
green and active and the portion of stolon bearing them
ends itself in a solitary flower and gives origin from the
leaves immediately beneath this terminal flower to some
4 or 5 or more lateral short leafy curvingly ascending
shoots each in the axil of a leaf and ending in a solitary
flower. The flower terminating the stolon expands first,
the lateral ones expand in succession from below upwards
and we have a typical definite racemose branching.
Normally only one leaf of each pair in dextrorse sequence
gives origin to an axillary flower-branch. Sometimes in
vigorous stolons some of the leaves lower down upon this
green leafy part of the stolon may form axillary buds.
These are weak vegetative shoots which do not reach an
advanced stage of development.
After flowering and at the end of the vegetative season
the whole of these branched stolons die back to the base
—crisply desiccating not soddenly rotting—and remain
attached to the rhizomatous axis around the group of green
shoots in the middle. These green shoots have by this time
altered their direction. They are now nearly in or are
approaching the prostrate lie, their growth in length is
arrested, the ultimate leaves being very small, but I do not
270 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. cxxxiE
find anything of the nature of a scale-leaf bud. It is a
green-leaf bud. In this condition they remain during the
winter period of rest as incipient stolons. Some of the
basal leaves wither, but there is always a group of green
leaves at their top. These are perennating stolons.
The recurrence of the active vegetative period sees two
developments in these stolons—one at their base, one at
their apex. At their base buds in the axils of the lower-
most scale-leaves grow out as erect green shoots and eventu-
ally form the central tuft which is so conspicuous at the
flowering period of the plant. At their apex growth in
length is resumed and a longer portion is added which
forms the green leafy flowering termination to the stolon.
Thus the features of the plant in flower are explained.
The long flowering stolons are biennial. ‘The demarcation
of the lower and upper regions in the unbranched area of
the stolon indicates, as I have said, the limit between a first
year’s growth and a second year’s growth. The green erect
shoots of the tuft in the middle of the spreading stolons are
the stolons in their first year of growth. Branching of the
one-year-old stolons is limited to the base—to the forma-
tion of new stolons. Branching of the two-year-old
stolons is limited to the apex—to the formation of flower-
shoots. The long intermediate region is unbranched. The
bases of all the stolons go naturally to the formation of the
short rhizomatous axis of the plant, and possibly latent buds
may exist or new buds may form at the base of flowered
stolons, but I do not know if this is the case. But there
is not found on the central rhizomatous axis a rosette of
conspicuous green linear and pointed leaves standing up
above the bases of the flowering stolons.
In contrast with this construction in G. prolata, I find
in G. ornata, Wall., at flowering time a central rosette of
many linear pointed leaves—radical leaves of many sys-
tematic descriptions—crowning the roots which are thick
at their origin, branching freely as they pass into the soil.
Spreading out from this rosette are short, non-rooting
stolons, each ending in a solitary flower. I see no trace of
biennial growth uponthem. They suggest annual growths.
Not having living specimens of G. ornata, Wall., I cannot
write with the same certainty of its life-history as I can of
1917—18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 271
G. prolata, of which living plants are before me. But one
has only to put side by side Wallich’s Gossain Than dried
specimen of G. ornata and specimens of the Sikkim plant
which I am calling G. prolata to recognise that the whole
habit and growth in the two plants is quite different and
that they are different species.
I cannot say whether G. prolata is to prove a free-
growing hardy garden plant or not. It will certainly
never rival those great acquisitions to our gardens—G.
Farreri and G. sino-ornata. Were I limited to two blue-
flowering autumn species these are the two I would select.
The following is a summary of the results of my analysis
of the nomenclature and figures of these Gentians that are
under review :—
G. Farrert, Balf. f. Kansu species.
In cultivation.
G. Lawrencei, Burkill. Siberian species.
In cultivation.
Is the G. Lawrencet of Gard. Chron., 3, xxxviii (1905), 307, fig. 119.
Is the G. ornuta of Gard. Chron., 3, x1 (1906), 182.
Is the G. ornata of Bot. Mag. (1907), t. 8140.
G. ornata, Wall. Nepal species.
Not in cultivation. Probably never has been.
Is the G. ornata of Hook., FI. Brit. Ind., iv (1883), 116. Nepal
plant. j
Is the G. ornata of Acta Horti Petrop., xv (1904), 268. Nepal plant.
G. ornata, var. acutifolia, Franch. Szechwan form.
Is not G. ornata, Wall.
G. ornata, var. obtustfolia, Franch. Szechwan form.
Is not G. ornata, Wall.
May be G. Veitchiorum, Hemsl.
G. prolata, Balf. f. Sikkim and Bhutan species.
Is in cultivation and has been more than once previously in
cultivation.
Is the G. ornata of Gard. Chron., 3, ii (1883), 396, fig. 60.
Is the G. ornate of Hook., Fl. Brit. Ind., iv (1883), 116. Sikkim
plant (? all).
Is the G. ornata of Acta Horti Petrop., xv (1904), 268. (Except
Nepal plant.)
G. stno-ornata, Balf. Yunnan species.
In cultivation.
Is the G. ornata of Notes R.B.G. Edin., iv (1907), 71.
Is the G. ornata which received Award of Merit, Royal Horti-
cultural Society, Oct. 12, 1915.
G. Veitchiorwm, Hemsley. Szechwan species.
In cultivation.
Is the G. Vertchiorum of Gard. Chron., 3, xlvi (1909), 178, fig. 74.
Is the G. ornata var. Vewtchit of Gard. Chron., 3, lviii (1915), 288,
fig. 100.
Is the G. ornuta which received Award of Merit, Royal Horti-
cultural Society, Aug. 31, 1909.
272 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. uxxxm
FIGURES.
G. Lawrencet of Gard. Chron., 3, xxxvili
(1905), 307, fig. 119
: G. Lawrencet, Burkill.
G. ornata of Bot. Mag. (1880), t. 6514
Uncertain what the figure
represents,
Il
G. ornata of Gard. Chron., 3, ii (1883), 396,
fig. 60 . = G. prolata, Balf. f.
. ornata of Bot. Mag. (1907), t. 8140 . = G. Lawrencet, Burkill.
7, ornata, var. Veitchi of Gard. Chron., 3,
lviii (1915), 288, fig. 100
G. Veitchiorum of Gard. Chron., 3, xlvi
(1909), 178, fig. 74
» G2
G. Veitchiorum, Hemsl.
G. Veitchiorum, Hemsl.
ENVOY.
The name Gentiana ornata should be dropped out of
the literature of gardens. It is not in cultivation. Probably
never has been. The place which its attractive name seems
to claim for it is now occupied by much finer Chinese
species.
1917-18.| BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 273
THE GENUS NOMOCHARIS.
By Professor BAYLEY BAtrour, F.R.S.
(Read February 14, 1918.)
Of the many remarkable plants which recent exploration
of Western China has brought to our knowledge, none take
precedence over those which Franchet included in his new
genus Nomocharis. They are liliaceous, and occupy a -
position in the family between Lilium itself and Fritillaria.
In that area are several plants whose relationship with
Lilium on the one hand and Fritillaria on the other are
subjects of discussion, and if Nomocharis adds another to
this group of forms, it also brings information which throws
light upon the affinities of debatable species. Franchet
named only one species—NV. pardanthina—when he de-
scribed the genus Nomocharis, and by way of introduction
to what I am to say about the genus, I give hear a transla-
tion of Franchet’s description of both genus and species :—
Nomocharis, Franch.
“Perianth deciduous, segments spreading dissimilar ;
calycine segments ovate, shortly acuminate, quite entire,
1 Franchet in Journ. de Bot. iii (1889), 113. Franchet’s words are :—
Nomocharis.—Perianthium deciduum, segmentis patentibus dissimili-
bus; calycis segmenta ovata, breviter acuminata, integerrima, foveola
destituta ; petala late ovata, margine dentato-fimbriata, basi foveolata ;
foveola magna, flabelliformis, e medio a limbo soluta, multifida, lobis
oblongis incisis; stamina 6, basi segmentis breviter coalescentibus
illisque duplo breviora ; filamenta inferne circiter ad medium usque
inflato-claviformia, parte inflata cava apice rotundata, exinde subulata ;
antherae oblongo-ovatae, medio dorsofixae, e latere longitudinaliter
dehiscentes ; discus tenuis, annularis, integer, parvus; ovarium sessile,
ovato-oblongum, triloculare, loculis multiovulatis; stylus capsulae
subaequilongus, apice paulo incrassatus, stigmate obscure trilobo ;
capsula ignota.
Bulbus squamosus, squamis albidis oblongis, carnosis, imbricatis ;
fibrae radicales crassae, nunc fusiformes, villosae ; caulis pedalis vel
paulo ultra; folia lanceolata, sparsa vel 3-6 verticillata; flores 1 vel
3-4 axillares, speciosi, virginei subnutantes ; sepala pallide rosei, saepius
immaculati; petala rubescentia, maculis violaceis conspersa, foveola
nigro-purpurea.
Genus inter Lilium et Fritillariam medium ; bulbi indole, antheris
dorsofixis styloque Liliis vere affinis ; petalis foveolatis ad Fritillariam
vertitur. Ab utroque genere differt: staminum filamentis parte in-
feriore inflatis, cavisque ; foveola multifida et semilibera, quod in nullo
274 TRANSACTIONS OF THE _ [Suss. uxxxir
destitute of foveola; petaline segments broadly ovate,
margin dentate-fimbriate, foveolate at base; foveola large,
fan-shaped, forming a free limb above the middle, much
cleft, lobes oblong, incised; stamens 6, slightly adhering
to the base of the perianth-segments and one-third their
length; filaments from base to the middle inflated-club-
shaped, inflated portion hollow, rounded at summit, beyond
the inflated portion subulate ; anthers oblong-ovate, dorsi-
tixed at the middle, dehiscing longitudinally at the sides;
disk thin, annular, entire, small; ovary sessile, ovate-oblong
trilocular, loculi many-ovuled; style about equalling in
length the ovary, apex slightly thickened, stigma obscurely
trilobed; capsule unknown.
“Bulb squamate, scales whitish oblong, fleshy, imbricate ;
root-fibres thick, sometimes fusiform, villous; stem a foot
high or a little more; leaves lanceolate, sparse or 3-6 in a
whorl; flowers.1 or 3-4 axillary, showy, slightly nodding ;
sepals pale rose, more often unspotted; petals rubescent,
sprinkled with violet spots, foveola black-purple.
“Genus midway between Lilium and Fritillaria; truly re-
lated to Lilium by the nature of the bulb, dorsifixed anthers,
genere affini observatum ; perianthii lobis exterioribus et interioribus
dissimilibus, omnibus late patentibus.
IN. pardanthina.—Yun-nan, in pascuis montis Koua-la-po, supra Hokin ;
fl. 2 jun. 1883 (Delavay, no. 257).
Le tubercle est formé @écailles étroites, charnues, comme celui de
certain Lis; dans les individus gréles les feuilles sont ordinairement
éparses et la fleur solitaire. Les individus robustes, atteignant jusqw’’
cm. 60, ont presque toujours les feuilles verticillées par 4-6, sauf les
inférieures et les supérieures, et ils ont jusywa 4 fleurs larges de 6-8
cent. ; ces fleurs sont trés ouvertes ; leur divisions étalées horizontale-
ment présentent la particularité singuliere d’étre nettement dissem-
blables. Les 3 externes ovales, entiéres sur les bords, sont le plus
souvent dépourvues de macules violacées; les 3 intérieures largement
ovales, 4 bords dentés-fimbriés, parsemées de taches d’un pourpre brun,
offrent eu outre 4 leur base une large macule dun pourpre foncé en
partie recouverte par une écaille flabelliforme qui est libre dans sa
moitié supérieure et divisée jusqu’au milieu en 5-8 lobes étroits, élargis
et lobulés au sommet.
Les filets staminaux sont trés remarquables par le renflement de leur
portion inférieure, obovale-claviforme, creuse et 4 parois tres minces,
arrondie au sommet et surmontée par une pointe subulée qui porte
Vanthere insérée par le milieu du dos.
Cette charmante Liliacée, qwon peut espérer voir cultiver un jour,
fait ’ornement des paturages i sol calcaire de la montagne de Koua-la-
po, dans le district de Tali, oi elle végete parmi les herbes, 2 & la maniere
des Lis.
i i i
1917-18, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 275
and the style; inclining to Fritillaria by the foveolate
petals. From both genera it differs by: the hollow in-
flated lower part of staminal filaments; the much-cleft
and half-free foveola, which is seen in no allied genus; the
dissimilar outer and inner lobes of the perianth, which are
all widely spreading.
“N. pardanthina, Franch.
“Yunnan :—In pastures of Mt. Koua-la-po, above Hokin ;
fl. 2 Jun. 1883 (Delavay, No. 257).
“The tubercle is formed of straight, fleshy scales like
those of certain lilies; in weak individuals the leaves are
ordinarily scattered and the flower solitary. Robust in-
dividuals reach as much as 60 cm. in height, have the
leaves almost always in whorls of 4-6, excepting the lower
and upper ones, and have as many as 4 broad flowers of
6-8 centimeters; these flowers are very open; their divi-
sions stretched out horizontally present the singular feature
of being markedly dissimilar. The 3 outside ones are oval,
entire, and more often without violet spots; the 3 inside
ones, broadly oval, toothed and fimbriate, and sprinkled with
purple-brown spots, have at their base a large blotch of a
deep purple colour in part covered by a fan-shaped scale
which is free in its upper half, and divided as far as the
middle into 5-8 lobes expanded and lobulate at the top.
“The staminal filaments are very remarkable by the
voluminous expansion of their lower portion, which is
oboval-club-shaped, hollow with thin walls, rounded at
the summit and surmounted by a subulate point which
bears the anther inserted by the middle of its back.
“This charming liliaceous plant, which one may hope to
see in cultivation one day, is an ornament of the pastures
on the calcareous soil of Mount Koua-la-po in the district
of Tali, where it grows amongst herbs after the fashion
of a lily.”
Franchet’s expectation has been realised. N. pardan-
thina flowered in the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, in
1914, in plants raised from seeds collected by George Forrest
(No. 5816) for Bees Ltd., some of which were generously
presented to us. The plant was exhibited on 6th June 1916
276 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxxm
at the Royal Horticultural Society, where it was awarded a
First Class Certificate. It is a beautiful plant, and well
worthy of cultivation for itself. If it takes in hybridisa-
tion, it should originate a remarkable race of garden plants.
The habit certainly suggests Lilium rather than Fritillaria.
How far that is borne out by analysis and comparative
investigation will be set forth in’what follows here.
Before passing to this, I must say something of other
known forms of Nomocharis.
Shortly before our plant of 1914, which had rose-
coloured flowers, opened its blooms, a plant of the genus
Nomocharis, raised from seeds also collected by George
Forrest, flowered at Edinburgh in one example only, pro-
ducing a large open flower with a white ground spotted
maroon all over both sepaline and petaline segments, re-
calling, indeed, the colouring of the more spotted varieties
of Odontoglosswm crispum. In addition, the petaline seg-
ments at base were blotched a deep purple-red. From this
flower we were fortunate in obtaining seeds—most fortunate,
indeed, because by one of these accidents to which in these
days we are particularly liable our old plants, both of it
and of NV. pardanthina, were destroyed. In Forrest’s dried
collections there are specimens of this Nomocharis with
white and spotted flowers under Nos. 3845, 7160, and
11,624, the flower in 7160 being by far the finest. On his
field-tickets Forrest describes the flowers as “ satiny white”
or “watery white” and spotted, and he also says they are
fragrant. (Amongst his specimens is also one under No.
3844, of which he writes, “ variety with flowers pure white,”
and the solitary flower bears out the description, showing
no spots.) Without doubt a Nomocharis, this plant seems
to be a different species from Franchet’s NV. pardanthina,
and the description which I give of it here under the name
N. leucantha tells the difference between them.
N. lewcantha, Balf. £21
Bulb scaly narrowly ovate pointed about 3 em. long and
1‘5 cm. in diameter. At flowering time coated outside with
1 Nomocharis leucantha, Balf. f£.—Bulbus anguste ovato-oblongus,
squamis carnosis acuminatis. Caulis ad 75 cm.altus. Foliaad medium
3-6-verticillata infra et supra per paria disposita, infima sparsa, lanceo-
1917-18.] BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH QUT
mucilaginously rotting remains of 3-year-old and older
scales; chief scales of the bulb 5-6 2-year-old fleshy straw-
coloured ovate tapering to a membranous erose decapitated
summit adpressed connivent more or less surrounding
withered base of stem of their year and enclosing flower-
ing stem enwrapped in shorter 5-6 scales of the year which
have fleshy bases and membranous top acute or obtuse.
Roots somewhat fleshy. Stem as much as 75 cm. long and
5 mm. in diameter below first green leaves, above the bulb
tuftedly rooting after fashion of lilies, bare of green leaves
below over as much as 28 cm. and bearing there one or two
sparse distant strap-shaped blunt mucronate scale-leaves.
Green leaves in distant (often 7:5 em.) whorls of 3-6 after
a first solitary leaf often followed by a pair, at summit
sometimes in pairs, lanceolate or rarely lower ones oval-
lanceolate long-acuminate with a sharp point, as much as
9°5 cm. long 2°4 em. broad, conspicuously 3-nerved with
subsidiary intermediate parallel nerves, olive-green above,
beneath paler somewhat glaucous. Flowers 2-3 distant
racemose axillary to one leaf of uppermost whorls, pedicels
stiff straight, at apex thickened and there nodding, slightly
shorter than axillant leaf, spreading nearly horizontal.
Perianth open spreading as much as 9 cm. in diameter;
segments “ watery” or satiny white all equal in length and
spotted pale purple or crimson-maroon, petaline with deep
purple-red 2-lobed basal blotch about 6 mm. long; sepaline
segments with small median basal purple blotch and faint
midrib eglandular, ovate as much as a little over 4 em. long
about 2 em. broad, shortly acuminate ending in darker
, sometimes swollen tip, acuminate apex ciliate-fringed rest
of margin entire eciliate; petaline nearly orbicular with
prominent midrib as much as 3°5 cm. broad abruptly
lata longe acuminata ad 9°5 cm. longa 2-4 cm. lata papyracea, supra
atroviridia subtus glauca. Flores distantes in racemum 2-3-florum laxe
dispositi; pedicelli stricti patentes apice nutantes. Perianthum aperte
patens ad 9 cm. diam. albidum nitens maculis pallide-purpureis vel
kermesinis et varo rufescente basali notatum ; segmenta inaequalia dis-
similia, calycina eglandulosa ad 4 cm. longa 2 cm. lata breviter acuminata,
apice obscure fimbriata, petalina suborbicularia ad 3°5 cm. lata abrupte
acuminata, costa media prominula, margine superne dentato-fimbriata,
basi biglandulosa glandula quaque labio inciso flabelliformi cristata.
Stamina circ. 1‘6 em. longa ovarium subaequantia ; filamenti pars inflata
ad 9 mm. longa, apex subulatus ad 3 mm. longus ; antherae cire. 8 mm.
longae ad 3 mm. supra basin dorsifixae.
278 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXXxmI
acuminate at summit and there ciliate-fringed, downwards
through one half or more dentate-fringed, entire below,
base with two nectar-glands one on each side of midrib,
each covered by a fan-shaped incised or crested dark purple- -
red flap. Stamens about 16 cm. long; swollen base of
filament deep purple about 9 mm. long, subulate apex
about 3 mm. long; anther about 8 mm. long shortly
apiculate, dorsifixed about 3 mm. from base. Gynaeceum
about 1:7 em. long; ovary oblong wider towards top; style
clavate below the trumpet-shaped 3-lobed stigma.
Mid. W. Yunnan :—Tali Range. Eastern flank. Grassy
situations on the margins of pine forests. Alt. 11,000-
12,000 ft. Lat. 25° 40’ N. Plant of 18-24 ins. Flowers
watery white, blotched and spotted pale purple, base
of perianth deep purplish- maroon, faintly fragrant.
G. Forrest. No. 3845. June 1906.
Mid. W. Yunnan:—Tali Range. Eastern flank. Pasture
on the margins of pine forests. Alt. 12,000-13,000 ft.
Lat. 25° 40’ N. Plant of 18-30 ins. Flowers satiny: white
spotted crimson-maroon. G. Forrest. No. 7160. Sept.
1910.
Mid. W. Yunnan:—Tali Range. Alt. 11,000 ft. Lat.
25° 40’ N. G. Forrest. No. 11,624. Aug. 1913, Dup:
of 1906-1910: ;
The chief points of difference between this species and
N. pardanthina are :—a more robust. and taller plant; the
much longer and broader long-acuminate leaves; the white
flowers with all the segments spotted purple or maroon.
This Forrestian species conforms well with the characters
of Nomocharits as given first of all by Franchet. It is
otherwise with a species placed in the genus by Franchet
in 1898 with the name JN. meleagrina. I have not seen
N. meleagrina, Franch., and can only give here Franchet’s
account of it.
N. meleagrina, Franch. in Journ. de Bot. xii (1898), 196.1
“Many feet high. Leaves linear lanceolate long-
acuminate, upper sparse (middle and lower wanting).
. 1 Franchet’s description runs :—
Nomocharis meleagrina.—Pluripedalis ; folia lineari-lanceolata, longe
acuminata, superiora sparsa (inferiora et media desunt) ; flores axillares,
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 279
Flowers axillary long-pedicellate; pedicel 15 cm. long
arcuate-patent equalling or exceeding the leaves. Perianth
rose with equally and densely distributed broadish red-
fuscous spots on all the segments, 7-9 cm. in diameter
widely open, almost plane; calycine segments quite entire
ovate lanceolate acute or shortly acuminate; petaline
segments scarcely broader than calycine and equalling
them in length, sparingly and subtly erose above; crest
of the basilar nectar-gland deep red-fuscous, fan-shaped,
variously incised. Stamens one-fifth the length of perianth.
Style as long as ovary; stigma globose obscurely lobed.
“N.W. Yunnan :—Mt. Sela, banks of the Mekong. R. P.
Soulié. No. 1032.”
By description and by Franchet’s comments we can
recognise that this NV. meleagrina is markedly different
from NV. pardanthina in the much larger leaves, apparently
15 cm. long, which are not whorled in upper part of the
stem; long pedicels as long as the leaves; larger flowers;
perianth-segments equal in length and breadth; all the
perianth - segments equally and densely spotted; faint
erosion only of upper part of petaline segments; stamens
only one-fifth of length of perianth. It is clearly also not
the same as JN. leucantha.
Of its characters, that which is of importance as a
criticism of the generic characters founded upon JN.
pardanthina is the slight dissimilarity of the sepaline
and petaline segments:—they are similarly spotted, of
equal length and breadth, and the petaline segments are
scarcely erose on the margin above.
longe pedunculati, pedunculis 15 cent. longi, arcuato-patentibus, folia
-aequantibus vel superantibus; perianthium (diam. 7-9 cent.) late
apertum, fere planum, roseum cum maculis latiusculis, rubro-fuscis, in
omnibus foliolis aeque ac dense distributis; foliola calycina integerrima
ovato-lanceolata, acuta vel breve acuminata ; foliola corollina calycinis
vix latiora, illis aequilonga, superne parce et subtiliter erosa; cristae
basilares intense rubro-fuscae, flabelliformes, varie incisae; stamina
perianthio 5-plo breviora; stylus ovarii longitudine, stigmate obscure
lobato, globoso,
Hab.—La Chine occidentale: province de Se-tchuen, sur les montagnes
de Sela, sur les bords du Mekong (R. P. Soulié, n. 1032).
Différe du N. pardanthina par ses feuilles plus grandes, éparses, et
surtout par son perianthe dont les divisions sont égales et toutes couvertes
de taches brunes, les trois intérieures & peine érodées sur les bords.
Dans le N. pardanthina, les trois divisions intérieures sont presque
arrondies, incisées-érodées dans leur moitié supérieure.
TRANS. BOT, SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVI. 20
280 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxxmt
One other plant has been put in Nomocharis. Léveillé
in 1913 published the name Nomocharis Maire. Of this
species all that Léveillé says is :—?
“Searcely 2 ft. high. Separated from N. meleagrina
by its ovate leaves verticillate excepting the lower which
are opposite; white terminal flowers; clavate stigma.
Distinguished from NV. pardanthina by its broad leaves
and abruptly acuminate corolline segments.
“ Yunnan :—Pastures of the plateau of Ta-hai, 3200 m.,
fl. white spotted black (internal divisions). E. E. Maire.
July 1912.”
We have at Edinburgh specimens (No. 269, Herb. Edin.)
obtained from Abbé Maire in 1913 bearing the same ticket,
and it is without doubt the plant which Léveillé has named.
Ta-hai is in N.E. Yunnan, about long. 103° 10’ and lat.
26° 55’. In addition, we have the same plant in specimens
(No. 107, Herb. Edin.) obtained from Abbé Maire, also in
1913,—labelled “Pastures of the summits at Pé-long-tsin.
Alt. 3200 m., fi. white. E. E. Maire. July”—from the
same region. I believe I know, therefore, what Léveillé
had before him.
Maire’s specimens do not fit Franchet’s description of
N. meleagrina. Prominent and valid differences are the
shorter leaves, not long-acuminate ; the much shorter flower-
pedicels, not 4 cm. long—they are 15 cm. in N. meleagrina ;
the smaller white flowers with dissimilar sepaline and
petaline segments; the toothed and fringed petals.
The two characters—broader leaves and abruptly
acuminate corolla segments—by which Léveillé separates
N. Mairei from N. pardanthina would not alone, if they
existed, suffice as specific marks. As matter of fact, the
petals of V. pardanthina are as abruptly acuminate as
are those in Maire’s plant, and the difference in leaf-width
seems to be hardly appreciable. Maire’s plant is not JN.
pardanthina, but Léveillé has not got hold of the dis-
1 Léveillé in Fedde Repert. xii (1913), 287 :—
Nomocharis Mairet.—Vix bipedalis, A N. meleagrina folia ovata,
inferioribus oppositis exceptis, verticillata; flores albi terminales ;
stigma clavatum illam plantam secernunt. A N. pardanthina foliis
latis et foliolis corollinis abrupte acuminatis dignoscitur.
Yun-Nan: Paturages du plateau de Ta-Hai, 3200 m., fl. blanches
mouchetées de noir (divisions internes), juill, 1912 (EK. E. Maire).
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 281
tinctive characters. The plant is much more like N.
leucantha. Indeed, in flower it is somewhat of a miniature
form of that species. It differs from it, however, in foliage
and other points, and is probably the N.E. Yunnan repre-
sentative of this Mid. West Yunnan species. The following
is a description of the plant based upon Maire’s specimens
in the Edinburgh Herbarium :—
Nomocharis Mairei, Lévl. in Fedde Repert. xii (1913), 287
(revised character).
Stem as much as 35 em. high with short internodes
about 3 cm. long fairly stout about 4 mm. in diameter
below the foliage-leaves. Foliage-leaves in whorls of 3-5
over the stem, below one or two single at the node followed
by a pair, coriaceous ovate-lanceolate shortly acuminate,
lower ones sometimes elliptic-ovate or ovate and obtuse,
about 35-4 em. long (lower ones a little shorter), 13 cm.
broad (lower ones sometimes nearly 2 cm.). Flowers
terminal solitary or in a 2-flowered raceme white with
purple spots on petaline segments, rufescently blotched at
base, pedicel stout ascending or erect straight to slightly
deflexed tip, about equal in length to leaves. Perianth
widely open almost flat as much as 5°5 cm. across; seg-
ments dissimilar more or less abruptly acuminate, tip
obscurely fringed; calycine oval about 3 em. long 1:5 cm.
broad unspotted but with a small dark blotch at base,
eglandular; petaline broadly ovate or rounded about 3 cm.
long 2°5 cm. broad, margin from below middle toothed
fringed, below entire, midrib prominent, with a bilobed
basal gland, one lobe on each side of midrib, each lobe
bearing a fan-shaped much incised fringed lip. Stamens
about 1:2 em. long; inflated lower part of filament about
6:5 mm. long about equalling ovary, subulate portion about
3 mm. long; anther barely 5 mm. long, dorsifixed about
15 mm. above base, shortly apiculate.
- N.E. Yunnan:—Pastures of the plateau of Ta-hai.
Alt. 3200 m. Flowers white spotted black. E. E. Maire.
July. Herb. Edin. No. 269/1913.
N.E. Yunnan :—Pastures of the summits at Pé-long-tsin.
Alt. 3200 m. Flowers white. E. E, Maire. July. Herb.
Edin. No. 107/1918.
282 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. Lxxxu
This plant resembles in white flowers with dark spotting
N. lewcantha rather than N. pardanthina, which has rose-
coloured flowers. It is altogether a smaller plant than
N. leucantha, has thicker leaves, more close-set, and with-
out the long delicate acuminate tips we find in NV. lewcantha.
The flowers, too, are much smaller. Most of the specimens
show solitary terminal flowers, but one has a ripening ovary
of a second flower below the terminal one.
All these plants which have been named Nomocharis are
without doubt rightly placed in it. Whether specitic rank
can be maintained for all of them is a question that can
only be answered with certainty when we know more about
them. That the NV. pardanthina and N. leucantha of cul-
tivation are different species seems to me on the evidence
to be unquestionable. NV. meleagrina reads also distinct.
N. Mairei is the doubtful species looking to NV. pardanthina
in foliage, to NV. lewcantha in flower characters. It is an
outlier from the distribution of the other species. These
are Mid. Western and W.N.Western Yunnan plants. It
is from N.E. Yunnan, and we know that the plants
of this area are, as a whole, different from, if nearly
allied to, those of Western Yunnan. At the same time
we are prepared in dealing with tuber-forming plants to
find areas of specific distribution much wider than those
of other plants. Prolonged hypogaeous life removes the
plant—and the deeper the more effectively—from the in-
fluence of factors which act upon and bring about modi-
fications, in forms that have prolonged epigaeous life,
and the greater constancy in conditions of life encourages
greater constancy in form. The specific isolation which is
so marked a phenomenon in the flora of the mountainous
regions of Western China—see, for example, the genera
Primula and Rhododendron—may quite well be less con-
spicuous in such a genus as Nomocharis, and the geo-
graphical distribution of NV. Maire: cannot be regarded
therefore as a point of much weight in relation to the
question of its identity with species from farther west.
I turn now to the question of the position of Nomocharis
as a genus. The leading characters of diagnosis may be
stated thus :—
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 283
(a) Squamate bulb.
(b) Open perianth.
(c) Dissimilar sepaline and petaline perianth-segments.
(d) Fringed basal foveola on petaline segments only.
(e) Swollen lower portion of staminal filament.
(f) Dorsifixed anthers.
(g) Style.
Taken by themselves in relation to those of Lilium and
Fritillaria these characters seem to be decisive as differential
generic marks. But, as is well known, the limit between
Lihum and Fritillaria is difficult to define—if it really
exists. On the one hand, there are the Notholirions,
excluded from Lilium by Baker? and by Elwes, but in-
cluded by Bentham and Hooker;” on the other hand, the
Lihorhizae, which have been shuttled also from one genus
to the other, are now placed in Fritillaria by Bentham and
Hooker.’ Into both we have yet to see much more clearly
before phyletic claims are established. A recent illustration
of the difficulty which botanists have experienced in assort-
ing forms is seen in the Szechwan plant which Franchet *
first of all named Fritillaria lophophora, suggesting at the
same time that it might constitute under the name Lopho-
phora a particular section of the genus. Subsequently
Franchet transferred the species to Lilium as Lilium
lophophorum. Now, in the light of further discoveries,
it may be a question whether the place of this plant is in
one of these genera, or is in Nomocharis, or in a new genus
intermediate to Lilium and Fritillaria. After all, so far
as nomenclature is concerned, it is a matter of convenience,
seeing that our genera are only temporary expressions of
reaction of a phyletic line, and what we have to strive after
is a grouping and naming which shall best give us a picture
of phyletic relations as Wee appear to us.
In order to obtain data for determining the best disposal
of the forms brought together under Nomocharis I will
now touch in succession upon the differential characters
of the genus :—
* Baker in Journ, Linn. Soc., xiv (1875), 268.
2 Bentham et Hooker, Gen. Plant., ili (1883), 817.
3 [bid., Gen. Plant., iii (1883), 818.
4 Franchet in Journ. de Bot., v (1891), 153.
5 Tbid.,. xii (1898), 221.
284 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXxxIL
The Scaly Bulb.—The elongated bulb with more or less
ovate-lanceolate pointed scale-leaves of Nomocharis is very
different in form from the short somewhat globose bulb
with rounded tuberous scale-leaves of typical Fritillaria.
It approaches somewhat the form found in Lilium, par-
ticularly that of L. polyphyllwm as represented by Elwes.?
It is not confined to Nomocharis outside Lilium. In 1839
Royle? briefly described under the name Fritidlaria oxy-
petala a W. Himalayan plant which, like as it is in some
features to the Fritillarias of previous descriptions, differs
in certain obvious characters, and of these the bulb-form is
one. The bulb if not quite the same as that of Nomocharis
—there are many more and narrower shorter scales which
are not so connivent at the top but more open—is yet
cast on the same mould and is very different from what
is found in Eufritillaria. Baker*® recognised the difference,
and taking the bulb to be more lilioid than fritillarioid, he
renamed the plant Liliwm oxypetalum, Baker. Under
this name Elwes‘ figured the plant. Sir Joseph Hooker®
brings back the plant into Fritillaria and differentiates a
new species, F’. Stracheyi, Hook. f. (W. Himalaya), with the
same form of bulb. This same form of bulb we meet with
also in Fritillaria lophophora, Franch.° (N.E. Yunnan and
W. Szechwan), F. flavida, Rendle’ (S.W. Tibet), Ward sp.
No. 7588 (S.E. Tibet), Ward sp. Nos. 741, 813 ® (S.E. Tibet).
In what follows I shall use the term Oxypetala for this
group of fritillaries from the N.W. and W. Himalaya, 8.E.
Tibet, and W. China, which in their bulb-form are like
Nomocharis—so like, indeed, as to negate the value of
the bulb-form as a differential character of that genus.
I must not omit to mention a character of the stem in
Nomocharis which may have phyletic significance. In all
the species I have seen the stem shortly above the bulb
1 Elwes, Monogr. Lil. (1880), t. 48.
2 Royle, Illustr. Bot. Himal., i (1839), 388.
$ Baker in Journ. Linn. Soc., xiv (1875), 234.
4 Elwes, Monogr. Lil. (1880), t. 5.
5 Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind., vi (1892), 352.
6 Franchet in Journ. de Bot., v (1891), 153.
7 Rendle in Journ. of Bot., xliv (1906), 45.
8 Probably a new species of Nomocharis of the Oxypetala series
(see p. 291).
9 Named Nomocharis Wardw on p. 297.
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 285
emits profusely lateral rootlets after the fashion of Lilium.
I do not find this in the series Oxypetala. Does this mean
that the bulb of Nomocharis lives in a shallower stratum of
the soil than does Fritillaria ?
The Open Perianth.—The open perianth of Nomocharis
is one of its most striking features. The flower is as open
as that of Meconopsis, and there may be even a slight
reflexing from the base but never the recurving of Lilium.
In no Fritillaria is there anything quite like it. At the
same time, in the Oxypetala series we find the perianth not
showing the typical campanulate form of Fritillaria. That
may be a consequence of the absence of the median petaline
foveola. The corolla is broadly funnel-shaped or concave,
and in F. oxypetala is really open.t The character cannot
be regarded as one defining Nomocharis in Franchet’s
sense. It appears in some other divergent forms collected
by Forrest, Nos. 498, 10,620, and by Ward, No. 801, on
the Burmo-Chinese frontier to fix the generic position
which has led to my making this incursion into the field
of Lilium and Fritillaria.
Dissimilarity of Sepaline and Petaline Segments.—In
N. pardanthina, upon which Franchet founded Nomocharis,
the contrast in form between sepals and petals is remark-
able. The spotted petals are broad, nearly orbicular, with
an abruptly acuminate tip, and the midrib is a relatively
broad prominent ridge. The margin in about the upper
half is more or less fringed, and the acuminate tip has a
‘series of marginal outgrowths miniature of the fringe-
segments of the broader part of the petal. As they le in
the expanded open flower they are cochlear imbricate and
conceal the sepals save where the sepaline tips show in the
corolline sinuses. The unspotted sepals, on the other hand,
are ovate acute rather than acuminate, about the same
length but only a little more than half as broad, and
whilst they have the same reduced marginal outgrowths
along their tips, want entirely the fringe of the margin
of the broader portion.
The same contrast appears in NV. lewcantha and N. Mairet.
But in NV. meleagrina the petals and sepals are said to be
all alike spotted, ovate-lanceolate, equally long and broad,
1 See Bot. Mag. (1853), t. 4731, and Elwes, Monogr. Lil. (1880), t. 5.
286 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxxm
and the dissimilarity is reduced to a trace of erosion of the
margins of the petals in contrast with the quite entire
margins of the sepals.
It would appear, then, that difference in size, shape, and
spotting, between sepals and petals, is practically discarded
as a generic character of Nomocharis.
In support of this we find in the Oxypetala series
fluctuations in respect of these characters, and whilst all
of them have upon the pointed tips of all the perianth-
segments the reduced marginal outgrowths mentioned
above as appearing in Nomocharis, in one,—F’. lophophora—
as Franchet himself points out, the base of the petaline
segments is always minutely fringed.
Fringed Basal Foveola on Petaline Segments.—This
character is made much of by Franchet, and he says it
is seen i no allied genus. It requires therefore particular
investigation.
The dice-box form of perianth that gives the name to
Fritillaria is in great measure a consequence of the develop-
ment in the middle line of each perianth-segment of a
glandular area, long or short, forming a shallow pit or a
deeper pit (foveola) with its long axis coincident with that
of the segments. It occurs higher up or lower down on
the segments, always below its middle, and gives a bulge
outwards to the segments at the point where it occurs,
its tissue being firmer, more fleshy, and usually darker
coloured than the adjacent matrix of the segment. The
surface of this area is coated with short projections—the
excreting agents. This glandular area occurs on every
perianth-segment. In the section Rhinopetalum of Fritil-
laria the bulge it forms is emphasised, and I take it gave
origin to the sectional name. In the section Petilium—in
so many features different from Eufritillaria—the form
of the gland is nearly circular and it is basal but its
position central on the perianth-segments. Now in Nomo-
charis the construction is different :—
(a) The sepaline segments have no glandular area. That
is restricted to the three petaline segments.
(b) The glandular area is not in the middle line of the
segment.
(c) The middle line is occupied by a strong midrib pro-
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 287
jecting on the upper surface of the segment and separating
distinctly a left side of its lamina from a right side of its
lamina at the base.
(7) The glandular area is at the base of the segment, and
owing to the projection of the midrib it is divided into a
left half and a right half, or, if you will, there are two
glandular areas, a left-side one and a right-side one, and
these are separated by the nonglandular midrib.
(e) Each of these dark-coloured glandular areas has
arising from it a correspondingly dark-coloured flap as-
cending fan-ways and deeply incised, fringe-fashion, and
the fringe-lobes are covered with excreting gland-cells.
From dried specimens—and these are all I have been able
to use for this analysis—it is not easy to be sure of minute
anatomical details, and I cannot say to what extent each
flap converts its glandular area into a pocket-gland, such
as that which we meet with in Ranunculus; nor can I say
whether the gland-area beneath the flap has excretory
cells—certain is it the fringe-lobes of the flap are really
glandular.
It is this spreading flap—crista basilaris—which has
attracted most attention as a differential character, so far
as gland-structure is concerned, in Nomocharis; but, after
all, it is only a concentration of the excreting cells which in
Kufritillaria are distributed more or less over the whole
area. What is previous to it is the division of the glandular
area into lateral halves separated by a raised midrib and
the restriction of the glandular area to the petaline segments.
Were this construction peculiar to Nomocharis it might
be taken as a strong generic character. But it is not so.
In the whole series of Oxypetala (I except for the moment
F. flavida, which I have not seen) we find a basal glandular
area on the petaline segments only, a prominent midrib
separating the glandular area into two divisions—a right
and a left—the glandular area crested. In the cresting
there are just such differences, so far as I can determine in
dried specimens, as prevent our saying that it is that of
Nomocharis. The somewhat regular fan-like expansion of
a fringed flap is absent, and the cresting is distributed over
the surface, extending sometimes upwards along each side
of the raised midrib. But these are, if anything, details of
288 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxxm
only specific value in themselves. Morphologically and
physiologically the construction is the same. Its occurrence
in the series Oxypetala detracts from its value as differ-
ential of Nomocharis. It is not a solitary character dis-
tinguishing the series Oxypetala. I have pointed out that
in bulb-form also these series agree, and the individual
differences of their other flower characters—none of them—
negate near natural relationship. The series is markedly
divergent from the type of Fritillaria. Itis further away
from Lilium. It touches Nomocharis at several points.
I have yet more to say about this character. The dual
basal glandular area confined to the petaline segments has
not always the crested form seen in Nomocharis and the
Oxypetala series :—
In the Forrestian plant, No. 10,620, from E.N.W. Yunnan,
the gland-construction of Nomocharis is repeated with this
sole difference—the flap is not fringed.
Another Forrestian plant, No. 493,? from the Mekong-
Salween divide, shows the petaline dual basal gland
separated by midrib with flaps which are not fringed and
are much smaller than in Forrest's No. 10,620.
In a plant collected by Kingdon Ward in S.E. Tibet,
under No. 801,? there is the petaline dual basal glandular
area separated by midrib, but each of the areas is most
minute with mere trace of flap and without fringe.
Here, then, we have three plants from W. China which
have the petaline dual gland-character of Nomocharis and
the Oxypetala series but without the cresting. They are
not yet described. They have scaly bulbs, perianth-seg-
ments more or less equal, more or less spreading, stamens,
as we shall see immediately, with slightly inflated filaments.
What is their position ?
Androecitum.—Of all the characters of his genus Nomo-
charis given by Franchet that of the stamens is the most
individual. The filament, which is about 12 mm. long, shows
in each of the six stamens two distinct areas. A lower,
some 10 mm. or so long, which is swollen into a club-shape,
or one might compare it with that of a jargonelle pear. It
1 Named Nomocharis Forresti on p. 293.
2 Named Nomocharis saluenensis on p. 294.
3 Named Nomocharis tricolor on p. 296.
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 289
is as much as 2 mm. in diameter. From the centre of its
convex summit there arises abruptly, like an elongated
apiculus, a thin needle-like upper portion some 2 mm. long,
which is attached by its sharp point to the connective of
the anther slightly below the middle. The anther is dis-
tinctly dorsifixed. This upper portion of the filament is
pale-yellow coloured, in contrast with the dark-coloured,
brown or purple lower swollen portion. This lower portion
gives the impression of being a hollow sac. It is not really
asac. Through the centre of it runs the vascular bundle,
and it is surrounded by a cellular tissue with large inter-
cellular spaces enclosed by some peripheral layers of more
compact cells. The large anther, some 7 mm. long swing-
ing on the top of the needle-like upper filament, perched
on top of the fat lower filament, is most distinctive. It
is a strong character in support of Nomocharis as a genus,
for it is known nowhere else within this group of forms.
Nevertheless, we are not without approaching forms.
They are to be found in the Forrestian plant No. 10,620
and the Wardian plant No. 801 previously mentioned. In
them the staminal filaments are swollen in a longer, lower,
dark-coloured portion, needle-like in an upper pale-coloured
portion, to which the anther is dorsifixed. But the inflation
of the lower portion is not nearly so great as in Nomocharis
—to not quite 1 mm.—and then this lower part does not
end in a convex broad top in the centre of which stands
the needle-like extension, but narrows into the subulate tip.
The areas from which these plants have come to us are not
yet fully explored botanically, and these forms suggest that
other species more closely linking with Nomocharis in this
staminal character may yet be discovered.
The dorsifixed anther of Nomocharis seems to be a liliod
character of little value for separating it from Fritillaria.
True basifixed anthers I know of in Fritillaria (Petilium)
umperialis, but in all the forms of Fritillaria I have cited
here the anthers are attached by the back of the connective
a short distance at least above their base and always to a
finely pointed tip of the filament. It is not merely a case
of intrusion of the filament between the prolonged bases of
the antherine lobes. Whether in nature the anthers are
really versatile, dried specimens do not suffice to determine.
290 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, LXxxIr
Certainly in the cases of which I am speaking the anthers
swing readily on the tips of the filaments after soaking in
water, and the somewhat open corolla may a of this
in nature.
Style——There is nothing distinctive in the style of
Nomocharis. As in the series of Oxypetala and in those
undescribed plants from West China of which I have spoken,
it is clavate, usually about the same length longer or
shorter than the ovary, and the apex is trumpet-shaped
with the stigmatic margin more or less 3-lobed. The style
of all of them is very different from the trifid style of
so many of the species placed in Fritillaria.
It is clear, in the light of our increased knowledge, that
the position of Ne mocharis is not so isolated as the
characters given by Franchet, drawn from the material at
his disposal, indicate. The only character which is peculiar
to all the species of Nomocharis hitherto described is that
of the rounded summit to the swollen lower part of the
staminal filament whence an apiculate subulate continua-
tion proceeds. All the other characters appear, or grade
into those found, in other plants described or undescribed, as
I have endeavoured toshow. The question we have to ask
and to answer is—Can Nomocharis be maintained as a
distinct genus? In my opinion it should be maintained
but with an extended horizon, and I shall best make clear ~
the grounds of this opinion if I bring together here, in what
appears to me to be their nutural systematic grouping,
the various species, to which I have referred in preceding
pages, showing relationship to Nomocharis. The species
that come into consideration are:—Fritillaria flavida,
lophophora, oxypetala, Stracheyi; undescribed, Ward sp.
No. 758, Ward sp. Nos. 741, 813; Nomocharis leweantha,
Mairei, meleagrina, pardanthina; undescribed, Forrest
sp. No. 493, Forrest sp. No. 10,620, Ward sp. No. 801.
They all agree in these characters :—
Sealy bulb with elongated ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate
fleshy scale-leaves. Perianth-segments always obscurely
fringed at the tip. Petaline segments only possessing basal
gland divided into two by prominent midrib. Anthers
dorsifixed. Style clavate short about equal to ovary,
trumpet-shaped at end with three-lobed stigma.
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 291
They fall into three series, to which I have given names :—
1. Oxypetala.—Bulb small with many narrow not connivent scale-
leaves. Stem one-flowered not rooting above bulb. Foliage-
leaves linear sparse. Perianth funnel-shaped or concave.
Perianth-segments equalor slightly unequal, rarely petals fringed
at base. Petaline glands crested all over. Staminal filaments
not inflated.
Here belong: — Fritillaria flavida, lophophora, oxypetala,
Strachey; undescribed, Ward sp. No. 758, Ward sp. Nos. 741, 813.
2. Hunomocharts.—Bulb larger with few ovate lanceolate fleshy
scale-leaves. Stem racemosely flowered rooting above bulb.
Foliage-leaves oval-lanceolate or lanceolate, whorled, sparse
below and sometimes above. Perianth open, often flat. Perianth-
segments usually dissimilar, petals broadest, usually dentate-
fringed above middle or erose. Petaline glands with fan-
shaped, fringed lap. Staminal filaments pyriform, much inflated,
convex at top with much shorter subulate tip springing from
centre.
Here belong:—Nomocharis leucantha, Mairet, meleagrina,
pardanthina,
3. Ecristata.—Bulb larger with many fleshy lanceolate scale-leaves.
Stem racemosely flowered or with 1 terminal flower, rooting
above bulb. Foliage-leaves lanceolate sparse or in _ pairs.
Perianth more or less open. Perianth-segments subequal entire
below tip. Petaline glands with a flap not fringed. Staminal
filaments slightly inflated, tapering into much shorter subulate
tip.
aie belong :—Undescribed, Forrest sp. No, 493, Forrest sp.
No. 10,620, Ward sp. No. 801.
The whole of them approach Lilium in their bulb.
They diverge in the petaline glands. If anyone be bold
enough to combine in one genus Lilium and Fritillaria,
then all these forms would also go into the new combina-
tion. But I do not see what advantage would be gained
by such an aggregation, either,as giving a phyletic picture
or as a statement of observed facts.
From Fritillaria—to which in outward appearance the
first series in particular shows great resemblance—they
diverge in the bulb form, the more or less open perianth,
and the petaline glands.
To refer all these forms to Fritillaria—an obvious sug-
gestion — notwithstanding the difference, would be to
ignore, I think, evident phyletic developments which have
gone quite as far in a divergent direction from Fritillaria
as to warrant segregation of the forms presenting them in
a named genus. If we were to include them in Fritillaria
they would claim the position of a subgenus. Certainly,
as generic characters go in Liliaceae, the characters which
292 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxxir
I have given above as the possession of all these plants
seem to me to be adequate for the diagnosis of one, and
what I am tempted to do is to use these characters as
the differentiating ones of Nomocharis, taking the three
series arranged above as sections of it, naming them,
1, Oxypetala; 2, EKunomocharis; 3, Ecristata. By this
procedure we should emphasise the fact that we have a
phyletic series that diverged from a common ancestry
along with Fritillaria proper, and with that remarkable
arrested branch which is conveniently placed because of
lack of further evolution of its form in Fritillaria as
F. vmperialis. I have no difficulty about combining in
one genus the forms of series 2 and 3 and about keeping
it distinct from Fritillaria. I am more hesitant about the
right treatment of series 1, for its members undoubtedly
in habit—slender plants with stem not rooting above bulb,
leaves long linear solitary at nodes, solitary terminal more
or less drooping flower—recall strongly Fritillaria. But it
would not be so natural an arrangement, it seems to me,
to place series 1 in Fritillaria and to treat the other two
series as Nomocharis. And so I decide to yield to tempta-
tion and to state the view that the best expression of our
present knowledge of these forms of which I have been
speaking is to widen the limits of Nomocharis to the
extent of including them all within it, arranging them in
the series with the names already given and distinguished
by the characters mentioned.
The decision enables me to name the several species to
which in previous pages I have referred under collector’s
numbers, and it requires me also to give a revised definition
of the genus Nomocharis as follows :—
Nomocharis. (Revised Character.)
Perianth deciduous, more or less open; segments sub-
equal or dissimilar, lanceolate or oval or almost orbicular
more or less acuminate, obscurely fimbriate at apex else-
where entire or variously fringed, more or less spreading;
calycine eglandular; petaline with a double basal
glandular area half on each side of midrib crested or
fringed or not. Stamens 6 slightly adhering to base of
perianth-segments or free; filaments flattened, thread-like
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 293
or swollen below and gradually or suddenly ending in a
needle-like tip; anthers oblong dorsifixed, dehiscing
longitudinally at the sides. Ovary sessile 3-locular,
3-angular, angles rounded; style clavate short about
equalling ovary, trumpet-shaped at apex with 3-lobed
marginal stigma. Bulb squamate, scales fleshy elongated,
ovate-lanceolate acute or acuminate. Stem simple, leafy.
Leaves alternate or whorled or both. Flowers showy,
stalked, nodding, solitary terminal or distant—as many as
6—on long leafy racemes.
A genus of some thirteen species from the Himalayas
and W. China.
Three sections of the genus may be recognised :—
1. Oxypetala.—Including N. Wardii, Ward sp. No. 758, and the
species described under Fritillaria as F'. flavida, F. lophophora,
F, oxypetala, F. Stracheyt..
2. Hunomocharis.—Including N. leucantha, N. Matrei, N. meleagrina,
N. pardanthina.
3. Eceristata.—Including N. Forrest, N. saluenensis, N. tricolor.
The following are descriptions of new species :—
Nomocharis Forrestv, Balf. £4 (Sect. Ecristata.)
A tall growing glabrous plant reaching 1 m. or more.
Bulb scaly elongated, scales fleshy -ovate-lanceolate at
first acuminate or acute, apex soon shrivelling and falling
off. Stem stout about 8 mm. in diameter below foliage-
leaves, rooting above the bulb. Foliage-leaves distant
solitary at the nodes below the inflorescence, where they
are paired, lanceolate long-acuminate as much as 7 cm.
long 2 em. broad, dark green above, glaucous beneath,
conspicuously 3-veined with parallel subsidiary veins.
Flowers large distant in a 6-flowered (or more) raceme with
paired linear-lanceolate green leaves; pedicels stiff stout
about 2 mm. in diameter horizontal deflexed at tips.
1 Nomocharis Forresti, Balf. £—Bulbts squamatus elongatus. Caulis
ad 1 m. vel ultra, supra bulbum radicans. Folia distantia, inferiora
sparsa, superiora inter flores per paria verticillata, lanceolata longe
acuminata ad 7 cm. longa 2 cm. lata. Flores in racemum 6-florum laxe
dispositi ; pedicelli horizontaliter patentes ad apicem deflexi. Perian-
thium late patens ad 10 cm. diam. pallide roseum nitens maculatum
et basi kermesino-variculosum ; segmenta ovalia vel ovalia-lanceolata
accuminata, sub apice obscura fimbriato integra ; calycina eglandulosa ;
petalina basi bifoveolata foveolae cujusque labio ecristato. Stamina
6 cire. 1°7 cm. longa; filamenta ovarium subaequantia, infra inflata, in
apicem brevem subulatum attenuata ; antherae infra medium dorsifixae.
/
294 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. LXXXII
Perianth widely open, about 10 cm. across nearly flat,
satiny pale rose spotted and blotched deep crimson; seg-
ments of about the same length and width about 5 em.
long and 2°5 cm. broad more or less ovate or ovate-lance-
olate, all entire and acuminate, the tip ciliate with club-
shaped short white processes; sepaline segments without
a basal nectar gland but always with a darker spot at the
very base; petaline segments bearing a basal dark-coloured
two-lobed nectariferous gland the large lobes separated
by the prominent midrib, each lobe with a free rounded
swollen not fringed or crested flap. Stamens about 1°7
em. long; filaments about equal in length to ovary slightly
flattened at very base, upwards dark-coloured and slightly
swollen as much as 1 mm. in diameter to about 1 mm.
below anther, pointed not rounded at top and passing
gradually into a thin subulate paler portion attached to
anther at about 2 mm. above its base; anther about 7 mm.
long. Ovary about 1:2 cm. long oblong and widening
upwards, about 3°5 mm. in diameter at top, 6-angled, 6-
lobed at top, very finely shagreened; style slightly shorter
than ovary about 1 cm. long clavate at top beneath the
trumpet-shaped 3-lobed stigma.
E.N.W. Yunnan: — Mountains in the N.E. of the
Yangtze bend. Open alpine pasture.. Alt. 13,000 ft. Lat.
27° 45’N. Plant of 2 ft. Flowers satiny pale rose, spotted
and blotched deep crimson. G. Forrest. No. 10,620.
July 1913. 7
In habit like WV. lewcantha, but a much taller plant an
easily recognised by the nearly equal perianth-segments,
the non-crested petaline glands, the less swollen filaments
of the stamens not rounded at top of swollen portion.
Nomocharis salwenensis, Balf. £1 (Sect. Eeristata.)
Glabrous tall herb as much as 1 m. high. Roots thick |
fleshy. Bulb scaly oblong about 3 cm. long, scale-leaves
1 Nomocharis saluenensis, Balf. f—Planta ad 1 m. alta. Bulbus
oblongus squamatus. Caulis crassiusculus internodis brevibus, supra
bulbum radicans, Folia inferiora sparsa, superne per paria distributa
lanceolata breviter acuminata, ad 7 cm. longa 2 em. lata. Flores 3
racemosi lati; pedicelli folia aequantes, divaricati. Perianthium albido
roseum maculatum patens ad 9 cm. diam.; segmenta sepalina oblongo-
ovalia utrinque angustata subobtusa evariculosa eglandulosa ; petalina
paullo longiora et latiora subelliptica apice lata obtusa basi kermesino-
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 295
fleshy ovate-lanceolate acuminate the tip drying off. Stem
stout about 6 mm. in diameter below the foliage-leaves,
rooting above the bulb. Foliage-leaves solitary at the
nodes below the inflorescence, truly lanceolate as much
as 7 cm. long 2 cm. broad shortly acuminate, narrowed to
the base and there contracted into a short and broad
petiole some 5 mm. long and 4 mm. broad, conspicuously
3-5 veined with subsidiary parallel veinlets, apparently
concolorous above and below. Inflorescence racemose
3-flowered, leaves on the inflorescence-axis in pairs;
flowers large on a stout more or less nodding pedicel about
same length as leaves. Perianth broad open approaching
9 em. across, pale whitish rose with purplish rose spots on |
all segments more or less; sepaline segments oblong-oval
narrowed to both ends most to the tip, narrowly obtuse
ending in a conspicuous hydathodal mucro, 44 em. long
2:2 em. broad, unblotched at base, without a basal nectary ;
petaline segments slightly broader and shorter and over-
lapping the sepaline ones about 4 em. long 2°4 cm. broad
sub-elliptic narrowed to both ends broadly obtuse at apex,
dark red-purple blotched at base and there provided with
two cushion-like pocket-nectaries one on each side of mid-
rib, flap of pocket not fringed nor crested. Stamens 6
about 1:4 cm. long; filaments about 1:1 em. long flattened
at the base then terete swollen dark-coloured to about
1 mm. from end, tip subulate 1 mm. long pale coloured ;
anther about 6 mm. long oblong thick dorsitixed about the
middle. Gynaeceum about 1:2 em. long; ovary about
7 mm. long shorter than filaments, 6-grooved the ridges
between grooves rounded, 6-lobulate at summit, slightly
wider at top, about 2°5 mm. in diameter; style clavate
about 5 mm. long, shorter than ovary, trumpet-shaped at
top with 3-lobed marginal stigmas.
N.W. Yunnan:—Mekong-Salween divide. Open moist
situations. Alt. 9000-10,500 ft. Lat. 28° 12’ N. Plant
of 2-3 ft. Flowers pale whitish rose marked purplish
rose on interior. G. Forrest. No. 493. Sept. 1904.
This is one of the plants referred to Lilium apertum
variculosa biglandulosa glandulae labio integro ecristato efimbriato cres-
centico, Staminaad 1-4 cm. longa; filamenta ovario paullo longiora infra
paullo inflata in apicem subulatum ad ] mm. longum attenuata ; antherae
cire. medium dorsifixae.
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN, VOL, XXVIL. 21
296 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. uxxxm
var. thibeticwm, Franch. in Plantae Forrestianae.’ It is not
the same as Forrest No. 457 referred to the same variety.
No. 457 is not a Nomocharis, and I do not deal with it here,
for the material is hardly adequate for critical decision upon
its proper place. Forrest No. 493 is certainly not Liliwm
apertum, Franch. It may be the plant Franchet referred
to L. apertum var. thibeticum, which from the diagnosis
Franchet gives and in the light of present knowledge I
doubt being a variety of his L. apertwm. In default of
actual specimens I cannot decide. Were there certainty,
Franchet’s varietal name might be attached to this species
of Nomocharis, but in the circumstances confusion in
nomenclature may be avoided by naming it as I have done
N. saluenense, leaving to future investigation the settle-
ment of relation to L. apertum var. thibeticum.
The species is a distinct one-in the genus. One of
Monbeig’s plants under No. 68/1912 in the Edinburgh
Herbarium, collected near Tseku, is a Nomocharis and a
near ally of NV. salwenensis, but the material is not sufficient
for certain diagnosis.
Nomocharis tricolor, Balf. £2 (Sect. Ecristata.)
Glabrous plant as much as 35 cm. high. Bulb scaly
ovate-oblong about 3 cm. long, scales fleshy ovate-lanceo-
late acuminate. Stem fleshy rooting above the bulb, about
25 mm. in diameter below the foliage-leaves. Foliage-
leaves single at the nodes below, more or less paired or
in whorls of three towards the top, lanceolate shortly
acuminate 4-5 cm. long about 1:2 cm. broad more or less,
dark green above, paler somewhat glaucous beneath, with
three conspicuous nerves and some subsidiary parallel ones.
Flower large solitary terminal erect or slightly nodding;
pedicel stout about 3°5 cm. long. Perianth openly concave
1 Notes R.B.G. Edin., vii (1912), 38.
2 Nomocharis tricolor, Balf. f£.—Bulbus squamatus. Caulis ad 1 m.
vel ultra, supra bulbum radicans. - Folia sparsa superne plus minusve
2-3-verticillata, lanceolata acuminata 4-5 cm. longa, ad 1-2 em. lata,
subtus pallida subglauca. Flores solitarii ad 8 cm. lati; pedicelli ad
35cm. longi. Perianthium aperte concavum roseum luteo-oculatum
basi rufescenti-maculatum et variculosum ; segmenta subaequalia ovalia
vel oblongo-ovalia acuminata apice excepta integra; calycina eglandu-
losa ; petalina basi bifoveolata foveolae cujusque parvulae labio ecristato.
Stamina ad 1°5 cm. longa; filamenta ovario sublongiora, infra inflata, in
apicem brevem subulatum attenuata ; antherae circ. medium dorsifixae.
1917—18.] BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 297
as much as 8 em. across, rose-coloured with a broad yellow
eye, spotted and blotched at base dark purple-red; seg-
ments subequal outer a little longer about 4 cm. long
almost 2 em. broad oval or oblong-oval shortly acuminate,
tip obscurely fringed otherwise margin quite entire;
sepaline segments eglandular; petaline segments bifoveo-
late at base, foveola on each side of midrib small with a
short convex not crested flap. Stamens 6 about 1:5 em.
long; filaments about 1:2 cm. long a little longer than
ovary from a slightly flattened base upwards dark-coloured,
swollen to nearly 1 mm. in diameter through about 9 mm.,
then tapered through about 3 mm. as a needle-like thread ;
anther about 65 mm. long dorsifixed about the middle.
Ovary about 9 mm. long oblong slightly wider at top;
style about same length as ovary, clavate.
S.E. Tibet. Ka-gwr-pw. Alpine meadow. 14,000 ft.
F. Kingdon Ward. No. 801. 19.7.13.
A very distinct species. Easily recognised by the
tricoloured flower.
Nomocharis Wardvi, Balf. £1. (Sect. Oxypetala.)
Glabrous low herb some 12 em. high. Roots thick fleshy.
Bulb scaly slender oblong elongated as much as 3 cm. long
1 em. in diam., outermost scale-leaves at flowering time
mucilaginously rotting, within scales of the year straw-
coloured few 5-6 open fleshy linear-lanceolate acuminate
apex soon withering. Stem short about 3 cm. above ground
thin with short internodes and bearing at most about 8
alternate ascending leaves. First leaves short more or less
eataphyllary at and below soil surface, green foliage-leaves
linear-ligulate as much as 9°5 em. long 8 mm. broad with
long attenuate hardly acute point, slightly paler below,
1 Nomocharis Wardwi, Balf. f.—Glabra humilis. Bulbus elongatus ad
3 cm. longus tenuis squamatus, squamis paucis (5-6), apertis carnosis
anguste lanceolatis acuminatis apice mox marcescente. Caulis epigaeus
brevis ad 3 cm. longus. Folia basalia 1-2 squamosa, superiora circ.
8 alterna lineari-ligulata ad 9°5 cm. longa 8 mm. lata subtus pallidiora.
Flores solitarii ad 9 cm. lati; pedicelli ad 8 cm, longi apice cernui.
Perianthium luteum emaculatum aperte concavum ; segmenta fere con-
similia anguste lanceolata longe acuminata margine sub apice obscure
fimbriato integra; calycina eglandulosa; petalina glandula_basali
bipartita labio cristato instructa. Stamina ad 1°8 em. longa ; filamenta
ovario longiora infra paullo inflata in apicem brevem subulatum
attenuata ; antherae infra medium dorsifixae.
298 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. rxxxu1
with midrib and two lateral veins conspicuous and some
subsidiary parallel nerves. Flower solitary terminal with
along stout brown glossy pedicel as much as 8 em. long
1°5 mm. in diameter, straight erect to nodding swollen apex.
Perianth openly concave about 9 cm. across yellow un-
spotted blotched at the base; segments similar in form
narrowly ovate-lanceolate tapering to a long acuminate
point which is obscurely fimbriate ; calycine about 4 em.
long 1 cm. broad, basal blotch small, eglandular; petaline
about 3:7 em. long 1:2 cm. broad with a 2-lobed basal
gland half on each side of prominent midrib, each lobe
yellow-fringed the fringe or crest running upwards for a
very short way along the midrib. Stamens 6 about 1°8 em.
long; filaments about 1:2 cm. long longer than ovary
slightly flattened at’ very base, slightly swollen upwards to
about 1 mm. from top then attenuate in a subulate tip;
anther about 9 mm. long shortly apiculate dorsifixed about
3 mm. from base. Gynaeceum about 2 em. long; ovary
oblong pyriform 6-angled, angles rounded faintly 6-tuber-
cled at summit; style about 1:2 cm. long clavate beneath
the trumpet-shaped end with marginal 3-lobed stigma.
S.E. Tibet:—Doker La. Open grassland. Shrub and
forest belt. Alt. 13,000-14,000 ft. F. Kingdon Ward.
No. 741. July 1918.
S.E. Tibet :—Ka-gwr-pw. fates meadow turf. Alt.
15,000 ft. F. ath Ward. No. 813. 19.7.18.
A beautiful species not yet in cultivation. Its nearest
ally is the plant described by Franchet as Fritillarva
lophophora; afterwards renamed by him Liliwmn lopho-
phorum? Ward’s plant can be recognised by its grass-
like foliage and the many more leaves which each stem
bears. I do not find on the petaline segments of J.
Wardii any marginal fimbriation at the base such. as
characterises Franchet’s species, and is perhaps more con-
stant than Franchet supposed to be the case.
This F. lophophora of Franchet has particular interest in
relation to the question of the limits of the genus Nomo-
charis which we have been considering. When he described
1 Franchet in Journ. de Bot., v (1891), 153; Oliv. in Hook. Ic. PL,
xxiii (1894), t. 2219.
2 Franchet in Journ. de Bot., xii (1898), 221.
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 299
the species Franchet recognised the likeness to Nomocharis
in the form of bulb and the crested petaline glands. At
that date NV. meleagrina, with its almost similar perianth-
segments, was unknown, and Franchet naturally laid stress
upon the dimorphous perianth as a mark separating
Nomocharis from his new species. Now we know the
character fails in generic diagnosis, and the stamens subulate
from the base in F’. lophophora are alone left of the points
of difference named by Franchet to distinguish it from
Nomocharis. Here, now, in Nomocharis Wardii we have
an approach to the abolition of this staminal distinction.
The filaments are inflated, though not to the extent of
those in the first described species of Nomocharis, and in
consequence of this less inflation the subulate top of the
filament appears as a gradual attenuation of the swollen
portion—does not sit like an apiculus on its summit. Whilst
treating F. lophophora as a Fritillaria, Franchet did not do
so without qualification. He recognised those characters
of the bulb and the petaline glands, to which I have drawn
attention, as alien to Fritillaria, and he proposed to consti-
tute under the name of Lophophora a new section of
Fritillaria, to be characterised thus:—“ Bulb squamate;
perianth-segments not dissimilar, traversed at the claw by
erested fimbriate lamellae; staminal filaments subulate;
style undivided.’ These characters are found, as I have
shown, also in /’. oxypetala, F. Stracheyi, and I believe also
in fF. flavida. They are the essential characters of my
section Oxypetala of Nomocharis. Franchet has preferred
to use the characters for a distinct section of Fritillaria.
I have preferred to widen the scope of Nomocharis and
make a section in that genus—and because
(a) the bulb and the petaline glands are not fritil-
larioid but are nomocharoid ;
(b) the obstacle of the nomocharoid staminal filaments
is broken down by the almost transition in N.
Wardw and the Ecristata section of Nomocharis.
‘There is a middle course—to make a new genus for
these Lophophoras and Oxypetalas intermediate to Fritil-
laria and Nomocharis. That may come when we know
more of this group of plants, which appears to have attained
300 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. LXxxir
to some considerable development in Western China—and
be it noted alongside of a similar development of true
Fritillaria with the globose bulb formed of rounded, some-
what separate scale-leaves, and with the campanulate
perianth of segments all bearing a larger or smaller median
nectary—F. cirrhosa, F. decussata, F. Delavay? are illustra- —
tions. We may count upon more of both groups being
discovered, showing perhaps other modifications into which
the type has passed. Meanwhile, as I had to name the
plants collected by George Forrest and by Kingdon Ward,
I have endeavoured to sift the relationship of forms as we
know them.
In 1898 Franchet translated Fritillaria lophophora into
Liliwm lophophorum, because “it has so much in common
with Lilium oxypetalum, Baker, and L. apertum, Franch.,
that it is impossible to place it in a different genus. The
bulb, the form of perianth, the dorsifixed versatile anthers
are more characters of Lilium than of Fritillaria—a genus
which cannot be precisely defined at the present time
unless one restricts it to species with a campanulate corolla
of the type of that in F. Meleagris, and especially to those
in which the style is trifid.”. I agree with Franchet, except
that his argument leads me not to Lilium but to a new
genus or to Nomocharis, qualifying this statement, however,
by saying that I have not had opportunity of examining
Iilium apertwm, which I take to be a plant not unlike
L. oxypetalum, Baker, seeing that Franchet had previously:
thought it was this species.
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin.) (Vol, XXVilZ EL
Clathrus cancellatus, Tourn.
Davip PAUL.
1917-18. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 301
NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF CLATHRUS CANCELLATUS,
Tournf., IN ARGYLLSHIRE. By Very Rev. Davin
Paut, D.D., LL.D. (With Plate No. VI)
(Read 13th December 1917.)
This fungus was found by me on 10th September 1917
near Kilmelford, Argyll, growing in a flower border ex-
tending along the wall of a shooting-lodge. There were
about six specimens, mostly in the “egg” stage. One that
had burst the skin of the “egg” developed well later, and
was photographed. Other two were also brought home,
and grew to maturity.
It appears that this fungus has not been found before
in Scotland. In England it is rare, and confined to the
extreme south. It has been found in the Isle of Wight,
Torquay, Lyme Regis, Haslemere, Bournemouth, and near
Windsor. It has never been gathered by the British
Mycological Society in any of their forays. It is said to
have been found in the south of Ireland.
Beyond Britain the plant occurs frequently in the south
and west of France, but not apparently north of the latitude
of Paris. It is found also in Italy and Southern Europe in
general; also in the Mediterranean islands and in. North
Africa. It is said also to have occurred near Brussels and
between Haarlem and Amsterdam. Krombholz does not
appear to have found it in Bohemia.
Clathrus cancellatus is a fungus of the order Phalloider,
of which Phallus impudicus is among us the best-known
representative. It is a very conspicuous and beautiful
plant. At first it is enclosed in a volva, with a raised
pentagonal network, and a long, white slender root. When
the volva bursts, the hymenium inside expands, and rises
in the form of a circular or ovoid hollow sphere to a height
of about four inches. This sphere is perforated in lattice-
or trellis-fashion (hence the specific name), and the exterior
colouring is a fine pinkish-red. The interior of the anasto-
mosing branches is covered with an olive-brown mucus in
which the spores are embedded, as in Phallus. The odour
is extremely disgusting, so that the plant cannot be brought
into a room, but this odour disappears in drying.
302 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Srss. 1xxxmr
How this fungus, which seems to require warmer con-
ditions than are to be found in Britain, appeared in Argyll
I cannot explain. Spores may have been brought north
among the roots of some imported plant, but I did not
notice any such growing in the neighbourhood. It appeared
to me that the occurrence of this rare fungus in Scotland
was worthy of being noted by the Botanical Society.
I may add that I found at Kilmelford this autumn a
good many specimens of Clavaria awrea, Schaeft., and of
Clavaria botrytis, P.—both rare in Britain.
A NeEw Grass, KOELERIA ADVENA, Stapf.
By JAMES FRASER.
For the name of a new grass belonging to the genus
Koeleria, and for its description by Dr. Stapf, I am indebted
to the Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew.
This grass I found in July 1916, in the neighbourhood
of Edinburgh, growing among surroundings and under con-
ditions which indicate that its seeds must have been intro-
duced into this country along with esparto grass, from the
east of Spain or the north-west of Africa.
Two or three specimens have been retained at the Kew
herbarium.
Dr. Stapf’s description is as follows :—
Koelerva advena, Stapf (sp. nov.).
Affinis K. scabriwsculae, Hack., sed valvis obtusiusculis
vel minute emarginatis (haud acuminatis biaristulatis)
muticis vel sub apice mucronulatis valvam aequantibus
(haud ea conspicue longioribus) distincta.
Gramen gracile annuum. Culmi fasciculati, erecti vel
geniculato-ascendentes, graciles, 10-35 cm. alti, glabri vel
internodiis inferioribus apicem versus minute puberulis,
2—5-nodi, nodo summo multo infra medium sito. Foliorum
vaginae arctae, tenues tenuiter pubescentes vel summa
subglabra, praeter infimas internodio breviores; ligulae
breves, membranaceae, rotundatae; laminae patentes
anguste lineares, superne attenuatae, acutae, 8-30 mm.
longae, 1-15 mm. latae, molles, pubescentes, ad margines
1917-18.] | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 303
scabriusculae vel basin versus etiam ciliatae. Panicula
angusta, contracta, ambitu sublinearis, inferne interrupta
vel lobata, 3-5 em. longa, 6-10 mm. diam., ramis ramulis
pedicellis glabris laevibus vel superne scabriusculis; pediceili
perbreves, rare 2 mm. longi. Spiculae ambitu obovatae,
4-5 em. longae, superne 2-3 mm. latae, 3-4 florae, glabrae
nitidulae. Glumae aequilongae, spiculam subaequantes a
latere visa oblongae, obtusiusculae, 3-nerves, pallidae magis
minusve purpureo-suffusae. Rachilla internodiis minute
pilosulis circiter 1 mm. longis. Anthoecia 3 mm. longa,
sursum per paulo minora, summum ad squamulas minutas
reductum. Valva a latere visa anguste oblonga, obtusius-
cula vel minute emarginata, saepe sub apice tenuiter
mucronulata, in dorso tenuissime scaberula, tenuiter
3-nervis. Valvula valvam aequans, 2-dentata, hyalina,
albo-nitens. Antherae 2 mm. longae.
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
SESSION LXXXIII.
CALAMAGROSTIS STRICTA AND ©, STRIGOSA.
By A. Bennett, A.L.S.
(Read 2nd October 1918.)
C. stricta, Timm (sub Arundo), in Roth. n. Beit., i, 118
(1782). Luse the above name and reference for the present
as the name and author are not finally settled.
The first record of stricta was in Eng. Bot., t. 2160 (1810),
from “a marsh called the White Mire a mile from Forfar,
June 1807.” It became extinct here about 1813 through
the marsh being drained for its marl. In 1836 it was found
by Dr. Moore in Ireland; in 1846 by the Rev. G. E. Smith
at Delemere in Cheshire; in 1887 I recorded it from
Yorkshire in the Naturalist, p. 201. In 1914 it was
sent me from Hockham and Stow Bedon in Norfolk by
Mr. Robinson. In Caithness it was found about 1866 by
Robert Dick! of Thurso.
The following varieties are now on record for the British
Isles.
1. var. Hookeri, Syme, Eng. Bot., ed. 3, xi, 56 (1872).
Armagh, Tyrone, Derry, and Antrim, Ireland. Stow Bedon!,
Norfolk.
2. var. borealis (Laest., sub Arundo). Killin, Mid. Perth.
Mr. Druce, 1888!, and Mr. Burdon 1917! Described by
Laestadius in Bid. till Kann. Tornea Lappmark, p. 44
(1864).
1 Smiles’ Life of R. Dick, 340 (1878).
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVI.
306 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Szss, LXXxIII
3. var. angustata, Wahlenb. (sub Arwndo), Fl. Lapponica,
28 (1812). Margin of Loch Watten, Caithness, G. Lillie sp.
4. var. pallida, Ruprecht, Hist. Fl. Petrop., 35 (1845).
Hockham, Norfolk. Mr. Robinson, 1914!.
Hooker, Brit. FI., ed. 1, 32 (1830), gives another station,
“Rescobie, four miles from Forfar. T. Drummond,” and
this is repeated by Hooker and Arnott in 1860, but I can
find no specimens extant from there.
Ascherson and Graebner, Flora Mitteleup. 208 (1899),
have a “var. viridis Torges,” whether this is the same as
Ruprecht’s pallida I do not know: and they have a var.
interrupta, but later than Wahlenberg’s, and they do not
refer to that. It seems that our plant may not be the
same as the Central European one, or perhaps as some of
the Scandinavians, but the whole genus in Europe requires
revision, no two authors agreeing as to the species, varieties,
or hybrids. It varies greatly in the length of the glumes
and the relative length of the hairs and awns. In the
specimens in which the glumes are so reduced in length
(8 mm.): why is it the hairs are not proportionately re-
duced? But this is not the case in the Norfolk specimens,
in some of which the hairs are nearly as long as the glumes
(“half as long in the type”). In some of the Caithness
specimens the glumes are unusually long, and these have
been called var. scotica by Mr. Druce, but Timm, in Mag.
fur Nat. und Oec., Meklenburg (1795), called this C. neg-
lecta 8 stricta. This name neglecta was used by Erhart
in his Calamarioe, Dec. 3, 118 (1786), and in his Beit., vi,
137 (1791), sub Arundo. Looking at specimens from all
our recorded stations, I am inclined to think we have more
than one species under it, but it requires careful collation
and comparison with authentic specimens. As none of our
Floras contain descriptions of the varieties, I here append
them :—
2. borealis (as a species) Laest., in Le.
“var. A. arista subdorsali, lana corollea brevior, caulis
foliata. Panicula stricta patens, foliis radicalia dilatata,
aspera, stricta, elongata,” a. paludosus.
“ B arenivaga, Laest., panicula stricta patens, radix longe
latique repens, folia stricta dilatata, sub exsiccatione con-
voluta, filiforma.”
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 307
3. var. angustata, Wahl., le.
“panicula elongata lineari, floribus linearibus.”
4. var. pallida, Rupr., Le.
panicula greenish-yellow, stiff and closed.
C. strigosa, Wahl. (sub Arundo), Flora Lapponica, 29
(1812), t. ii |
In June and July 1885, Mr. J. Grant of Wick sent me
a series of specimens from the drained site of Loch Duran.
On examining them it seemed to me that some of them
could not come under C. stricta, and were either borealis
or strigosa, but having no specimens of either, I sent some
to Mr. N. E. Brown of the Kew Herbarium. He replied
(20.7.85), “'The grass sent, after comparison and dissection,
appears to be C. strigosa, Hartm., though the ligule is not
so long or acute as in the typical plant, but I do not see
what else it can be. C. stricta, with var. borealis, both
have shorter glumes.” In November 1885, Dr. Almquist
of Stockholm wrote me, “C. strigosa very near the Nor-
wegian form.” In 1895, M. Husnot wrote to my late
friend Mr. Beeby, “une examplaire Anglais il ne differe
pas du strigosa recolté par Straberg en Norvege et je crois
la plant anglais est bien strigosa.’ Then Dr. Druce sent
specimens (but I cannot say they were the same as mine)
to Dr. Hackel, our best authority on Grasses, and he named
them “C. stricta,” and said “strigosa” is considered a hybrid
of stricta with C. Epigeios. The Swedish botanists do so
consider it, but the Norwegian Blytt (ed. Dahl) Norges
Flora, 77 (1906), places it as a species with stricta. Now
the distribution of stricta and Hpigeios is not altogether
against this, except that C. strigosa is recorded from Nova
Zembla and Hpigeios is not. A few months ago I wrote
to my friend Dr. Otto Nordstedt of Lund, enclosing some
florets of the Caithness plant, asking him to compare them
with Wahlenberg’s types. These, he told me, are at Upsala
and referred me to Dr. Zuel there. Dr. Zuel kindly sent
me some florets from Wahlenberg’s types from “Tana-elf
in Finmark,” in N. Lat. 70° 30’. In these I can see no
sign of Hpigeios, whose glumes are so stiff and different.
Although called “elf” (7.e. river), it is situated about half-
! Trans, Edin. Bot. Soc., xvi, 313, 1886.
308 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess, LXXxIII
way down the Tanafjiord. It is curious that the label
of Wahlenberg’s specimens runs thus: “Arundo hispida
Finmarkia via Tana-elf . . . 14 Juli 1802, Wahlenberg.”
“In herbario Wahlenbergi sub titulo Ar. strigosa Fl. Lapp.
teste M. A. Lindblad.” Dr. Zuel writes: “It is curious
that Wahlenberg has written ‘hispida’ on the label. I
suppose that he has called the plant so at first, and then
has altered the name to strigosa when he published his
description of it.” Now in stricta the Floras all say the
ligule is short, truncate, or split, and in twenty-eight speci-
mens, Scotch and English (not Irish or Caithness), the
ligule is 2 mm. long, and truncate. In the specimens I call
strigosa the ligule 1 is 4 mm. long, and acute or subacute.
Scandinavia is so rich in species (15) of this genus that
it is rather remarkable that Scotland is so poor. I see
that Sir J. E. Smith, under stricta in English Flora, i, ed. 2,
170 (1828), remarks, “Hairs but half the length of the
largest valve, a little elongated as the seed ripens.”
C. strigosa occurs in Finmark, Russian and Swedish Lap-
land, W. Bothnia, Iceland, Greenland, and Nova Zembla :
C. Epigeios in Finnish Lapland (in 68° 45’ N. Lat.), “in
regione pinifera”;! in Russian Lapland, at Kitsa, in 69°
N. Lat. C. stricta in Russian Lapland to 68° N. Lat., and
to 68° 30’ N. in Finnish Lapland?
In his description of stricta Wahlenberg says, “ arista
tenui sub apice inserta corollam subaequante ”; in strigosa,
“arista tenui dorsali corollam aequante.” Comparing florets
of the Delemere, Cheshire, plant, I find under a }-lens the
awn equals in many florets the palae. It may, however,
be said the period of growth may have something to do
with this. In Norfolk specimens of stricta the awn is
actually 2 mm. longer than the palae (gathered end of
June). Does this not tend to show that our plants want
more examination and comparison with European examples ?
And some of the hairs are also longer than the palae.
1 Wainio, La flore Lapp. fin., 75 (1891).
2 Herb. Mus. Fenn., 23 (1889).
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 309
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAITHNESS.
By A. Bennett, A.LS.
(Read 2nd October 1918.)
In the Scottish Botanical Review (July 1912, 181) I
noticed the species Mr. Crampton had noted as additional
records in his Vegetation of Caithness considered in
relation to the Geology, 1911, published by the Com-
mittee for the Survey and Study of British Vegetation ;
but did not allude further to it. It is, from the ecological
point of view, a most excellent piece of work, and makes
points not noticed before in British books, and must be
well studied by the author of any future Flora of
Caithness.
Along the east coast he gives some really extraordinary
assemblages of plants, as at Leabana Daione opposite
Ramscraigs, between Berriedale and Dunbeath in a land-
slip of the sandstone cliffs. He gives a list of ninety
plants, with Caltha palustris, Linn., having leaves 6 inches
across on stalks 18 inches long, Angelica sylvestris 6 ft.
high, and Pteris aquilina head high and difficult to enter.
There is a continuous dropping of water from above,
where at Ramscraigs a height of 380 ft. is given by the
O. Survey.
There are still about twenty-six species that may occur
in the county, with records in counties and vice-counties
ranging from 81 to 111, there being no climatal or dis-
- tributional reason against their occurrence.
In the following notes I give such species that have
been found or recorded since my last notes appeared.t
Ranuneulus scoticus, Marshall—Growing with Saxi-
fraga Hirculws, Linn., at Loch Rhuard. W. G. Lillie sp.
There are some violas I meant to record here, but I have
not received Dr. Drabble’s names for them.
Savifraga stellaris, Linn.—Morven. Crampton, p. 49,
He remarks that this is the only place he has seen this
Saxifrage in. Morven seems poor in alpines, while within
1 Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edin., xxvii, 135, 1916-17.
310 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Uxxxur
twelve miles, on Bein Griam Mhor in Sutherland, there is
found among others, Swusswrea alpina, Sawifraga opposi-
tifolia, Silene acaulis, Lycopodium annotinum, Dryas
octopetala, and Cornus suecica. Mr. Crampton reports
that prolonged search failed to find any of these on
Morven, Maiden Pap, or any other hills or crags in the
county.
Parnassia palustris, Linn., var. condensata, Wheldon
and Travis.—Coast swamp. Dunnet Links. 3.8.1915.
E. S. Marshall sp. Described from specimens gathered
on the Lancashire coast and figured in the Journal of
Botany, li, 87 (1913).
Scabiosa succisa, Linn.—A form of this species grows
near Wick. A living plant was sent me by Mr. R. Bain
of Wick. The root leaves are 13 cm. long (lamina, 9 em.)
x6 em. wide, much thinner in texture than usual, fringed
with long (3 mm.) hairs, nearly glabrous above, sparingly
hairy on the under surface. The usual size of the leaves
is 138 em.x3 em., but in Killin, Perth, plants they are
35 em. x5 em.
Matricaria inodora, Linn., var. phaeocephala, Rupr.—
East of Reay. Marshall, Jour. Bot., 1916, 169.
Andromeda polifolia, Linn.—Mentioned by Mr. Cramp-
ton as on record for Caithness, but I do not know where
so recorded. In Scotland it occurs in the Inner Hebrides
(V.C., 102), “Jura, 1812,” Dr. Walker sp., on the west and
to Perth on the east. Still it may occur, as it reaches
Nordland in Sweden, appears in North and South Norway,
and in Finnish Lapland to 68° 22’ N. Lat. Mr. Watson,
Cyb. Brit., ii, 158 (1849), observes: “The distribution of
this little shrub is peculiar in Britain, whether compared
with that of other species which are assigned to the
Scottish type, or with its distribution on the Continent
of Europe. It differs from the usual character of the
Scottish or boreal type by its early northern limit.”
Bartsia Odontites, Huds., var. litoralis, Reich.—By road-
side pond, four miles W. of Thurso. E. 8S. Marshall sp.
By a pond at Lower Dounreay on the coast east of Reay.
EK. S. M. sp.
Euphrasia borealis, Town.—Roadside, four miles W. of
Thurso. E. S. Marshall sp.
1918-19, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 311
Euphrasia curta, Wett.—Coast rocks, just above high
water, E. of Reay. E.S. Marshall sp.
Utricularia vulgaris, Linn.—Waterston Loch, E, coast.
G. Lillie sp. A second locality for the county.
Rhinanthus borealis, Druce—Near Thurso. J. Grant sp.
Sea cliffs, Freswick. J. Grant sp.
Atriplex laciniata, Linn.—Mr. G. Lillie has sent me
specimens of the above plant, larger than any southern
specimens I have seen, from the coast. It was growing
with A. Babingtonii, Woods, and A. prostata, Bouch.—
the latter specimen agrees with others so named by the
late Herr Freyn. The seed leaves of laciniata are larger
than those of other species of the genus, and first leaves
are in the north (E. Sutherland) semi-rotund and nearly
entire. It occurs in the O. Hebrides!, W. Sutherland, and
the Shetlands, but is not quite certain for the Orkneys,
though Mr. Spence sent me a very young plant that is
probably it. An additional record for the county.
Orchis ericetorum, Linton.—Stroma Isle. Miss Gel-
dart sp.
Orchis Fuchsia, Druce.
Club for 1914 (1915).
Sparganiwm ?—Halkirk. 8.1886. Dr. A. Davidson sp.
Suggested by Dr. Rothert in 1911 to be a hybrid between
S. affine and S. minimum.
Juncus supinus, var. nigritellus, Schultz t. Buchenau.—
Near Wick. J. Grant sp.
x Salix ludificans, F. B. White (S. awrita x phylicifolia).
—“Caithness. Grant ex Bennett.” White.
Carex incurva, Lightf., var. erecta, Lange.—Among
rocks just above high-water mark, east of Reay. E. S.
Marshall sp.
Carex disticha, Huds—Marshes east of Reay. KE. S.
Marshall sp.
C. extensa, Good., var. pumila, And.—Shore, east of
Reay. ‘E. S. Marshall.
C. Oederi, Retz.—Coast rocks, east of Reay. KE. S.
Marshall sp.
C. limosa, Linn.—Yarehouse Loch. Crampton.
C. curta, Good.—Fairly common in the wet flashes of
the moorland. Crampton.
Caithness. Report of Bot. Ex.
312 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sgss. LXXXII
Arrhenatherum elatius, M. et K., var. bulboswm, Presl.
—Near Reay. E.S. Marshall sp.
A. precatoriwm, Dietrich.—Lower Dounreay. Marshall,
Jour. Bot., 169 (1916).
Catabrosa aquatica, Beauv., var.—Wet sand, Dunnet
Bay. E.S. Marshall sp. “Annual prostrate, etc.” I can
find no record of an annual form of this species.
Chara hispida, Linn.—Pond, east of Reay. E. S.
Marshall, Jour. of Bot., 169 (1916).
Notwithstanding Mr. Crampton had access to all parts
of the county, being on the Geological Survey, he missed
Mr. Lillie’s records of Sazifraga Hirculus, Linn. and
Atriplex laciniata, Linn.
The latter name is the one used in the last odiian of
the London Catalogue, but it certainly is a bad name as
the leaves are never laciniate, but Dumortier’s name A.
farinosa (1827) is preoccupied by that of Forskill (1775),
and Woods’ name of arenaria by that of Nuttall (1818).
Even with the account in the Cambridge Flora of the
genus, I think our plants are by no means settled.
POTAMOGETON LONGIFOLIUS, GAY, IN ENGLAND.
By ARTHUR BENNETT, A.LS.
(Read 4th December 1918. )
Potamogeton longifolius, Gay, in Poir. Eney. Meth.,
supp. iv, 535 (1816).
P. lucens, Linn., b. longifolius, DC. Fl. Fr., v, 311 (1815).
P. macrophyllus, Wolfg., in R. et S. Syst. N. Mant., 111,
358 (1827).
P. lucens, Linn., b. flwitans, Coss. et Germ., FI. Paris,
574 (1845).
P. lucens, subsp. macrophyllus, Wolfg., Nyman Consp.
Fl. Europe, 682 (1882).
P. lucens, subsp. longifoliws, Magnin, Bull. Soe. bot. Fr.,
440 (1896).
P. lucens, subsp. macrophyllus, Hags., in Neuman’s Sver.
1., 797 (1901).
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 313
Ledebour, FI. Russ., iv, 27 (1853).
Gren. et Godr., Fl. Fr., ii, 315 (1855).
Miihlein et Kupfer, Korresp. d. Nat. Ver. Riga, 46, 161
(1906).
Richter (Pl. Europe, i, 14, 1890) following Ledebour, /.c.,
refers P. sulicifolius, Wolfg., l.c., and P. lanceolatus, Kichw.,
Nat. Skizze Lith., 126, 1830, to longifoliws, but I think
this is not correct.
The first description is that of De Candolle, who remarks:
“M. Guersent a trouvé cette variété dans la riviere de
Bapaume; elle est remarquable pour la longueur extra-
ordinaire de ses feuilles, elles ont jusqu’a un pied de
longueur sur 8-9 lignes de largeur, et se terminent en
pointe allongée pas les deux extrémités.” That of M. Gay
is: “P. foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, utrinque acutis, subses-
silis, pedunculis, longitudine foliosus: spica longa, tereti.”
Distribution: France!, Lithuania!, Baltic provinces of
Russia, Asia, Sherard. herbarium at Oxford!, Africa!
Those so named from Sweden by Dr. Tiselius are rather
a long-leaved form of lwcens. The same occurs in Orkney
(Johnston !). The Swiss record is also an error, teste Dr.
Schréter. The specimens so named from Siberia (Herb.
petrop.) are the same as Tiselius’, and would come under
his name of f. insigne. The Grand Junction Canal at
Market Harboro’, Leicestershire, Mr. Geo. Chester, 1916.
The leaves in the British specimens are 2-3 dm. long*x
2 cm. wide (the Lithuanian specimens vary from 1°50-
3°20 dm.x2 cm.). Leaves darker in colour than lwcens,
and almost throughout their length parallel-sided. The
colour is darkest in Wolfgang’s specimens, lightest in
Besser’s, while those of Gorski come between. In the
Vienna herbarium Wolfgang has a specimen “ P. m«cro-
phyllus mihi Tab, 16.” This refers to a MS. Monograph
of the genus in the Library of the Moscow Soc. Imp.
Naturalists. He also with Besser published many dried
specimens of the genus. In P. longifolius we have a plant
that has gradually descended from a species to a sub-var.
in Das Pflanzenreich (1907) by Graebner, but in 1913 the
same author makes it a variety, quoting Cham. et Schlecht.
in Linn., 11, 198 (1827), but they merely say “7. longifolia.”
Dr. Hagstrém (in litt.) places much reliance on the serra-
314 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Lxxxur
tion or non-serration of the leaves in the lucens group; but
in decipiens, Nolte (by this method made into two hybrids
by Graebner, /.c.), the serration is not constant, due in some
cases to age; in others the early leaves are not so, later
ones are so, as I have proved by testing dozens of specimens
under the microseope. With these specimens Mr. Chester
sent others that seem to me to be a hybrid with per-
foliatus, Linn.
With regard to Wolfgang’s description of the leaves,
“margine crispatis,’ this is not shown on his specimens,
but perhaps is only apparent when living. Then the
stipules, “stipulis magnis, elongatis, obtusicaulis,’ in the
majority of specimens this holds good, but in one of
Besser’s the upper ones are decidedly acute. In the Vienna
herbarium there is a specimen from “ Oregon, U.S.A., Lyall,
1861, Boundary Commission.” This in 1892 I referred to
Gay’s plant, but now I would not be sure; it may not be
the elongated form of lucens but perhaps the f. insigne,
Tiselius. The P. longifolius, Gay of Babington, Eng.
Botany, supp. t. 2847 (1840), is not the plant of Gay, but
I believe a hybrid. I have named it in Jour. Bot., xxxii,
204 (1894), P. Babingtoni = P. lucens x praelongus. It is
usually stated that only one specimen was gathered in
Lough Corrib in 1835 by Mr. J. Ball; this is not so. Two
were gathered, one sent in the fresh state to Professor
Babington, and one retained by Mr. Ball.’ Its history may °
be summarised as under: Babington in 1840 considered it
Gay’s plant; Hooker and Arnott in 1860 was undecided
where to refer it; Syme in Eng. Botany thought at first
it might be praelongus; Hooker’s Students’ Flora, ed. 3
(1884), rather contradicts itself; Fryer in 1890 placed it
under decipiens, Nolte, but does not notice it in Potamo-
getons of the British Isles; and the Messrs. Groves in the
9th edition of Babington’s Manual retain the account of
the 8th edition and add Fryer’s and Bennett’s opinions.
1918-19. ] BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 315
Notes on Dr. Hacstr6m’s “CRITICAL RESEARCHES ON
POTAMOGETON, 1916.” By ARTHUR BENNETT, A.LS.
(Read 4th December 1918.)
Dr. Hagstrém’s material was mainly restricted to the
Scandinavian herbaria, with a few from St. Petersburg
and Berlin; hence the distribution of the extra-Huropean
species is very meagre. To obviate this I sent him full
particulars of all the species he has treated of, relating
to their distribution. Still, it shows their herbaria are
rich in the genus. It is to be regretted he could not
consult our herbaria, nor those in Paris, Munich, and
Vienna, nor Boissier’s and De Candolle’s, though he had
my papers on those herbaria. In this work the author
has contributed a large amount of original work. He
relies greatly on anatomical characters—too much, it seems,
when one tries to verify his facts by the aid of specimens
grown for years. My late friend, Mr. Fryer, for many
years tested the plants by growing them in tubs and in
a pond in his garden, and his work shows that too much
reliance cannot be placed on Dr. Hagstrdém’s conclusions ;
in fact, as in all systematic botany, all and every aid is
needed that can be brought to bear before we can safely
say, “ This is that, and that is this.”
The following notes are a running commentary on his
work, taking it in the sequence he adopts.
Potamogeton filiformis, Pers.—As to Fries’ note on
Boccone’s fig., Ic. descrip. Sic. et Mel. Gall. It., t. 20, f. 5,
1674, named “pusillum fluitans,” if it is not a fair one
of Wolfgang’s P. jasciculatus, what is it? Not pusillus,
for certain. He quotes under filiformis, P. maritimum,
Pohl; but Pohl places this as a synonym under his pectinatus,
adding P. marinus, L., with a reference to Eng. Bot., t. 323,
and Fl. Danica, t. 186, both of which are pectinatus, Linn. :
so I do not see how it can be placed as a synonym of fili-
forms, as it is by the author, I quite agree with the author
in making filiformis a full species, equal to pectinatus.
P. vaginatus, Turez, (Europe, Asia, America).—I cannot
help thinking there is some error as to this species. The
316 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess, Lxxxut
author has not seen an original specimen, but he notes
that Kihlman had (Medd. Soc. Fl. et Fauna Fenniea, xiv,
111,1888). I possess two from the St. Petersburg herbarium,
from the author. They bear little resemblance to the
Swedish specimens named by Kihlman, but I hope to
send them to Dr. Hagstrém.
P. pectinatus, Linn.—I quite agree with the author in
referring P. columbinus, Suksdorf (Deut. Bot. Monatss.,
xix, 92, 1901) to this, which Mr. H. St. John also does in
Rhodora, 124, 1916. It may here be noted that the author
uses “turios” for the winter-buds or gemme, but he also
applies this name to the resting-buds on the roots; but
the structure of these is quite different, though they ad-
mittedly answer the same end. He divides pectinatus into
five varieties and twenty-one forms, placing P. striatus,
Ruiz et Pavon, under three of them. The var. mongolicus,
Ar. Benn., he thinks may prove a new species, but I do
not consider the material is sufficient to so decide. He
places P. latifoliws (Robbins), Morong, under P. zosteraceus,
Fries, but Robbins, in Bot. 40th Par., 338 (1871), distinctly
disclaims this, and it is a distinct species and very rare.
The “New Jersey” station given by Graebner, Das Pflanz.,
Heft 31, 128, 1907, is an error. The only other stations
known, besides the two given by Morong, are “ Huachina
Mts., Arizona, 1882, G. Lemmon and wife,” “ King’s River,
Lasson Co., California, Watson,’ Bot. Calif., ii, 1880, and
Mono Co., 1898, No. 9915, J. W. Congdon.
P. Robbinsii, Oakes (America).—One of the most distinct
species in the genus, and with P. Maachianus, Ar. Benn.,
unique in structure.
P. Maackianus, Ar. Benn. (Asiatic).—The author remarks
on Dr. Graebner’s (/.c.) putting this species near obtusifolius,
and says it is an error; but Ican explain this. Dr. Graebner
drew Maachkianus and named it ochreatus, Raoul (a near
ally of obtusifolius). Fortunately I saw this in the proof
and corrected it, but Dr. Graebner neglected to revise the
reference, although I pointed out to him that there was
this error.
P. ochreatus, Raoul (Australia and New Zealand).—Dr.
Hagstro6m makes a “new species (vel subspecies P. ochre-
ati?) P. fwreata, Hagst.” I can well understand his
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 317
position here; for ochreatus he had access to New Zealand
and Tasmanian specimens only. Most of these are un-
branched. They are much “stretched,” 7.e. the internodes
are long, as much as 18 cm. long, with very few branches
if any (1-2), while in N.S. Wales specimens they are only
3-6 cm. long, and branched at every node with stout
branches (i.e. furcate). Then he says of his new species
the leaves are “cuspidata”; so they are in Victorian
specimens. Like all the narrow-leaved Potamogetons, this
goes through a series of changes in leaf-apices from early
growth to flowering state. In Raoul’s specimens (lower
portions especially) the leaf-apex is, as he describes it,
“linearibus apice rotundatus vel truncatus,” while in N.S.
Wales specimens (Yarrogobilly River) the leaves of the
flowering portion are subacute! I have specimens from
“ Australia felix,’ Baron v. Mueller (which he gives as one
of the two stations of his new species), but it is ochreatus
without any doubt. Again, he gives “stylus elongatus
subcurvatus.” This is simply a question of age in the
style, not the resulting condition of ripe fruit. He admits
the “Anatomia, vide supra,” ie. ochreatus. Again, the
plant varies greatly in colour, from the green of New
Zealand and Tasmanian specimens to the brownish green
(“ fusco-viridia ”) of the Murray River and other specimens.
A far wider divergence from Raoul’s specimens is shown
by one from the Murray River (Tepper leg.). This has
internodes only 2 cm. long, branched at every node, leaves
6-8 cm. long by 6 mm. wide (Raoul’s has them 2-3 mm.
wide), stipules stronger than usual, 20 mm. long, semi-
translucent, and quite a brownish green. This I have
called 7. latifolia. The habit and aspect of the plant is
so different that, taking the single specimen, it might
well be another species, but in all essential characters it
is ochreatus, Raoul. Dr. Hagstrém had four specimens at
his disposal for his two species. I had twenty-four at
mine. I see in Raoul’s second description (Choix pl. Nou.
Zélande, 13, 1846), he says, “Stylus v. stigma minimum,
introrsum, obliquum.” That disposes of the new species.
P. Ulei, Schum. (Brazils).—I do not grasp either Schuman’s
reference in Fl. Brazil., iii, 3, 690, 1894, or Hagstrém’s. The
first refers to P. ochreatus, Raoul. The nervation in this
318 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. rxxxum
is totally different to Ulei. The latter says, “The leaves
taper more abruptly into an apex” (ze. than in P. poly-
gonus, C. et S.), but this is certainly not so, neither in a
specimen from Brazil nor in the drawing in Graebner’s
Das Pflanzenreich, fig. 25, 105 (1907). I quite think, how-
ever, with Hagstrém that Graebner’s drawing of the fruit is
much more like polygonus; for this see Cham. and Schlecht.
Linnaea, ii, t. 4, f. 11 (1827).
P. confervoides, Reich. (United States)—This remark-
able species was named in the Vienna herbarium by
Schweintz “P. monticola” (i.e. a dweller in mountains),
and he remarks, “Sub hoe nomine missa desiderata species
in Auctoribus Amer. sept. Purshuis, Torreiyo, Darlingtoni,
Nuttalli.” So the author adopts this as a division, 4...
‘“ Monticoli.”
P. subsibericus, Hagst. (North Asia).—The author kindly
sent me a portion of this, and he is quite correct in con-
sidering it distinct from P. sibericws, Ar. Benn., only once
gathered by the Russian Geographical Expedition. .
P. foliosus, Rafin. (N. America).—He remarks, “I scarcely
understand how to establish a real difference between the
two Morongian varieties niagarensis and californicus.”
Yet Tuckerman made the first into a species, and lately
Piper (Cont. U.S. N. Herb., xi, 637, 1906) made the second
into a species, but later he wrote (April 1915) “that
after all he thinks Morong may be right.’ The difference
between the very narrow-leaved form and californicus is
great, but is one of size and degree only. Is it possible
that the Sandwich Islands station, “I. of Oahu, in Lower
Pauca, A. A. Heller, No. 2387, 2555, 1895,” Brit. Mus.,
and “JI. of Ranai along the Hawpape River, A. A. Heller,
1895,” is the result of the “driftwood thrown on the shores
from N.W. America,” mentioned by Wallace, Island Life,
ed. 2, 320, 1892 ?
P. turonifer, Hagst. (P. foliosus x pusillus).—The speci-
mens certainly seem to decide this is the hybrid, as the
spikes are quite infertile where they occur.
P. strictifolius, Ar. Benn. (United States)—\The author
suggests this may be P. foliosus x panormitanus. His
plant may be so—I have not seen it,—but the Canadian
fruiting plant is certainly not so. The specimens of the
1918-19, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 319
U.S.A. plant are not from “E. Chicago Lake, Ind.,” but
from Wolf Lake, Hammond, Ind. Then again he suggests
his hybrid plant shall bear my name of strictifoliws, and
the Canadian plant be renamed. Why? I protest against
such a course; there is no reason for it. Let Dr. Hagstrém
name his hybrid as he likes, but my plant must bear the
name I have given it.
P. gemmiparus, Robbins (United States).—Referred by
the author to P. rutilus, Wolf. x Vaseyii, Robb. I much
wonder what American botanists will say to this
combination.
P. panormitanus, Biv.—Here the author shows by an
excellent piece of writing that this must be held a separate
species from pusillws, notwithstanding the opinion of
Italian botanists that it is only a synonym of pusillus.
The following are additional localities to those given by
Dr. Hagstrom: Méry-sur-Seine (Aube), France, Hariot ;
Valais, Switzerland, Herb. Thomas; Louisiana, Durand,
No. 672, U.S.A.; San Luis Potosi, Mexico, J. G. Schaffner.
P. antaicus, Hagst. (Canary Islands)—The author need
not doubt this being a new species and quite separate from
P. denticulatus, Link! Link’s species is nearest to P.
trichoides, C. et S., and P. condylocurpus, Tausch.
P. Berteroanus, Phill, and P. Aschersoni, Ar. Benn.
(S. America).—No doubt these have been confused, even
by Phillipi himself; but the pusillws section in South
America needs careful working out. The specimens are
mostly very poor, and without soaking out are simply
puzzles.
P. orientalis, Hagst. (Asiatic)—He here solves a problem
that no one attempted, though for some years I had this
laid aside as a nov. sp. with drawings. Whether the
Chinese and Corean specimens can be placed here is to
me yet doubtful, as contrasted with the Japanese.
P. obtusifolius, M. et K.—Authors have accepted the
reference of Lessing’s P. tartaricus to this species without
demur. But the author’s description seems to me to place
it outside, one item alone, “multinervis,” being decisive,
and he notes it cannot come under “ Merton and Koch’s
species zosterifolius or compressus, L. (here evidently
referring to P. Friesii, Rupr.) or pusillus, L.” I am
320 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. Lxxxm
inclined to think, from a study of his description, that it
may be my P. Henning (Jour. Bot., xlviii, 151, 1910);
but I have been unable to find a specimen of his plant in
any herbarium.
P. locolusus, Hagst. (Himalayas).—I agree with the
author in referring Dr. Brandis’ “ No. 3333, 1864,” from
the Himalayas to a new species. My specimen has a
few leaves only, and obtusifolius seemed the nearest,
as he allows.
P. lacunatus, Hagst. (British N. America)—I have
specimens from Salt Lake, Anticuli, Quebec, J. Macoun,
which he gives as one of the stations for his nov. sp.,
and the references show it is the same; but there must
be some error, aS my specimens have five-veined leaves,
and the lacunae in the centre are only a little more than
is usual in P. Friesii. Are different plants distributed ?
If not, why cannot it be named young Mriesivi ?
P. javanicus, Haskl. (Asia, Africa, Australia)—Here I
quite agree with the author in making this into four
species. In fact, has he gone far enough, as he himself
suggests at page 133? There are differences in Japanese,
Indian, and African specimens that eventually may prove
specific.
P. lateralis, Morong.—He refers this to P. pusillws x
Vaseyii, Robbins, and I see no reason why such may not
be upheld, though some time ago I suggested another
combination.
P. quinquenervis, Hagst. (Australia).—Only one station
is given for this, hence two more may be quoted. “Upper
Copmanhurst, J. L. Boorman, 1909, New South Wales. A
fairly common Potamogeton in the Upper Clarence in
fairly shallow water.” Moreton Bay, Queensland, Bailey,
1882.
P. Vaseyii, Robb. (United States).—“ Spike bearing on
submerged part. Greenwood Lake, N.Y., 1892, T. Morong,
U.S.A.” In the specimens from “Hemlock Lake, N.Y.,
U.S.A,, 1882, Hill,” Morong has mixed Vasey7i and lateralis,
Morong. In three specimens I have from Dr, Robbins
there is no sign of spikes from the lower branches.
P.dimorphus, Rafin., P. Spirillus, Tuck. (North America).
—Gay, in Compt. Rend. Acad., xxxviii, 702 (1854), made a
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 321
genus of this Spirillus, and he has in his herbarium at
Kew “8S. diversifolius, Gay. Int., July 1850.”
P. diversifolius, Ratin., var. spicatus, Engelmann in
Geyer’s “Plants of Illinois and Mississippi,’ Am. Jour.
Science, 46 (1843). This answers the author’s query as
to where described.
P. pennsylvanicus, C. et 8., P. Nuttallr, C. et 8. (N.
America) teste Morong.— The name I suggested ex.
Rafinesque “P. epihydrwm” must be dropped, as the
author points out, as the submerged leaves are certainly
not “subcordatus.”
P. alpinus, Balb.—I am much disappointed that Dr.
Hagstrém has not done for this what he has for nitens
and decipiens. Not only has no one collated the various
varieties, etc., but Dr. Fischer has made it more difficult by
giving some of the older names a different value to what
the authors did.
P. Tepperi, Av. Benn.( Philippine Islands).—The Australian
is the true plant. I had mixed others with it, not Asiatic!
P. insulanus, Hagst. (W. Indies, Porto Rico).—I agree
in referring the Porto Rico specimens to a new species, and
they are certainly the same as Graebner names “ P. Nuttalliz,
var. portoricensis.”
P. hindostanicus, Hagst. (India).—Schlagintweit’s No.
4615 from the Western Himalayas, I thought might be
P. malaianus, Miq., but my specimen is a miserable serap,
and the Bengal one not much better, so the author may
be right here.
P. fibrosus, Hagst.—I cannot think this species can be
upheld. To make a new species from one specimen, and
that without a collector’s name or whence it came, with
only “91” on the scrap of paper, is surely unsafe. Dr.
Hagstrém supposes it may originate from 8. Africa. If
this were carried out in herbaria, ours would supply several,
but I never thought of suggesting them as new species.
P. membranaceus, Hagst. (Australia)—Simply a state
of my P. australiensis; I am not surprised. I have the
same gathering as the author describes his plant from.
Some were P. Cheesmanii, Ar. Benn., others awstraliensis.
It was years before I got together a series to show this,
and mainly by the aid of Mr. Wieden of mye
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVII.
322 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Srss, LXxXxuI
P. montanus, Presl (Mexico, Peru).—‘ =P. mexicanus,
Ar. Benn.” This can hardly be. Why should Pres] in
Herb. Prague! name it P. perwviana if he had named it
montanus before ?
P. muricatus, Hagst—The Walcha (N.S. Wales) plant
is too near sulcatus, Ar. Benn., but others no doubt belong
to it from Victoria (Australia), and specimens in the British
Museum herbarium from “Mauritius, 1819, Sir James
M‘Grigor,” evidently belong to it. This last sheet is the
only one I have seen in any herbarium from Mauritius. I
made a drawing of this, and the author’s drawing might
well have been a copy of mine. The specimens, three in
number, are named “ P. lwcens with floating leaves.” In
my MS. notes on these I have written, “If this is not P.
sulcatus, Ar. Benn., or P. tricarvnatus, Muell. et Benn.,
then it will be a new species.” It is a remarkable dis-
tribution, from the Mauritius to Australia, “but some of
the reptiles and insects have Australian affinities, ...
hence we find comparatively few cases in which groups of
Madagascar plants have their only allies in such distant
regions as America and Australia” (Wallace, Isl. Life, ed.
2, 442, 1892). Another interesting fact is that the leaves
of these specimens are of what may be termed the leathery
texture of the floating leaves of the Australian species.
Wallace (/.c.) further remarks: “There is no portion of the
globe that contains within itself so many and such varied
features of interest connected with geographical distribu-
tion as Madagascar and the smaller islands which
surround it.”
P. reduncus, Hagst. (W. Australia)—The author says
that I named a specimen of this P. Drummondit, Benth.
How this came about I cannot now tell, but Herr Baagée
must have made some mistake or shifted labels. The only
specimens of Drwmmondii I ever had were half the whole
collection sent me by the late Baron von Mueller, and these
were the only ones in Europe (except the ones at Kew
from which Bentham described the species). And the
plant is abundantly distinct from any other, having ulva-
like submerged leaves, as noted in the Fl. Aust., vii, 171
(1878).
P. nodosus, Lamarck =P, Americanus, C. et. S.—A
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 323
detailed and excellent account is given of this species,
though he includes under it many names of which he has
not seen specimens. These are nearly all in the Berlin
herbarium, whence I had them many years ago, and made
drawings of them for reference.
P. fragillinus, Hagst.—I am puzzled how the author
connects my P. lucens, var. floridanus, with the Guatemala
plant which he names as above. I know that Dr. Morong
named this fragillinus as P. malaianus, Miq. The author
refers to Graebner, Das Pflanzenreich, Heft 31, 79 and 161
(1907), where no mention is made of the Guatemala plant
when floridanus is described.
P. varvifolius, Thore (France).—The author refers this
to P. natans x P. trichoides. Until this is produced by
cultivation I must say I cannot believe it.
x P. Champlanii, Ar. Benn. (United States).—In answer
to the author’s remarks, I say that this has submerged
leaves entire! They are 11 cm. longx10 mm. wide,
7-nerved. The upper (floating) leaves are 6-8 cm. long x
11-15 mm. wide, obtuse.
P. capensis, Scheele=“ P. Schweinfurthw, Ar. Benn.”—
But Scheele’s name is only in the Bremen herbarium, and
only noted by me, so cannot stand. If this were allowed,
there are dozens in the Vienna and Berlin herbariums that
might be used. ;
P. gramineus, L. (P. heterophyllus, Schreb.).— Dr.
Hagstrdm gives no conspectus of the varieties, only a
running commentary on them. The difficulty is great, I
know, and perhaps he is wise, not having seen the series
in other herbaria.
P. nitens, Weber.—The fullest and best study of this
species yet given.
P. Oakesianus, Robbins (United States).—*“ The specimens
from Pine Plains, N.Y., leg. Hoysradt (hb. Stockholm), must
be considered the hybrid gramineus x natans.” Whatever
the Stockholm specimens are, mine from the same place
(with good frwit) are certainly P. Oakesianus, Robbins.
Some error in labelling ?
P. lucens, L.—Dr. Hagstrém suggests that the African
and other forms placed under this species need careful
revision, and I agree.
324 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [SEss. LXXXIIE
P. Chamissoi, Ar. Benn. (Mauritius, Rodrigues).—-Under
P. crispus, L., the author remarks, “ P. Chamissoi, Ar. Benn.,
must be ranked under the Lucentes.” I do not know what.
induced this remark, but I suppose Graebner’s placing it
next crispus, as I distinctly state it has nothing to do
with crispus (Jour. Botany, xlii, 74,1904). Yet the strange
thing is that the earliest specimens from Mauritius,
“Roxburgh, 1819,” are named “crispwm,” and the latest,
“H. H. Johnston, 1889,” are also named “crispus.’ And I
believe this is the plant named crispus in Baker's FL.
Mauritius, 392 (1877), and also the plant sent by Bory de
St. Vincent to Chamisso (before 1814), but to which he
put no name in Linnaea, ii (1827), 200, which he puts
under lwcens (from the “Lile de France”). Thus there
must be something that suggests crispus to those who
have gathered but not studied the plant. The author has
only seen Johnston’s specimens. On present knowledge
this well-marked species is confined to the three Mascarene
islands. It might perhaps have been expected in Mada-
gascar, as they have another “ Lwcentes” species between
them, 7.e. P. vaginans, Bojer, of which there is a type-
specimen in the Vienna herbarium. ‘To me it stands apart,
just as P. Robbinsii, Oakes, does in North America.
P. lithwanicus, Gorski (Lithuania).—The author remarks,
“T have also examined specimens from Lithuania labelled
‘P. salicifolius’ which have been identical (identified 7)
with another hybrid, P. lithwanicus, Gorski, but they
cannot be regarded as authentic.” So he places salicifolius
under nitens B subperfoliatus (Hagst.), f. praelongifolius,
Tis., and lithuanicus he puts under decipiens B brevifolius,
Hagst. I have a specimen of P. lithwanicus, Gorski, from
the author himself, and it is labelled “ P. lithwanicus, S. B.
Gorski proff., 1847, E. flumine Vilia, Lithuania.” It is
absolutely identical with Wolfgang's salicifoliws. In fact,
it is more like Wolfgang’s own specimen I have, than those
in De Candolle’s herbarium from Besser. In neither case
do I consider them the hybrids he places them under.
P. Gaudichaudiu, C. et S.—The author notes that
Graebner, in Das Pflanzenreich, Heft 31, 79 (1907), remarks,
“ Specimena originalia desunt.” This is certainly so regard-
ing Chamisso’s, but there is an original one in the herbarium
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 325
Delessart at Geneva labelled “ P. lweens, Isles Mariannes,
- Gaudichaud.” These islands, formerly called the Ladrone
or Thieves’ Islands, were also named by Magellan (1521)
“Tslands of Triangular Sails.” The plant has been collected
by an American botanist, “ M‘Gregor, No. 424, in 1913,” in
the original locality, “River Agana, Guam.” These are at
Manilla, Philippine Islands, and specimens were sent me
by Mr Merrill.
P. decipiens, Weber.—The author disposes of Graebner’s
division of this into two. The fact is, the denticulation of
the leaves in this is greatly a matter of age. Some leaves
are denticulate ; others on the same specimen are so minutely
so as hardly to show under a }-inch lens. The arrange-
ment of this by measure may be useful, but it is certainly
in many cases misleading. In May leaves will be under
one variety, in July and August under another. Mr Fryer
insisted that these plants must be studied in the spring
state, and Ilagree. No sectional anatomy can alter facts
noted when the plants were grown and gathered month
by month.
P. biformis, Hagst. (Asiatic, Mongolia, Japan).—This
will stand as a species, as P. distinctus, Ar. Benn. (Mon-
gohia, Japan), has entire leaves and no sessile ones like
those figured by the author.
P. perfoliatus, L., var. Richardson, Ar. Benn. (N.
America).—This has been made into a species by Rydberg
in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xxxii, 599 (1905). If you take
the widest difference from typical perfoliatus (1.e. species
with leaves 44 inches long), no doubt it looks a very fair
species; but you must ignore all the others that come
between that and the eastern U.S.A. specimens, many like
var. rotundifolius, Wallr. Dr. Hagstrom seems inclined
to accept this as a species, while acknowledging the
anatomical differences are slight. When one comes to
compare specimens from all over its distributional area
(based on forty-three specimens in my herbarium), it breaks
down as a species. Between the extreme western U.S.A.
specimens and those from the Great Lakes there is much
difference in aspect, and many Japanese specimens are
half way between, and others approach the American
Richardsonii. A remark by an excellent botanist in the
326 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. LXxxMt
United States, the Rev. E. J. Hill, in the Bot. Gazette, 260
(1881), may here be quoted under P. perjoliatus: “ Nearly
all the plants gathered in the West have the lanceolate
leaf, usually shorter than in the type specimen (var.
lanceolatus, Robbins). They gradually vary with all
degrees of difference between the variety and the typical
species, so that it is often hard to tell to which they should
be assigned.” This is in the field, not herbarium study.
It was this great difference that made me hesitate to make
the variety mandshwriensis, Ar. Benn., a species. Dr.
Hagstrom seems to think it may be so, and I believe the
winged fruit is not the result of drying; hence it may be
considered a species.
P. bupleuroides, Fernald (United States).—This seems
very near perfoliatus according to Dr. Hagstrom, but I
have not seen specimens, and the only real difference seems
the smaller fruit.
I should here like to mention a note by an ornithologist,
Mr. C. B. Ticehurst, in Trans. Norf. and Nor. Nat. Soe., 195
(1918): “The affinities of most, if not all, animals are to
be sought in the earlier stages of development rather than
in the adult”: and again at p. 200: “The greatest advance-
ment in ornithology in modern times is, I consider, the
recognition of swhspecies, or racial forms.” ‘These two
remarks are exactly what my late friend Fryer always
pleaded for in Potamogetons. Lastly, how rich the
Scandinavian herbaria are in this genus, collectors’ names,
etc., appearing that ours do not possess. Why? And
unqualified thanks must be given to Dr. Hagstrém for |
the excellent use he has made of them, as a result of
twenty-five years’ study.
We are not yet in a position to dogmatise on many
points of the genus. The naming of individual examples
from small areas, without collating with those already
named, is a mistake. They are valuable if accepted as
results of local conditions, environment, climate, etc., but
they are simply steps in evolution.
“I
1918-19, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 32
NoTEs FROM CANNOCK CHASE ON VACCINIUM INTER-
MEDIUM, RuTHE. By Captain W. BaLrouR GOURLAY,
M.C., R.A.M.C.
(Read 9th October 1919.)
Vaccinium intermediwm is a natural hybrid between
the Bilberry, Blaeberry, or Whortleberry (V. Myrtillus,
Linn.), and the Cowberry (V. Vites-I[daea, Linn.). Previ-
ously reported as occurring in a few places in Germany '
—Ruthe’s original specimens being gathered in 1826,—it
was first recognised in Great Britain in August 1886 by
Professor T. G. Bonney, who found it growing on Cannock
Chase, in the centre of Staffordshire, in company with
Bilberry and Cowberry. The plant was described by
Mr. N. E. Brown, and illustrated in the Journal of the
Linnean Society, xxiv, 125, pl. i, the paper being read
on May 5, 1887.
As early as 18707 an unusual form of Vaccinium had
been discovered by D. Ball, Esq., F.R.C.S., in Maer Woods,
near Whitmore (N.W. Staffordshire). Specimens of the
plant were minutely examined by Mr. Ball and sent, with
a description, to Mr. Robert Garner. Fruiting specimens
were gathered in 1871. Mr. Garner, who firmly believed
the plant to be a hybrid, showed these specimens to the
Linnean Society on March 7, 1872, to illustrate a paper ®
“On a Hybrid Vacciniwm between the Bilberry (V.
Myrtillus) and the Cowberry (V. Vitis-[daea).” This
paper, however, failed to convince the Society as to the
hybrid nature of the plants, “the general opinion elicited
by their examination being that they were a luxuriant
state of V. Vitrs-[daea, due to situation, rather than a
hybrid.” However, after Mr. Brown had read his paper
in 1887, he received a letter from Mr. Garner concerning
the specimens from Maer Woods. These Mr. Brown
1 Vaccinium intermedium, Ruthe, Flora der Mark Brandenburg und
der Niederlausitz, 377, pl. 1.
2 Hardwicke’s Science Gossip (1872), 248, ‘A Curious British Plant,”
by R. Garner.
3 Journ. of Bot. (1872), 122.
328 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess, LxxxmI
examined and identified’ as undoubted examples of
Vaccinium intermedium.
V. intermediwm has since been reported from the follow-
ing localities :—
Scorriclett Braes, near Watten, Caithness.”
Gorge of Achorn Burn, near Dunbeath, Caithness.*
Coniston Old Man, Lake District, Lancashire.*
Lonsdale, N.E. Yorkshire.®
Military duties, which kept me stationed on Cannock
Chase during the greater part of the year 1919, have thus
given me good opportunities for observing the hybrid
Vaccinium and noting points of interest.
Cannock Chase, the ancient hunting-ground of Norman
and Mercian kings, is an upland region from 300 to nearly
800 feet above sea-level, situated in the centre of Staftord-
shire. It consists of immense deposits of pebble and sand
resting upon beds of red sandstone and conglomerate, the
whole covered over by a layer of peat of variable depth.
Approaching the Chase from the north, we ascend through
woods of oak and birch with an undergrowth of Pteris
aquilina and Scilla nutans. Ericaceous plants gradually
appear as the trees become scarcer, until the open moor-
land is eventually reached where Calluwna, Erica, Vaceinvwm
and, in places, Hmpetrum are seen to be the dominant
species. Locally, in certain areas, V. Vitis - I[daea is
present in great abundance, mixed with V. Myrtillus. It
is in such areas that Vacconiwm wintermediwm occurs.
The preponderance of V. Vitis-[daea, usually noted, might
suggest the probability of its being the male parent of
the hybrid.
The hybrid, as seen on Cannock Chase, presents several
interesting features. In the upper part of the Sherbrook
Valley and neighbouring plateaux it is locally very
abundant, occurring in patches which are often widely
1 Postscript to article “ Vaccinium intermedium, Ruthe, a new British
Plant,” by N. E. Brown, Journ. Linn. Soc., xxiv, 125.
2 A. Bennett, Annals of Scottish Natural History (1904), 249.
> C. B. Crampton, The Vegetation of Caithness considered in Rela-
tion to the Geology, 1911.
4 Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club of Brit. Isles Report for 1915, 273,
6 Thid: for 1917.16:
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 329
separated. Plants of Vacciniwm intermediwm, with the
vegetative vigour common in hybrids, increase peripherally
at the expense of the neighbouring flora, by pushing out
creeping root-stocks in all directions. Thus the size of a
patch of the plant bears a simple relation to its age. The
various patches show considerable differences in habit, size,
and shape of leaves and stem, flowering season and fertility,
etc., though the plants in any one patch show a consider-
able degree of uniformity. This individuality, shown by
the various patches, would tend to suggest that each
patch owes its origin to a separate act of cross-fertilisation.
As there are many upland areas in Great Britain and
Ireland where Bilberry and Cowberry grow together, it
is curious that, while the hybrid is found in very few of
such areas, it should be quite common in portions of one
of them—to wit, Cannock Chase. As upland areas are
peculiarly attractive to botanists, it can hardly be supposed
that the hybrid is really comparatively common but
usually overlooked. Some factor specially favouring the
production or spread of the hybrid must then be present
on Cannock Chase.
I first noticed the hybrid in May 1919, and showed it
to Captain G. M. Vevers, R.A.M.C. (since demobilised). In
the next few days we each found several other hybrid
patches and compared them. Vevers pointed out that, of
the seven hybrid patches then noted, six were growing
in positions where some artificial and gross disturbance
of the ground had occurred. Thus, in three cases, patches
were found growing along the edges of trenches, the other
three being found respectively: (@) on what looked like
an old gun position, (b) on an area formerly used for
bombing practice, and (c) on a pond embankment com-
posed of layers of cut peat. The remaining site showed
no obvious evidence of disturbance. The embankment
appeared to be a work of much earlier date than the
evidences of military training, and the hybrid patch upon
it was much larger than the others. Vevers suggested
that the violent crushing or shaking together of flower-
ing plants of Bilberry and Cowberry might have resulted
in their cross-fertilisation.
I have subsequently found many more patches of the
330 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. rxxxmr
. hybrid, and these have tended to confirm Vevers’s observa-
tion. Thus, one afternoon and evening in August I collected
specimens from thirty separate patches, noting any peculi-
arities of site in each case. The patches were situated
as follows :—
On artificial banks of cut peat 9
Along old cart tracks . Z 7
Along edges of drains cut on moorland or roadside 4
On edges ‘of trenches . ; : : ; Pe say
1
1
1
‘About: bomb holes Total
On old gun position an
On moorland path
Where no obvious evidence of disturbance - was noted AG
Of the six latter sites, two were near mining villages
where the common is well patronised, the other four being
near camps, on ground long used for purposes of military
training. On one roadside bank, built of peats, birches
of considerable size were growing, and the hybrid had
spread out from this bank over the neighbouring moor-
land to the extent of about a quarter of an acre. (The
exact area, however, was difficult to determine owing to
recent obliterating action of a moorland fire which had
left here and there isolated portions only of the hybrid
patch. These scattered portions may not, as at first
supposed, have all been parts of the one large patch.)
On a natural bank, near a hut constructed during the
war, I found a single hybrid plant of two or three years’
growth. An ar tificial bank often harbours several patches
of the hybrid, while near it Bilberry and Cowberry grow
intermingled, but with the hybrid absent. The places in
Great Britain and Ireland where Bilberry and Cow-
berry grow together are usually wild and comparatively
unfrequented. Though wild, Cannock Chase is much
frequented.
Several groups of fruit- gathering children, on interroga-
tion, pointed out “ Bilberry ” and “ Bunchberry ” (local name
for V. Vitis-I[daea), but failed to distinguish the hybrid
from Bilberry.
Though Vacciniwm intermediwm is thus apt to be
inion for V. Myrtillus rather than for V. Vitis-Idaea,
it resembles the latter in its evergreen leaves and almost
cylindrical stem. The leaves, however, are usually less
1918-19, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 331
glossy and more pointed than those of V. Vitis-[dwea, and,
on the other hand, tougher and more deeply veined than
those of V. Myrtillus, from which plant the hybrid can be
distinguished by its subterete stem and less upright habit.
The hybrid flower is roughly intermediate in shape and
colour between those of V. Myrtilluws and V. Vitis-[daea,
but the anthers are provided with conspicuous dorsal awns,
thus favouring V. Myrtillus. (The anthers of V. Vitis-
Idaew are described in most of the text-books as “awn-
less.” In most of the speciniens that I examined in Staf-
fordshire, small and inconspicuous dorsal awns were present.
Some, however, appeared to be awnless.)
The hybrid fruit is a little smaller than that of
V. Myrtillus or V. Vitis-[daea. It is plum-violet in colour,
and slightly longer than broad, but more regular in outline
than that of V. Myrtillus. The latter often appears as
if truncated about the calyx scar.
The hybrid produces little fruit, and the berries contain
only a small proportion of well-developed seeds, though in
this respect different patches show great variation. I have
found large patches without sign of flower or fruit: and
from a comparatively small patch (measuring 3 by 7
yards) I have picked over 200 ripe berries without ex-
hausting the supply. One hundred of these-berries, how-
ever, only yielded 209 apparently well-developed seeds,
against more than 300 seeds for 100 berries collected from
a variety of patches.
Professor Bonney found Vaccinium imtermedium in full
flower on Cannock Chase on August 29, 1886, but found
only two ripe berries. I found the plant in full flower at
the end of May 1919, and in full fruit in the middle of
August. However, in the latter half of the month many
of the patches were again in flower or in bud, including
the one found flowering in May. Thus the hybrid, like
V. Myrtillus, is wont to produce two crops (of flowers at
any rate) during the season.
On August 23, 1919, I spent the seen part of the day
in the Whitmore district of N.W. Statfordshire. Maer
Heath and Whitmore Common are separated by a valley
through which runs the main line of the L. & N.W. Railway,
With the same Bunter grouping of pebble beds and sand-
332 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess, Lxxx1II
stone, these uplands resemble Cannock Chase both geo-
logically and botanically, but Maer Heath is largely planted
with Scots pine. Mr. Garner, in his Science Gossip
paper, tells us that this plantation is the one referred
to by Darwin (Origin of Species, chap. ii), where he
describes the changes in fauna and flora which had re-
sulted from the enclosing a portion of the Heath with the
introduction into the enclosed area of but one species
(Pinus sylvestris), when a considerable increase in the
number of species of insects and insectivorous birds was
noted. I found four widely separated patches of the hybrid
Vacciniwm on Maer Heath, and one patch, with unusually
fragrant blossoms, on Whitmore Common. The Maer Heath
patches showed marked individuality of growth and habit.
A small patch, growing on a dry artificial bank, showed a
very striking reduction in the size of the leaves. Another
patch, with large glossy leaves, though measuring only 9
yards by 16, was the largest that I found. (I was expect-
ing to find a patch of considerable size.) Situated, how-
ever, in a dense part of the pine wood, its growth may
have been retarded by shade. Growing near the edge of
the wood and not far from houses, it might have been
expected to attract attention. Moreover, twigs from this
patch bear a marked resemblance to the figure illustrating
Mr. Garner’s article in Science Gossip for 1872. It is,
I think, very probable that Mr. Ball collected specimens
from this patch in 1870.
Seme of these early specimens were sent to Charles
Darwin by Mr. Garner, who referred to the plant as a
hybrid. Darwin, taking also into account the shrivelled
appearance of the pollen which Mr. Ball had noted, sug-
gested that the seeds would show infertility. However,
should the seeds collected this year on Cannock Chase
prove to be fertile, it must be taken into consideration that
the hybrid flowers may have been fertilised by the pollen
of Cowberry or Bilberry.
The small hybrid patch (previously mentioned as measur-
ing 3 by 7 yards, and giving a comparatively large yield
of fruit) was a mere remnant round which a moorland
fire had swept—a small green island in a sea of blackened
ashes. The patch itself was an almost pure growth of the
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 335
hybrid, containing but a trace of Cowberry at one spot.
Nine yards away a few small plants of Bilberry had
survived. The fire took place before the plants could have
set seed. The small percentage of good seed yielded by
the berries from this patch (209 seeds from 100 berries, as
compared with over 3800 seeds from 100 berries collected !
at random) may have been due to the comparative absence
of pollen from Cowberry or Bilberry.
Seeds from this patch will be sown apart from the
others, and any difference in the offspring noted.
If the hybrid seeds reproduce hybrid plants, one might
expect occasionally to find hybrid patches growing apart
from Cowberry and Bilberry. Out of some fifty hybrid
patches examined, I have only seen two showing isolation
from the parent forms—one being the patch isolated by
fire, the other being the small-leaved patch on Maer Heath,
where the dryness of an artificial bank had killed out
all other vegetation and had notably modified the habit
of the hybrid.
It is possible that birds do not carry the hybrid seed
to any great extent. I have several times noted wounds
on the ripe hybrid fruit, suggesting that birds, having
tasted, had gone away to seek the more appetising
Bilberry. Compared with Bilberry and Cowberry, the
hybrid fruit is lacking in flavour.
If the hybrid seed reproduces parental forms, it will
be of interest to note the proportion of Bilberry and
Cowberry among the seedlings.
p]
1 Had the fruit collected “at random” contained no berries from the
patch in question, the difference would have been even more striking.
N.B. The berries were gently broken under water, and the seeds
extracted by a rough centrifugal method, so that only comparatively
heavy seeds were counted.
334 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess, Lxxxm1
ScoTtisH RECORDS OF MYELOPHILUS (HYLURGUS) MINOR
(Hartic). By R. Stewart MacDovuaatt, M.A., D.Sc.
(Read 6th February 1919.)
This species has been described by Fowler as “ very rare
in Britain.” In 1915 and earlier Mr. J. M. Murray found
the workings of I. minor on Scots Pine in Murthly Woods.
In 1915 Mr. James Munro found an imago in Forfarshire.
In 1915 and following years Mr. Walter Ritchie found the
beetle in all stages in very large numbers over an area of
fifteen square miles in the Aboyne district of Aberdeenshire.
-Lieut. R. Grant Broadwood, whose specimens I have
verified, found the workings of JZ minor as follows:—In
Dungarthill Woods, near Dunkeld, on Scots Pine (the trees
were dead), in July 1918. On the bark of blown Scots
Pine (the trees were dead) on Muir of Thorn, Perthshire,
in August 1918. On the bark of felled Scots Pine on
Birnam Hill, Perthshire, in August 1918. On the bark of
felled Scots Pine in woods round Pitlochry Hydropathic
Hotel, in September 1918.
Mr. H. M. Steven writes as follows :—* During the past
year I have found Myelophilus minor in two widely
separated and different localities. The first record was
obtained at Braigh Udine, Glengarry, Inverness-shire
(6-inch Ordnance Survey, Sheet XCVI, Inverness-shire), in
July 1918. This wood is an outpost of an old natural Scots
Pine forest which stretched over this district. The trees
are from 100 to 300 years old. J. piniperda was also
present, but M. minor was the predominating species.
The wood now forms an island in a sea of peat. About
two miles away there is a planted wood containing Scots
Pine, but careful search gave no trace of M. minor there. .
It would therefore seem probable that WM. minor had bred
for centuries in this old natural forest. 'The second record
was obtained at Minkie Moss, Dupplin, Perthshire (6-inch
O.S., Sheet XCVIII, Perthshire), in October 1918. MM.
minor predominated here also, and was busy at work on
the dying and wind-blown Scots Pine.”
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 5335
THE PRESERVATION OF ARTIFICIAL CULTURES OF MOULDS,
By Harry F. Taae, F.LS.
(Read 10th April 1919.)
A culture of a mould on nutrient gelatine or agar-agar
may be killed with formaline vapour, and if it then be
sealed up in the Petri dish in which it grew it will keep
indefinitely, provided sufficient formaline vapour is present
to prevent chance infection from the outside during the
sealing process. The method ceases to be satisfactory when
the mould is one that causes liquefaction of the medium on
which it grows, because when this is the case the Petri
dish cannot be tilted from the horizontal position. With
cultures that are to be exhibited in a museum it is a dis-
tinct gain to be able to display them tilted at any desired
angle, and with class specimens also it is an advantage to
be able to handle them freely.
In the case of species that do not liquefy the medium, the
latter may be cut out of the dish with the culture attached
and dried down on a square of glass or stiffcard. Cultures
thus dried make useful reference specimens. The method
has been advocated as a simple way of preparing herbarium
specimens of artificial cultures grown on agar-agar.! It
has the disadvantage where museum specimens are con-
cerned and appearance is of importance that the surfaces
of cultures tend to crack into discontiguous areas as the
jelly matrix shrinks.
In the preparations now exhibited the difficulties associ-
ated with liquefaction of the medium and the areolation
resulting from the contraction of the medium in the case
of cultures that are dried, are alike avoided by the removal
of the medium altogether. This has been done by floating
the cultures on the surface of a dish of water warmed up
sufficiently to cause the medium to melt. This method has
given excellent results with cultures grown on gelatine, but
is not so well suited to the preservation of agar cultures
because of the slow solubility of the latter medium. In
carrying out the method the procedure is as follows :-—
1 Hedgecock and Spaulding, Journal of Mycology, xii (1906), p. 147.
336 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss. Uxxxm
After cutting the jelly free of the edge of the Petri dish,
the jelly is raised up slightly on one side by slipping under
it the end of a broad section-lifter, and at the same time
this side of the dish is slowly submerged in warm water.
The jelly with the culture on it floats up from the bottom
of the dish and the gradual total submersion of the latter
leaves the culture free on the surface of the water. Any
liquefied medium present diffuses at once, and the rest of
the medium sinks and diffuses as it slowly melts. A
square of glass of suitable size, or a piece of card if the
specimen is to be preserved dry on a card, is passed below ~
the culture and the latter is lifted carefully from the
water. A certain amount of water will be taken up on
the support, and this serves to permit the culture to be
floated to any desired position. Absorbent paper applied
to the edge of the support takes up this excess water, and
the culture settles down in contact with the support and
adheres to it.
If a dry preparation is wanted, all that it is necessary
to do now is to allow the preparation to dry slowly in
the air. j
Reference collections made in this way, if mounted on
glass supports of uniform size, may be stored in grooved
boxes of the kind used for the storage of photographic
negatives.
If the preparation is to be much handled, the surface of
the culture should be protected. 1 adopt in this connec-
tion one or other of the following devices :—
A watch-glass sufficiently large to cover the culture is
inverted over it, and is fixed in position by a thin layer of
Canada balsam smeared around the edge. When this
first luting has set firm the preparation is sealed up with
a final luting of gold size, asphalt, or white cement.
Alternatively, the culture may be protected by a plane
glass disk supported on a circular wall of shellac or wax
spun by means of a turntable around the outside of the
culture. A cell of suitable depth is made and the glass
disk luted down with gold size, the procedure being quite
the same as that usually followed in mounting a micro-
scopic object in a cell under a cover-glass.
Cultures so prepared make very good reference specimens,
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 337
but in the case of cultures intended for museum exhibition
I prefer to adopt a method that secures a moist atmosphere
over the cultures while at the same time the subaerial
mycelium is preserved in a thin layer of glycerine which
gives to the hyphal filaments a translucence that approaches
closely the appearance they have in the living culture.
In following out this modified method the procedure is
the same as that already described, up to the point when
the culture is adjusted on the support and is brought in
contact with it by the withdrawal of the excess water.
The support is then carefully dried round about the
culture. A preserving fluid made of equal parts of for-
maline, glycerine, and water is placed in small drops
around the edge of the culture just outside the limit of its
growth. This fluid runs under the culture and penetrates
the subaerial hyphe, but does not wet the surface or alter
appreciably the appearance of the aerial parts. An in-
verted watch-glass or a glass disk is now luted down with
gold size in the manner already described for dry prepara-
tions, but it is necessary to remember when covering such
preparations that the inside of the cover-glass should be
coated with a thin film of glycerine so that any con-
densation of moisture on the under side of the cover-glass
may not obscure the culture beneath it. It should also be
borne in mind that luting cements, as a rule, are rendered
less adhesive if the glass they are applied to bears even
a very thin film of glycerine, and precautions should be
taken to prevent the preserving fluid spreading from the
culture to those parts of the supports to which the sealing
cement will be applied.
As supports for cultures, squares of glass, for most
purposes, are better than cards. They permit the back
of the culture to be examined, and with a glass support
one is able to use either transmitted or reflected light
when examining the culture under the microscope.
TRANS. BOT. SOC, EDIN. VOL, XXVI. 24,
338 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Suss, Lxxxum
WHYTOCKIA, 4 NEW GENUS OF GESNERACEAE. By
W. W. Smita, M.A. (With Pl. VIL)
(Read 13th February 1919.)
Whytockia, W. W. Sm. Genus novum Gesneracearum.
Genus Stawrantherae, Benth. valde affine. Ab illo genere
imprimis corollae ecalcaratae structura, stylo longo gracili,
ovario subbiloculari recedit. Forma structuraque floris
Didymocarpum et Chiritam suggerunt.
Herba parum ramosa. Folia ampla, membranacea, op-
posita, altero nano stipuliformi. Flores satis magni, rosei,
laxe racemoso-cymosi. Calyx late campanulatus mem-
branaceus, 5-fidus, simubus haud plicatis, seymentis subae-
qualibus. Corolla tubuloso-ventricosa, tubo haud calcarato;
limbus 2-labiatus, labio postico bifido, antico 3 -fido.
Stamina perfecta 4, inclusa, basi corollae inserta; antherae
cohaerentes, loculis divergentibus confluentibus. Discus
angustus annularis. Ovarium liberum, ut videtur bilocu-
lare; stylus satis longus, gracilis, stigmate bilobato; pla-
centae undique ovuliferae. Capsula depresso-globosa vix
exserta, membranacea, in speciminibus nostris irregulariter
rumpenda sed fortasse obscure bivalvatim dehiscens.
Semina permulta oblonga. .
Whytockia chiritaeflora (Oliver), W. W. Sm. Nom. nov.
Stauranthera chiritaeflora, Oliver in Hook. Ic., Tab.
2454,
West China :—Province of Yunnan, at Mengtsz, in a dark
damp glen under shady precipices; rare. Hancock. No.51
in Herb. Kew.
var. minor, W. W. Sm.
A typo flore multo minore divergit.
West China :—Yunnan, at Feng Chen Len, in mountain
forests. Alt. 7000 ft. Flowers pink; 2 ft. high. Henry.
No. 11,232 in Herb. Kew et Herb. Edin.
A full description of the typical plant is given by Oliver
in Hooker’s Icones under plate 2454. Oliver preferred to
retain the plant under Stawranthera. Recent collections
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. | [Vol. XXVII, Pl. VII.
/ a
/
Why Tock+ a
S ChintHi flora (lice) brite.
YUNNAR ny nd
( fwSE Fdn® [ba parse
ra ; 896
ure =
Whytockia chiritaefolia (Oliver), W. W. Sm., var. minor, W.W. Sm.
Type in Herb. Edin.
Photo. R. M, Adam.
W. W. SMITH.
W
elt
s
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 339
from China tend to show that Southern and Western China
is rich in Gesneraceae, and many of the novelties cannot
be referred to the known genera of India, Burma, and
Malaya. The generic name is in honour of Mr. James
Whytock, President of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh,
a distinguished sylviculturist and horticulturist.
OBITUARY NOTICES.
Wituiam Watson, M.D., Deputy Surgeon-General, I.M.S.
Dr. William Watson, President of the Edinburgh Botanical
Society for the Sessions 1897-1899, died after a long illness
on 16th June 1912, aged eighty years.
He was the son of William Watson, Esq., Sheritf-Sub-
stitute of Aberdeenshire from 1829 to 1866, who was one of
the pioneers in connection with ragged schools and is still
remembered in Aberdeen for his philanthropic work.
Dr. Watson distinguished himself during his medical
studies at the University of his native city and took his
degree when barely twenty-one years of age. After a
course of study in Paris, he joined in 1853 the East India
Company’s service as assistant surgeon, and was attached
to different European regiments which were stationed at
Meerut, Agra, etc. In 1856 he was offered and accepted
the post of civil surgeon at Mynpoorie, in the North-West
Provinces.
When the Mutiny broke out in 1857 it found Dr. Watson
still on duty there. The whole surrounding country in a
short time was seething with rebellion, and reluctantly it
was decided that all Europeans should leave Mynpoorie
for Agra, where they could take refuge in the fort. The
magistrate knew that, in the event of those upholding the
British authority leaving, there might be a massacre of all
the loyal inhabitants, determined to hold to his post, and
asked for volunteers to join him. Dr. Watson at once
decided to remain with the magistrate, and alone, or almost
alone, they stayed at this isolated station maintaining
British authority without the necessary means of support.
340 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. Lxxxi1
Their brave action seemed to so impress the mutineers that
they were some time in making up their minds to close in
upon them, but at last the magistrate received private
information that the Residency would be attacked upon a
certain date and instructions had been given that they
were all to be killed. He sent secretly a message to Agra.
about seventy miles away, and asked if relief could be
sent them.
A small party volunteered to ride out to Mynpoorie, and
arrived just in time, as the mutineers were upon the point
of attacking the station. The magistrate determined to
leave immediately in the darkness of night, and by morning,
along with his small escort, was a long way on the road
to Agra—the whole party thus escaping imminent death.
A short time after this Dr. Watson was encamped with
his regiment on the ridge outside the walls of Delhi, and
when the final attack was made and the gates of the city
were blown in, he, along with a subaltern officer of his
regiment named Ewart, was early inside its walls—the
houses along each side of the streets being still full of
mutineers. The palace of the Mogul Emperors having
been captured, Dr. Watson and his young friend Ewart,
who afterwards rose to be the head of the police in the
North-West Provinces, found difficulty in getting sleeping
accommodation, and for six weeks they were obliged to
sleep upon the floor of the beautiful pearl mosque within
the palace walls. At the end of this time they got per-
mission to leave the palace and take possession of a house
that belonged to one of the native grandees who had fled,
and during the remainder of their stay in Delhi at this
time Dr. Watson and Ewart lived in those luxurious
quarters.
Shortly after we find Dr. Watson at Agra, and during
an engagement which resulted disastrously for the British,
he got his skull fractured through being struck by a frag-
ment of an exploded shell. While in this wounded state,
and in the crowd of natives being driven back, he observed
something lying among the feet of the routed men. A
native who knew him was passing, and, pointing to the
object lying on the ground, repeated the name of an officer
whom Dr. Watson knew by name. Although in a dazed
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 341
state he at once rushed to the rescue, and, as no one would
stop a moment to help, he managed to get the wounded
man upon his back and carried him for about half a mile
until he reached a waggon, when he collapsed himself.
Watson and the officer he had rescued were both taken to
the hospital within the fort at Agra, and at first it was
thought that Dr. Watson’s wound was much more serious
than that of the other man; but the officer died, and Watson
survived to live a life of much usefulness.
Dr. Watson married in 1867, and, accompanied by his
wife, went out to India, and from 1867 to 1883 resided princi-
pally at Almora and Naini Tal. At Almora, the capital of
the province of Kumaon, Dr. Watson had medical charge
of the leper hospital for about ten years. He had great
opportunities, and gained great experience in connection
with the treatment of this disease.
He was a man possessed of the greatest possible amount
of bravery, and, while very retiring and modest in his
disposition, he would at times narrate to intimate friends
some of his experiences.
While stationed at Almora, the Medical Department of
the Government of India gave instructions that the lepers
were to be treated with gurjun oil, and that it was to be
administered in doses to be taken internally, and also that
the diseased portions of the lepers’ bodies were to be
anointed with this new supposed specific. Dr. Watson,
with a deep sense of duty, endeavoured to carry out the
instructions of the Government Department; but he soon
found out that, while there was no great difficulty in
getting the native medical assistants to administer the oil
for internal purposes, the patients themselves were not
quite so amenable, as the taste of the oil was objectionable
and its effects were upsetting. The native assistants also
declined point-blank to anoint the wounds of the lepers,
and in many cases Dr. Watson had to do it himself at the
great risk of inoculation. This treatment was carried on
for about eighteen months, and, as the results were very
far from satisfactory and the inconvenience to the patients
very great, Dr. Watson reported so to the Department.
All he got in reply was a letter expressing dissatisfaction
that his efforts had obtained such a poor result, and re-
342 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Sess. LXxxiIt
marking that he might have done better. No doubt, who-
ever wrote this epistle was little aware of the self-sacrifice
of Dr. Watson, and how he risked his life in trying to
carry out the instructions of his medical superiors. But
however unpleasant such a communication may have been
at the time, Dr. Watson used in later years to consider it a
great joke and an evidence of the want of appreciation on
the part of some uninformed official at headquarters.
Such censure as this, however, did not prevent his pro-
motion, and he became Deputy Surgeon-General a consider-
able time before his retiral from the Service.
For further information refer to the Transactions of the
Edinburgh Field Naturalists’ and Microscopical Society,
vol. vi, pt. v (1912): In Memoriam, William Watson, M.D.,
I.MS., by Mr. John Lindsay, pp. 447-452.
SYMINGTON GRIEVE.
ROBERT CHAPMAN DAVIE.
Indirectly the war has robbed the Botanical Society of
a member of its Council and a frequent contributor to its
meetings in the person of Dr. R. C. Davie, Captain and
Senior Chemist in the 4th Water Tank Company, R.A.M.C.
The eftects of an illness earlier in life precluded him from
joining a combatant branch of service in the Great War,
so he entered the Army in 1917 in a capacity in which
his scientific education would find its full value. He
served in France during the great push of 1918; but in
January 1919 returned home on leave. He caught-influenza
on 27th January. Pneumonia followed, with rapid and
fatal issue on 4th February. Thus terminates, at the age
of 32, a life that was full of promise for the future; for
in the short years given him Davie had already achieved
much.
He was educated at the Glasgow High School, and
passing on to the University of Glasgow, he graduated
M.A. in 1907 with First Class Honours in English. His
work in the Department of English Literature was such
as would have justified his adopting some career in relation
to it. But he had already taken the class of Elementary
1918-19. | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 343
Botany in 1905, as well as those in some other sciences ; and
a natural aptitude and taste for practical science held him.
He took the B.Sc. degree in 1909, distinguishing himself
particularly in Botany and Chemistry. But he decided
upon the former as his life’s work, and was promoted at
once Junior Assistant in Botany in the University of
Glasgow. Incidentally he had won the Dobbie-Smith
Gold Medal, and held the Donaldson Research Scholarship.
While carrying out his departmental work with a
cheerfulness and vigour that gave savour to its success,
he entered at once on research. His first memoir was
devoted to Perawnema and Diacalpe, two genera of Eastern
Ferns, which his observations have placed securely in
their natural affinity. In 1912 he joined the staff of
Professor Balfour in Edinburgh as assistant, and soon
obtained promotion to the position of Lecturer, having
special charge of the large classes for Teachers in Training.
Meanwhile he was able to devote considerable time to
research. He entered on a wide comparative investigation
of the anatomy of the Pinna-Trace in Ferns, and he con-
tributed two memoirs on this subject to the Transactions
of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. His inquiry covered
a large area of observation and was extended to the Cycads
and Angiosperms. His results indicate that while in some
degree the structure shown is related to immediate physio-
logical needs, there is a substantial correspondence of detail
with phyletic comparisons based on other characters. In
fact, while the pinna-trace can be used as a subsidiary line
of evidence, it cannot serve as a criterion of decisive
importance in comparison. This was the most substantial
contribution which he made to Botanical inquiry, and,
together with his earlier papers, it provided his thesis for
the Doctorate of Science in Glasgow, to which degree he
was admitted in 1915.
Davie’s investigations were, however, interrupted in 1914
by a journey to Brazil to collect materials for a comparison
of certain Families of Flowering Plants. A grant was
obtained from the Royal Society for this purpose. He
travelled and collected in the neighbourhood of Rio and
in the Organ Mountains. On his return, in the early days
of the war, he first worked out his collections systemati-
344 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Sess. LXxxII
cally; and he was already beginning the detailed com-
parisons when the insistent duty of military service came
upon him. He qualified himself specially for the Water
Service, and quickly rose to the rank of Captain in this
responsible and necessary service. He was present in
France with his unit during the retreat of the earlier
months of 1918, and the subsequent advance. After the
armistice he was granted leave in January 1919, and died
while at home.
Davie had already made his mark as a teacher, an
investigator, and an organiser in Botany. An easy diction,
with unusual command of his native tongue, gave him a
good footing as a Lecturer. It is an open fact that he ran
a strong candidature for a Chair in one of the larger
Dominions in 1917, and early promotion to Professorial
rank was anticipated for him. A quickness of appre-
hension of facts and comparisons, good powers of observa-
tion, a lively imagination, and a very retentive memory
gave him a hold as an investigator, which a judgment
ripening with age would have strengthened and directed
into useful channels. As an organiser his departmental
work was marked by cheerful efficiency. His stimulating
influence was shown in the part he took in founding the
Glasgow University Botanical Society. In a wider sphere
his activity as one of the Secretaries of the Botanical
Section of the British Association had already brought
him in relation with the great body of British botanists.
At the age of 32 he had fully qualified for years of active
usefulness. It is this which makes his early death all the
more lamentable. Time and opportunity were against
him. Sothat at the moment of his death he was of the
Front rather than actually at the Front, both in Science
and in War. F. O. Bower.
WILLIAM Brack Boyp.
A past-president of the Society passed away on 16th
March 1918 in the person of W. B. Boyd of Faldonside.
He was born on 28rd February 1831 at Cherrytrees,
Yetholm, and educated at The Grange, Sunderland.
1918-19, | BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH 345
He tenanted Hetton Hall, Northumberland, from 1859
to 1869, when he leased Ormiston in Roxburghshire; in
1881 he removed to Faldonside, which his wife had then
inherited from an uncle. Living the quiet life of a country
gentleman engaged in agricultural pursuits, he devoted
much of his leisure to botanical studies and soon became
known for his wide knowledge and successful cultivation
of plants.
Elected a Fellow in 1871, he was President of our Society
1882-84, when he gave a Presidential address! on the
Cultivation of Alpine and other Plants suited for the
Rockery, and a Valedictory address? on the Study of
Mosses.
Other societies also recognised his eminence as a botanist.
He had twice been President of the Berwickshire Nat-
uralists’ Club, was President of the Scottish Alpine Club
from 1891 till his death, and was also a Vice-President of
the British Pteridological Society.
He is commemorated by having had two plants named
in his honour, Salia Boydii, Linton, and Sagina Boydii,
F. B. White.
A fuller account of this enthusiastic botanist will be
found in the History of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club,
vol. xxiii, pt. 111, p. 423.
' Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin., xvi, p. 66. pd l| ents Hey op kos Fe
ROLL
OF
THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
Corrected to October 1919.
Patron:
HIS MOST GRACIOUS MAJESTY THE KING.
HONORARY FELLOWS.
BRITISH SUBJECTS (timiTEep TO sIx).
Date of Election.
Novy.
Nov.
Dec.
Feb.
Feb.
June
June
Feb.
Mar.
June
June
Mar.
June
Dec.
1896.
1888.
1907.
1911.
1912.
1902.
1902.
VOUT
1895.
1902.
1902.
1895.
1902.
1885.
BAKER, J. G., F.R.S., F.L.S., 3 Cumberland Road, Kew.
Dyzrr, Sir Witt1am TURNER THISELTON, M.A., LL.D., K.C.M.G.,
C.L.E., F.R.S., The Ferns, Witcombe, Gloucestershire.
Farmer, J. Bretuanp, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Botany, Imperial
College of Science and Technology, S. Kensington.
Marsuatt, Rev. E. 5., West Monkton Rectory, Taunton.
Scort, Dr. D. H., M.A., LL.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., Oakley, Hants.
FOREIGN (LimIrED TO TWENTY-FIVE).
BonniER, GAstoNn, Professor of Botany, Paris.
Britton, NATHANIEL Lorp, Director of the Botanic Garden, New
York. ‘
Fruawavuit, Dr. CHarueEs, Professor of Botany to the Faculty of
Science, and Director of the Institute of the University,
Montpellier.
SARGENT, CHARLES 8., Professor of Arboriculture, and Director
of the Arnold Arboretum, Harvard ;—Corresponding Member,
March 1878.
TimrrgazEw, Dr. K. A., Professor of Botany, Moscow.
TRELEASE, Dr. Wixi1aM, University of Lilinois, Urbana, Illinois,
U.S.A.
Vries, Dr. H. pr, Professor of Botany in the University,
Amsterdam.
WatpHem, Dr. ALEXANDER FISCHER VON, Professor of Botany
and Directoy of the Imperial Botanic Garden, Petrograd.
Warminc, Dr. EUGENE, For.M.L.S., Emeritus Professor, Copen-
hagen.
348
APPENDIX
RESIDENT AND NON-RESIDENT FELLOWS.
No distinguishing mark is placed before the name of Resident Fellows who
contribute annually and receive Publications.
* Indicates Resident Fellows who have compounded for Annual Contribution
and receive Publications.
+ Indicates Non-Resident Fellows who have compounded for Publications.
t Indicates Non-Resident Fellows who donot receive Publications.
Date of Election.
Dec. 1915. Adam, Robert Moyes, 17 W. Brighton Crescent, Portobello.
Feb. 1905. Laan Rev. J. J. Marshall Lang, B.D., The Manse, Ayton, Berwick-
shire.
Noy. 1884. tAlexander, J. A., Houghton, Rossmore Avenue, Parkstone, Dorset.
Nov. 1914. Alexander, Ar H., 8 Chamberlain Road, Edinburgh.
Mar. 1915. Alexander, Miss A. S. M., B.Sc., High "School, Stirling.
Dec. 1913. Anderson, "Thomas, M.A. B.Sc., 21 Granby Road, Edinburgh.
Dec. 1908. t{Balfour, F. R. S., M.A., 39 Phillimore Gardens, Kensington,
London, W.
May 1872. *Balfour, I. Bayley, Sc.D., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., King’s Botanist,
Professor of Botany, and Keeper of the Royal Botanic Garden,
Inverleith House.
Dec. 1863. +Barnes, Henry, M. -D., F.R.S.E., 6 Portland Square, Carlisle.
Jan. 1905. *Bell, A.C. M., W.S., East Morningside House, Clinton Road.
May 1891. *Berwick, Thomas, “35 North Street, St. Andrews.
Feb. 1919. +Blackburne, Cecil Ireland, Valence, Westerham, Kent.
May 1888. *Bonnar, William, 51 Braid Avenue.
Jan. 1899. *Borthwick, A. W., O.B. E., D.Se., 46 George Square, Edinburgh.
Dec. 1886. *Bower, F. O., M. ‘As Dz. Se., ss RS: F.L.S., Professor of Botany,
University of Glasgow, 1 St. John’s Terrace, Hillhead, Glasgow.
Feb. 1870. +tBramwell, John, M.D., “ The Hove,” Furze Hill Road, Torquay.
April 1913. tBrebner, James, 2 Scotswood Terrace, Dundee.
Dec. 1906. +Bryce, George, B.Sc., Botanic Garden, Peradeniya, Ceylon.
Noy. 1894. Buchan- -Hepburn, Bart., Sir A., Smeaton H epburn, Prestonkirk.
Dec. 1915. Cadman, Miss Elsie, M. A., B.Sc., 30 Trinity Road.
Feb. 1882. Caird, Francis M., M. Bs, (a) M., F.R.C.S.Ed. , Professor of Clinical
Surgery, 13 Charlotte Square, — ARTIST.
Nov. 1905. Campbell, Robt., M.A., D.Se., Geological Department, University
of Edinbur gh.
Dec. 1858. ‘Carruthers, William, F.R.S., F.L.S., Central noes Central Hiil,
London, S.E.
June 1873. *Clark, T. Bennet, C.A., Newmills, Balerno.
Dec. 1856. +Cleland, John, M.D., F.R.S., Drumelog, Crewkerne, Somerset.
May 1861. {Coldstream, Wm., B.A., I.C.S. (retd.), 69 West Cromwell Road,
London, S.W.
April 1913. tCooper, R. E., c/o Secretary, Botanical Society of Edinburgh.
Mar. 1900. *Cowan, Alexander, Valleyfield, Penicuik.
Feb. 1870. tCowan, Charles W., Dalhousie Castle, Midlothian.
April 1909. Cowan, Robert Craig, Eskhill, Musselburgh.
Mar. 1903. Cowie, bra Beaverley, F.C.S., 26 Clude Street.
Dec. 1915. *Craib, W. G., M.A., Royal Botanic Garden.
Dec. 1866. *Craig, Wm., Por D., F.R.C.S.Ed., F.R.S.E., 71 Bruntsfield Place.
Dec. 1903. ea ae ar: Randolph, M.A., B.Se., School of Agriculture, Gizeh,
gy pt.
Dec. 1911. {Davidson, John, Botanical Office, University of British Columbia,
Vancouver, Canada.
Dec. 1892. Day, T. Cuthbert, 36 Hillside Crescent.
April 1914. Dodd, A. Scott, B.Sc., 20 Stafford Street, Edinburgh.
Jan. 1894. *Dowell, Mrs. A., 13 Palmerston Place, Edinburgh.
Dec. 1911. tDrummond, J. R., B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 119 Twyford Avenuc,
North Acton, London, W. 3.
Dec. 1859. +tDuckworth, Sir Dyce, Bart., M.D., LL.D., 28 Grosvenor Place,
London, S.W.
Dec. 1869. +tDuthie, J. F., B.A., F.L.S., c/o The Manager, Delhi § London
Bank, Ltd., 5 Bishopsgate, London, E.C.
Feb. 1917. tEley, Charles, "East Bergholt hae Suffolk.
Nov. 1885. Elhot, G. F. Scott, M.A., B.Sc. i S., Drumwhill, Mossdale.
Jan. 1883. *Evans, Arthur H., M.A. , 9 Harvey Road, Cambridge.
Dec. 1905. *Evans, Capt. W. indgar, R.A.M.C., T.F., 38 Morningside Park.
Mar. 1890. Ewart, J. Cossar, M.D., F.R.SS. Als. shetiie , Professor of Natural
History, University of Edinburgh.
APPENDIX 349
Date of Election,
Feb. 1894.
Feb. 1873.
Jan. 1906.
July 1872.
Jan. 1903.
Mar. 1862.
Mar. 1871.
May 1874.
Jan. 1887.
May 1903.
Dec. 1907.
Jan. 1889.
Dec. 1895.
Feb. 1879.
Nov. 1914.
April 1910.
gan. 1914.
Mar. 1913.
April 1886.
Feb. 1878.
Feb. 1891.
Dec. 1907.
Mar. 1905.
May 1877.
Dec. 1912.
Jan. 1874.
Dec. 1911.
Jan. 1914.
Dee. 1917.
Feb. 1888.
Feb. 1878.
Jan. 1895.
Jan. 1881.
Feb. 1886.
June 1880.
Feb. 1914.
June 1897.
Feb. 1914.
Oct. 1914.
Jan. 1902.
Mar. 1913.
Feb. 1902.
April 1919.
Jan. 1899.
July 1878.
Oct. 1918.
April 1916.
Dec. 1907.
Oct. 1914:
April 1883.
April 1887.
Dec. 1917.
Ferguson, Sir R. C. Munro, K.C.M.G., of Raith and Novar,
Kirkcaldy.
*France, Charles 8., 13 Cairnfield Place, Aberdeen.
*Fraser, James, 18 Park Road, Leith.
*Fraser, John, M.B., C.M., 54 Great King Street.
Fraser, J. C., Comely Bank Nurseries, Edinburgh.
Fraser, Sir Thomas R., M.D., F.R.S., Professor of Materia Medica,
13 Drumsheugh Gardens.
*Gamble, James Sykes, M.A., FL.S., High Field, East Liss, Hants.
tGeikie, Sir Archibald, LL.D., F.R.SS. L. & E., Shepherd’s Down,
Haslemere, Surrey.
*Gibson, A. H., 28 Dalhousie Terrace.
tGilmore, Dr. Owen, L.R.C.P., L.R.C.S.E., 49 Acre Lane, Brixton,
London, S.W.
Gourlay, Capt. W. Balfour, M.C., R.A.M.C., 2nd Lancashire
Fusiliers, clo G.P.O., London.
*Grieve, James, Redbraes Nurseries, Broughton Road.
*Grieve, Sommerville, 21 Queen’s Crescent.
*Grieve, Symington, 11 Lauder Road.
tHarley, Andrew, Blinkbonny, Kirkcaldy.
‘Harvey, Miss Elsie, 5 Salisbury Road.
Hawick, Miss C. M., B.Se., 10 Derby Street, Leith.
tHayward, Miss Ida M., F.L.S., 7 Abbotsford Road, Galashiels.
Hill, J. Rutherford, Ph.C., Secretary, Pharmaceutical Society, 36
York Place.
tHolmes, E. M., F.L.S., F.R.H.S., Curator of Musewm, Phar. Soc.
of Great Britain, Ruthven, Sevenoaks, Kent.
tJamieson, Thomas, 10 Belmont Street, Aberdeen.
* Jeffrey, J. Frederick, Redcroft, Redhill, Wrington, Somerset.
tJoannides, Pericles, B.Sc., Sporting Club, Ibrahimieh, Alexandria,
Egypt.
*Johnston, Henry MHalero, C.B., D.Sc. M.D., F.L.S., Colonel
R.A.M.C., Orphir House, Orphir, Kirkwall.
*Johnstone, James Todd, M.A., B.Sc., Royal Botanic Garden,
Edinburgh.
*Kirk, Robert, M.D., F.R.C.S.Ed., Bathgate.
*Lamont, Miss Augusta, B.Se., 73 Faleon Road.
Latimer, Sydney, 2 Hermitage Gardens, Edinburgh.
Law, Mrs. John, 41 Heriot Row, Edinburgh.
tLearmonth, Wm., Fleetview, Gatehouse of Fleet.
tLennox, David, M.D., F.C.S., Tayside House, Nethergate, Dundee.
MacDougall, R. Stewart, M.A., D.Sc., 9 Dryden Place.
tMacfarlane, John M., Sc.D., F.R.S.E., Professor of Botany,
University of Philadelphia, U.S.A.
M‘Glashan, D., 11 Corrennie Gardens.
*M‘Intosh, W. C., M.D., LL.D., F.R.SS. L. & E., F.L.S., 2 Abbots-
ford Crescent, St. Andrews.
Macpherson, Alexander, M.A., B.Sc., 5 London Street, Edinburgh.
tMacvicar, Symers M., Invermoidart, Acharacle, Argylishre.
Macwatt, John, M.B., C.M., WMorelands, Duns.
*Martin, Isa, M.A., 1 Hampton Place, Edinburgh.
Massie, William Hall, Redbraes House, Broughton Road.
tMatthews, James R., M.A., Birbeck College, Breams Buildings,
London, E.C.
*Millar, R. C., C.A., 6 Regent Terrace,—AUDITOR.
tMills, Albert Edward, 8 George Street, Bath.
Morton, Alex., B.Sc., 23 Morningside Grove.
tMuirhead, George, F.R.S.E., Gordon Estates Office, Fochabers.
tMurray, J. M., B.Sc., Kingswood, Murthly, Perthshire.
SEP HDLeOn C., Esq., F.E.S., 35 The Avenue, Hale End, Chingford,
ssex.
*Orr, Matt. Y., Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
tPatton, Donald, M.A., B.Sc., Manse Villa, Pollok Road, Shawlands,
Glasgow.
*Paul, Very Rev. David, M.A., LL.D., D.D., Carridale, Fountain-
hall Road,—FoREIGN SECRETARY.
yest Rev. W. W., Braeriach, Tan-y-Bryn Road, Llandudno,
ales.
Pike, J. Lyford, B.Sc., Rosetta, Liberton.
350
Date of Election.
Jan. 1915.
June 1891.
July 1884.
April 1877.
Dec. 1869.
Dec. 1890.
Feb. 1905.
June 1898.
Mar. 1902.
Dec. 1887
Feb. 1891
Nov. 1914
Dec. 1917
Dec. 1909
Jan. 1902
Jan. 1890
Oct. 1914
Oct. 1918
Dec. 1916
Feb. 1902
Jan. 1913
Dec. 1887
Jan. 1909
Dec. 1888
July 1886
Oct. 1918
Feb. 1901
Dec. 1890
Feb. 1912
Mar. 1909
May 1873
May 1863
Jan. 1903
Nov. 1910
Nov. 1910
Mar. 1886
Feb. 1871
Jan. 1906
Feb. 1919
Dee. 1883
Jan. 1906
June 1893.
April 1893.
Feb. 1910.
April 1902.
APPENDIX
Pinkerton, A. A., 19 Shandwick Place, Edinburgh.
tPrain, Sir Dav id, M. 1D el OBIE D AS ARIE 68, Late E., F.L.S., Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew.
*Rattray, John, M.A., B.Sc., F.R.S.E., Tullyburn Terrace, Glasgow
Road, Perth.
t Riddell, Wm. R., B.A., B.Se., (Hon. Mr. Justice), Osgoode Hall,
Toronto, Canada.
*Robertson, a Milne, M.B., C.M., Hawea, Rodway Road, Roe-
ha mopton, London, SW
Robertson, Robert A., M.A., B.Sc., Lecturer on Botany, Botanical
Department, Bute Medical School, St. Andrews.
*Ross, A. J., M.A., B.Se., Schoolhouse, Gretna.
Russell, David, Rothes, Markinch.
Sampson, Hugh C., B.Se., Trichinopoly, Madras, India.
tScott, J. S., L.S.A., 69 Clowes Strect, West Gorton, Manchester.
*Smith, J. Pentland, M.A., B.Sc., Braedene, Lochwinnoch, Renfrew-
shire.
Smith, James L. 8., M.A., B.Sc., 17 Cargill Terrace, Trinity.
+Smith, J. T., 68 Tennant Street, Glasgow.
Smith, Wm. GS B.Sc., Ph.D., 9 Braidburn Crescent.
*Smith, W. W.. MLA., Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh (6 Lennox
Row, Leith)— HONORARY SECRETARY.
*Somerville, William, (ic.D., B.Sc., F.R.S.E. 5 SR Professor
of Rural Economy, 121 ‘Banbury Road, Oxford.
Stewart, Edward J. A., M.A., B.Sc., 8 Manor Road, Jordanhill,
Glasgow.
tStewart, Capt. William, Shambellie, Kirkcudbright.
plates? “Maxwell, Sir John, Bart., Pollok, Pollokshaws, Glasgow.
agg, Harry F. RLS: , Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
praee MHS 53 Clayton Avenue, Wembley, Middlesex.
Terras, J. A., B.Sc., 40 Findhorn Place.
Thompson, Miss Jean G., B.Se., 19 Pentland Terrace.
Turnbull, Robert, B.Sc., Board of Agriculture, 4 Upper Merrion
Street, Dublin. S
+Waddell, Alexander, of Palace, Jedburgh.
t+Watson, Harry, Forestry School, Dunkeld.
Whytock, James, Dalkeith Gardens, Dalkeith.
*Wilson, John H., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., 39 South Street, St. Andrews :-—
Associate, Nov. 1886. ‘
Wilson, Malcolm, D.Sc., 31 Wardie Road, Trinity.
*Wilson, Thos., Ph.C., 110 High Street, Burntisland.
tWright, R. Ramsay, M.A., B.Se., Professor of Natural History,
University, Toronto.
+Yellowlees, David, M.D., LL.D., 6 Albert Gate, Dowanhill,
Glasgow.
Young, William, Fairview, Kirkcaldy.
ORDINARY MEMBERS.
Clark, Mrs. Bennett, Vewmills, Balerno.
Grieve, Miss Jean E., 11 Lauder Road, Edinburgh.
ASSOCIATES.
Bennett, A., F.L.S., 5 Thanet Place, High Street, Croydon.
Evans, William, F.R.S.E., 38 Morningside Park.
Harrow, R. L., Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
Johnson, Norman M., B.Sc., 17 Douglas Street, Kirkcaldy.
Richardson, Adam D., 19 Joppa Road, Portobello, Midlothian.
Stewart, L. B., 23 Brandon Terrace.
LADY MEMBERS.
Aitken, aes A. P., 15 Victoria Mansions, West Hampstead, London,
N.W
Balfour, Mrs. Bayley, Inverleith House.
Galletly, Mrs. Sarah H., 71 Braid Avenue.
Grieve, Mrs. Symington, 11 Lauder Road.
APPENDIX 351
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.
Date of Election,
Dee.
Dec.
Dec.
Dec.
Mar,
Dec.
July
July
Dec.
June
Dec.
June
Mar.
Dec.
Dee.
Dec.
Mar.
June
May
Dec.
June
Dee.
June
Dec.
Dec.
June
June
Dec.
Dee.
Noy.
May
Nov.
Dee.
Dee.
June
1905,
1905.
1905.
1881.
1881.
1905,
1879.
1879.
1905.
1902.
1905.
1902.
1895.
1905.
1905.
1905.
1895.
1902.
1891.
1905.
1902.
1905.
1902.
1905.
1905.
1902.
1902.
1905.
1905.
1888.
1876.
1888.
1905.
1887.
1902.
Adamovie, Lujo, Professor of Botany, and Director of the Botanic
Garden, Belgrade.
Barboza, J. Casimiro, Director of the Botanic Garden, Oporto.
Beijerinck, M. W., Professor of Bacteriology, Delft.
Bohnensieg, Dr. G. C. W., Conservator of the Library of the Museum
Teyler, Haarlem.
Caminhoa, Dr. Joaquim Monteira, Rio de Janeiro.
Campbell, Dr. Douglas Houghton, Professor of Botany, Stanford
Oniversity, California.
Cheeseman, T. F., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Curator of the Museum, Auck-
land, New Zealand.
Cleave, Rev. W. O., LL.D., College House, St. Helier, Jersey.
Cockayne, L., Ph.D., F.R.S., 20 Colombo Street, Wellington, New
Zealand.
Constantin, Dr. J., Director, Jardin des Plantes, Paris.
Coulter, John Merle, Professor of Botany, University of Chicago.
Cramer, Dr. Carl Eduard, Professor of Botany, Zurich.
Elfving, Dr. Fredrik, Professor of Botany in the University, and
Director of the Botanic Garden, Helsingfors.
Famintzin, Dr. André, Emeritus Professor of Botany, and Director of
the Botanical Laboratory of the Imperial Academy of Sciences,
Petrograd.
Fawcett, William, B.Sc., F.L.S., 76 Shooter’s Hill Road, Blackheath,
London, S.E.
Gravis, Auguste, Professor at the University, and Director of the
Botanic Garden, Liége.
Guignard, Léon, Membre de Institut, Professor of Botany, Paris.
Henriques, Julio A., Professor of Botany in the University, and
Director of the Botanic Garden, Coimbra.
Henry, Augustine,, M.D., Professor of Forestry, Royal College of
Science, Dublin.
Kjellman, Dr. Frans, Professor of Botany in the University, and
Director of the Botanic Garden, Upsala.
MacMillan, Conway, Minnesota.
Macoun, John, M.A., F.L.S., Dominion Botanist on the Geological
Survey, Ottawa.
Maiden. A H., J.P., F.R.S., Director of the Botanic Garden, Sydney,
N.S.W. .
Mattirolo, Dr. Oreste, Professor of Botany in the University, and
Director of the Botanie Garden, Torino, Piedmont.
Miyabe, Dr. Kingo, Professor of Botany, Hokkaido Imperial Univer-
sity, and Director of the Botanic Garden, Sapporo, Hokkaido,
apan.
payee, Manabu, Professor of Botany in the Imperial University,
Tokio.
Raunkiar, Christen, Assistant in the Botanic Garden, Copenhagen.
Rodway, Leonard, C.M.G., Government Botanist of Tasmania,
Hobart.
Schroter, Dr. Carl, Professor of Botany, and Director of the Botanical
Museum, Ziirich.
Sully, W. C., Cape Town.
Terracciano, Dr. Nicolao, Director of the Royal Gardens, Caserta,
Campania.
Tyson, W., Cape Town.
Vladescu, Dr. Milail, Professor of Botany at the University, and
Director of the Botanic Garden, Bukarest.
Wildpret, H., Director of the Botanic Garden, Orotava.
Wille, Dr. Johan Nordal Fischer, Professor in the University, and
Director of the Botanie Garden, Christiania.
352 APPENDIX
THE Soctety ExcHANGES PUBLICATIONS WITH—
AMERICA.
CANADA.
Disko, Den Danske Arktiske Station.
Greenland,
Halifaz, .~.. . Department of Agriculture.
Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science.
Montreal, . . . Natural History Society.
Ottawa, . . . . Geological Survey of Canada.
Central Experiment Farm.
Toronto,. . . . Canadian Institute.
Costa Rica.
San José, . Instituto Nacional.
Mexico,
Escuintla, . Dp: 5 Lathes pont
ea Director, La Zacualpa Botanical Station.
UNITED STATES.
Ann Arbor, } University of Michigan.
Michigan,
Berkeley, Calif., . University of California.
Boston, Mass., . Massachusetts Horticultural Society.
Society of Natural History.
Cambridge, fone j en
its, J Gray Herbarium, Harvard: University.
Oincinnati, " : om
Ohio, f Society of Natural History.
pred Botanical Library.
Colorado
Springs, Col. Colorado College,
Columbia, Mo., . Library of University of Missouri.
Columbus, Ohio, . Ohio State University.
Davenport, 1 \ Academy of Natural Sciences.
owa,
Indianapolis, . . Indiana Academy of Sciences.
Ithaca, N.Y., . . Cornell University.
Madison, Wis., . Wisconsin Academy of Sciences.
Manhattan,
> State Agricultural College.
Kansas,
Milwaukee, Wis.,. Public Museum of Milwaukee.
Minneap te > Botanical Department, University of Minnesota.
New Haven, Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Conn.,
New York, . . . Academy of Sciences.
American Museum of Natural History.
Torrey Botanical Club.
Philadelphia, . . Academy of Natural Sciences,
University of Pennsylvania.
Rochester, N.Y., . Rochester Academy of Sciences.
St. Louis,
Missouri,
San Francisco,
Calif.,
s Botanic Garden.
r California Academy of Sciences.
Lawrence, Kansas
Urbana, Il,
Washington,
Bogota, Rep. of \
Colombia, f
La Plata,
Monte Video,
Rio de Janeiro,
Jamaica .
Trinidad,
Cape Town, .
Durban,. . .
Calcutta,
Ceylon,
Manila, .
Straits
Settlements, {
Buitenzorg, .
Tokio,
Sydney, .
Wellington, .
Brisbane, . .
Perth,
APPENDIX 353
, Academy of Science.
. University of Illinois.
. National Academy of Sciences.
United States Geological Survey.
Smithsonian Institution.
United States Department of Agriculture; National
Herbarium ; Office of Experiment Stations.
SoutH AMERICA.
Ministry of Public Works.
. Museo de La Plata, Rep. Argentina.
. Museo Nacional de Monte Video.
. Museo Nacional.
WEST INDIES.
. Botanical Department.
. Royal Botanic Garden.
AFRICA.
. Government Herbarium.
. Natal Herbarium.
ASIA.
. Indian Museum.
Royal Botanic Garden.
. Royal Botanic Garden, Peradeniya.
. Bureau of Science.
Botanic Gardens,
. Botanic Garden.
. Imperial University College of Agriculture.
AUSTRALASIA.
New Soutn WaAtzEgs.
. Department of Agriculture.
Royal Society of New South Wales.
NEw ZEALAND.
. New Zealand Institute.
(JUEENSLAND.
. Department of Agriculture.
Royal Society of Queensland.
West AUSTRALIA,
. . Department of Agriculture.
TRANS. BOT. SOC. EDIN. VOL. XXVII.
bo
or
354
Hobart,
Melbourne, .
Brussels,
Liege,
Copenhagen,
Amiens, .
Cherbourg, .
Lyons,
Marseille,
Paris,
Alnwick,
Belfast,
Bristol,
Cambridge,
Cardiff, .
Dublin, .
Edinburgh,
Glasgow, .
Huddersfield,
Liverpool,
London, .
APPENDIX
TASMANIA.
. Royal Society of Tasmania.
VICTORIA.
. Department of Agriculture.
National Herbarium.
Royal Society of Victoria.
EUROPE.
BELGIUM.
. Académie Royale des Sciences,
Beaux-Arts de Belgique.
Institut Botanique Léo Errera, Bruxelles.
Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique.
. Botanic Garden.
DENMARK.
. Botaniske Forening.
FRANCE.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
. Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club.
. Natural History and Philosophical souiaer
. Bristol Naturalists’ Society.
. Philosophicai Society.
. Naturalists’ Society.
. Royal Dublin Society.
. Royal Scottish Arboricultural Society.
Edinburgh Geological Society.
Royal Society of Edinburgh.
Royal Scottish Geographical Society
Royal Scottish Society of Arts.
University of Edinburgh.
. Natural History Society.
Royal Philosophical Society.
University of Glasgow.
. Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.
. Botanical Society.
. Board of Agriculture.
Editor of Gardeners’ Chronicle.
Linnean Society.
Editor of Nature.
Quekett Microscopical Club.
Royal Gardens, Kew.
The Royal Society.
Royal Horticultural Society.
Royal Microscopical Society.
des Lettres,
. Société Linnéenne du Nord de la France.
. Société Nationale des Sciences Naturelles et Mathé-
matiques.
. Société Botanique.
. Faculté des Sciences de Marseille.
. Société Botanique de France.
et des
Manchester,
Millport,
Newcastle-
wpon-Tyne,
Norwich,
Perth,
Plymouth,
Stratford,
Watford,
Amsterdam,
Haarlem,
Leiden,
Luxembourg,
Florence,
Rome,
Catania, Sicily
Lisbon,
Bukarest
Helsingfors,
Kieff, ‘
Moscow,
Petrograd,
Lund,
Bicckholn, .
Upsala, .
Berne,
Geneva, .
Liirich,
APPENDIX BD
. Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society.
. Marine Biological Association.
Durham Philosophical Society.
Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham,
and Newcastle-on-Tyne, and the Tyneside Natura-
lists’ Field Club.
. Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society.
. Perthshire Society of Natural Science.
. Plymouth Institution.
. Essex Field Club.
. Hertfordshire Natural History Society and Field Club,
HOLLAND.
. Koninklijke Akademie van Wettenschappen.
. Koloniaal Museum.
Musée Teyler.
. Rijks Herbarium.
. Société Botanique du Grand-duché de Luxembourg.
ITauy.
. Soc. Botanico Italiano.
. Regio Istituto Botanico.
. Orto Botanico d’ Universita.
PORTUGAL.
. Academia das Sciencias.
RoOUMANIA.
. Institut Botanique.
Russia.
. Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica.
. Société des Naturalistes.
. Société impériale des Naturalistes.
. Hortus botanicus imperialis.
Musée Botanique de l Académie impériale des Sciences.
SCANDINAVIA,
. Universitas Lundensis.
. Kongl. Svenska Vetenkaps Akademien.
Svenska Botaniska Foreningen.
. Kungl. Vetenskaps Societeten.
SWITZERLAND.
. Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
. Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques.
. Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Adam, J. C., v, xv, 123.
Ambleside District of Westmoreland,
Vegetation of, xiv.
Anderson, T., xiv.
Araujia sericifera, xv.
Argyresthia atmariella, v.
' Balfour, Professor Bayley, x, xv, xix,
65, 79, 97, 157, 221, 231, 246, 273,
Beesia, ii.
Ben Ledi, Vegetation of, iv.
Bennett, Arthur, 54, 104, 134, 135,
305, 309, 312, 315.
Biltia Vasey, xix,
Borthwick, Dr. A. W., vi, xii, xiv,
XVili, Xix.
Boyd, W. B., iii, xv.
Obituary notice of, 344.
Brown, Richard, xv.
Buchan-Hepburn, Sir Archibald, vii.
Bulbophyllum Imogeniae, a new orchid
from Nigeria, 228.
Burseraceae, Resin Ducts in Wood of,
Vii.
Caithness, Notes on the Flora of, 309.
Calamagrostis stricta, 305.
strigosa, 307.
Callidiwm violacewm, x.
Calluna vulgaris, v.
Cannock Chase, V aceiniwm intermedium
from, 327.
Cavea: a New Genus of Compositae,
119.
Cavea tanguensis, 120.
Ceratophyllum demersum in the Orkney
Isles, 134.
Chermes piceae, iil.
Chester, George, xvii.
Clark, T. Bennet, vii.
Clathrus cancellatus in Argyllshire, 301.
Clavaria aurea, 302.
botrytis, 302.
Corallorhiza innata, 136.
Crawford, W. C., xv.
Crossman, Mrs. M., iv.
Cryptorrynchus lapathi, XViil.
Davie, Dr. R. C., iv.
Obituary Notice of, 342.
Dracocephalums from China,
Garden, 89.
Dracocephalum Forrestii, 90.
——— Isabellae, 89.
New
Dracocephalum propinquum, 92.
taliense, 93.
tanguticum, 91.
Dragon Tree, xviii.
Duckworth, Sir Dyce, xviii, xix.
Edinburgh, Moss Records fer, 149.
Erynobius mollis, vi.
Evans, William, 136, 138.
Fraser, James, ili, 302.
Forest Survey, xviii.
Forrest, George, vii, ix, 89.
Pritillaria flavida, 284, 291, 299.
lophophora, 284, 291, 298.
oxypetala, 284, 291, 299.
Stracheyt, 284, 291° 299.
Fumaria Bastardi, iii.
purpurea, iii.
Gentiana Farreri, 248, 260, 271.
Lawrencei, 250, 260, 271.
——— ornata, 261, 264, 271.
var. acuttfolia, 271.
var. obtusifolia, 271.
——— prolata, 266, 271.
sino-ornata, 253, 260, 271.
Veitchiorum, 257, 260, 271.
Gentians, Some Late-flowering, 246.
Ginger-beer plant, xvii.
Glenshee, Flora of, xiv.
Gourlay, Capt. W. Balfour, 327.
Grieve, Sy mington, x, Xvi.
Haddington, Moss Records for, 145.
Hagstrém’s Critical Researches on
Potamogeton, 1916, 315.
Hamilton, Kenneth, 228.
Hill, J. Rutherford, xvii.
Histology of Gymnosperm Cuttings, il.
Histology of Roots, The Influence of
Different Media on, 74.
Hylesinus crenatus, v.
Insect Visitors to Corallorhiza innata,
etc., 136.
Johnson, N. M., xiv.
Koeleria advena, 302.
Law, Mrs., xvii.
Mac Dougall, Col., xix,
MacDougall, Dr. R. Stewart, ii, v,
XVili, 334.
M‘Glashan, D., xvi.
Mason, Andrew, xviii.
Megastigmus strobilobius, ii.
Melampsora alpina, xx.
INDEX
Melampsora Orchidi-repentis, iv.
Melilotus arvensis, xvi.
Merodon equestris, v.
Monstera deliciosa, 16.
Moss Records for Selkirk, Peebles, and
the Lothians, 138.
Mosses from West Lothian, 123.
Mosses from West Ross-shire, vi.
Moulds, Artificial Cultures of, 335.
Murray, J. M., iii.
Myelophilus minor, Seottish Records
of, 334.
New Associate—
Johnson, N. M., xviii.
New Fellows—
Adam, R. M., iv.
Blackburne, ©. I., xviii.
Cadman, Miss Elsie, iv.
Craib, W. G., iv.
Eley, Charles, ix.
Law, Mrs. John, xiv.
M‘Pherson, Miss Beatrice Camp-
bell, v.
Mills, A. E., xviii.
Murray, J. M., xv.
Nicholson, Charles, v.
Pike, J. Lyford, xiv.
Smith, J. T., xiv.
Stewart, Capt. William, xv.
Stirling-Maxwell, Sir John, Bart.,
1b.¢,
Watson, Harry, xv.
Nicholson, Charles, vi, x.
Nomocharis, The Genus, 273.
Nomocharis Forrestii, 293.
leucantha, 2'16, 291.
——— Mairet, 280, 281, 291.
——— meleagrina, 278, 291.
——— pardathina, 214, 275, 291.
———- saluenensis, 294.
—— tricolor, 296.
Wardii, 297.
Norman, Capt., xv.
Oliver, Daniel, ix.
Orkney Isles, Notes on the Flora of,
54.
Parasyringa, a New Genus of
aceae, 93.
Parasyringa sempervirens, 95.
ot Very Rev. David, D.D., LL.D.,
301.
Peebles, Moss Records for, 141.
Periodicity in Transpiration, 59.
Petasites fragrans, Xvii.
Phytolacca, New, xiv.
Pike, J. Lyford, ii, vi.
Pine Forest of Ravenna, xix.
Plantago lanceolata, xvi.
Polystachya Hamiltonii, 229.
Potamogeton alpinus, 104.
crispus, 104.
crispus x alpinus, 104.
decipiens, 104.
venustus x, 104.
Potamogeton longifolius, Gay, in Eng-
land, 312.
Potamogetons in the Canal at Market
Harboro’, Leicestershire, xvii.
Praeger, R. Lloyd, 107.
Presidential Address, 1917-18, xvii.
Ole-
357
Primula chrysopa, 231.
Harroviana, 233,
——— Hopeana, 236.
Maclareni, 238.
rupestris, 240.
scopulorum, 243.
Puccinia borealis, xix.
septentrionalis, xix.
Resin Ducts in the Medullary Rays
of the Wood of Species of Burser-
aceae, Vil.
Rhododendron adenogynum, 222.
adenostemonum, 174.
——— agastum, 178.
——— anthopogon, 225.
——— anthosphaerum, 181.
——— araiophyllum, 184.
| ——__ arborewm, 223.
argenteum, 223.
bullatum, 223.
——— campanulatum, 223.
ceraceum, 187.
Clementinae, 225.
dichroanthum, 223.
eriogynum, 220.
eritimum, 190.
facetum, 220.
——— Falconeri, 224.
——— fictolacteum, 103, 224.
——— gymnanthum, 192.
haematodes, 224.
Hodgsont, 224.
hylothreptum, 195.
irroratum, 199.
japonicum, X.
Kendrickii, 220.
lactewm, 97, 224.
_——— var. macrophyllum, 98.
—— lukiangense, 203.
—— mekongense, 79, 80, 82.
melinanthum, 79, 80, 85.
mengtszense, 206.
—— niphargum, 224.
——— pogonostylum, 210.
——— Roxieanum, 224.
—— sanguineum, 99.
——— sinogrande, 224.
spanotrichum, 214.
taliense, 224.
tanastylum, 217.
——-— trichocladum, 79, 80, 84.
zanthinum, 79, 80, 87.
Rhododendron Flora, Statistics of the
Chinese, x.
|
|
|
|
Rhododendron Seedlings, Observa-
tions on, 221.
Rhododendrons of the Irroratum
Series, 157.
Rhynchanthus, New, xiv.
Robertson, R. A., xiv.
Saussurea tanguensis, 120.
Sazifraga aculeata, 69, TO.
cortusaefolia, 67, 68, 74.
——— cuscutaeformis, 65, 67.
—— dumetorum, 71.
——— flabellifolia, 69.
—— Fortune, 67, 68.
geifolia, 69, T2.
Henryi, 65, 69, 72.
imperialis, 69, 73.
358
Sazifraga madida, 67, 68. |
rufescens, 67, 68, 74.
——— sarmentosa, 65, 66, 67, 68, 70.
sendaica, 69.
Veitchiana, 65, 67, 68, 70, 75.
Saxifrages of the Diptera Section, 65.
Scott, Miss F. B.,
Sedum oa Ra On the Affinities
of, with a Tentative Classification
of the Section Rhodiola, 107.
Seed-testing, Principles of, xiv.
Selkirk, Moss Records for, 139, 156.
Sino-Himalayan Flora, 13.
Sirex gigas, il.
Small, James, 119.
Smith, Dr. W. G.,
W. W.,
338.
iv, V, xiv.
iii, vil, xiv, 89, 93, 119,
Stirton, Dr. James, vi. |
Syringa sempervirens, 95.
Tagg, Harry F., vii, xviii, xix, xx, 335. |
INDEX
Tobacco, German War, xix.
Trailliaedoza, Vii.
Transpiration, Periodicity in, 59.
Trypodendron domesticum, v.
Ulex nanus, in Caithness, 135.
Vaccinium intermedium, 307.
Ward, F. Kingdon, 1, 13.
Watson, Dr. William, Obituary Notice
of, 339.
West Lothian, Mosses from, 123.
Whytock, James, xvii.
Whytockia, a New Genus of Gesner-
aceae, 338.
chiritaeflora, 338.
var. minor, 338.
Wilkie, Miss Sg ek ve 59, 76.
Wilkinson, W. H.;
Wilson, Dr. Malsoluss ‘xix.
Young, William, xiv.
Yunnan, Some Plant Associations of,
il.
PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY NEJLL AND CO., LTD., EDINBURGH.
QK Botanical Society of Edinburgh
1 Transactions and proceedings
B564,
Vem
Biological
& Medical
Serials
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
STORAGE
Ee ed
“
- a I or ’ : ? “ae : - 7 ay od J ee ae ;
‘ - stk p , ss ae ooh en Te
asd « oe 2.0% : wen My ee ea ee
-.
are re oe
Seixtat
BES at
pater
Sees
~*~
See toart
prt 9420! :
: as
ves Sette seaey
1 = rer w.
ese p eee eee ea
Ta lgte sep ines 7-9ae-t tt
Seema te
Saeed
*
aE 5 14 ee Eee ete eb vere ; ta pin lahnse shone 1 Raper
ee at i : ; . - r S
es ay
4 x oe 3 7
Oa Seren Weavers
ae Pare e oe th hee ch
en ete '.
te